iill      ;p» 


\  mm 


iiiiiiiiife: 


^S?tSM.,..»., 


LIBRARY 

I'niNCBTON,  jV.  .7. 

No.  Case,        9§^" 

f-  Shelf,        sU  ^      ,_       y.-J" 

No.  Book,  ^     ■  -^^^^^^^ 

The  Jo„„  „.  K,ebs  Donatio,, 

3347 


'/' 


THE 

POLITICAL  ECONOMY  OF  PROPHECY. 


■7S1  iFm^  ^lAmmmm: 


POLTTIOAL  ECONOMY    OF  PROPHECY, 

"WITH   SPECIAL  REFERENCE    TO   ITS   RELATION   TO   THE 

HISTOET  OF  THE  OHUEOH, 

AND  THE 

CIVIL,  MILITARY,  AND    ECCLESIASTICAL    HISTORY 

OF  THE 

ROMAN    E  MPIRE, 

AND  OF  ITS  LAST  EilPERORS, 

THE  THREE  NAPOLEONS, 


WITH  AN  APPENDIX  ON 


PEOPHETIOALLY   Ain>   HISTOEIOALLY  DEMONSTEATED. 


ILLUSTRATED   BY   PORTRAITS    OP   THE   NAPOLEONIC    FAMILY;    A   CHART  OP 
THE    COURSE   OP   EMPIRES  ;    MAPS   OP   THE   HOLY   LAND,    ETC. 


REV.  R  C.^SHIMEALL, 

of  the  peesbyteey  op  new  york. 

author.  op  our  bible  chronology,  historic  and  prophetic,  demonstrated  ; 
Christ's  second  coming— is  it  pre-  or  post-millennial  ?  etc.,  etc. 


NEW  YORK: 
JOHN  F.  TROW  &  CO.,  PUBLISHERS,  60  GREENE  STREET. 

PHILADELPHIA,   POST-OFFICE   BOX    1199. 
1866. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1866,  by 

B.   C.   SHIMEALL, 

the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  IJnited  States  for  the  Southern 
District  of  New  York. 


JOHN   F.   TROW  &   CO., 

PRINTERS,  STEREOTYPERS,  %■  ELECTROTYPERS, 

60    GREENE    STREET,    N.Y. 


ON   THE   POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OP  PROPHECY, 

IS   RESPECTFULLY   DEDICATED   TO  THE 

THREE  AMERICAN  NAPOLEONS; 

HIS   EXCELLENCY,    ANDREW   JOHNSON, 

PRESIDENT   OP  THE  UNITED   STATES  ; 

HON.   WILLIAM   H.    SEWARD, 

SECRETARY   OF   STATE   OP   THE  UNITED   STATES  ; 

AND 

ULYSSES    S.    GRANT, 

LIEUTENANT-GENERAL   OP  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


Gentlemej^  : 

This  volume  is  dedicated  to  you  collectively,  as 
acknowledgedly  the  most  distinguished  and  world- 
renowned  in  the  Executive,  Diplomatic,  and  Military 
Departments,  to  wliora  the  Government  and  best 
interests  of  these  United  States  could  have  been  con- 
fided. "We  accord  to  you,  therefore,  the  rank  of  the 
Three  AMEEicAi;r  IiTapoleons,  side  by  side  with  those 
memorable  personages  of  that  name,  who  have  acted 
so  conspicuous  a  part  in  controlling  the  destinies  of 
the  Old  World.  Inheriting  all  that  is  truly  great 
and  valuable  in  their  endowments,  without  their 
detractive  characteristics,  the  American  people  may 


VI  DEDICATION. 

well  be  proud  of  tliree  sucli  scions  of  their  own  native 
soil. 

Thoiigli  "  not  a  prophet,  nor  the  son  of  a  proph- 
et," yet  claiming  to  hold  the  position  of  an  interpreter 
of  the  "  Political  Economy  of  Peophecy,"  as  set  forth 
by  the  inspired  seers  of  the  Old  and  N'ew  Testaments ; 
the  undersigned,  under  the  shadow  of  your  wings,  as 
the  representatives  of  a  great  people,  is  desirous  to 
indicate  those  "  coming  events  that  cast  their  shadows 
before ; "  on  the  simple  principle,  that  "  to  be  fore- 
warned is  to  be  forearmed  "  of  those  "  coming  events  " 
therein  indicated.  And  that,  to  the  intent  that  the 
rulers  and  the  ruled  of  this  great  country,  maybe  led 
to  recognize  the  hand  of  "  the  Omnipotent  Pulee  of 
THE  Univeese,"  in  controlling  alike  the  destinies  of  the 
nations  of  earth,  and  of  the  church  of  God,  amid  the 
upheavings  and  revolutions — national^  political^  ciml^ 
social^  and  religious — that  are  now  shaking  to  their 
centre  both  the  Old  World  and  the  IsTew. 

And,  bearing  in  mind  that  it  is  the  law  of  God, 
and  710^' prophecy,  that  constitutes  the  rule  of  human 
action ;  to  lead  them  to  a  preparation  to  meet  "  all 
those  things  that  are  coming  on  the  earth ; "  and 
to  inspire  them — despite  their  ill-deservings — with 
thanksgiving  to  God,  fcr  the  high  and  glorious  des- 
tiny still  reserved  in  the   Divine  purpose  for  this 

"  LAND  OF  OVEESHADOWING  WINGS." 

I  have  the  honor  to  remain,  gentlemen. 

Your  obedient  and  humble  servant, 

K.  C.  Shimeall. 


CONTENTS. 


Dedication, v.  vi. 

Contents, vii.-xiv. 

Introduction, 15-29 

POLITICAL  ECONOMY  OF  PROPHECY. 


CHAPTER  I. 

I 

INTRODUCTION. 

Prophetic  Basis  of  the  Exposition,  Rev.,  chap.  xvii. — Scope  of — 
Involves  the  career  of  the  Three  Napoleons — Connection  with, 
of  the  four  great  Monarchies  of  the  World,  the  Babylonian, 
Medo-Persian,  Grecian,  and  Roman — The  Roman  Empire — ^Its 
duration — Vvooi  oi  its  Perpetuated  Unity,      .         .         .        31-48 


CHAPTER  II. 

PROPHETIC   HISTORY   OP   THE   ROMAN   EMPIRE,   CONTINUED. 

Recapitulation — Seven  Forms  of  the  Civil  Government  of  the 
Roman  Empire — Chronology  of  the  Sixth  Form,  the  Imperial 
— This  the  Gordian  Knot  of  Expositors — Augustulus — Mr. 
Elliott  and  Dr.  H.  Moore  on — ^Fallacy  of — True  Chronology  of, 
demonstrated — Eight  Proofs  of — Result — Further  Proofs  of  the 
Territorial  and  Political  Unity  of  the  Roman  Empire — Three 
arguments  in  proof  that  Napoleon  I.  was  the  Seventh  Symbolic 
Head  of  the  Empire, 49-64 


VIU  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  III. 

NAPOLEOU  II.  DUKE  OP  REICHSTADT  AND  KING  OP  ITALY — ^NAPOLEON  III., 

ETC. 

Recapitulation. — ^Predicted  Short  Career  of  Napoleon  I. — Exulta- 
tion of  the  Crowned  Heads  of  Europe  on — Napoleon  II. — His 
early  Death — Edict  of  the  European  Powers  against  the  Napo- 
leonic Family — But,  man  proposes,  God  disposes — the  Wound 
unto  death  of  the  Symbolic  Seventh  Head  healed  in  the  person 
of  Napoleon  III.,  who  forms  the  principal  subject  of  this  Expo- 
sition— Preliminaries — The  French  Revolution  between  A.  D. 
1'789  and  1848,  prepares  the  way  for  his  Accession  to  the 
Throne  of  the  Franco-Roman  Empire — Brief  Historic  Sketch 
of — His  Escape  from  the  Prison  of  Ham — Exile  in  the  United 
States — Miiller — Napoleon's  Secrets — His  darling  Idea  of  form- 
ing a  Universal  Latin  Dynasty,  with  France  as  the  Head — 
His  extraordinary  Career  between  Dec.  2d,  1848,  and  Dec.  2d, 
1852 — Review  of  the  preceding  details — The  Revival  op  the 
Seventh  and  Eighth  Heads — Faber  on — Fallacy  of — I.  The 
Character  and  Exploits  of  the  revived  Seventh  Franco -Roman 
Emperorship  in  the  person  of  Louis  Napoleon  III,,  as  a  purely 
Secular  Power — ^Further  Historical  Remarks,        .        .        65-81 


CHAPTER  IV. 

LOUIS  NAPOLEON  HI.  CONTINUED — THE  FUTURE  DESTINED  SOVEREIGN  OF  A 
UNIVERSAL  LATIN  DYNASTY. 

Recapitulation — A  Startling  Announcement — Prophetico-Symbolic 
Characteristics  of  Louis  Napoleon  III. — His  unprecedented 
Career  to  the  Present  Time — Rev.  xiii.  3,  4 — First,  of  the 
similarity  of  his  Accession  to  Power  with  that  of  his  Imperial 
Uncle — His  remarkable  Declaration  before  the  National  As- 
sembly of  France  in  A.  D.  1848 — How  verified — Appears  upon 
the  Stage  as  the  Great  Pacificator  of  the  Nations — ^Also  as 
a  Despot — Illustrated  in  Seven  Particulars,     .        .        .       82-98 


CONTENTS.  IX 


CHAPTER  V. 

LOUIS   NAPOLEON   III.  CONTINUED — SYMBOLIZED  BY   THE   SCARLET  COLORED 
BEAST   OF   REV.  Xvii.  1-6,    IN   UNION  WITH   THE   PAPACY. 

Exposition  of  the  above  Prophecy — Its  historical  application  to 
Louis  Napoleon  III. — Preliminaries — Verification  of  the  re- 
sults of  the  above  union — Oudinot — Archbishop  of  Paris — His 
Harlot  Rider,  the  Papacy,  unconscious  of  his  ulterior  designs 
— This  Union  brings  on  a  Crisis  in  his  Career  of  Destiny — The 
Bourgeois,  the  Aristocracy,  the  Socialists,  etc. — Results — An- 
other Fact — The  Carbonari  of  Italy — Republicans — Pius  IX., 
King  Charles  Albert,  and  Louis  Napoleon  III.,  members  of — 
The  Events  which  grew  out  of— Expulsion  of  Pius  IX.  to 
Gaeta — Restored  by  Louis  Napoleon  III. — Is  tried  for  his  per- 
jidy  by  the  Carbonari — The  matter  is  compounded — secures 
Independence  to  Italy — Napoleon  III.  has  no  real  love  for  the 
Papacy — Is  a  Republican — His  Napoleonic  prestige — Receives 
Idolatrous  Homage — His  Star  of  Destiny  in  the  Ascendant — 
Comprehensiveness  of  his  Military  and  Naval  Programme  as 
the  Pacificator  of  the  Nations — The  New  York  Tribune,  etc. 

99-114 

CHAPTER  VI. 

LOUIS  napoleon  III.  CONTINUED — THE  EIGHTH  APOCALYPTICO-SYMBOLI  C 
HEAD  OF  THE  UNIVERSAL  LATIN  EMPIRE. 

Introduction — Rev.  xvii.  8,  10 — Fearfully  portentous  and  com- 
prehensive Words ! — Objection :  Their  significancy  cannot  be 
known  because  still  future — Reply^ — Another  Objection :  The 
hook  mentioned  in  Rev.  v.  1-7  is  not  the  sealed  book  of  Daniel 
— Reply — Fallacy  of  the  argument  of  obscurity  of  the  prophecy, 
etc. — "We  of  this  day  have  an  interest  in  it — Proof  that  Louis 
Napoleon  III.  is  the  Eighth  Head  of  the  Apocalyptic  Beast — 
As  such,  he  is  designated  as  the  future  Leader  of  the  Last 
Democratic  Politico-Antichristian  Confederacy  of  the  Nations 
against  the  Abrahamic  Jewish  Race  and  the  Gentile  Christian 
Church,  as  the  last  Antichrist — St.  Paul's  Prophecy,  2  Thess. 
1-^ 


CONTENTS. 

ii.  3,  4,  and  verses  9-12 — ^Also  Christ's  Prophecy,  John  v.  43 
— His  "coming"  a,  personal  one,  Humanity  Deified — Startling 
Announcement — Hence  the  denial  by  some  writers  of  a  future 
personal  Antichrist — Refutation  of, 115 


SECTION    I. 

THE    PROPHETICO-HISTORIC   RISE,     CAREER,    AND    DOOM     OP    THIS     GREAT 
APOCALYPTIC  ANTICHRISTIAN  POWER. 

I. — The  Chronological  Period  assigned  for  the  appearance  of  the 
LAST  Antichrist — ^The  Spiritual  and  Ecclesiastico-Political 
Power  of  the  Papacy,  and  the  Civil  Power  of  the  Roman 
Empire,  were  to  run  a  parallel  course.  Compare  Dan.  vii.  25 
with  Rev.  xiii.  5 — The  whole  period  1,335  years,  Dan.  vii.  12 — 
Period  of  the  Rise  of  the  Papacy  in  A.  D.  533— Proof  of— 
Prophetico-Historic  Verification  of— The  Bishop  of  Versailles 
and  Napoleon  III. — Final  Destruction  of  the  Papacy  by  the 
Symbolic  "Ten  Horns"  or  "Kmgs,"  Rev.  xvii.  16,  .    115-132 


CHAPTER  VI.  (Continued.) 

SECTION     II. 
LOUIS   NAPOLEON  III.,  AS  THE   HEAD   OF  THE   UNIVERSAL   LATIN  EMPIRE. 

This  Event  still  Future — ^Yet  nigh  at  hand — The  Harlot-rider  still 
seated  on  his  back — The  Secular  Power  of  the  Popedom 
nearly  annihilated — ^What  is  to  follow,  at  variance  with  the 
popular  views — ^Five  Considerations  in  proof  of  the  position 
herein  assumed : — 

I.  The  Steps  which  are  to  immediately  precede  the  Introduc- 
tion of  Louis  Napoleon  III,  upon  the  stage  of  action  as  the 
Eighth  Apocalyptic  Head — ^Will  be  preceded  by  Miraculous 
Wonders — Is  warily  advancing  toward  the  acme  of  his  ambi- 
tion— Is  suspected  of  an  inkling  after  the  Popedom — May 
assume  it,  to  effect  a  change  in  the  functions  of  the  then 


CONTENTS.  XI 

reigning  Fope  to  that  of  the  Fahe  Prophet^  who  is  to  xoorh 
Miracles  before  him  (Rev.  xix.  20),  as  his  own  passport  from 
the  Seventh  to  the  Eighth  Headship — Present  Aspect  of 
French  Affairs  favorable  to  this — Other  Facts — The  Result. 

II.. — His  Inmiguratioti,  as  the  Eighth  Head^  into  Ms  Seat  of 
Power,  at  the  hands  of  the  Ten  Roman  *■'■  Horns''''  or  ^^ Kings ^^ 
— Certainty  of,  as  derived  from  the  Prophecy,  Rev.  xvii.  lY, 
*'  For  God  hath  put  it  into  their  hearts,"  etc. — (Compare  Dan. 
iv.  1-18  ;  23-25  ;  and  chap.  vii.  1-8,  with  2  Thess.  ii.  3,  8,  and 
verse  11) — St.  Paul's  Prophecy  in  outline  filled  up  by  St.  John's 
respecting  the  appearance  and  work  of  the  T/iree  Unclean  Frog 
Spirits,  Rev.  xvi.  13,  14,  18 — Exposition  of — Meaning  of  the 
phrase,  "The  whole  World"— 1.  Their  Origin— 2.  Extent  of 
the  combined  Influences  of  their  Miraculous  Agencies — 3. 
What  we  are  to  understand  as  denoted  by  them — i.  The 
Period  of  their  Mission — (Compare  Rev.  xvi.  12,  with  verses 
13-14) — 5.  Will  culminate  in  the  formation  of  the  Last 
Democratico-Infidel  Confederacy — Objection  to,  on  the 
ground  of  its  alleged  impossibility — Reply — Appeal  to  facts 
— Most  of  those  now  living  may  witness  the  things  here  spoken 
of— An  Appeal, 133-149 


CHAPTER  yi.  (Continued.) 

SECTION     III. 

THE  POLITICO-HISTORIC    MARK,    NAME,   OR    NUMBER    (666)   OF   THE   APOCA- 
LYPTIC EIGHTH  HEAD,  QUERE. — DOES  IT  APPLY  TO  LOUIS  NAPOLEON  III.  ? 

Introductory  Remarks — The  Prophecy,  Rev.  xiii.  16-18 — Fur- 
nishes additional  evidence  that  the  revived  Seventh  Head  of 
the  Roman  Beast,  and  the  Eighth,  belong  to  the  same  person — 
Distinction  between  the  Power  that  confers  and  He  who  inter- 
pi'etsssdd  number — Miracles  wrought  by  the  former  to  that  end 
— The  Image  of  the  Beast,  What  ? — The  Mark,  etc.,  imposed  as  a 
sign  of  Dedication,  etc. — How  to  be  deciphered,  or  counted — 
Origin  of,  illustrated — Zoological  Origin  of  the  Eighth  Head — 
The  number  666  applied,  first,  to  his  ancestry — Illustrated  in 


Xll  CONTENTS. 

three  particulars — But  in  order  to  its  complete  fulfilment  must 
be  applied  to  some  one  man — That  man,  Louis  Napoleon  III. 
— Must  be  deciphered  in  the  three  languages,  Latin,  Greek, 
and  Hebrew — Illustrations  of,  with  answers  to  objections,  etc. 
— The  great  Antichristian  Confederacy  of  which  he  is  the 
Head — Editorial  article  from  a  New  York  journal  on  "  The 
Signs  of  the  Times  " — Closing  Remarks,  .        .        .    150-166 


CHAPTER  VL  (Continued.) 

SECTION     IV. 

THE   PROPHETICO-HISTORIC    EXPLOITS    OP   THE   APOCALYPTIC    EIGHTH   HEAD 
AND   HIS   ANTICHRISTIAN   CONFEDERACY. 

Recapitulation — Entrance  upon  a  comparatively  neio  field  of  Scrip- 
tural Exegesis — Prophecies  relating  to  the  future  Restoration 

of  the  Jews  to  Palestine : 167-109 

I.  First  Act  of  the  Eighth  Head,  the  restoration  of  the  Jews 
to  their  own  land — Has  undergone  numerous  changes — Pre- 
dicted    ENLARGEMENT     AND     NEW     DIVISION     OF,     AMONG     THE 

Twelve  Tribes — Firsts  Successive  Geographical  Developments 
of — 1.  Its  first  occupancy  by  the  Ten  Heathen  Nations^  prior 
to  Abraham's  call — Map  of — 2.  From  Joshua  to  the  time  of 
the  Judges — Map  of — 3.  Canaan  as  adapted  to  the  period  of 
the  Kings — Three  Maps ;  the  first  adapted  to  the  Book  of 
Kings,  the  second  to  the  Captivity,  the  third  to  the  time  of 
Christ — 4.  The  future  enlargement  of — The  new  division  of — 
Map  of— The  Holy  Oblation— Illustration  of.  .        .  169-182 

The  Restoration  of  Israel  will  take  place  in  their  nationally  un- 
converted State,  and  in  great  sufiering — Louis  Napoleon  III.  a-s 
the  Eighth  Head  the  instigator  of — Makes  a  League  with  them 
to  that  end — This  involves  their  allegiance  to  him — The  Prophet 
Hosea  on — The  Jews  incorporated  with  his  Confederacy — 
The  Prophet  Isaiah  on — Astounding  effect  upon  the  Nations — 
Agencies  employed  in  their  Restoration — Isaiah  on,  chap, 
xviii.  1-3 — Proof  that  this  Prophecy  points  to  the  United 
States  of  America — Not  one  of  the  "  Ten  Horns  "  of  the 
Roman  Empire — Will  form  no  part  of  the  Antichristian  Con- 


CONTENTS.  Xlll 

federacy  of  the  Latin  Empire — A  great  and  glorious  destiny 
awaits  her — Will,  nevertheless,  be  brought  under  the  rod  for 
her  national  sins — Will  form  an  alliance  with  the  Eighth 
Head — The  Jews  will  hail  him  as  their  Messiah — Christ's 
Prophecy  of — The  Jews  the  tcealthiest  nation  on  earth — When 
restored,  will  wipe  out  the  foot-prints  of  the  destroyers  of  their 
land — Jeremiah's  Prophecy  of — Will  rebuild  their  Temple — 
Ezekiel  on — Will  rapidly  rise  to  national  distinction  while  yet 
in  league  with  their  false  Messiah — Ezekiel  on — This  not  the 
climax  of  their  national  sin — Ezekiel  on,  etc.        .         .       182-210 

II.  The  Second  Act  of  the  Eighth  Head — His  desecration 
of  the  Temple — St.  Paul  on — The  last  unparalleled  tribulation 
of  the  Jews — Jeremiah,  Daniel,  and  Christ  on — Their  revolt 
against  the  false  Messiah — This  leads  to  the  last  acts  of  the 
Eighth  Head, 210-212 


CHAPTER  yi.  (Concluded.) 

SECTION     T. 

CONTINUATION    OF    THE    PROPHETICO-HISTORIC    EXPLOITS    OP    THE    APOCA- 
LYPTIC    EIGHTH     HEAD     AND     HIS     ANTICHRISTIAN     CONFEDERACY 

THEIR   FINAL    DOOM CONCLUSION. 

III.  The  Third  Act. — ^Antichrist's  Invasion  of  the  Holy  Land 
and  its  Capital,  Jerusalem — Gog  and  Magog  Army  of  Ezekiel — 
Proof  that  it  is  not  identical  with  that  of  the  Apocalypse,  chap. 
XX.    8,    9 — Faber    on — Reply — This    invasion    described  by 

Zechariah,  chap.  xiv.  1,  2 212-216 

lY.  The  Fourth  Act. — Eventuates  in  ^'tke  Battle  of  the 
Gh'eat  Day  of  God  Almighty ^^''  Rev.  xvi.  14 — Locality  of  the 
Battle-field,  Armageddon — Predicted  certain  destruction  of 
the  Invaders  by  the  Visible  Personal  Appearance  of  Christ 

—Scripture  Proofs— 216-223 

V.  The  final  doom  of  the  Last  Antichrist  and  his  Magogcan 
Confederacy — The  result  of  the  Battle — Are  destroyed  by  the 
Personal  Agency  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ — Magnitude  of 
this  Confederacy — Number  of  their  Weapons — An  Explanation 
— Conclusion, 223 


XIV  CONTENTS. 


APPENDIX. 


I.  Prophetical  Aspect  of  the  Pope's  late  *'  Encyclical," 

II.  Prophetical  Aspect  of  the  late  Firman  of  the  Sultan  of  Turkey 

in  reference  to  the  Holy  City,  Jerusalem,        .        .        .    529-258 

"  The  conclusion  op  the  whole  matter,"     ....  258-280 


AM    I  I    \   1 


IjWIMAA' 


'^im^ 


ASSyniOBABrLOrtlAK  i 


e»m:lies  t     he<  ord*. 


1 


IlJfTKODUOTIOIT 


It  forms  no  part  of  the  design  of  this  volume,  to  give  an  ex- 
position of  what  appertains  to  the  social,  civil,  judicial,  and 
ecclesiastical  systems  of  the  commonwealth  of  Israel  as  enacted 
by  the  inspired  lawgiver,  Moses,  between  the  Exode  and  the 
time  of  Samuel.  That  system  of  government  was  adapted  to  a 
union  of  the  Church  with  the  State,  and  is  a  matter  of  history, 
as  constituting  the  origmal  theocracy  of  Israel. 

"Vyhat  we  propose  in  these  pages,  is,  to  present  a  view  of 
"  THE  PoLiTiCAi.  ECONOMY  OP  PROPHECY,"  as  foreshadowing 
those  systems  of  earthly  gentile  governments  that  were  to  bear 
rule  in  the  world,  subsequently  to,  and  in  consequence  of,  the 
abrogation  of  the  original  theocracy  by  the  Israelites  under 
Samuel,  onward  to  the  restoration  of  that  theocracy  by  their 
king,  Messiah.  It  will  be  found  that,  during  this  prolonged 
interval,  those  "holy  men  of  God  who  spake  as  they  were 
moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost,"  prophetically  portrayed  the  various 
systems  of  government  of  human  device  to  which  the  Church 
and  people  of  God,  Jewish  and  Christian,  were  to  be  subjected, 
either  as  the  punishment  of  their  sins,  or  the  trial  of  their  faith, 
under  and  during  the  dominancy  of  Gentilism  over  them. 

First.  In  regard  to  the  Hebrew^  Israelitish,  or  Jewish  nation. 
Moses,  as  a  prophet,  Deut.  xxviii.  1-14,  gives  a  summary  of  the 
many  and  great  Nestings  that  should  accrue  to  Israel  as  that 
people  whom  "  God  would  set  on  high  above  all  the  nations  of 
the  earth,"  if  obedient  to  His  commands.  On  the  other  hand, 
if  disobedient,  he  predicts,  in  verses  15-68  inclusive,  a  long  cat- 


16  INTRODUCTION. 

alogue  of  the  most  terrific  curses  that  could  possibly  befall  any 
nation.  These  curses  should  overtake  them  while  in  their  own 
land,  not  only,  but,  and  especially  when,  being  delivered  into 
the  hands  of  their  enemies,  "the  Lord  would  scatter  them 
among  all  people,  from  the  one  end  of  the  earth  even  unto  the 
other ;  and  v  that  there  they  should  serve  other  gods,  which 
neither  they  nor  their  fathers  had  known,  even  wood  and 
stone."  Among  these  curses,  allusion  is  made,  verse  36,  to 
what  would  follow  the  clioice  of  '•HJie  Tcing  that  they  should  set 
over  them,"  viz.,  that  the  Lord  would  bring  a  nation  against 
them  from  far,  from  the  end  of  the  earth,  as  swift  as  the  eagle 
flieth ;  a  nation  whose  tongue  they  should  not  understand,  a 
nation  of  fierce  countenance,  which  should  not  regard  the  per- 
son of  the  old,  nor  show  favor  to  the  young  :  and  that  he  should 
eat  the  fruit  of  their  cattle,  and  the  fruit  of  their  land,  until 
they  should  be  destroyed."  .  .  Also  that  he  "  should  besiege 
them  in  all  their  gates,  until  theu*  high  and  fenced  walls  come 
down,  wherein  they  trusted,  throughout  all  their  land,  which 
the  Lord  then-  God  had  given  them."  And  finally,  that  "  they 
should  be  left  few  in  number,  whereas  they  were  as  the  stars  of 
heaven  for  multitude  :  because  they  would  not  obey  the  voice  of 
the  Lord  their  God." 

The  whole  closes  with  the  solemn  appeal : — Thus  saith  the 
Most  High,  "  See  ...  I  call  heaven  and  earth  to  record 
this  day  against  you,  that  I  have  set  before  you^  life  and  death, 
blessing  and  cursing  :  therefore  choose  life,  that  both  thou  and 
thy  seed  may  live."     (Deut.  xxx.  19.) 

But,  alas  !  Israel  chose  death,  with  all  its  attendant  curses- 
These  curses,  consequent  of  their  rebellions  against  God  under 
Moses,  commenced  with  their  nomadic  wanderings  for  forty 
years  through  the  wilderness,  and  were  continued  for  like  causes, 
during  their  occupancy  of  the  land  of  Canaan  under  the  Judges, 
until  the  time  of  the  prophet  Samuel.  But  this  pious  priest, 
prophet,  and  judge,  had  waxen  old.  Unable  longer  to  bear  the 
weight  and  responsibilities  of  his  official  functions,  the  reins  of 
government  were  committed  to  the  hands  of  his  two  sons,  Joel 
and  Abiah. 

It  is  at  this  point  in  the  history  of  Israel,  when  was  verified 


INTEODTJCTION.  17 

the  prophecy  of  Moses  respecting  tJwir  choice  of  a  "  Icing.''''  We 
read  of  the  two  sons  of  Samuel,  that  they  "  walked  not  in  his 
ways,  but  turned  aside  after  lucre,  and  took  bribes,  and  per- 
verted judgment."  Whereupon  "  the  elders  of  Israel  came  to 
Samuel  unto  Eamah,  and  said  unto  him,  Behold,  thou  art  old, 
and  thy  sons  walk  not  in  thy  ways :  now  make  us  a  king,  to 
judge  us,  like  all  the  nations."  ^  In  vain  alike  were  the  jDrotes- 
tations,  expostulations,  and  predictions  of  the  venerable  prophet 
as  to  the  character  of  the  king  of  their  choice,  whose  despotic 
rule  and  oppression  and  extortion  would  make  them  "  ciy  out 
in  that  day,  because  of  the  king  whom  they  shall  have  chosen." 
They  still  persisted  in  their  demand  : — "  Nay,  but  we  will  have 
a  king  over  us,  that  we  also  may  be  like  all  the  nations  (heathen), 
and  that  our  king  may  judge  us,  and  go  out  and  fight  our 
battles."  2 

Now,  this  conduct  of  the  nation  of  Israel  constituted  the 
highest  act  of  treason  and  rebellion  against  the  covenant  God 
of  their  fathers.  It  involved  the  abjuration  of  the  original  the- 
ocracy, and  the  substitution  in  its  place  of  a  system  of  govern- 
ment analogous  to  the  heathen  nations  ! 

God  gave  them  up  to  their  choice.  In  answer  to  the  prayer 
of  Samuel,  "  the  Lord  said  unto  him.  Hearken  unto  the  voice 
of  the  people  in  all  that  they  say  unto  thee  :  for  they  have  not 
rejected  thee,  hut  they  have  rejected  me,  tliat  I  should  not  he  hing 
over  them.''''  ^ 

Their  error,  however,  consisted  in  their  choice  of  Saul,  the 
son  of  Cis,  a  Benjamite,  as  their  first  king.  Whereas  the  prophe- 
cy of  Jacob  had  designated  the  tribe  of  Judah  as  the  source  and 
centre  of  the  regal  power.*  Hence  the  anointing  of  Saul  out 
of  a  vial,^  denotive  of  the  instability  of  his  short-lived  reign. 
And,  although  David,  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  as  his  successor^ 
was  anointed  out  of  a  horn,^  the  emblem  of  permanency ;  yet  a 
limit  was  set  to  the  period  of  the  Davidic  monarchy  in  the  line 
of  the  kings  of  Judah.   A  monarchy  is  not  a  theocracy.    Hence, 

1  1  Sam.,  viii.  1-5.  a  Ibid.,  viii.  10-18 ;  19,  20. 

3  Hid.,  verses  6,  7.  *  Gen.,  xlix.  10. 

6  1  Sam.  X.  1.  0  lUd.,  xvi.  13. 


18  INTEODUCTION. 

however  the  line  of  kings  from  David  reigned  jus  Dimnum  (by- 
Divine  right),  it  was  to  terminate  at  the  coming  of  the  "  Shi- 
LOH."  ^  That  covenant  made  with  David  which  guaranteed  the 
perpetuity  of  his  throne,  therefore,  reached  leyond  the  royal 
monarchical  line.  Accordingly,  the  Apostle  Peter,  when  ad- 
dressing his  brethren  on  the  day  of  Pentecost,  and  "freely 
speaking  to  them  of  the  patriarch  David,"  said  : — "  Therefore, 
being  a  proj^het,  and  knowing  that  God  had  sworn  with  an 
oath  to  him,  that  of  the  fruit  of  his  loins,  according  to  the  flesh, 
HE  WOULD  KAisE  UP  CHRIST  TO  SIT  ON  HIS  THRONE  ;  He,  seeing 
this  before,  spake  of  the  resurrection  of  Christ,  that  His  soul  was 
not  left  in  hell  (oSt??),  neither  did  his  flesh  see  corruption."  ^ 

It  is,  therefore,  by  and  thi'ough  Christ,  as  "  David's  son  and 
Lord,"  ^  in  resurrection  power  and  glory,  and  by  Him  alone, 
that  the  original  theocracy  can  be  restored. 

Hence,  this  event  did  not  transpire  at  the  first  appearing  of 
the  "  Shiloh  "  to  Israel.  True,  the  monarchical  "  sceptre  then 
departed  from  Judah."  Still,  the  nation,  after  the  example  of 
Israel  in  the  time  of  Samuel,  by  their  rejection  and  crucifixion 
of  Him  who  was  "  born  King  of  the  Jews,"  furnished  the  oc- 
casion for  the  deferment  of  the  restoration  of  the  previously 
abjured  theocracy.  And  so,  their  Messiah,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
— in  analogy  to  the  parabolic  nobleman,  of  whom  the  "  citizens  " 
declared,  "  we  will  not  have  this  man  to  reign  over  us,"  and 
who  was  driven  "  into  a  far  country,  till  he  should  receive  a 
kingdom  and  return,"— is  now,  so  to  speak,  a  Icing  in  exile  in 
the  far-off  heavens,  whither,  as  "the  great  High  Priest  over  the 
house  of  God,"  He  has  gone  to  intercede  for  tis,  henceforth  ex- 
pecting, till  His  enemies  be  made  His  footstool ;  when,  being 
invested  of  the  Father  with  His  Mngly  prerogatives,  or,  in 
other  words,  having  "  received  His  kingdom,"  he  will  return 
tTie  second  time  to  "  build  up  the  tabernacle  of  David,  which  is 
fallen  down." 

Of  this  the  prophet  Daniel  speaks,  chap.  vii.  13,  14 : — "  I 
saw  in  the  night  visions,  and  behold,  one  like  the  Son  of  Man 
came  with  the  clouds  of  heaven,  and  came  to  the  ancient  of 

1  Gen.,  xlix.  10,         «  Acts  ii.  SO,  31 ;  Ps.  x.  16.         3  Matt.,  xxii.  41-45. 


mTRODUCTION.  19 

days,  and  tliey  brought  Him  near  before  Him.  And  there  was 
given  Him  dominion,  and  glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that  all  i^eople, 
and  nations,  and  languages,  should  serve  Him :  His  dominion 
is  an  everlasting  dominion,  which  shall  not  pass  away,  and  His 
kingdom  that  which  shall  not  be  destroyed."  And  with  this 
accords  the  declaration  of  St.  Peter  in  his  address  to  the  Jews, 
Acts  iii.  20,  21.  "  And  he  shall  send  Jesus  Christ,  which  lefore 
was  preached  unto  you  :  whom  the  heavens  must  receive  until 
the  times  of  restitution  of  all  things,  which  God  hath  spoken  by 
the  mouth  of  all  His  holy  prophets  since  the  world  began." 
And  so,  in  regard, 

Second.  To  the  Christian  Church,  "We  now  speak  of  the 
visible  church  catholic  on  earth  in  \\.tx  mixed  state,  as  constituted 
of  tares  and  wheat,  or  the  apostate  and  the  true.  As  it  respects 
the  former,  the  Apostle  Paul  predicted.  Acts  xx.  29,  30,  that 
"  after  his  departure  should  grievous  wolves  enter  in  among 
them,  not  sparing  the  flock.  Also  of  their  own  selves  should 
men  arise,  speaking  perverse  things,  to  draw  away  disciples 
after  them."  This  prophecy  formed  the  Msis  of  that  of  2  Thess. 
ii.  3,  in  which  he  foretells  of  that  "  falling  away  first " — (7 
diroa-Taaia,  the  ax>ostasy),  which  was  finally  to  culminate  in  that 
"  revelation  of  the  man  of  sin  and  son  of  perdition,"  or  the 
LAST  Antichrist  ;  "  even  him,  whose  coming  is  after  the  work- 
ing of  Satan  with  all  power  and  signs  and  lying  wonders,  and 
with  all  deceivableness  of  unrighteousness  in  them  that  perish ; 
lecause  they  received  not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might 
be  saved.  And  for  this  cause  God  shall  send  them  strong  delu- 
sion, that  they  should  believe  a  lie,"  etc.  The  voice  of  prophecy 
also  points  out,  that  this  apostasy  of  the  nominal  church 
throughout  Christendom  in  its  culminated  form,  is  to  consti- 
tute, out  of  its  subjects,  that  last  great  antichristian  confederacy 
of  the  nations,  whose  appearance  upon  the  prophetical  platform 
is  to  immediately  precede  the  second  comlng  (rrapovalas,  per- 
sonal presence)  of  the  Lord  jlesus  Christ. 

On  the  other  hand,  running  parallel  with  the  developments 
of  this  apostasy,  the  same  voice  of  prophecy  foretells  the  suflfer- 
iugs  of  "  the  faithful  in  Christ  Jesus,  called  to  be  saints,"  as  the 
trial  of  their  Christian  integrity.     Thus  Daniel,  in  reference  to 


20  INTRODIJCTION. 

the  "little  horn"  of  chap.  vii.  8,  predicts,  verse  21,  25,  "I 
beheld,  and  the  same  horn  made  imr  with  the  saints,  and  pre- 
vailed against  them  ;  "  and  that  he  "  should  wear  out  the  saints 
of  the  Most  High,"  etc.,  and  to  this  state  of  suffering  the  Apos- 
tle Peter  alludes,  1  Pet.  i.  6,  7, — "  Wherein  ye  greatly  rejoice, 
though  now  for  a  season,  if  need  be,  ye  are  in  heaviness  through 
manifold  temptations  ;  that  tlie  trial  of  your  faith,  being  much 
more  precious  than  of  gold  which  perisheth,  though  it  be  tried 
by  fire,  might  be  found  unto  praise  and  honor  and  glory,  at 
the  apiiearing  of  Jesus  Christ."  These  prophecies  are  in  har- 
mony with  that  of  our  Lord  to  his  disciples,  John  xvi.  33,  "  in 
the  world  ye  shall  have  tribulation  ;  "  and  also  with  that  of  St. 
Paul  to  the  believers  in  Lystra,  Iconium,  and  Antioch,  Acts  xiv. 
22,  "  that  we  must  through  much  tribulation  enter  into  the 
kingdom  of  God." 

The  purpose  of  these  pages,  therefore,  is,  to  show  that  "  all 
the  prophets,  from  Samuel  and  those  that  follow  after,  as  many 
as  have  spoken,"  ^  have  prophetically  mapped  out  the  rise,  ca- 
reer, and  final  destiny  of  all  those  earthly  systems  of  political 
economy  that  were  to  sway  their  respective  sceptres  in  and  over 
the  nations  of  the  world,  as  rivals  to  that  original  theocracy 
established  over  the  commonwealth  of  Israel ;  together  with  the 
contemporaneous  vicissitudes  and  sufferings  of  the  Church  and 
people  of  God,  Jewish  and  Christian,  by  and  through  them,  as 
rods  in  God's  hand,  either  for  the  punishment  of  tlie  apostate 
or  the  trial  of  the  faithful ;  and  of  the  final  vengeance  which  is 
to  overtake  them,  one  and  all,  as  the  persecutors  of  the  Lord's 
chosen  people  of  'both  classes,  in  their  total  subversion,  by  the 
reestaUishmejit  of  that  theocratic  government  abjured  by 
Israel  in  the  time  of  Samuel. 

The  learned  Bossuet  and  Bishop  Porteus  have  well  and  truly 
said  of  the  four  prophetic  monarchies  of  Gentilism  that  were  to 
bear  rule  in  the  earth  between  the  abjuration  and  the  restoration 
of  the  theocracy  of  Israel — the  Babylonian,  Medo-Persian,  Gre- 
cian, and  Roman — that  they  "  form,  as  it  were,  one  vast  map  of 
Providential  administration.,  delineated  on  so  large  a  scale,  and 

1  Acts,  iii.  24. 


INTEODUCTION.  21 

marked  with  such  legible  characters,  that  it  cannot  possibly  es- 
cape our  observation ;  "  and  that  "  tJd»  map  lias  leen  held  wp 
before  the  eyes  of  all  nations  for  the  space  of  nearly  three  thou- 
sand years,  to  confront  the  feeble  cavils  of  atheism,  and  to  con- 
firm the  scriptural  doctrine  of  a  national  Providence^ 

And  yet  how  many,  in  these  "  last  times,"  have  entirely 
overlooked  the  fact,  that  m  tlie  BiUe  is  to  be  found  the  most 
extensive  and  complete  system  o^  political  economy  of  which  the 
world  can  boast ! 

Of  the  prophecy  of  Moses,  in  the  xxviiith  chapter  of  Deute- 
ronomy, respecting  the  numerous  curses  that  should  overtake 
Israel  in  the  event  of  their  disobedience  of  the  Lord's  com- 
mands, history,  both  sacred  and  profane,  attests  that  they  have 
all  been  literally  verified,  in  accordance  with  the  natural  lan- 
guage in  which  they  are  recorded.  The  same  holds  true  of  the 
prophecy  of  Samuel  in  reference  to  the  character,  etc.,  of  their 
first  king,  Saul,  in  1  Sam.  viii.  10-18.  But  it  is  otherwise  with 
those  siibsequent  prophecies,  which  portray  the  political  econ- 
omy OF  GENTiLiSM,  as  adumbrated  by  the  former  prophets.  In 
these,  natural  language,  at  least  for  the  most  part,  is  exchanged 
for  the  mystical ;  so  that  the  various  anti-theocratic  systems  of 
government  that  have  obtained  in  the  world,  and  the  anti- 
Christian  ecclesiastical  systems  that  have  prevailed  in  the  nom- 
inal church,  are  revealed  by  the  Holy  Spirit  under  synibolical 
forms.  This  holds,  true,  more  especially,  of  the  things  set  forth 
in  the  books  of  Daniel  and  of  the  Apocalypse,  the  latter  being 
synch,ronical  with,  and  expository  of,  the  foimer. 

It  will,  however,  be  shown  in  the  sequel  of  these  pages,  that 
the  symbols  introduced  in  these  prophecies,  being  selected  from 
some  real  objects  in  nature,  either  inanimate^ — as  the  gold,  sil- 
ver, brass,  iron,  etc.,  of  the  colossal  image  of  Nebuchadnezzar 
(Dan.  chap,  ii.),— or  animate^— 2^^  the  four  rampant  beasts  of 
Daniel,— the  winged  lion,  the  bear,  the  four-headed  and  four- 
winged  leopard,  and  the  nondescript  beast,  etc., — are  all  repre- 
sentative of  some  corresponding  literal  object,  person,  event,  or 
thing,  which  forms  the  sribject  of  the  prophecy.  Also,  that  in 
these  symbols,  being  in  numerous  instances  interpreted  by  the 
Holy  Spirit  who  revealed  them,  we  are  furnished  with  a  le/ii  by 


22  mTEODTJCTION. 

which  to  unlock  tlie  otherwise  hidden  meaning  of  the  whole. 
They  hence  form,  so  to  speak,  a  pROPHETico-HiEROPHAiifTic  al- 
phabet, not  in  the  sense  of  the  mere  letters  of  a  foreign  tongue, 
but  in  the  more  expansive  signification  of  the  objects  or  events, 
etc.,  to  which  they  refer.  Or,  these  prophecies,  taken  as  a 
whole,  may  be  compared  to  a  dissected  map,  which,  commen- 
cing with  the  larger  sections,  all  the  other  parts  are  of  compar- 
atively easy  adjustment.  And,  as  to  the  subjects  treated  of  in 
this  volume,  we  say  without  hesitation,  that  every  intelligent 
reader,  from  his  own  knowledge  of  events  past  and  present, — 
on  the  admitted  principle  that  history  is  prophecy  verified — 
will  be  enabled  to  decide  for  himself,  as  to  the  correctness  of 
the  prophetico-historical  expositions  of  the  matters  signified  by 
them. 

And  finally.  It  is  specially  to  be  borne  in  mind,  that  while 
those  prophecies,  which  are  employed  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  sym- 
bolize the  rival  powers  of  Gentilism  over  the  suspended  theocracy 
of  Israel,  extend  over  the  prolonged  period  from  the  days  of  Sam- 
uel to  the  close  of  "  the  times  of  the  Gentiles  ;  "  yet  are  we  prin- 
cipally concerned  in  them,  as  they  point  to  and  centre  in  the 
great  period  of  crisis,  or  that  "  consummation  of  all  things  which 
God  hath  sj)oken  by  the  mouth  of  all  his  holy  projDhets  since 
the  world  began." 

The  author  would  now  state,  that  having  laid  before  the 
church  his  work  entitled  "  Our  Bible  Chronology,  Sacred  and 
Profane,  Historic  and  Prophetic,  critically  examined  and  dem- 
onstrated," etc. ;  and  the  "  Sequel "  to  it  on  "  Christ's  Second 
Coming,  the  great  Question  of  the  day — is  it  pre  or  j^:)<?si-millen- 
nial,"  etc. ;  now  off'ers  the  present  volume  as  what  he  expects 
and  intends  as  his  last  work  in  book  form  on  prophetical 
subjects. 

The  first  of  these  two  volumes  furnishes  all  that  is  essential 
to  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  clironology  of  Holy  Scripture, 
on  the  one  hand  ;  and  the  second  of  the  doctrine  and  history 
relating  to  the  second  coming  of  Christ,  on  the  other.  The 
present  volume  fills  a  niche  in  the  department  of  prophetical 
exposition,  not  found  in  the  same  form  in  the  others.  It  fur- 
nishes an  exhibit  of  those  prophecies  which,  though  spanning  a 


INTRODUCTION.  23 

long  interval  of  the  history  of  the  nations  of  earth  and  of  the 
Church  of  God,  Jewish  and  Grentile,  as  therein  foreshadowed . 
yet,  inasmuch  as  their  concentrated  rays,  as  we  have  said,  centre 
in  and  point  to  the  gkeat  period  of  crisis  in  the  affaii's  of 
both,  they  will  be  seen  to  hold  a  close  relation  to  the  political 
aspect  and  the  moral  and  spiritual  interests,  present  and  future, 
of  the  age  we  live  in. 

The  reader  will  ob^rve,  that  the  Napoleonic  family,  and 
especially  the  reigning  sovereign  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire, 
Louis  NaiDoleon  III.,  occupies  a  large  space  in  these  prophetic 
expositions.  In  reference,  however,  to  this  last-named  person- 
age, the  writer  wishes  it  to  be  distinctly  understood,  that  he 
does  not  hold  him  up  tp  view  as  "  the  predestined  monarch  of 
the  world."  There  is  an  essential  distinction  to  be  observed 
between  what  God  appoints  and  what  He  permits.  In  regard  to 
all  the  earth-born  monarchs  and  their  dynasties,  we  read  that 
"  God,  in  times  jDast,  hath  suffered  all  nations  to  walk  in  their 
own  ways.''''  ^  As  the  offshoots  of  the  original  usurper  of  the 
earthly  "  dominion  "  bequeathed  to  man  in  Eden,  they  are  so 
many  rivals  to  Him — "  the  woman's  seed  " — who,  as  the  divine- 
ly constituted  "  Heir  of  all  things,"  is  the  oisxy  predestined 
MONARCH  OF  THE  WORLD.  We  are  hence  to  distinguish  be- 
tween "  the  eternal  purpose  which  God  purposed  in  Christ  Je- 
sus our  Lord,"  as  the  head  of  that  abjured  theocracy  of  Israel 
which  is  to  be  restored  by  Him,  and  those  political  systems  of 
human  device  which  He  has  permitted  to  obtain  among  the 
nations  of  earth,  during  and  under  the  usurped  dominancy  over 
them  of  "  the  god  of  this  world."  It  is  not  true,  therefore,  that 
any  mere  man  will  be  permitted  to  attain  to  the  position  of 
"  monarch  of  the  world."  Louis  Napoleon  HI.,  by  the  suffer- 
ance of  Him  who  is  "  the  Governor  "  among  the  apostate  nations 
of  Christendom,  will  rise  to  a  headship  over  tlie  slwrt-lived  "  uni- 
versal Latin  empire;  "  but  that  headship  ^o^ll  ?z<)^ extend  over  the 
entire  nationalities  of  earth.  The  sway  of  his  iron  sceptre  will 
not  reach  the  remoter  heathen  nations,  nor  will  it  include  these 
United  States.  Even  in  his  character  and  functions  as  the  last 
Antichrist,  though  his  influence  and  that  of  his  agents  will  be 

"  Acts,  xiv.  16. 


24  INTEODUCTION. 

widespread,  yet  Ms  appearance  upon  the  stage  as  such,  will  be 
restricted  more  especially  to  the  Jewish  7iation  in  Palestine. 
When  "  he  comes  to  tliem  in  his  own  name,  him  they  will  re- 
ceive." Though  it  is  said  that  "  power  will  be  given  him  over 
all  kindreds,  and  tongues,  and  nations,"  and  that  "  all  that 
dwell  upon  the  earth  shall  wonder  after  and  worship  him ; " 
yet  this  power  will  extend  only  to  those  "  whose  names  are  not 
written  in  the  book  of  life  of  the  Lamb  slain  from  the  founda- 
tion of  the  world."  ^  Of  these  latter,  a  goodly  number  among 
all  the  nationalities,  will  refuse  to  "  worship  his  image,"  or  to 
receive  the  impress  of  his  "  mark,  or  name,  or  number  of  his 
name  in  their  right  hands,  or  in  their  foreheads." ' 

Then,  as  to  the  chronology^  in  refererwce  to  the  career  of  this 
remarkable  man.  While  it  fixes  his  introduction  upon  the 
prophetical  platform  of  action  at  the  extermination  of  the  Pa- 
pacy by  the  "  ten  horns  "  or  "  kings  "  of  the  Latin  earth  (Rev. 
xvii.  16),  at  the  close  of  a.  d.  1868,  immediately  after  which 
"  God  shall  put  it  into  their  hearts  to  give  their  power  and 
strength  and  kingdom  to  him"  (Rev.  xvii.  13,  17)  ;  yet  it  is  not 
true,  as  the  Rev.  M.  Baxter,  the  author  of  "  Louis  Napoleon  the 
Destined  Monarch  of  the  World,"  afiirms,  that  it  is  "  foreshown 
in  prophecy  "  that  he  will  "  confirm  a  covenant  with  the  Jews 
about,  or  soon  after  1863,"  etc.  This  same  writer  at  first  fixed 
upon  1860  or  1861  as  the  time  for  the  confirmation  of  the  above 
"  covenant "  with  the  Jews.  But  no  such  covenant  has  yet  (in 
1866)  been  confirmed  with  them.  In  fact,  this  theory  is  based 
upon  a  total  misapplication  of  the  prophecy,  Dan.  ix.  37  :  "  And 
he  shall  confirm  the  covenant  with  many  for  one  week,"  etc., 
meaning  the  last  of  the  seventy  prophetic  weeks  of  Daniel,  verses 
24-27.  It  is  hypothecated  of  the  lopping  off  of  the  last  as  a 
component  part  of  the  seventy  weeks,  and  introducing  a  long 
interval  down  to  the  time  of  the  appearance  of  the  last  Anti- 
christ, and  then  reduplicating  the  year-day  prophetical  numbers, 
so  as  to  make  them  apply  to  the  career  of  the  Antichrist  on  the 
literal  day  for  day  princij)le. 

Now,  this  whole  scheme,  we  maintain,  is  entirely  at  variance 
with  the  obvious  tenor  of  the  prophecy.  The  whole  period  of 
»  Rev.  xiii.  3,  4,  7,  8.  »  Jbid.,  verses  15,  16,  17. 


INTRODUCTION.  '26 

the  seventy  weeks  is  divided  into  tJiree  distinct  parts.  The 
prophet  says,  1st,  "  Know  therefore  and  understand,  that  from 
the  going  forth  of  the  commandment  to  restore  and  to  build 
Jerusalem  unto  Messiah  the  Prince,  shall  be  [1.]  seven  tceeJcs,''^  or 
49  years  ;  "  and  [2.]  threescore  and  tico  loeeJcs,''''  or  434  years  ... 
"  and  [3.],  a^ter  threescore  and  two  weeks,"  i.  e.,  from  the  close 
of  this  last-mentioned  period  "  shall  Messiah  be  cut  off^''  etc. 
"  And  he  [Jehovah]  shall  confirm  the  covenant  with  many 
for  one  week,  and  in  the  midst  of  the  week  he  shall  cause  the  sac- 
rifice and  the  oblation  to  cease,"  etc.  It  is  perfectly  j^lain,  there- 
fore, that  all  the  above-named  events,  and  none  others,  are  in- 
cluded within  the  "  seventy  weeks."  This  prophetical  number 
was  given  to  point  out  the  time  of  the  first  coming  of  Christ, 
"  to  finish  the  transgression,  and  to  make  an  end  of  sin,  and  to 
make  reconciliation  for  iniquity,  and  to  bring  in  everlasting 
righteousness,  and  to  seal  up  the  vision  and  the  x)rophecy,  and 
to  anoint  the  most  Holy."  Kow,  this  was  all  accomplished, 
first,  by  the  cutting  oft"  or  crucifixion  of  Messiah  "  in  the  midst," 
or  at  the  expiration  of  the  first  half  of  the  "  one  week  "  of  the 
seventy  ;  and  second,  by  "  the  corfirmation  of  the  covenant  [  Abra- 
hamic]  with  maay^''  in  opening  the  door  of  the  Gospel  to  the 
Gentile  nations  at  the  conversion  of  Cornelius,  during  the  last 
half  of  said  "  one  week."  Then  it  was,  that  Jehovah  "  caused 
the  sacrifice  and  the  oblation  to  cease,"  by  the  "  one  oflering 
of  Christ  for  the  sins  of  the  people,"  so  that  "  there  remaineth 
no  more  sacrifice  for  sin." 

But,  in  addition  to,  and  reaching  beyond  these  seventy 
weeks,  the  prophet  says  :— "  And  the  people  of  the  prince  that 
shall  come  shall  destroy  the  city  and  the  sanctuary," — which  was 
literally  fulfilled  by  the  invasion  of  Judea  and  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem  and  the  temple  at  the  hand  of  the  Roman  general 
Titus  and  his  army  in  a.  d.  70.  Then  he  says  :  "  And  the  end 
thereof  shall  be  with  a  flood,  and  unto  the  end  of  the  war  desola- 
tions are  determined.  .  .  And  for  the  overspreading  of  ■ 
abominations  he  [the  prince]  shall  make  it  desolate,  even  until 
the  consummation^  and,  that  determined,  shall  be  poured  upon 
the  desolate,"  or  the  desolator. 

Thus  we  see  that  a  prolonged  season  of  trouble  and  sufferino- 


26  INTRODUCTION. 

was  marked  out  for  tlie  Jewish  nation  and  the  Christian  Church, 
from  the  dose  of  the  above  "  seventy  weeks,"  onward  to  the  final 
overthrow  of  the  last  Antichrist.  This  prolonged  season  of 
tribulation  commenced  with  the  subversion  of  the  Jewish  nation 
and  polity  in  a.  d.  70.  It  was  continued  ly  the  war  waged  by 
the  "  little  horn  "  of  the  Papacy  against  the  saints  of  the  Most 
High.  And  it  will  reach  its  culminating  point  under  the  last 
Antichrist^  with  whose  destruction  it  will  end  at  the  time  of  the 
"  consummation." 

"We  do  not  claim  for  the  above  the  merit  of  a  critical  exege- 
sis of  the  above  passage.  Had  our  space  allowed  it,  such  a 
process  would  have  been  found  to  confirm  the  plain,  common- 
sense  exposition  which  we  have  given  of  it.  Our  blessed  Lord, 
in  His  last  great  prophecy,  Matt,  xxiv.,  Mark  xiii.,  and  Luke 
xxi.,  most  minutely  Jills  up  the  above  prolonged  interval  of 
events,  from  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem  to  the  close  of  "  the 
times  of  the  Gentiles.''''  In  regard  to  the  commencement  and 
close  respectively  of  the  three  periods  into  which  Daniel  divides 
the  "  seventy  weeks,"  we  must  refer  the  reader  to  "  Our  Bible 
Chronology  "  for  their  historic  verification.  And  so  of  the  year- 
day  prophetical  numbers  connected  with  the  events  which  fol- 
low the  close  of  the  "  seventy  weeks  "  down  to  the  "  consumma- 
tion." All  these  prophetical  dates,  we  maintain,  run  out  at 
A.  D.  1868.  "We  are  then  ushered  into  a  short  unchronological 
peHod — "  that  generation  which  shall  not  pass  away,  until  all 
shall  be  fulfilled  "  as  pointed  out  by  prophecy  in  reference  to 
the  career  of  the  last  Antichrid.  And  the  fact  that  these  events 
are  furnished  with  no  dates  by  which  to  determine  when  they 
begin  and  end,  formed  the  ground  of  our  Lord's  prophecy  when 
speaking  of  the  time  of  His  second  appearing,  when  "  every  eye 
shall  see  Him,  and  they  also  which  pierced  Him,"  etc. : — "  Of 
that  day  and  hour  no  man  malceth  TcnoiDn^  no,  not  the  angels  in 
heaven,  neither  the  Son,  but  the  Father." 

We  deferentially  submit,  therefore,  that  the  theory  of  a  re- 
dvplication  of  the  year-day  j)rophetical  numbers,  by  a  series  of 
corresponding  literal  days,  and  then  applying  them  to  a  deter- 
mination of  the  exact  time^  even  to  half  a  month,  etc,  of  the 
confirmation  of  the  so-called  covenant  which  he  is  to  make  with 


INTRODUCTION.  27 

the  Jews ;  and  also  of  the  msible  second  coming  of  Christ,  is 
neither  authorized  by  Scripture  nor  supported  by  fact.  It  is  a 
vain  speculation,  and  the  endless  intricacies  into  -which  it  is  in- 
volved, only  tend  to  bewilder  and  confound  inquiry,  and  create 
hostility  to  prophetical  investigations,  the  evidence  of  which  is 
to  be  seen  in  the  repeated  shiftings  of  the  date  for  the  making 
the  above  covenant,  as  proposed  by  the  writer  alluded  to. 

But  we  have  said  that  this  theory  is  based  upon  a  total  mis- 
apprehension of  the  prophecy  in  Dan.  ix.  27,  respecting  the 
'■'- cavenaiif''  there  spoken  of.  In  addition,  therefore,  to  what 
w^e  have  already  offered  in  i)roof,  we  now  add,  that  it  arises 
from  a  confounding  of  said  covenant  with  the  "  league  "  spoken 
of  in  Dan.  xi.  23.  This  subject,  however,  being  fully  laid  open 
in  the  sequel  of  these  pages,  it  w^ould  be  superfluous  in  this 
place  to  enter  further  into  the  matter.  We  have  felt  called  upon 
thus  to  disabuse  a  momentously  important  subject  of  proj)hetical 
interpretation,  from  the  injurious  effects  to  which  the  above  and 
similar  perversions  of  its  real  significancy  exposes  it. 

We  now  pass  to  observe,  that  the  clironology  of  the  prophe- 
cies introduced  into  this  volume,  as  applied  to  the  commence- 
ment and  close  of  the  career  of  the  political  systems  respec- 
tively that  have  obtained  in  the  world,  demonstrate,  as  shown 
in  the  sequel,  that  they  have  nearly  run  their  course.  He  who 
hath  said  :  "  I  will  overturn,  overturn,  overturn  it ;  and  it  shall 
be  no  more,  until  He  come  whose  right  it  is .;  and  1  will  give  it 
Him;  "  ^  is  "  nigh  at  hand,  even  at  the  doors."  This  prophecy 
has  reference  to  the  removal  of  the  crown  from  the  head  of  Zed- 
ekiah,  and  the  vacancy  in  the  royal  line  of  David,  which, 
however,  should  be  restored  when  the  "  sceptre "  should  be 
given  into  Christ's  hands,  whose  tnie  right  it  should  be  to 
reign.  And  although,  as  we  have  seen,  the  exercise  of  that  right 
has  been  and  still  is  suspended,  yet  Jehovah  hath  sworn  unto 
David,  that  to  Him  who  is  his  "  root  and  offspring,"  even  Je- 
sus, as  the  "  King  of  Kings  and  Lord  of  Lords,"  shall  be 
given  DNTVERSAL  EMPIRE,  and  that  God  will  remove  every  ob- 
stacle and  impediment,  until  it  be  accomplished.  Aye,  the 
doom  of  every  earthly  dynasty,  as  now  constituted,  whether 
»  Ezek.,  xxi.  27. 


28  INTRODUCTION. 

autocratic,  despotic,  monarcliical,  or  democratic;  and  every 
false  system  of  religion^  whether  Heathen,  Pagan,  Papal,  Moham- 
metan.  Judaic,  or  nominally  Protestant,  is  unalterably  fixed. 
The  destruction  of  those  powers  that  have  so  long  "  destroyed 
the  earth  "  hastens  on  apace.  In  the  present  agitations,  and 
upheavings,  and  revolutions  among  empires  and  kingdoms  and 
states,  we  have  the  evidence  that  God  is  "  now  shaking  not  only 
the  earth  but  heaven,  that  those  things  which  cannot  be  shaken 
may  remain."  The  Redemption  of  "  the  whole  creation," 
which  for  near  6,000  years  has  been  "  groaning  and  travailing 
in  pain  together  until  now,"  is  near.  Those  of  Christ's  faithful 
ones,  whether  numbered  among  the  departed  martyr  "  souls 
under  the  altar;"  or  "  who  are  alive  and  remain  unto  the  coming 
of  the  Lord,"  but  yet  are  "groaning  within  themselves,  wait- 
ing for  the  adoption,  to  wit,  tlie  redemption  of  the  'body^''  shall 
soon  be  gathered  into  the  "  one  fold  under  the  one  shepherd." 
And  soon  "  the  Deliverer  shall  come  to  Zion,  and  shall  tm'n 
away  ungodliness  from  Jacob." 

We  write  for  the  benefit  of  all  who  admit  the  authenticity  and 
plenary  inspiration  of  Holy  Scrif>ture  ;  and  we  afiectionately  and 
earnestly  entreat,  that  they  give  earnest  heed  to  the  things 
which  "  the  Spirit  of  Christ  that  was  in  the  prophets  "  hath 
spoken,  "  lest  at  any  time  they  should  let  them  slip."  "We  ap- 
peal to  "  all,  of  every  name,  who  love  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  in 
sincerity  and  truth,"  that  they  forget  not  that  "  the  heavens 
DO  RULE ; "  that  "  God  is  the  Governor  among  the  na- 
tions ;  "  and  that,  "  according  to  the  eternal  purpose  which  he 
hath  purposed  in  Christ  Jesus  our  Lord  "  as  the  divinely  con- 
stituted "  heir  of  all  things,"  every  of  the  rival  forms  of  existing 
governments  must  pass  away,  and  give  place  to  the  establish- 
ment of  that  THEOCRATIC  "  KINGDOM  wliich  caunot  be  moved." 
And  we  appeal  especially  to  those  to  whom  has  been 
"  committed  a  dispensation  of  the  Gospel "  as  the  "  ambassa- 
dors of  Christ,"  that  if,  in  their  view,  we  have  presented  in 
these  pages  anything  not  in  accordance  with  "  the  mind  of  the 
Spirit,"  tliat  tltey  point  it  out.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  have, 
as  we  claim,  demonstrated  the  true  application  of  the  symbolic 
prophecies  to  the  momentous  things  "  signified  "  by  the  proph- 


INTRODUCTION.  29 

ets  wlio  announced  them,  they  do  confess  it,  and  unite  in  their 
efforts  to  spread  the  light  aniong  the  people.  We  would  say  to 
them  in  all  sincerity — "  Dearly  beloved  in  the  Lord,"  we  have 
all  slept  long  enough.  Let  each  one  of  us,  therefore,  join  in  the 
cry,  "  Watchmen,  what  of  the  night  ?  Watchmen,  what  of  the 
night  ?  "  The  response  of  the  "  watchmen  "  is,  "  The  morning 
Cometh,  and  also  the  night."  But,  as  in  the  order  of  nature,  so 
here,  the  "  night  "  precedes  the  "  morning."  Yea,  "  darkness 
now  covers  the  earth,  and  gross  darkness  the  people."  ^  "  If, 
then,  ye  will  inquire,  inquire  ye :  return,  come."  "  Come  to 
THE  LIGHT  of  the  "  morc  sure  word  of  prophecy,  to  which  we 
all  do  well  that  we  take  heed,  as  unto  a  light  which  shineth  m 
a  darh  placed  ^  Let  us  "  search  the  Scriptures  daily,  whether 
these  things  are  so."  *  In  the  view  of  the  approaching  "  sword  " 
of  the  Divine  vengeance  now  being  suspended  over  the  guilty 
nations  of  earth  and  the  ajDOstate  of  the  nominal  church,  let  us 
read  and  ponder  over  Ezekiel's  description  of  the  doom  of  the 
unfaitliful,  and  the  deliverance  of  the  faithful "  watchmen."  ^  It 
has  its  ancdogy  in  the  ministry  of  the  present  day. 

R  C.  S. 

New  York,  January,  1866. 

1  Isa.,  Ix.  1.  2  Ezek.,  xxi.  12. 

3  2  Pet.,  i.  19.  ■»  Acts,  ii.  46. 

6  Ezek.,  iii.  16-21. 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY  OF  PROPHECY. 


CHAPTER  I. 
PRELIMINARY. 


THE  FOUE   GREAT   GENTILE   MONAECHIES — THE  ROMAN  EM- 
PIRE. 

"And  here  is  the  mmd  which  hath  wisdom.  The  seven  heads 
which  thou  sawest  are  seven  mountains,  on  which  the  woman  sitteth. 
And  there  are  seven  kings  :  five  are  fallen,  and  one  is,  and  the  other  is 
not  yet  come ;  and  when  he  is  come  he  must  continue  a  short  space. 
And  the  beast  that  was,  and  is  not,  and  yet  is  (verse  8),  even  he  is  the 
eighth,  and  is  of  the  seven,  and  goeth  into  perdition.  And  the  ten 
horns  which  thou  sawest  are  ten  kings,  which  have  received  no  king- 
doms as  yet,  but  receive  power  as  kings  one  hour  with  the  beast.  .  . 
These  (ten  kings)  shall  hate  the  whore,  and  shall  make  her  desolate 
and  naked,  and  shall  eat  her  flesh,  and  burn  her  with  fire.  For  God 
hath  put  it  in  their  hearts  to  fulfil  His  will,  and  to  agree,  and  give 
their  kingdom  unto  the  beast,  until  the  word  of  God  shall  be  fulfilled. 
.  .  These  (ten  kings)  shall  make  war  with  the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb 
shall  overcome  them :  for  He  is  the  Lord  of  lords,  and  King  of  kings  : 
and  they  that  are  with  Him  are  called,  and  chosen,  and  faithful."  (Rev. 
xvii.  9-12 ;  16,  1*7 ;  and  verse  14). 

"  The  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy."  ^ 
"All  things  which  were  written  in  the  law  of  Moses,  and 
in  the  prophets,  and  in  the  psalms,"  were  written  "  concern- 

» Rev.  xix.  10. 


32  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

ing  Christ,"  '  who  is  declared  to  he  "  the  Alpha  and 
Omega,  the  first  and  the  last,  who  loas^  and  ^5,  and  is  to 
comep  ^  or  "  the  coming  One."  Hence  the  derivation  of 
that  "  more  sm-e  word  of  prophecy"  to  which  we  are  ad- 
monished to  "  take  heed  as  unto  a  light  v/hich  shineth  in  a 
dark  place,  until  the  day  dawn,  and  the  Day-Star  arise  in 
our  hearts."  ^ 

Prophecy  is  history  anticipated.  History  is  proj^hecy 
verified. 

Prophecy  takes  within  its  scope  the  mighty  conflict 
that  was  to  be  waged  between  the  promised  seed  of  the 
woman,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  as  the  divinely  consti- 
tuted "  Heir  of  all  things,"  '  and  the  Satanic  Usurper 
of  His  royal  prerogatives  in  the  earth  and  over  man ; 
from  the  catastrophe  of  the  fall  in  Eden,  onward  to  the 
final  "  restitution  of  all  things  which  God  hath  spoken 
by  the  mouth  of  all  His  holy  prophets  since  the  world 
began."  '"  These  are  the  "  things''''  concerning  which  the 
old  prophets  are  said  to  have  "  inquired  and  searched 
diligently  as  to  what,"  i.  e.,  of  the  events  predicted,  "  and 
lohat  manner  of  time  the  spirit  of  Christ  which  was  in 
them  did  signify,  when  it  (rather  He)  testified  beforehand 
the  sufierings  of  Christ,  and  the  glory  that  should  fol- 
low." ' 

But,  while  prophecy  is  an  unveiling  of  the  "  eternal 
purpose  of  God  which  He  purposed  in  Christ  Jesus  our 
Lord,"  ^  spanning,  as  it  does,  the  entire  period  already 
indicated,  each  successive  link  in  its  gradual  develop- 
ments of  the  past  from  the  beginning,  like  the  polar  star; 
to  the  mariner  in  mid-ocean,  points  to  the  great  j^eriod 
of  crisis,  in  which  all  are  to  be  headed  ui).     The  inter- 


1  Luke  xxiv.  44. 

2  Rev.  i.  8. 

3  2Pet.  i.  19. 

*  Heb.  i.  2. 

6  Acts  iii.  21. 

« 1  Pet.  i.  11. 

»  Eph.  iii.  2. 

POLITICAL     ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  33 

vening  events  of  prophecy,  therefore,  as  forming  the 
integral  parts  of  the  whole,  are  interesting  to  us  only  as 
landmarks  to  guide  us  to  a  right  apprehension  and  appre- 
ciation of  this  great  period  of  crisis.  This,  I  am  sure 
the  reader  will  agree  with  me,  holds  signally  true,  if  the 
evidence  can  be  furnished  in  the  sequel  of  the  subject  in 
hand,  that  we  are  they  who  stand  upon  the  very  thresh- 
old of  this  impending  crisis. 

Without  further  delay,  then,  we  observe,  that  the 
prophecies  of  Holy  Scripture,  either  directly  or  indirectlj^, 
relate,  first,  to  the  vicissitudes  and  sufferings  of  the 
church  and  j3eople  of  God,  Patriarchal,  Jewish,  and 
Christian.  Second.  To  the  cotemporaneous  rise  and  suc- 
cession of  those  Gentile  nations,  by  whom  they  were  to 
be  persecuted  and  oppressed.  And  third,  to  the  final 
destruction  of  these  Gentile  nations,  and  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Church,  first  in  her  Millennial,  and  finally  in 
her  eternal  state  of  blessedness.  They  hence  compre- 
hend all  that  is  embraced  in  the  great  scheme  of  human 
redemption  as  founded  on  the  first  promise  to  man, 
"  THE  SEED  OF  THE  WOMAN  shall  bruisc  the  serpent's 
head,"  as  the  meet  penalty  of  the  "  serpent's  bruising  His 
heel." 

It  forms  no  part  of  our  present  design,  however,  to 
enter  upon  an  exposition  of  this  vast  field  of  prophecy  in 
detail.  We  have  now  to  do,  for  the  most  part,  with  an 
exposition  and  application  of  the  prophecy  quoted  from 
the  Apocalypse  in  reference  to  the  Four  Great  Gentile 
Monarchies,  and  particularly  the  last,  the  Homan,  and  its 
last  rulers,  the  Fiest  Theee  Napoleons,  as  emperors  of 
the  Franco-Roman  empire.  We  repeat,  for  the  most 
part.  For  while — as  will  be  shown  in  the  sequel — this 
trio  of  Napoleons  form  the  "main  subject  of  the  things 
signified  in  the  symbolic  imagery  of  this  wonderful 
2* 


34  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

prophecy,  it  embraces  the  entire  period  allotted  to  the 
history  of  that  empire,  from  its  commencement.  It  will 
be  necessary,  however,  first,  to  take  note  of  those  pre- 
existing empires,  of  v/hich  the  Roman  constituted  the 
fourth  in  the  order  of  succession.  A  glance  at  these,  in 
connection  with  the  last,  will  lead  to  the  discovery  of  the 
important  fact,  overlooked  by  many  in  these  last  times, 
that  in  the  Bible  is  to  be  found  the  most  extensive  and 
perfect  system  of  Political  Economy  of  which  the  world 
can  boast.  Indeed,  it  may  be  said  that  the  laws  of  every 
nation  throughout  the  civiHzed  world,  political,  judicial, 
civil,  social,  and  ecclesiastical,  in  one  form  or  another  are 
borrowed  from  and  are  permeated  by  the  principles  of 
jurisprudence  scattered  through  the  pages  of  this  in- 
spired universal  text-book. 

Let  us  direct  attention,  first,  to 

THE  rOUE  GKEAT  GENTILE  MONAKCHIES  OF  EARTH. 

These  were  'SS\.  prophetically  foreshadowed  in  the  two 
wonderful  visions  of  Nebuchadnezzar  and  of  Daniel,  and 
of  the  series  of  visions  revealed  to  St.  John  in  the 
Apocalypse.  In  the  dreams  of  Nebuchadnezzar  there 
stood  before  him  a  colossal  metallic  '•'- Image^  whose 
brightness  was  excellent,  and  the  form  thereof  terrible,'^ 
his  "  head  being  of  fine  gold,  his  breast  and  arms  of  sil- 
ver, his  belly  and  his  thighs  of  brass,  and  his  legs  of  iron, 
with  the  feet  part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay."  ^  To  remove 
all  doubt  from  the  mind  that  these  four  compartments  of 
this  colossal  Image  denoted  the  four  Gentile  monarchies 
that  for  a  long  time  were  to  bear  rule  in  the  earth, — viz., 
the  Assyrio-Babylonian,  the  Medo-Persian,  the  Grecian, 
and  the  Roman—of  the^r^^  three  the  Holy  Spirit  inter- 
i  Dau.  ii.  31-33. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  35 

prets  and  applies  the  "head  of  gold"  of  the  Image, 
(Dan.  i.  1),  to  the  first  empire,  the  Babyloniax,  of  which 
Xebuchadnezzar  Avas  "  king,"  with  unlimited  autocratical 
power.  This  empire  took  its  rise  in  a.  m.  3520,  b.  c.  612, 
and  reached  down  to  b.  c.  538,  a  period  of  seventy-four 
years.  It  was  succeeded  by  the  Medo-Peksian  empire, 
denoted  by  the  "  breast  and  arms  of  silver  "  of  the  image. 
By  comparing  Daniel  v.  1,  2,  and  verses  28,  30,  31,  with 
chapter  vi.  1,  it  will  be  seen  that  Belshazzar,  the  son  of 
Nebuchadnezzar,  succeeded  him  as  king  of  Babylon. 
But  it  was  to  this  profane,  debauched  and  dissolute  king 
that  the  prophet  Daniel,  in  his  interpretation  of  the  mys- 
terious handwriting  on  the  wall  of  his  palace,  said :  "  God 
hath  numbered  thy  kingdom,  and  finished  it ;"  and  "  thy 
kingdom  is  divided  and  given  to  the  Medes  and  Per- 
sians." This  empire  began  its  course  m  a.  m.  3594,  b.  c 
538,  and  continued  dow^n  to  b.  c.  331,  a  period  of  207 
years.  It  was  followed  by  the  Gr^co-Macedoi^ian  em- 
pire, symbolized  by  the  "  belly  and  thighs  of  brass  "  of 
the  image. 

It  is  here  in  place  to  introduce  the  corresponding 
vision  of  Daniel,  chapter  vii.,  to  that  of  the  image. 
The  symbols  in  this  vision  are  changed,  from  the  four 
metallic  and  clay  compositions  of  the  image,  into  that 
of  "  FOUR  GREAT  BEASTS,  whicli  camo  up  from  the  sea, 
diverse  one  from  another."  "  The  first  was  like  a  lion, 
and  had  eagle's  wings,"  and  symbolized  the  Babylonian 
empire.  The  "  second  was  like  a  bear,  having  three  ribs 
in  its  mouth,"  and  denoted  the  Medo-Persian  empire. 
The  "  third  was  like  a  leopard,  with  four  heads  and  four 
wings  upon  the  back  of  it,"  representing  the  GrcBCo- 
Macedonian  empire.  But  this  third  power  is  also  de- 
scribed by  the  prophet  in  the  eighth  chapter,  under  the 
symbol  of  a  "  he-goat^''''  with  a  "  great  horn,"  etc.    (Verses 


36  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

5,  8.)  We  introduce  this  change  in  the  symbolic  imagery 
denoting  the  Gro3co-Macedonian  empire  from  the  leopard 
to  that  of  the  he-goat,  for  the  reason  that  mider  this  last 
]iamed  symbol,  the  Holy  Spirit  by  the  prophet  tells  us, 
(verse  21),  that  "the  rough  goat  is  the  king  of  Greeia ; 
;md  the  great  horn  that  is  between  his  eyes  is  the  first 
king,"  i.  e.,  Alexander  the  Great.  This  empire  took  its 
rise  in  a.  m.  3801,  b.  c.  331,  and  continued  down  to  b.  c. 
1G8,  a  period  of  one  hundred  and  sixty-three  years,  and 
was  succeeded  by 

THE    ROMAN  EMPIRE. 

This,  as  the  fourth  in  the  series  of  the  great  ruling 
Gentile  monarchies,  is  that  which  is  now  more  especially 
to  engage  our  thoughts.  It  is  symbolized  by  the  two 
"  legs  of  iron,  and  the  feet  and  ten  toes,  part  of  iron  and 
part  of  clay"  of  the  image,  and  the  corresponding  sym- 
bol in  the  vision  of  Daniel  of  a  "  heast^  dreadful  and 
terrible,  and  strong  exceedingly,  having  great  iron  teeth  ; 
and  it  devoured  and  brake  in  pieces,  and  stamped  the 
residue  with  the  feet  of  it ;  and  it  was  diverse  from  all 
the  beasts  that  were  before  it,  and  it  had  ten  horns." 
To  this  the  prophet  adds  concerning  this  nondescript 
beast :  "  I  considered  the  horns,  and  behold,  there  came 
up  among  them  another  little  horn,  before  whom  there 
were  three  of  the  first  horns  plucked  up  by  the  roots ; 
and,  behold,  in  this  horn  were  eyes  like  the  eyes  of  a 
man,  and  a  mouth  speaking  great  things ;  .  .  w^hoso 
look  was  more  stout  than  his  fellows,"  The  prophet  con- 
tinues :  "I  beheld,  and  the  same  horn  made  war  with 
the  saints,  and  prevailed  against  them.  .  .  And  he 
shall  speak  great  words  against  the  Most  High,  and  shall 
wear  out  the  saints  of  tiie  Most  High,  and  think  to  cliano-e 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY.  37 

times  and  laws :  and  they  shall  be  given  into  his  hand 
until  a  time,  and  times,  and  the  dividing  of  time."  Dan- 
iel further  says :  "  I  beheld,  because  of  the  voice  of  the 
great  words  which  the  horn  spake :  I  beheld,  even  till 
the  heast  was  slain,  and  his  body  destroyed,  and  given  to 
the  burning  flame.  As  concerning  the  rest  of  the  heasts^'^ 
i.  e.,  the  ten  horns,  "  they  had  their  dominion  taken 
^'^^'''^y  ;  jet  iheiv  lives  toere  prolo7iged  fov  a  season  and  a 
time,"  or  '-^ until  the  Ancient  of  Days  came,  and  judg- 
ment was  given  to  the  saints  of  the  Most  High  ;  and  the 
time  came  that  the  saints  possessed  the  kingdom."  For, 
adds  the  prophet,  "The  judgment  shall  sit,  and  they 
shall  take  away  his  dominion,"  i.  e.,  the  teii  principalities 
of  the  "  ten  horns"  or  "  kings,"  so  long  under  vassalage 
to  the  "little  horn,"  "  to  consume  and  to  destroy  it  unto 
the  end."  This  consummated,  and  immediately  following 
this  destruction  both  of  "  the  beast''  and  the  "  little  horn" 
Vvith  his  ten  kingdoms;  in  the  order  of  succession,  the 
prophet  says : 

"  I  saw  in  the  night  visions,  and,  behold,  one  like 

THE  SON  OP  MAN  CAME  WITH  THE    CLOUDS    OF    HEAVEN,  and 

came  to  the  Ancient  of  Days,  and  they  brought  Him  near 
before  Him.  And  there  was  given  Him  dominion,  and 
glory,  and  a  kingdom,  that  all  people,  nations,  and  lan- 
guages, should  serve  Him.  His  dominion  is  an  everlasting 
dominion,  which  shall  not  i^ass  away,  and  His  kingdom 
that  which  shall  not  be  destroyed."  ^ 

It  is  also  in  place  here  to  note  the  special  agency  by 
Avhich  the  destruction  of  the  Roman  civil  and  ecclesiastico- 
political  powers,  together  with  all  the  other  forms  of 
antichristianism,  is  to  be  effected.  Daniel,  in  his  inter- 
pretation of  Neuuchadnezzar's  dream,  said :  "  Thou 
sawest  till  that  a  stone  was  cut  out  of  the  mountain 
1  See  Daniel,  chap.  vii. 


88  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

without  hands,  which  smote  the  image  upon  his  feet  that 
were  of  iron  and  clay,  and  brake  them  in  pieces.  Then 
was  the  iron,  the  clay,  the  brass,  the  silver,  and  the  gold, 
broken  in  pieces  together^  and  became  like  the  chaiF  of 
the  summer  threshing-floors  ;  and  the  wind  carried  them 
away,  that  no  place  v/as  found  for  them  :  and  the  stone 

THAT  SMOTE  THE  IMAGE  BECAME  A  GREAT  MOUNTAIN,  AND 
FILLED  THE  WHOLE  EARTH."  ^ 

And  finally,  to  show  that  no  other  kingdom  is  to 
come  in  between  the  overthrow  of  the  four  Gentile  monar- 
chies denoted  by  the  symbols  of  the  colossal  image  and 
the  mountain  kingdom  of  the  "Stone,"  Daniel  says  :  "  In 
the  days  of  these  kings  shall  the  God  of  heaven  set  up  a 
kingdom  which  shall  never  be  destroyed  :  and  the  king- 
dom shall  not  be  left  to  other  people,  but  it  shall  break  in 
2neces  and  consume  all  these  kingdoms,  and  it  shall  stand 
for  ever."  ^ 

What  a  picture  is  here  presented  to  our  view,  as  fore- 
shadowed in  the  prophetico-historic  origin,  character,  ex- 
ploits, and  final  doom  of  this  stupendous  Roman  power, 
and  of  the  final  triumphs  over  her  of  the  regenerated 
NATIONALITIES,  both  Jcwisli  and  Cliristian  ! 

Nor  must  ^YQ  overlook  the  fact  of  the  relation  which 
she  sustains  to  the  other  three  poivers,  the  Babylonian, 
Medo-Persian,  and  Grecian.  They  are  to  be  taken  col- 
lectively, as  forming  so  many  agents,  as  "  rods  "  in  God's 
hand  for  the  chastisement  of  the  Jewish  and  Christian 
apostasies,  on  the  one  hand,  and  as  the  trial  of  the  faith 
and  constancy  of  the  faithful  people  of  God  during  a 
long  period,  on  the  othep. 

This  period  is  designated  in  the  New  Testament, 
Luke  xxi.  24,  and  Rom.  xi.  25,  as 

1  Dan.  ii.  SI,  35.  s  Dau.  ii.  4.L 


POLITICAL   ECONOiyiT   OP   PEOPHECY.  39 


The  interpretation  of  the  apocalyj^tic  prophecy  rela- 
tively to  the  Roman  Empike  now  in  hand,  involves  the 
necessity  of  determining  the  length  oi  \X\q?>q  "times  of 
the  Gentiles."  In  order  to  this,  we  must  go  back  to  the 
period  of  the  "  seven  times  "  chastisement  of  Israel  and 
Judah  on  account  of  their  sins,  as  predicted  by  Moses, 
Levit.  xxvi.,  and  by  Daniel,  chap,  iv.,  which,  being  given, 
not  in  common  time,  but  as  a  prophetical  or  mystical 
date,  must  be  deciphered  according  to  the  laws  of  inter- 
pretation of  the  symbols  of  prophecy,  thus  : — as  the  term 
"  time,"  etc.,  when  used  as  a  prophetical  number,^  de- 
notes a  year  of  360  lunar  days,  and  "  each  day  "  is  to  be 
taken  "  for  a  year^"*  ^  the  "  seven  times  "  or  seven  years 
give  us  a  total  of  2,520  years. 

But  the  question  is,  can  we  determine  from  Scripture 
the  exact  date  for  the  commencement  of  this  period? 
To  settle  this  point,  we  have  only  to  refer  to  the  joint 
prophecies  of  the  captivities  of  Israel  and  Judah,  as  an- 
nomiced  by  Hosea  and  Isaiah.  Hosea,  thus  :  "  And  the 
pride  of  Israel  (the  ten  tribes)  doth  testify  to  his  face  : 
therefore  shall  Israel  and  Ephraim  (the  principal  of  the 
ten  tribes)  fall  into  captivity  :  Judah  (the  other  division) 
shall  also  fall  with  themP '  On  the  other  hand,  Isaiah 
pointed  out  the  very  time  when  these  captivities  should 
take  place ;  "  and  within  threescore  and  five  years  Ephraim 
shall  be  broken,  that  it  shall  not  be  a  people."  * 

Now,  this  last  prophecy  was  made  in  the  2d  year  of 
the  16  of  Ahaz's  reign  over  Israel,  a.  m.  3377.  The 
above  65  years  is  made  up  of  the  14  from  the  2d  year  of 

1  Dau.  vii.  25.  ^  Ezek.  iv.  1-0. 

3  Ilosea,  V.  5.  *■  Is.  vii.  8. 


4:0  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PROPHECY. 

Ahaz,  and  the  29  years'  intervening  reign  of  Hezekiah, 
down  to  the  22d  of  Manasseh,  a.  m.  3441,  when  the  cap- 
tivity of  Ephraim^  or  the  ten  tribes,  took  place  under 
Esarhaddan  (the  same  with  Asnappar,  Ezra  iv.  2,  10) 
king  of  Assyria;  and,  the  same  year,  having  caught 
Manasseh,  king  of  Judah,  hid  in  a  thicket,  he  bound 
him  in  chains  and  cariied  him  a  captive  to  Babylon.' 
But  Manasseh,  having  repented  of  his  sins,  was  restored 
to  his  kingdom  for  39  years  down  to  a.  m.  3480  ;  while 
the  nation,  not  having  repented  of  their  idolatry,  etc., 
during  that  interval,  the  above  "  seven  times  "  or  2,520 
years  commence  from  that  date. 

Take  the  following  in  proof:  "Manasseh  hath  made 
Judah  to  sin  with  his  idols  :  therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord  God  of  Israel,  behold,  I  am  bringing  (i.  e.,  by  the 
personal  captivity  of  their  king)  such  evil  upon  Jerusalem 
and  Judah,  that  whosoever  heareth  it,  both  their  ears 
shall  tingle." ''  The  meaning  here  is,  that  the  imrepent- 
ing  nation  of  Judah  w^as  punished  for  those  idolatrous 
practices  which  Manasseh,  their  king,  had  instigated, 
consisting  of  a  loss  to  them  of  their  national  indepen- 
dence, and  of  which  his  captivity  was  but  the  prelude. 
We  have  only  to  add,  that  while  Israel,  or  the  ten  tribes, 
from  the  time  of  their  captivity  under  Esarhaddan,  have 
never  recovered  their  national  independence  ;  so  Judah, 
since  a.  m.  3480,  have  remained  subjugated  to  the  domi- 
nancy  of  Gentilism  over  them.  This,  therefore,  consti- 
tutes tJie  lohole  period  called  "  tlie  times  of  the  Gentiles," 
which,  commencing  b.  c.  652,  end  in  a.  d.  1868,  thus  : 
652  -j-  1868  =  2,520.  Add  to  A.  m.  3480,  the  "seven 
times  or  2,520  years,  and  it  gives  the  preordained  6,000 

1  Compare  2  Kings  xvii.  2-i,  with  Ezra  iv.  2,  10 ;  aud  2  Chrou.  xsxiii. 
11. 

2  2  Kiugs  xxi.  12. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  41 

years  from  the  creation  and  fall,  down  to  the  close  of  "  the 
times  of  the  Gentiles."  ^ 

We  now  observe  that,  of  this  period,  the  much  larger 
portion  was  allotted  in  the  pm-pose  of  the  Great  Law- 
giver, God,  to  the  career  of  the  Komai^"  Ejmpiee.  The 
first  three  of  the  four  great  Gentile  monarchies — the 
Babylonian,  Medo-Persian,  and  Grecian^commencing,  as 
has  been  shown,  in  a.  m.  3520,  and  ending  in  a.  m.  3964, 
embraced  an  interval  of  only  444  years.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  Roman  Empire,  which  (as  every  school-boy 
knows)  was  founded  by  Romulus  a.  m.  3379,  b.  c.  753, 
came  to  maturity  a.  m.  3964,  b.  c.  168,  the  final  stroke  in 
its  course  of  conquests  consisting  of  the  subversion  of 
Egypt  in  A.  M.  4101,  B.  c.  31.  And,  although  this  empire 
is  not  specially  designated  hy  7iame  either  in  the  visions 
of  Nebuchadnezzar  or  of  Daniel,  yet,  that  it  immediately 
succeeded  that  of  the  Grecian  divided  empire,  as  denoted 
by  the  four  heads  of  the  leopard,  is  evident  from  the 
facts  following :  first,  that  both  Ceesar  and  Augustus 
were  titles  of  the  Roman  emperors  immediately  before 
the  first  coming  of  Christ.  Second.  That  Judea,  being 
tributary  to  the  prefecture  of  Syria  when  Christ  was 
upon  earth,  the  chief  priests  of  the  Jewish  Sanhedrin  de- 
clared, "  We  have  no  king  but  Gc^sarP  "^  Third.  That 
our  blessed  Lord  Himself  enforced  upon  all  the  injunc- 
tion, "  Render  therefore  unto  Coesar  the  things  which  be 
Caesar's,"  ^  etc.  And  finally,  fourth.  That  the  chief  priests 
and  Pharisees,  apprehending  the  powerful  influence  which 
might  accrue  to  Christ  from  the  astounding  miracles 
-svrought  by  Him  before  the  people,  said,  "  If  we  let  Him 
alone,  all  men  Avill  believe  on  Him ;  and  the  Romans 
shall  come,  and  take  away  both  our  place  and  nation."  * 

>  See  on  this  "  Our  Bible  Chronology,"  etc.,  ch.  vi.  sec.  1,  pp.  79-82. 
2  John  xix.  lo,  3  Matt.  xxii.  21.  *  John  xi.  43. 


42  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

It  results,  then,  that  the  Roman  Empire,  which  was 
founded  a.  m.  3379,  b.  c.  753,  and  101  years  before  the 
commencement  of  the  mystical  "  seven  times  "  or  2,520 
years  of  "  the  times  of  the  Gentiles,"  did  not  attain  to  its 
position  as  the  mistress  of  nations,  till  the  conquest  of 
Egypt,  722  years  after,  in  a.  m.  4101,'  b.  c.  31. 

And  yet — as  will  be  shown  in  the  sequel — we  have  • 
revealed  to  us  the  generally  unrecognized  fact,  that,  the 

PROPHETIC O-HISTORIC  POLITICAL  ECONOMY    OF    THE'    BiBLE 

reaches  back  to  its  very  commencement^  and  extends  for- 
ward to  the  last  year  of  its  close. 

In  order,  however,  to  a  proper  understanding  of  the 
subject  before  us,  we  must  premise. 

First.  That  in  tracing  the  numerous  mentations  signi- 
fied by  the  symbolic  imagery  Avhich  depict  the  rise,  ex- 
ploits, and  destiny  of  the  four  ruling  monarchies  of  earth, 
the  first  thing  to  be  noticed  is,  that  the  vision  of  the  four 
w^ild  beasts  of  Daniel,  chap,  vii.,  were  given  to  explain 
m.ore  fully^  the  things  denoted  in  Nebuchadnezzar's 
vision  of  the  metallic  colossal  image  of  chap.  ii.  ;  while 
the  corresponding  synchronical  symbols  of  the  same  mon- 
archies in  the  Apocalypse,  not  only  present  them  under 
additionally  neio  phases^  but  furnish  us  with  a  complete 
exposition  of  the  otherwise  obscure  imagery  of  the  others. 
We  observe. 

Second.  That  the  difference  between  the  subjects 
treated  of  in  Daniel  and  in  the  Apocalypse  relatively  to 
these  monarchies,  is,  that  the  former  prophet  presents  to 

1  It  will  doubtless  occur  to  the  reader,  that  this  date,  a.  m.  4101, 
varies  materially  from  the  current  chronology  adopted  from  Archbishop 
Usher  in  our  English  Bible.  It  is,  however,  founded  upon  a  correction 
of  the  discrepancij  between  1  Kings  vi.  1,  and  Acts  xiii.  17-22,  on  the 
period  between  the  Exode  and  the  4th  year  of  Solomon ;  for  the  adjustment 
and  proof  of  which,  the  reader  is  referred  to  **  Our  Bible  Chronology, 
critically  examined  and  demonstrated,"  etc.    (See  Index.) 


poLrncAL  econo:my  of  pkophecy.  43 

our  view  the  supremacy  of  GentiUsm  from  tlie  time  of 
Kebuchadnezzar,  down  to  their  overthrow  by  the  Mes- 
sianic "  stone,"  as  connected  with  the  destiny  of  his  own 
beloved  nation,  the  Jews  ;  whereas  St.  John,  in  addition 
to  this,  unfolds  the  dominancy  of  the  same  Gentile  powers, 
as  linked  with  and  tracking  the  long  course  of  ecclesiastical 
corruption  under  the  present  dispensation,  with  especial 
reference  to  the  apostasy  of  Christendom  ;  while  at  the 
same  time  he  carries  us  through,  and  transports  us  he- 
yond^  the  close  of  the  millennial  era,  to  the  final  issues 
of  the  saved  and  the  lost. 

Third.  Another  remark,  and  one  of  special  impor- 
tance, as  more  immediately  connected  with  the  subject  in 
hand,  is  the  evidence,  both  in  the  Book  of  Daniel  and  of 
the  Apocalypse, 

OF   THE    CONTINUANCE,    DOWN   TO   THE   PKESENT   DAT, 

of  these  four  Gentile  monarchies,  and  particularly  that 
of  the  Ro:man,  subsequently  to  its  dismemberment  into 
two  parts,  the  west  and  the  east,  which  occurred  be- 
tween A.  D.  307  and  a.  d.  408,  as  symbolized  by  the  two 
legs  of  iron  of  the  colossal  image ;  and  also  its  subdivi- 
sion into  the  following  ten  principalities,  as  denoted 
by  the  "  ten  toes  "  of  the  image,  and  the  "  ten  horns  "  of 
the  nondescript  beast,  viz.  :  1,  Lomhardy  ;  2,  Ravenna  ; 
3,  the  State  of  Rome ;  4,  Naples ;  5,  Tuscany ;  6, 
France ;  7,  Austria ;  8,  Spain;  9,  Portugal;  and  10, 
Great  Britain  ;  an  event  which  transpired  in  a.  d.  531, 
consequent  of  the  invasion  of  the  empire  by  the  barbarous 
hordes  from  the  north.  The  same  holds  true  also  of  the 
eleventh,   or    Roman   "little   horn,"   which   sprang  up 


among  the  ten  horns." 


>  Dan.  vii.  8. 


4:4  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

On  this  subject  of  the  perpetuated  unity  of  these 
four  empires,  Daniel,  in  speaking  of  the  smiting  of  the 
colossal  metallic  image  by  the  Messianic  stone,  says : 
"  Tlien  was  the  iron,  the  clay,  the  brass,  the  silver,  and 
the  gold,  hroken  to  pieces  together ^^  ^  etc.  Of  course,  the 
monarchies  denoted  by  these  symbols,  if  "broken  in 
pieces  together,"  must  all  have  been  present  to  receive 
the  blow !  In  other  words,  at  the  time  of  the  smiting, 
the  image  must  stand  intact  in  all  its  parts  !  According- 
ly, in  further  confirmation  of  this,  the  prophet  affirms 
that  it  is  "  in  the  days  of  these  kings  that  the  God  of 
heaven  shall  set  up  a  kingdom,"  etc.  But,  if  "  in  the 
days  of  these  kings,"  it  follows  that  they  must  all  be  in 
existence  at  the  time  of  the  setting  up  of  said  kingdom. 

But  to  this  it  is  objected,  that  the  four  monarchies 
here  spoken  of  have  long  since  passed  away^  leaving 
nought  behind  them  but  the  historic  records  of  their  for- 
mer power,  magnificence,  and  territorial  extent.  If  this 
be  so,  then,  all  we  have  to  say  is,  that  there  is  swept 
away  the  entire  fabric  of  the  prophetic  word,  and  Chris- 
tianity is  left  without  a  shield  of  defence  against  the 
bold  and  blasphemous  taunt  of  the  infidel,  "  Where  is  the 
promise  of  Christ's  coming  ?  "  We  submit,  therefore, 
the  following,  as  a  solution  of  this  historic  problem  : — 

Originally,  the  first  of  the  above-named  monarchies, 
in  its  geographical  territory,  population,  and  govern- 
ment, was  Babylonish.  Under  the  second  dynasty,  the 
territory  and  population  of  Babylon  were  annexed,  and 
the  government  of  the  two  were  made  Medo-Persian. 
Under  the  thirds  in  like  manner,  the  territory  and  popula- 
tion of  Medo-Persia  were  annexed,  and  the  government 
of  the  three  was  merged  into  that  of  Greece.    And  under 

1  Dan.  ii.  34,  35. 


POLITICAL   EC0N0:MY    OF   PROPHECY.  45 

the  fourth^  the  territory  and  population  of  Greece  were 
annexed  to  Rome,  and  the  whole  became  Roman. 

These,  therefore,  form  what,  for  the  sake  of  distinc- 
tion, is  termed  the  platfoPvM  of  the  prophetical 
EARTH.  Nationally  and  politically,  this  platform  has  at- 
tained to  its  present  dimensions  by  the  process  of  succes- 
sive annexations  of  the  one  to  the  other,  retaining, 
throughout^  their  national,  political,  and  ecclesiastical 
characteristics — as  signalized  by  the  various  imagery  which 
denote  them — as  so  may  "  rods  "  in  the  hand  of  God  for 
the  chastisement  of  the  apostate  church,  Jewish  and 
Christian. 

Undeniably,  therefore,  the  prophetic  colossal  image 
of  ^Nebuchadnezzar  now  exists  intact  in  all  its  parts — 
gold,  silver,  brass,  iron,  and  clay ;  or  the  same,  as  sym- 
bolized by  the  four  corresponding  beasts  of  Daniel — the 
lion,  the  bear,  the  leopard  with  four  heads,  and  the  non- 
descript beast,  inclusive  of  the  principalities  denoted  by 
the  "  ten  toes  "  of  the  image,  and  the  "  ten  horns  "  of 
the  beast,  together  with  the  eleventh  little  horn. 

To  this  we  now  add  another  "  little  horn,"  distinct 
from  the  preceding,  as  introduced  upon  the  prophetic 
stage  at  a  later  period,  and  of  a  different  nationality,  poli- 
tical and  religious  characteristics,  and  exploits  and  des- 
tiny. We  here  refer  to  the  "  rough  he-goat,"  with  a 
"  notable  horn  between  his  eyes,"  which,  being  broken 
and  giving  place  to  four  others,  "  out  of  one  of  .them 
came  up  anothefi'  little  horn^  which  waxed  exceeding- 
great,"  ^  etc. 

Now,  these  four  monarchies,  as  is  attested  by  his- 
tory both  sacred  and  profane,  began  their  course  on  the 
great  river  Euphrates,  whereon  stood  Nineveh,  the  capi- 

1  Dan.  viii.  5-12. 


46  POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHECY. 

tal  of  Assyria,  with  Babylon  on  the  Tigris.  From  these 
two  cities  proceeded  that  stupendous  power,  the  Assyrio- 
Babylonian,  which  destroyed  the  national  existence  of 
the  ten  tribes  of  Israel,  and  finally  brought  the  two  tribes 
of  Judah  and  Benjamin  into  captivity.  And  it  is  noto- 
rious, that  both  these  ancient  capitals,  Nineveh  and 
Babylon,  with  the  countries  which  they  ruled,  have  now, 
for  eight  centuries,  down  to  the  present  day,  been  under 
the  dominion  of  the  Tueco-Mohammedan  "  little  horn  " 
of  the  rough  goat.  So  there  always  has  been,  and  still 
is,  a  kingdom  of  Persia.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Grecian 
leopard,  Alexander,  added  to  the  territory  of  the  great 
image  that  very  portion  of  Greece  which,  in  our  times^ 
has  risen  out  of  oppression  and  political  death  into  the 
state  of  an  independent  kingdom,  such  as  it  was  when  it 
first  came  on  the  prophetical  stage.  And  finally,  we  have 
the  Komans,  still  subsisting  in  the  ten  kingdoms  of  mod- 
ern western  Europe,  to  wit :  Lombardy,  Ravenna,  Italy, 
Naples,  Tuscany,  France,  Austria,  Spain,  Portugal,  and 
Great  Britain. 

Turn  we  now  to  the  Apocalypse.  Here,  also,  we  find 
the  nondescript  or  "  great  beast  "  of  Daniel,  in  both 
his  civil  and  ecclesiastico-political  characteristics,  occu- 
pies, as  we  shall  show,  the  last^  and  by  far  the  longest 
period  allotted  to  the  prophetico-historic  metamorphoses 
of  Gentilism,  as  made  up  of  all  the  four  despotic  monar- 
chies denoted  by  the  four  metallic  and  beast-like  symbols. 
In  proof,  take  the  following  peculiar  structure  of  the 
hierophantic  imagery  of  St.  John  on  this  point.  He  says : 
"  And  the  heast  which  I  saw  " — he  is  here  speaking  of  the 
fourth  or  Roman  Power — "  And  the  heast  which  I  saw, 
was  like  a  leopard"  {Greece)^  "and  his  feet  as  the  feet 
of  a  bear  "  [3Iedo- Persia)^  "  and  his  mouth  as  the  mouth 
of  a  lion  "  {Bahylo7i)^  etc.     Hence,  the  swijhiess  which 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PKOPHECY.  47 

marked  the  conquests  of  the  Grecian  leopard ;  the  iceigJit 
of  Medo-Persian  oppression ;  and  the  majesty  of  Baby- 
lonian greatness,  are  all  here  found  to  coexist  in  this 
fourth  great  and  terrible  empire,  the  Roman,  as  the  spe- 
cial form  in  which  it  was  revealed  to  him. 

It  follows,  therefore,  that  the  four  rampant  beasts  of 
Daniel,  and  the  corresponding  metallic  colossal  image  of 
ISTebuchadnezzar,  at  this  very  piome7it^  remain  intact  in 
all  their  parts.  It  is  true  that  they  have  been  subjected, 
through  the  lapse  of  past  ages,  to  several  transmutations^ 
and  have  undergone  various  modifications.  N'everthe- 
less,  throug^h  all  these  changes,  their  origiyial  metallic  and 
beastly  identity  of  character  and  work,  have  been  pre- 
served, and  still  exist  in  the  Roman  Power.  And  more  : 
they  Tv^ll  so  continue  to  exist,  till  the  predestined  time 
shall  come  for  the  smiting  of  the  colossal  image,  or,  which 
is  the  same  thing,  the  destruction  of  the  Roman  beast, 
together  with  all  other  antichristian  antagonisms,  civil, 
political,  and  religious — and  there  are  others  besides  this 
— by  the  Messianic  "  stone." 

We  submit,  therefore,  that  we  have  demonstrated  in 
the  light  of  the  prophetico-historic  word,  and  the  concur- 
rent facts  of  profane  history,  firsts  the  rise  and  succession 
of  the  four  great  ruling  monarchies  of  earth  ;  and  second^ 
of  their  national,  territorial,  and  political  unity,  as  all 
having  been  merged,  through  the  process  of  annex- 
ation of  one  to  the  other,  into  that  of  the  Roman 
Empire. 

But  these  facts,  as  we  have  said,  are  simply  prelhrn' 
nary  to  an  exposition  and  application  of  the  symbolic 
imagery  of  the  passage  from  the  Apocalypse.  That  they 
point  us,  not  exclusively — for  they  take  a  wide  range — 
but  specially,  to  those  world-renowned  personages,  the 


48  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHEOY. 

FiEST  THREE  ISTapoleons,  and  particularly  the  last,  Loms 
Napoleon  III.,  as  emperors  of  the  present  Franco- 
Koman  empire,  it  will  be  our  business  to  show  in  what 
is  immediately  to  follow. 


CHAPTER    11. 

PROPHETIC   HISTORY    OP   THE   ROMAN  EMPIRE,  CONTINUED, 
NAPOLEON   I. 

As  we  have  seen,  tlie  symbolic  imagery  in  the  pro- 
phetico-historic  account  of  the  four  ruling  monarchies  of 
Gentilism  during  "  the  times  of  tlie  Gentiles,"  was  not 
exhausted  in  the  preceding  pages.  What  has  been 
offered  thus  far  respecting  the  rise,  etc.,  of  these  succes- 
sive monarchies,  was  designed  merely  as  prelhninary  to 
what  is  to  follow.  We  have  remarked  that  the  visions 
of  Daniel,  chapters  vii.  and  viii.,  were  given  to  explain 
more  fully  the  things  represented  in  I^ebuchadnezzar's 
vision  of  the  metallic  colossal  image  of  chap.  ii. ;  while 
those  revealed  to  St.  John  in  the  Apocalypse,  so  far  as 
they  relate  to  the  same  monarchies,  present  them  to  view 
under  phases  not  brought  to  light  in  either  of  the  others. 
Not,  indeed,  that  these  latter  symbols,  taken  as  a  whole, 
relate  equally  to  each  of  those  monarchies  separately. 
Rather,  they  are  more  especially  designed  as  expository 
of  the  history  of  the  Roman  dominion  in  its  various  mu- 
tations, from  the  period  of  its  rise  to  its  final  overthrow, 
a  synopsis  of  which  is  furnished  to  our  hand  in  the 
notable  and  much  litigated  passage  now  under  consid- 
eration. 

3 


60  POLITICAL    LCOKOMr    OF   PEOPHECY. 

Unless  we  greatly  err,  the  internal  structure  of  tliis 
prophecy  will  show,  incontrovertibly,  the  misconceptions 
and  consequent  misapplications  of  the  symbols  contained 
in  this  passage  to  the  things  signified,  on  the  part  of  a 
large  class  of  modern  popular  expositors.  It  will  be 
seen  that  tliey  have  all  originated  from  their  failure  to 
recognize  the  cardinal  prophetico-historic  fact,  as  already 
shown,  of  the  successive  merging  of  these  four  mon- 
archies into  0)ie  ;  and  that  one  constituting  the  stupen- 
dous Roman  powee,  both  in  its  civil  and  ecclesiastico- 
political  aspects.  For,  with  this  fact  before  us,  we  are 
furnished  with  an  infallible  test  of  tlie  applicability  of 
the  symbols  in  the  passage  under  review,  so  far  as  they 
relate  to  the  history  of  this  power,  from  the  beginning, 
not  only,  but  to  the  appearance  upon  the  stage  of  the 
FIRST  THREE  Napoleons,  as  the  last  emperors  of  the 
MODERN  Franco-Roman  eimpire. 

Without  further  preliminaries,  therefore,  ^\'e  shall  in- 
troduce the  reader  at  once  to  St.  John's  description  of 
the  "  seven-headed  scarlet-colored  beast  having  ten  horns," 
denotive  of  the  civil  ov  political  power  of  Rome  ;  and  on 
which  is  seated  the  "  woman  arrayed  in  scarlet  color,  and 
decked  with  gold  and  precious  stones  and  pearls,",  etc.. 
Rev.  xvii.,  1-4,  descriptive  of  the  ecclesiastico-political 
character  of  the  same  power. 

Take,  then,  the  following  particulars,  detailed  by  the 
prophet  respecting  this  "  beast." 

I.  "  The  seven  heads,"  he  tells  us,  "  are  seveti  moun- 
tains^''  ^  etc.  And  so  history  certifies  that  ancient  Rome, 
founded  by  Romulus  b.  c.  753,  was  built  on  seven  hills — 
Mounts  Palatinus,  Capitolinus,  Quirilinus,  Qiminalus,  Es- 
quilinus,  Cselius,  and  Aventinus.     Then  the  prophet  adds, 

'  Rev.  xvii.  9. 


POLITICAL    ECONOJ^n'    OF   TEOPHECY.  51 

II.  That  these  "  seven  moiiDtains  "  are  those  "  on 
which  the  icoman  sitieth^''  ^  etc.  That  is,  they  consti- 
tuted the  territorial  seat  occupied  by  this  "  Avoman."  She 
still  holds  her  seat  there,  as  the  capital  of  the  Roman 
empire.     But,  in  the  next  place, 

HI.  St.  John,  having  stated  that  "  the  seven  heads 
are  seven  mountains,"  further  explains  :  "  and  there  are 
seven  kinr/s,''^  which  kings,  being  symbolized  by  the 
"  seven  heads  "  of  the"  "  beast,"  denote  that  the  Roman 
empire,  from  the  time  of  its  foundation  to  its  final  over- 
throw, was  to  pass  through  sevex  distinct  forms  of 
GOVERNMENT,  cach  of  wliicli  sliould  emanate  from,  and 
retain  their  seat  in,  the  seven-hilled  city  of  Rome  as 
their  capital. 

Now,  of  these  symbolic  "  seven  heads^"*  or  forms  of 
government  of  the  Roman  beast,  the  apostle  says  :  "  And 
there  are  seven  kings  ;  five  are  fallen^  and  one  is^  and 
the  other  is  not  yet  come:  and  when  he  cometh,  he  must 
continue  a  short  space.^^  Then  comes  the  next  part  of 
the  prophecy,  to  wit :  "  And  the  beast  that  icas,  and  is 
not,  and  yet  is  (verse  8),  even  he  is  the  eighth,  and  is 
of  the  seven,  and  goeth  into  perdition."  ' 

We  here  repeat,  that  these  symbols  were  employed 
by  the  Holy  Spirit  to  denote  the  successive  prophetico- 
historic  mutations  of  the  Roman  civil  power,  through  a 
long  period  of  time.  Their  application  to  the  thmgs  sig- 
nified is  intended  to  remind  us, 

riKST,  OF  the  origin,  universal  extent,  and  political 

POWER  OF  the  ROMAN  EMPIRE. 

Once,  as  all  know,  it  "  W/*a5."     Theu,  second,  in  its 

»  Rev.  xvii.  'j.  =  Rev.  xvii.  10,  11. 


52  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PEOPHECY. 

original  consolidated  govermental  form,  it  ceased  to  be, 
or  "  teas  not.''''  But,  third,  it  was  destined  to  undergo  a 
revivification.  "  One  of  the  seven  heads,"  we  are  in- 
formed, Rev.  xiii.,  3,  "  was  woimded  unto  deatJi^^  but, 
"  his  deadly  wound  was  healedP 

It  is  quite  superfluous  to  remark  that  the  very  phrase- 
ology employed  in  this  prophecy  denotes  that  the  "  seven 
heads  "  of  this  Roman  beast  were  characterized  by  diver- 
sity in  the  exercise  of  their  respective  political  functions. 
Otherwise,  on  the  hypothesis  that  the  government  of  the 
empire  symbolized  by  the  beast  was  uniformly  the  same 
during  its  entire  existence,  one  "  head "  would  have 
sufficed  to  represent  it.  Our  business,  therefore,  is  to 
search  out  and  apply  the  facts  of  history,  in  adaptation 
to  this  sept'iform  symbolic  imagery  as  descriptive  of  the 
governments  of  the  empire.  Unless  this  can  be  done,  the 
symbolic  imagery  of  this  prophecy  will  remain  an  inex- 
plicable enigma. 

1.  Of  the  phrase  respecting  these  "  seven  heads," 
'■''fim  are  fallen^  History  attests  that,  of  the  seven 
forms  of  government  of  the  Roman  empire,  the  first  was 
regal.  This  form  extended  from  the  foundation  of  the  em- 
pire, from  B.  c.  753  to  b.  c.  509,  a  period  of  244  years.  Then 
followed  an  interregnum  of  11  years.  The  second  was  a 
dictatorship^  which  began  b.  c.  498,  and  ended  in  47  years, 
,B.  c.  451.  This  administration  was  founded  in  necessity, 
'  and  Avas  invested  with  unlimited  power.  The  third  con- 
sisted of  a  decemvirate^  which  commenced  b.  c.  451,  and 
reached  down  to  the  time  of  Appius  Claudius,  in  a.  d. 
60,  in  all  511  years.  It  consisted  of  officers  or  magistrates 
who  held  their  power  in  succession  for  two  years.  The 
fourth  was  a  consulate^  which  continued  only  a  short  pe- 
riod from  the  time  of  Appius  Claudius,  and  was  invested 
with  sovereign  authority  for  one  year.     And  the  fifth 


POLITICAL   KCONOilY    OF    PROPHECY.  53 

was  a  triummrate^  Avliich  lasted  about  50  years,  doYni  to 
B.  c.  31.  It  was  constituted  of  a  coalition  of  three  men, 
in  the  government  of  the  empire. 

These  "^ye  "  forms  of  government,  we  now  observe, 
had  all  exercised  their  respective  powers  over  Rome,  and 
had  ceased  to  be,  prior  to  the  period  when  the  Apoca- 
l}^se  was  written,  viz.,  in  a.  d.  96.  It  is  to  them,  there- 
fore, that  St.  John  refers,  when  he  says,  "  five  are  fallen." 
But, 

2.  The  apostle  adds,  "  and  one  is.''^  This  was  the 
sixth  form  of  government — the  JRornan  iinj^erial.  This 
form  of  the  civil  polity  of  Rome,  we  shall  now  proceed 
to  show,  was  long-lived.  It  spanned  the  whole  period 
from  B.  c.  31,  to  a.  d.  1804.  This  statement  regarding  the 
prolonged  existence  of  the  sixth  headship  of  the  empire, 
forms  the  Gordian  knot  of  modern  prophetical  exposi- 
tors. Hence  the  various  theories  which  have  been  pro- 
posed by  them,  in  the  interpretation  of  this  hierophantic 
discourse  of  the  angel  sent  by  Jesus  to  St.  John,  to 
''  show  unto  him  the  things  which  must  be  hereafter T  ^ 

Now,  of  these  theories,  many  writers  have  proceeded 
on  the  hypothesis  that  the  Roman  emperorship,  which  all 
concede  was  the  sixth  head  in  the  time  of  St.  John,  ended 
with  the  deposition  of  Augustulas  in  a.  d.  47G  or  479, 
and  that,  consequently,  the  seventh  and  eighth  heads 
were  to  be  discovered  in  the  Papacy.'  Mr.  Elliot,  on 
the  other  hand,  in  his  Horse  Apocalypticas,  adopting  the 
same  general  principle  of  interpretation,  makes  Augustu- 
lus  the  sixth  head,  and  his  successor,  Diocletian,  to  be  the 
short-lived  seventh  head,  which  was  slain  by  the  sword 

1  Rev.  iv.  1.     See  also  chap,  i.  1. 

'  "We  are  indebted  to  the  Rev.  Mr.  Faber's  work,  "  Napoleon  III.  the 
man  of  Prophecy,"  for  the  historic  proof  of  the  territorial  and  guber- 
natorial uxiTV  of  the  Koma!i  ciupirc. 


64  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   mOPHECY. 

of  Constantine  the  Great.^  While  Dr.  H.  Moore,  in  his 
Synopsis  Prophetica,  on  the  ground  that  all  the  first  six 
heads  were  pagan,  would  make  the  short-lived  seventh 
head  to  constitute  the  line  of  Christian  kings  before  they 
relapsed  into  Pagano-Christianism  ;  and  the  eighth  head 
to  be  the  same  line  of  emperors  after  that  period. 

To  these  speculations,  we  have  simply  to  say,  that 
vrhilc  we  have  nothing  to  object  to  the  principle  that  w^e 
are  to  look  for  the  rise  of  the  seventh  head  of  the  Roman 
beast  at  or  about  the  time  of  the  extinction  of  the  sixth 
head,  yet  we  cannot  but  express  our  surprise,  that  any 
otherwise  reputable  writers  should  have  adopted  such 
variant  and  conflicting  theories  on  the  subject  in  hand, 
and  especially  those  of  them  which  involve  the  gross  in- 
congruity of  making  a  spiritual  power,  e.  g.^  the  papacy, 
to  be  the  head  of  a  declared  secular  empire.  This  w^ll 
appear  from  the  fact  of  the  evident  violence  committed 
by  these  theorists  to  the  import  of  the  symbolic  imagery 
of  these  apocalyptic  representations,  when  viewed  as  a 
whole. 

We  shall  assume,  therefore,  as  indispensable  to  a  de- 
termination of  "  the  mind  of  the  spirit "  as  to  the  things 
signified  by  these  symbols,  the  following  : — 

First.  We  must  ascertain  the  true  chronological  p>osi- 
tion  of  the  sixth  and  seventh  heads  in  the  series.     And, 

Second.  We  must  determine  the  relation  of  the  sev- 
enth to  the  eighth  head. 

As  preliminary  to  an  exposition  of  this  important 
prophecy,  the  following  stand-points  will  be  found  to 
furnish  us  with  the  principles  of  interpretation  which  are 
to  guide  us  in  the  application  of  the  symbolic  imagery 
to  the  things  signified. 

1  IToroe  Apoc.  iii.  pp.  103-lOS,  2cl  ctl. 


POLITICAL    ECONO.^IY    OF    TROPHECY.  55 

1.  The  iirst  is  this  :  That  the  great  seven-headed  scar- 
let-colored beast,  ^^ith  hi:i  characteristic  multiform  badges 
of  the  Babylonian  Ho7i^  and  the  Medo-Persian  hear^  and 
the  Macedonian  leopard^  borrowed  from  the  well-known 
vision  of  Daniel,  figure  the  eastern  platform  of  the 
Roman  empire  :  while  the  ten  horns  of  the  great  non- 
descript beast,  describe  the  western  platform,  after  it 
had  been  divided  and  occupied  by  the  ten  Gothic  na- 
tions. The  conformation  of  this  curiously-devised  sym- 
bol, therefore,  exhibits  the  Koman  empire,  not  as  confined 
to  the  west,  but  as  encircling  in  its  vast  territorial  extent 
both  the  west  and  the  east,  and  thus  constituting  one 
empire,  of  which  the  city  of  Rome,  built  on  the  seven 
hills  (or  "  mountains  ")  of  the  Apocalypse,  v/as  the  me- 
iro2)oUs.     It  foilov/s  from  this, 

2.  That  as  the  seven-headed  scarlet-colored  beast,  as 
symbolic  of  the  Roman  power,  represent  the  seven  secu- 
lar  forms   of  government   signified   by   them;    so   the 

"  beast  itself,"  with  its  united  "  characteristics  of  the 
Babylonian  lion  and  the  Medo-Persian  bear  and  the 
Macedonian  leopard,  all  concur  in  exhibiting  the  terri- 
torial Roman  empire,  and  the  presiding  Roman  emperor- 
sliip^  as  each  being  a  strict  unit."  Hence,  "  the  impe- 
rial head,  which  the  angel  declares  to  have  been  in  exist- 
ence when  he  conversed  with  St.  John,  however  adminis- 
tered, or  wherever  locally  seated," — i.  e.,  whether  in  the 
west  or  east,  or  extending  his  sceptre  over  both — "  is  the 
head^  either  gubernativcly,  or  feudally,  or  reputedly,  of 
the  legally  one  empire  in  its  full  entirety  ;  while 
the  ten  horns  [of  the  '-great  beast"]  describe  the  west- 
ern platform,  after  it  had  been  divided  and  occupied  by 
the  teyi  Gothic  nations.'''^ 

It  is,  therefore,  on  this  broad  principle  of  the  terri- 
torial unity  of  the  empire,  both  west  and  east ;  and  the 


56  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPIIECY. 

governmental  unity  of  the  emperorship  only  that  the 
septifonn  governments  depicted  in  the  prophecy  before 
us  can  be  truthfully  interpreted  and  applied  to  the  things 
denoted  by  them.  On  this  common  principle,  all  other 
theories,  like  those  already  noticed,  vanish  away  like  the 
baseless  fabric  of  a  vision.  It  wiU  be  found  to  prove  de- 
monstrably, that  Qio  other  form  of  government  appeared 
in  the  JRoman  empire,  intermediate  of  the  long  interval 
which  we  have  assigned  between  the  sixth  head  of  the 
beast,  B.  c.  31,  and  the  appearance  upon  the  prophetical 
stage  of  the  seventh  head  in  a.  d.  1804,  a  period  of  1835 
years. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  add,  that  we  rely  upon  and 
adopt  this  broad  principle  of  interpretation,  as  demon- 
strative of  the  application  of  the  symbolic  seveyith  and 
eighth  heads  in  this  prophecy,  as  pointing  to  the  first 
THREE  Kapoleons,  as  cmperors  of  the  Franco-Roman 
empire. 

But  this  by  the  v/ay.  We  now  return  to  several 
other  stand-points.     The  next  in  order  is, 

3.  That  the  seventh  head  had  not  yet  come,  when  St. 
John  penned  this  vision. 

4.  That  when  it  appeared,  it  was  to  occupy  a  place  in 
the  Roman  empire  analogous  to  that  of  the  sixth  head,  as 
the  emperorship  of  Rome. 

5.  That  this  seventh  head  was  to  be  short-lived. 

G.  That  after  being  wounded  to  death,  its  deadly 
wound  was  to  be  healed. 

7.  That  when  restored  to  life,  it  was  to  emerge  out 
of  the  sea.     And  finally, 

8.  That  out  of  this  resuscitated  seventh  head  as  a 
secular  power,  was  to  spring  forth  an  eighth  head,  pos- 
sessed of  the  characteristics  of  an  apostate  democratico- 
EELiGious  HEAD,  to  Vs'lioiu  thc  "  ten  horus  "  or  "  kings  " 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  57 

of  the  "  beast "  Roman,  with  one  mind^  will  give  their 
power,  and  strength,  and  kingdom ;  and  this,  in  conform- 
ity with  the  singular  compound  formation  of  the  symbolic 
imagery  as  a  double  typ^ — "  The  beast  that  was,  and  is 
not,  and  yet  is  :  even  he  is  the  eighth,  and  is  op  the 
seven,''''  In  other  words,  by  the  use  of  this  double  type, 
the  Holy  Spirit  clearly  distinguishes  between  the  tico 
headships,  the  seventh,  which  receives  the  deadly  wound, 
being  resuscitated  in  its  secular  form ;  while  the  eighth, 
being  of  the  seventh,  emerges  from  it,  and  as  the  eighth 
head,  is  changed  in  its  character  from  a  merely  secular, 
to  that  of  an  apostatic  democratico-religious  power.  It 
Vvdll  hence  result  from  this : 

1st.  That  the  period  assigned  to  the  sixth  imperial 
head  of  the  Roman  beast  as  a  secular  power,  must  include 
the  whole  interval  from  b..c.  31,  down  to  the  time  of  the 
appearance  upon  the  prophetical  stage  of  the  eighth 
head,  which  is  at  the  point  where  the  secular  power  of 
the  revived  seventh  head  ceases^  as  such,  to  exist. 
And, 

2d.  That  the  Papacy,  whatever  its  characteristics  as 
an  Antichrist — and  that  it  is  such  Ave  fully  concede, — 
could  not  have  constituted  either  the  seventh  head,  which 
is  a  purely  secular  power ;  nor  the  eighth  head,  which, 
when  it  appears  as  the  great  apostatic  democratico-reli- 
gious power,  "  exalting  itself  cd)ove  all  that  is  called 
God  "  either  in  heaven  or  in  earth, — which  the  Papacy 
never  has  done  or  wiU  do, — will  constitute,  preeminently, 
THE  Antichrist. 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  a  historic  verification  of  the 
statements  assumed  in  the  preceding  stand-points,  by  a 
return  to  a  consideration, 

I.  Of  the  chronological  position  of  the  sixth  and  sev- 
enth heads  in  the  serie::'.     Here  we  are  to  observe,  in  tlie 


i)b  rOLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPIIECT. 

first  place,  that  th^ee  of  the  predicted  characteristics  of 
the  seventh  head  are  clearly  deiiDed. 

1.  Ill  contrast  with  its  long-lived  predecessor,  the 
sixth  head,  it  was  to  "  co7itiniie  hut  a  short  space."^^ 

2.  Unlike  five  out  of  the  six  heads  which  preceded  it, 
that  are  declared  simply  to  have  "  fallen,"  this  seventh 
head  was  to  \iQ  politically  slain  by  the  sword  of  military 
violence.     Yet, 

3.  It  was  at  length  to  be  revivified  from  this  political 
death,  by  the  heali7ig  of  its  deadly  wound. 

It  is  here  to  be  observed,  that  Rev.  xiii.,  3,  does  not 
specify  which  one  of  the  seven  heads  of  the  beast  was  to 
be  "  wounded  unlo  death."  To  determine  this  point,  we 
are  dependent  on  chap,  xvii.,  10.  There  we  learn,  that 
"^ye  "  out  of  the  seven  heads  had  simply  "  fallen  "  before 
St.  John's  time. 

We  now  refer  you  to  the  following  facts,  in  proof  that 
the  existing  sixth  head  of  St.  John's  time  fell,  "  by  the 
renunciation  of  the  ancient  throne  and  dignity  of  the 
Roman  emperorship,"  when  the  last  Roman  emperor, 
Francis,  thus  expressed  himself,  in  a.  d.  1806: 

"  Being  convinced  of  the  impossibility  of  discharging  any  longer 
the  duties  which  the  imperial  throne  imposed  upon  us,  we  owe  it  to  our 
principles  to  abdicate  a  crown  which  could  have  no  value  in  our  eyes 
v/hen  we  were  unable  to  discharge  its  duties  and  deserve  the  confidence 
of  the  princes  electors  of  the  empire.  Therefore  it  is,  that,  considering 
the  bonds  which  unite  us  to  the  empire  as  dissolved  by  the  confedera- 
tion of  the  Rhine,  we  renounce  the  imperial  crown^  and,  by  these 
presents,  absolve  the  electors,  princes,  and  states,  members  of  the 
supreme  tribunal,  and  other  magistrates,  from  the  duties  which  unite 
them  to  us  as  their  legal  chiefs  ' 

It  follows  from  this,  that  the  seventh  head,  which  was 

1  Alison's  History  of  Europe,  vol.  v.,  p.  690.  See  Faber's  Napoleon 
III.,  pp.  44,  45.     ^.ppletoD,  1850. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PKOPHECT.  59 

to  be  "  wounded  to  death,"  and  to  be  again  resuscitated, 
was  still  future. 

If,  then,  it  can  be  historically  demonstrated,  that  thi^^ 
sword-slain  seventh  head  appeared  in  the  French  emper- 
orship,  as  constituted  in  the  person  of  Napoleon  I.,  in 
A.  D.  1804  ;  and  that,  after  a  short-lived  existence,  being 
6-lai7i  by  the  svv^ord  of  military  violence,  it  was  again  re- 
vived in  the  person  of  Louis  Xapoleon  III.,  in  a.  d. 
1852  ;  it  will  be  fair  to  infer,  that  all  the  predicted  char- 
acteristics, save  those  peculiar  to  the  same  personage  as 
the  still  future  eighth  head,  have  been,  and  are  being 
verified  in  that  perpetuated  power. 

As  already  stated,  we  see  that  the  curiously-devised 
symbol  of  the  great  seven-headed  beast  from  the  sea, 
with  its  characteristic  badges  of  the  Babylonian  lion  and 
the  Medo-Persian  bear  and  the  Grecian  leopard,  denoted 
the  Roman  empire  in  its  greatest  territorial  extent  west 
and  east,  as  constituting  oxe  empire  under  the  adminis- 
tration of  its  sixth  head. 

Now,  this  symbolic  representation  will  be  found  to 
exactly  correspond  with  the  principle  of  the  Romax  Law, 
which  is,  "  that  the  territorial  Roman  empire  and  the 
gubernative  Roman  emperorship  were,  each  alike,  a  uxit. 
Hence,  whatever  number  of  personal  emperors,  either  in 
the  west  or  east,  might  govern  the  one  Roman  empire ; 
and  however  that  one  empire  might  be  gubernatively 
arranged  in  point  of  division ;  still,  those  ^yersonal  em- 
perors and  that  territorial  empire  were,  each  alike, 
deemed  oxe,  and  in  Roman  law  were  never  held  to 
have  departed  from  the  principle  of  unity. 

"  A  want  of  attention  to  this  vital  principle," — a  prin- 
ciple, as  the  sequel  will  disclose,  involving  the  most  stu- 
pendous issues  to  the  church  of  God,  to  the  nations  of 
earth,  Jewish  and  Gentile,  and  to  every  individual  of 


60  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF    PEOPHECY. 

these  "  last-  times  " — "  a  want  of  attention,"  we  repeat, 
"  to  this  vital  principle,"  lies  at  the  root  of  all  the  failures 
to  identify  the  seventh  and  eighth  heads  in  this  prophe- 
cy, and  to  assign  to  them  their  proper  chronological  po- 
sition in  "  the  great  drama  of  the  world  !  " 

We  will  now  proceed,  "  through  a  series  of  historical 
facts,  to  trace  the  political  course  of  that  [sixth]  Roman 
head,  which  the  angel  declared  to  be  in  actual  existence  " 
when  St.  John  wrote. 

"  The  ONE  universal  Roman  empire  was  governed  by 
a  single  individual^  from  the  time  of  Augustus  to  Dio- 
clesian,  who,  to  meet  the  necessity  of  the  case,  so  mod- 
elled the  constitution  that  four  persons — the  two  elder 
^s'ith  the  title  of  Augusti,  and  the  two  junior  vath  the 
title  of  C^sars — were  simultaneously  emperors  of  the 
Romans.  The  empire,  nevertheless,  retained  its  legal 
U]S"iTY.  Each  emperor  was  regarded  as  supreme  in  his 
own  province,  and  their  joint  edicts  were  recognized  as 
authoritative  by  all.  Even  the  division  of  the  empire 
into  west  and  east,  did  not  disturb  this  theory  of  unity, 
which  continued  to  exist  to  the  very  last.  This  quadru- 
ple arrangement  of  Dioclesian,  however,  by  the  transfer 
of  the  seat  of  government  from  Rome  in  the  west  to 
Constantinople  in  the  east,  was  exchanged  for  that  of  a 
single  individual,  from  the  time  of  Constantine  to  Theo- 
dosius.  On  the  death  of  this  latter  monarch,  the  empire 
was  permanently  divided  into  icest  and  east^  and  his  two 
sons,  Arcadius  and  Honorius,  were  each  emperor  of  the 
Romans,  and  so  continued,  in  the  line  of  their  successors, 
down  to  the  extinction  of  the  eastern  half  of  the  one 
empire  in  a.  d.  1453,"  by  the  valor  of  the  Turks. 

On  the  other  hand,  when  the  loestern  half  of  the  one 
empire  fell  by  the  deposition  of  Augustulus  in  a.  d.  470 
or  479,  the  Gothic  tribes,  by  whom  it  was  partitioned 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  61 

into  ten  sovereignties  in  a.  b.JoSI,^  still  adhered  to  the 
principle  of  territorial  unity ;  so  that,  from  this  period 
to  the  time  of  Charlemagne  in  a.  d.  800,  no  military 
chieftain,  either  in  or  out  of  Italy,  ventured  to  assume 
the  imperial  title.  The  fallen  western  branch,  however, 
being  restored  by  Charlemagne,  again  placed  the  govern- 
ment of  the  UNITED  empire  in  the  hands  of  two  individ- 
uals, each  bearing  the  style  and  admitted  rank  of  em- 
peror of  the  Romans. 

But,  from  a.  d.  1453,  "  no  more  than  a  single  Roman 
emperor sldp  remained :  and,  in  the  breaking  up  of  the 
vast  dominions  of  Charlemagne,  its  seat  was  transferred 
from  France  to  Germany ;  which,  with  its  feudatory 
Italian  appendages,  and  the  broken  Gallican  kingdoms 
of  Burgimdy  and  Aries,  was  henceforth  styled  "the 
HOLY  Roman  empiee."  Meanwhile,  its  chief,  whose  parar 
mount  claim  of  princely  authority  (well  shadowed  out  by 
its  three  ecclesiastical  electors  being  respectively  denom- 
inated the  chancellors  of  Italy,  and  Germany,  and 
France)  extended  to  the  whole  empire,  always  bore  the 
title  of  emperor  of  the  Romans,  and  was  always  deemed 
the  Kaisar,  and  thus  the  official  successor  and  representa- 
tive of  Augustus,  as  Xh^  first  in  the  line  of  personal  mon- 
archs  of  this  sixth  imperial  head,  and  of  whom,  as  al- 
ready stated,  Francis,  by  his  abdication  of  its  imperial 
prerogatives,  was  the  last. 

1^0 w,  the  terms  of  the  prophecy  before  us  require 
that,  with  the  extinction  of  the  sixth  head  of  the  "  beast " 
as  a  Roman  polity,  the  seventh  should  "  start  into  exist- 
ence either  simultaneously  with  its  fall,  or  immediately 
before  its  fall,  and  thus  intrusively  causing  its  fall." 
Otherwise,  "  we  shall  have  the  zoological  anomaly  of  a 

1  See  p.  ■iZ. 


62  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPIIECT. 

^»^'ild  beast  continuing  to  live  without  having  any  living 
head." 

Turn,  now,  to  historical  facts.  "  Just  two  years  be- 
fore the  fall  of  this  sixth  head,  in  the  person  of  tlie 
Roman  emperor  Francis,  which  was  in  a.  d.  1806,  started 
up  a  liTEW  POLITY,  which,  under  the  title  of  the  Emperoe 
OF  TUE  French,  was  actually  master  of  Rome  and  Italy, 
both  of  which  were  soon  after  annexed  to  its  already 
ample  dominions — a  circumstance  necessary  to  the  char- 
acter of  a  Roman  head, — the  prophetic  symbols  of  the 
seven  heads  of  the  "  beast  "  representing  both  the  semn 
hills  of  Rome,  and  the  seven  polities  which  should  govern 
the  empire. 

NAPOLEON      I. 

And  do  you  ask,  Who  was  this  master  of  Rome  and 
Italy  ?  None  other,  we  reply,  than  that  "  Little  French 
Corporal,"  born  in  Ajaccio,  the  capital  of  Corsica,  in 
France,  a  little  island  in  the  Mediterranean,  and  who,  as 
the  veriest  tyro  in  history  knows,  subsequently  became 
the  French  emperor,  ISTapoleon  I.  Yes,  he  it  was  who, 
commencing  his  wonderful  career  of  conquests  in  a.  d. 
1.804,  soon  subjugated  all  Europe,  with  the  exception  of 
Great  Britain  and  Russia,  to  his  despotic  sway. 

The  polity  of  the  sixth  and  seventh  heads  of  the  beast 
is  substantially  the  same,  the  difference  between  the  two 
arising  from  the  change  of  title — that  of  emperor  of  the 
Moman,  for  the  emperor  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire. 

But  there  is  another  prophetical  mark,  which  was  to 
signalize  this  seventh  headship  of  the  "  beast."  It  was 
to  be  short-lived,  caused  by  "  a  wound  unto  death."  If, 
then,  it  can  be  historically  shown,  that  this  feature  of  the 
prophecy  was  verified  in  tlie  political  and  milit; iry  career 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    P50PHECY.  63 

of  the  first  Napoleon,  in  a  sense  in  which  it  will  apply  to 
no  other  man,  it  must  decide  the  question  of  the  Franco- 
Roman  emperorship  in  favor  of  Napoleon  I.,  as  constitut- 
ing the  seventh  head  of  the  apocalyptic  "  beast." 

First,  then :  Three  circumstances,  for  a  time,  seemed 
to  militate  against  a  verification  of  this  mark,  in  its  ap- 
plication to  this  world-renowned  man :  the  first,  the  un-. 
precedented  strides  of  his  military  conquests ;  the  sec- 
ond, the  apparent  stability  of  his  rapidly  growing  power ; 
and  the  third,  the  prospect  of  its  perpetuity  by  the  birth 
of  a  son,  the  Duke  of  Reichstadt,  when  in  the  strength 
and  vigor  of  his  life.  But,  behold  !  This  seventh  head 
of  the  Franco-Roman  empire,  in  the  very  midst  of  those 
unparalleled  triumphs  which  struck-  terror  to  the  heart 
of  all  Europe,  after  the  very  short  period  of  eleven  years 
from  A.  D.  1804,  having  been  severely  though  not  mor- 
tally wounded  in  the  war  of  1814,  the  following  year  teas 
finally  slain  by  the  sword  of  military  violence !  The 
famous  battle  of  Waterloo  tells  the  story  !  Defeated  by 
the  valorous  arras  of  the  British  lion,  he  is  transported  to 
the  desolate,  sea-girt  island  of  St.  Helena,  the  humbled 
exile  of  his  most  implacable  foe,  where,  after  a  short  in- 
terval of  ignominous  sufiering,  he  dies  ! 

We  deferentially  submit,  therefore,  that  we  have  his- 
torically demonstrated  the  true  chronological  positions  of 
the  sixth  and  seventh  heads  of  the  Roman  polity,  as 
designated  in  this  prophecy,  after  an  interval  extending 
from  B.  c.  31  to  A.  d.  1804,  a  period  of  1,835  years,  as 
founded,  on  the  one  hand,  upon  the  uninterrupted  terri- 
torial unity  of  the  empire,  and  on  the  other,  upon  the 
equally  iminterrupted  governmental  unity  of  the  em- 
perorship. 

The  next  subject  will  treat  of  the  relation  to  Napoleon 
L,  of  the  other  two  members  of  the  great  Napoleonic 


64  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY. 

family,  viz.,  Napoleon  II.,  Duke  of  Reichstadt,  and  Na- 
poleon III.,  as  symbolically  depicted  in  this  prophecy. 

It  will  be  found  that  the  importance  and  interest  of 
this  subject  will  increase  as  we  advance. 


CHAPTER  III. 

NAPOLEON  II.,  DUKE  OP  EEICHSTADT,  AND  KING  OF  ITALY 

LOUIS  NAPOLEON   HI. ^RECAPITULATION. 

We  have,  in  the  preceding  pages,  historically  demon- 
strated the  true  chronological  positions  of  the  sixth  and 
seventh  Heads  of  the  Roman  Polity,  as  designated  in 
this  remarkable  prophecy  after  the  lapse  of  1,835  years, 
from  B.  c.  31  to  a.  d.  1804.  This,  as  we  have  seen,  is 
founded  upon  that  great  principle  of  the  old  Roman 
Law,  which  established  the  uninterrupted  territorial 
unity  of  the  empire  through  all  its  changes  during  that 
period,  and  also  the  equally  uninterrupted  governmental 
unity  of  the  emperorship.  Hence  the  historic  verifica- 
tion, in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  prophecy,  of 
the  succession  of  the  seventh  to  that  of  the  sixth  Head 
in  the  person  of  Napoleon  the  Z,  m  a.  d.  1804,  as  em- 
peror of  the  Franco-Roman  empire. 

So  also  of  the  application  of  the  prophecy  respecting 
this  seventh  Head,  that  "  when  he  cometh,  he  must  con- 
tinue a  short  space.'*'* '  The  career  of  Napoleon  I.,  it 
was  shown,  lasted  only  eleven  years,  from  a.  d.  1804  to 
1815,  when  he  received  his  death-wound  at  the  hand  of 
the  British  lion  on  the  battle-field  of  Waterloo. 

>  Rev.  xvii.  10. 


66  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

We  now  observe,  that  the  defeat  of  the  Napoleonic 
forces,  followed  by  the  imprisonment  of  this  terrific 
Franco-Roman  "  Beast "  in  the  sea-girt  island  of  St. 
Helena,  caused  all  the  crowned  heads  of  Europe  and  of 
the  world  to  exult  over  the  downfall  of  him  who  had 
been  proclaimed  emperor  of  France  and  King  of  Italy, 
as  a  successor  of  the  Caesars. 


IS-APOLEOX  II.,  THE  DUKE  OF  EEICHSTADT. 

The  history  of  !N'apoleon  the  Second  is  a  brief  one. 
Although  Napoleon  the  First  abdicated  his  throne  in 
favor  of  his  son,  the  hopes  of  France  were  buried  in  his* 
grave  before  he  had  attained  to  manhood. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  so-called  "  Holy  Alliance,"  in 
a.  d.  1815,  had  decreed  that  no  Bonaparte  should  ever 
again  rule  over  France.  Indeed,  it  was  the  general 
belief  that  this  seventh  Franco-Roman  emperorship  had 
disappeared  forever  from  the  prophetic  stage ;  a  belief 
too  that  seemed  to  be  reasonably  confirmed  by  the  early 
death  of  the  Duke  of  Reichstadt.  Besides,  the  original 
dynastic  head  of  the  empire,  having  dragged  out  a  few 
short  years  of  miserable  existence  in  his  solitary  exile, 
lay  slumbering,  as  it  were,  in  the  depths  of  the  sea  !  In 
the  most  emphatic  sense,  therefore,  it  may  be  said  of 
this  seventh  Beastly  Head,  as  in  the  symbolic  phraseology 
of  this  prophecy,  that  it  "wj«s/"  and,  also,  after  "con- 
tinuing a  short  space,"  that  it  "  is  notP 

But  man  ])ropo6es — God  disposes.  Human  decrees 
cannot  defeat  the  purposes  of  Him  who  is  "  the  governor 
among  the  nations."  ^  The  same  angel  who  said  of  this 
seventh  Head  of  the  Franco-Roman  emperorship,  that  it 

1  Ps.  xxii.  28. 


rOLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  ,      67 

"  was "  and  "  is  not,"  also  cleclarecl  of  it,  that  though 
it  should  receive  "  a  \YOund  unto  death,"  yet  that  its 
''''deadly  wound ic as  healed.'^''  (Rev.  xiii.  3.)  The  mean- 
ing is,  that  the  same  Franco-Roman  Dynasty  that  was 
thought  to  have  been  forever  exterminated,  should  be 
again  revived^ 

Here  we  must  premise  that  the  healing  of  the  death- 
wound  of  this  seventh  Head  must  coincide  with  his  resto- 
ration to  A  NEW  TERii  of  political  existence.  So  also,  a 
coincidence  must  exist  between  the  mode  of  introduction 
upon  the  prophetical  platform  of  the  sixth  and  seventh 
Heads.  As  St.  John  beheld,  retrospectively,  the  ascent 
of  the  sixth  Roman  Head  out  of  the  troubled  sea ;  ^  so 
the  then  future  seventh  Head,  in  acquiring  its  new  exis- 
tence, was  to  emerge  out  of  the  oceanic  sea  (a/5i;a-o-o9, 
abyss),  or  "  bottomless  pit "  ^  of  revolutionary  violence. 

We  now  proceed,  as  in  the  other  case,  to  demonstrate 
the  revival  of  the  defunct  seventh  Franco-Roman  em- 
perorship, in  the  person  of  the  present  ruling  sovereign 
of  France,  namely : 

LOUIS    NAPOLEON  THE  THIRD. 

This  brings  us  to  a  consideration  of  the  more  direct 
and  immediate  purpose  of  these  prophetico-historical 
expositions.  The  reader  wall  be  enabled  the  more  con- 
fidently to  sit  h]  judgment  and  pass  sentence  upon  what 
we  have  to  offer  on  this  subject,  from  the  flict  that  we 
are  now  to  speak  of  that  world-renowned  personage, 
whose  name,  especially  since  a.  d.  1848,  having  flourished 
in  the  columns  of  both  foreign  and  home  daily  and  weekly 
journals,  secular  and  religious,  has  become  as  familiar  to 
him  as  "  household  words." 

»  Rev.  xiii.  1.  =  lb.  xvii.  7,  8. 


68  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHEOT. 

To  proceed.  To  say  nothing  of  the  long  series  of 
events  connected  with  the  civil  or  political  and  military 
affairs  of  the  Koman  empire,  inclusive  of  those  which 
resulted  in  its  division  into  the  West  and  the  East  at  the 
opening  of  the  fourth  century,  onward  to  the  era  of 
THE  French  Revolution  tov^ards  the  close  of  the  seven- 
teenth, as  depicted  in  the  prophetico-historic  symbols  of 
the  first  six  apocalyptic  trumpets ;  we  remark,  that  with 
the  seventh  commenced  that  period  of  revolutionary 
changes,  both  loolitical  and  religiom,  which,  beginning 
v/ith  France,  convulsed  every  throne  throughout  con- 
tinental Europe.  As  "  signs  of  the  times,"  these  com- 
motions of  the  symbolic  abyss  portended  the  arrival  of 
the  period  for  the  accomplishment  of  the  prophecy  rela- 
tively to  the  resuscitation  of  the  seventh  Franco-Roman 
emperorship.  They  are  symbolized  by  the  first  five  out 
of  the  seven  apocalyptic  "  vials  "  or  "  last  plagues,"  all 
of  whicii  are  included  under  the  Seventh  Trumpet. 

We  have  said,  that  as  the  seven-headed  scarlet-colored 
beast  arose  out  of  the  "  sea "  of  popular  commotions, 
so  there  must  be  a  correspondence  between  it  and  the 
circumstances  which  should  mark  the  introduction  upon 
the  prophetic  stage  of  the  revived  seventh  Franco-Roman 
Head.  Accordingly,  after  the  lapse  of  about  sixty  years  ; 
that  is,  from  the  commencement  of  the  French  Revolution 
in  A.  D.  1789,  down  to  a.  d.  1848 — to  quote  from  the 
columns  of  one  of  our  secular  journals — "the  casket  was 
fished  up  out  of  the  sea,  and  is  again  in  power,  to  the 
astonishment  of  all  the  parties  of  the  '  Holy  Alliance.'  " 
A  pretty  fair  though  undesigned  exposition  this,  of 
the  predicted  revival  of  the  defunct  Franco-Roman  Head- 
ship. We  here  allude  to  the  extraordinary  course  which 
marked  the  progress  of  Louis  !t^apoleon  as  an  exile,  until, 
out  of  the  revolutionary  elements  of  France  he  was*  ele- 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    Ob'   PROPHECY.  69 

vated  to  the  throne  of  that  empire  as  he  -who,  he'mg  "  of 
the  seventh^''  is  tlie  veritable  revived  secular  Roman  Em- 
peror. 

We  have  spoken  of  Louis  Napoleon  as  an  exile. 
Vv'hile  in  this  country,  whither  he  fled  and  found  ref- 
uge from  the  prison  walls  of  Ham,  he  had  for  his  com- 
panion and  counsellor  a  certain  Mr.  Miiller,  from  whom, 
through  an  intimate  friend  of  his,  a  correspondent  in  one 
of  the  secular  issues  of  New  York,  dated  September  5, 
1863,  was  informed  "  that  the  dream  of  Louis  Napoleon's 
whole  life  Avas  his  accession  to  the  throne  of  France  ;  and 
that  such  was  his  aptitude  for  reverie,  and  facility  for 
speculative  development,  that  he  had  three  large  volumes 
filled  with  his  plans  for  attaining  the  grand  aim  of  his 
ambition."  These  volumes,  according  to  Mr.  Miiller's 
statements,  contain  a  series  of  remarkable  JS'apoleonic 
secrets^  which  run  through  the  pages  of  this  imperial 
programme.  "VYe  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  to  these 
more  at  large  in  the  sequel.  Suffice  it  now  to  say,  that 
they  all  are  made  to' bear  upon  carrying  out  Louis  Napo- 
leon's darling  idea  of  founding  a  Universal  Dynasty, 
of  which  the  Latin  race  is  to  compose  the  body,  and 
France  the  Head.  We  now,  however,  confine  ourself  to 
his  secret  plans,  formed  when  in  this  country  some  twenty 
years  ago,  to  grasp  the  sceptre  of  the  Franco-Roman 
emperorship. 

"  The  attempt  to  take  France  with  about  sixty  fol- 
lowers, in  the  steamboat  City  of  Edinburgh,  loas  dis- 
tinctly marJced  out  in  these  volumes.  The  calculation 
was,  that  the  electric  fire  which  always  runs  in  the  veins 
of  the  French,  and  which  is  known  as  '  Glory,'  would 
burst  into  a  universal  glow  at  the  watchword  of  '  Napo- 
leon!' while  the  counter -view  and  calculation  of  defeat 
were  contained  in  a  marginal  note,  to  the  effect,  that  should 


70  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

he  fail,  the  conviction  that  he  was  an  easily-handled,  soft- 
brained  fool,  would  make  him  only  the  more  eligible 
with  the  scheming  sharpers  of  European  politics  as  a 
future  candidate.  It  was  to  help  this  latter  calculation 
entirely  that  the  ^performance  of  the  tame  eagle  was 
thrown  in.  The  eagle,"  said  Miiller,  "  will  catch  the 
fools,  if  we  succeed ;  it  will  catch  the  sharpers  if  we  lose. 
In  playing  for  the  minds  of  men  we  must  never  forget 
the  two  divisions  of  society."  This  latter  calculation 
was  undoubtedly  justified  by  the  manner  in  which  the 
intriguing  leaders  in  French  politics  afterward  seized  uj^on 
Louis  Napoleon,  almost  by  common  consent,  as  their  can- 
didate for  the  position  of  Prince  President.  "  They 
thought  that  they  had  the  man  of  the  tame  eagle^^^  said 
Miiller,  "  but  they  got  nothing  better  than  the  Corsican 
wolf:''  ' 

This  last  phraseology  deserves  a  passing  remark. 
Who  can  fail  to  detect  the  striking  resemblance  be- 
tween those  two  figures  of  speech — "  the  tame  eagle  " 
and  "  the  Corsican  wolf" — as  applied  by  MilUer  to  this 
extraordinary  man,  and  those  two  apocalyptic  symbols  in 
the  thirteenth  chapter  of  Revelation,  of  a  "  beast  which 
had  two  horns  liJce  a  lamb^^''  but  who  "  spake  as  a  dragon^^'' 
and  which,  as  we  shall  presently  see,  point   us   to   the 


same  man 


See  now  the  exact  verification  of  this  astounding  pro- 
phetic foresight  of  Louis  Napoleon  as  "the  man  of  des- 
tiny " — a  term  which  he  has  always  appropriated  to  him- 

1  Miiller  did  not  go  back  to  Europe  with  Louis  Napoleon  ;  but  he  con- 
fidently expected  to  be  sent  for  as  soon  as  his  protege  should  arrive  at 
power.  When,  however,  he  found  himself  neglected,  nay,  forgotten  by 
his  aspiring  pupil  in  the  grand  dazzle  of  events,  which  always  buzz  and 
sparkle  around  a  throne,  he  sunk  into  a  deep  dejection,  and  died  in  ob- 
scurity and  poverty  in  Howard  street,  New  York,  in  a.  d.  1853,  about  one 
3*ear  after  Napoleon  became  Emperor  of  France. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  71 

self — in  the  historic  events  following.  The  continued 
revolutionary  upheavings  which  immediately  followed  the 
"reign  of  terror  "  in.France,  like  the  restless  billows  of 
the  perturbed  and  agitated  ''sea,"  fully  prepared  the 
nation  for  the  Jirst  step  towards  Louis  ISTapoleon's  darling 
idea  of  founding  a  Univeksal  Latin  Dynasty. 

"December  10,  1848.  Louis  Isapoleon  is  voted  into 
a  professedly  constitutional  Presidentship  by  6,000,000 
suffrages. 

"December  2,  1851.  He  violently  dissolves  the  fac- 
tious assembly,  which  were  preparing  his  ruin,  and  which 
were  meditating  a  return  to  all  the  murderous  atrocities 
of  Jacobinism ;  and  then,  throwing  off  the  old  Bourbon 
tyranny  of  the  nnprincipled  metropolis,  he  boldly  appeals 
to  the  nation  at  large. 

"December  20,  1851.  He  is  voted  into  an  absolute 
Dictatorship^  still  under  the  name  of  a  Presidentship,  by 
about  T,000,000  suffrages. 

"Xovember  4,  1852.  He  accepts  the  Senatus  Con- 
sultuni  proposed  to  be  laid  before  the  people.  It  runs 
thus :  The  nation  washes  the  reestablishment  of  the  im- 
perial dignity  in  the  person  of  Louis  Kapoleon,  with 
hereditary  succession  in  his  direct  legitimate  or  adopted 
line ;  and  gives  him  the  right  to  regulate  the  order  of 
succession  to  the  throne  in  the  Bonaparte  family. 

"Kovember  21  and  22,  1852.  The  nation  votes  a 
Hevival  of  the  French  emperorship  in  the  j^erson  of 
Louis  Xapoleon  the  Third,  by  about  8,000,000  suffrages  ! 
And,  finally : 

"December  1,  1852.  The  votes  of  the  nation  are 
examined  and  ratified  by  the  Senate,  and  are  then  sub- 
mitted to  the  President  for  his  acceptance.  And  ho 
formally  accepts  the  imperial  dignity  at  the  hands  of  the 


T2  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

nation,  their  wish  being  expressed  by  an  almost  unani- 
mous vote  in  the  affirmative.     While, 

*' December  2,  1852,  the  kevival  of  the  Fkanco- 
RoMAN  EMPEKORSHiP  is  proclaimed  in  Paris,  and  three 
days  after  throughout  the  provinces." 

It  is  worthy  of  notice,  in  this  connection,  that  one  of 
the  banners  that  graced  the  entrance  of  Louis  Napoleon 
into  Paris  on  his  return  from  his  tour  through  France — 
the  express  object  of  which  was  to  pre2^are  the  loay  for 
the  proclamation  of  the  empire — ^bore  the  following  sig- 
nificant inscription  :  ''The  Uncle  that  was — the  Nephew 
that  ^s."  Thus  using,  though  unconsciously  to  themselves, 
the  very  words  in  which  these  prophetico-historic  events 
respecting  them  were  given ! 

eecapituxation. 

Let  us  now  briefly  survey  the  ground  over  which  we 
have  already  passed.  "We  submit  that  we  have  scrip- 
turally  and  historically  demonstrated, 

I.  The  rise,  successively,  of  the  four  great  symbolical 
monarchies  of  Gentilisra — the  Babylonian,  Medo-Persian, 
Grecian,  and  Roman — that  were  to  bear  rule  in  the  earth 
during  the  prolonged  period  of  the  mystical  "  seven 
times,"  or  2,520  years,  predicted  by  Moses  in  Leviticus, 
chapter  xxvi.,  called  in  the  New  Testament  "  the  times 
OF  THE  Gentiles." 

II.  The  territorial  and  governmental  unity  of  the 
Roman  empire,  pagan  and  Christian,  political  and 
religious,  during  the  whole  stage  of  its  existence,  from 
B.  c.  31  down  to  the  present  time,  as  symbolized  by  the 
seven  mountains  of  Rome  as  the  capital  of  the  empire, 
and  the  seven  forms  of  polity  through  which  it  was  to 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PEOPHECY.  73 

pass,  as  denoted  by  the  se^^en  Heads  of  the  fourth  non- 
descript beast. 

III.  That/ve  forms  of  the  Roman  Polity  had  "  fallen  " 
prior  to  the  time  when  St.  John  wrote,  which  was  in 
A.  D.  96,  the  sixth  Head,  the  imperial,  being  the  one  ex- 
isting in  his  day,  and  which  commenced  from  b.  c.  31  ; 
and  that  the  empire,  though  divided  into  two  parts,  the 
Yf  est  and  the  East ;  and  though  subject  to  great  and 
important  changes  and  modifications  in  both  branches ; 
yet  continuing  to  retain  its  territorial  and  political  and 
ecclesiastical  unity  intact,  and  merging  into  itself  the 
other  three  preceding  monarchies  on  the  principle  of 
annexation ;  so  when  the  Messianic  "  stone  cut  out  of 
the  m,ountain  without  hands," — or  which  is  the  same  thing, 
when  "  One  like  the  son  of  man  shall  come  in  the  clouds 
of  heaven  "  to  smite  the  colossal  metallic  image  on  the 
ten  toes ;  or,  which  is  the  same  thing,  to  destroy  the 
four  rampant  beasts,  together  with  the  ten  horns  of  the 
last  of  the  four, — all  will  be  found  to  be  present  in  their 
entirety,  to  receive  the  omnipotent  blow  !  Particularly 
in  reference  to  the  last  one  of  these  four  monarchies,  the 
Roman,  as  we  have  seen,  although  the  imperial  sceptre, 
just  before  the  rise  of  the  papacy  in  a.  d.  533,  had  fallen 
in  tJie  V/est  by  the  deposition  of  Augustulus  in  a.  ©.'476 
or  479,  it  still  continued  in  the  East  till  a.  d.  1453.  Also 
that  before  it  became  extinct  in  the  East,  it  had  been 
revived  in  the  West  by  Charlemagne  in  a.  d.  800,  and 
continued  unbroken  in  the  emperors  of  Germany  or  Aus- 
tria till  overthrov.'n — 

IV.  By  the  seventh  Franco-Roman  emperorship  in  the 
person  of  Xapoleon  I.  This  emperorship,  we  have 
shown,  having  been  originally  established  in  a.  d.  1804, 
was  mortally  wounded  by  tlie  sword  of  military  violence 
by  the  hand  of  the  British  lion,  on  the  battle-field  of 

4 


74:  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

Waterloo,  in  a.  d.  1815,  but  again  revived  in  a.  d.  1852, 
in  the  person  of  the  reigning  Franco-Roman  emperor, 
Louis  Napoleon  III. 

We  have  not,  liowever,  exhausted  the  revelations  of 
the  prophetico-historic  oracle  relatively  to  this  revived 
seventh  Franco-Roman  Head. 


OF   THE   SEVENTH   AND   EIGHTH    HEADS. 

On  this  subject  we  observe  that,  while  we  acknowledge 
our  indebtedness  to  a  recently  published  tract  from  the 
pen  of  the  late  Rev.  Geo.  Stanley  Faber,  under  the  title 
of  "  ISTapoleon  III.  the  Man  of  Prophecy,"  for  aid  in  our 
remarks  on  the  territorial  and  governmental  unity  of  the 
Roman  empire ;  yet  we  must  beg  to  dissent  from  his 
statements  in  regard  to  the  seve7ifh  and  eighth  Heads  of 
this  prophecy.  Thus,  on  page  54,  speaking  of  the  healing 
of  the  mortal  wound  of  the  seventh  head  of  the  beast, 
this  learned  v\n-iter  says :  "  it  experienced  an  extraordi- 
nary revival,  and  enters  upon  a  new  course  of  existence, 
apparently  as  an  eighth  Head,  but  really  as  the  restored 
seventh,"  etc.  And  again.  On  page  33  he  says  :  "  the 
l^rophecy  again  and  again  declares  that  the  s}Tiibol  [rep- 
resentative of  the  Roman  beast]  had  only  seven  heads, 
and  never  mentions  an  eighth  Head,"  etc. 

But  to  this  we  reply  that  the  prophecy  before  us, 
v/hicli  treats  of  this  same  Roman  Beast,  does  make  men- 
tion of  an  "  eighth,"  which  is  declared  to  be  "  of  the 
seven?"^  Wherefore,  then,  we  ask,  introduce  this  "  eighth," 
if  it  is  identical  with  the  "  seventh  Head  "  in  its  revived 
form  ?  On  such  an  hyiDothesis  is  not  the  introduction  of 
this  symbol  into  the  prophecy  altogether  superfluous  ? 
— a  circumstance  which  could  not  otherwise  than  detract 


rOLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PJROPHECY.  75 

from  the  infinite  wisdom  of  the  Holy  Spirit  who  revealed 
it! 

Now,  we  agree  with  Mr.  Faber,  in  rejecting  the 
theory  of  Mr.  Elliott  and  others  that  the  characteristic 
marks  answerable  to  the  eighth  Head  are  found  in  the 
PAPACY.  But  we  also  think  that  he  equally  errs  when  he 
insists  that  all  the  symbolic  imagery  in  this  part  of  the 
prophecy  are  met  in  the  revived  seventh  Head  as  a  merely 
secular  power.  It  is  true,  as  this  writer  says,  page  59, 
that  "  the  healing  oi  the  mortal  wound  [of  the  seventh 
Head]  coincides  with  the  symbol's  restoration  to  a  new 
term  of  i)olitical  existence."  But  it  is  not  true  that  the 
eighth  Head  does  not  form  a  power  beyond  and  distinct 
from  the  seventh  revived  Head.  Look  again  at  the 
angel's  account  of  these  Heads,  He  speaks  first  of  "  the 
Beast  that  u'«s,"  viz. :  the  Franco-Roman  or  seventh 
Head  dynasty  in  the  person  of  Napoleon  I.  Then, 
second,  he  says  of  it  that  it  "  is  not.'*''  This  is  the  same 
with  the  dynasty  of  the  First  Napoleon  as  overthrown 
by  the  sword  of  military  violence,  and  as  thought  to 
have  been  forever  exterminated  by  the  early  death  of 
Napoleon  II.,  in  whose  favor  his  father  had  abdicated 
the  throne  of  France.  And,  finally,  he  adds,  respecting 
this  same  dynasty,  third,  ^^  and  yet  is^  ^  That  is,  the 
dynasty  as  revived  in  the  person  of  Napoleon  HI. 
Clearly,  therefore,  all  these  statements  speak  of  and  are 
strictly  confined  to  the  symbolic  history  of  the  seventh 
Head.  Then  is  introduced,  fourth,  another  x>hase  in  this 
prophecy.  The  angel  says :  "  even  he,"  i.  e.  the  revived 
seventh  Head,  Napoleon  HI,  "  is  the  eighth,  and  is  of 
the  seven?"* 

Here,  then,  observe  :  the  angel  does  not  say,  as  Mr. 

1  Rev.  xvii.  8. 


76  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

Faber  affirms,  that  "  he  is  07ie  of  the  seven,"  as  though 
the  "  eighth  "  was  included  in  them  as  such ;  but  as  it  is 
in  the  Greek — e/c  rtoi^  kina  ia-ri,  that  is,  he  is  "  oict  of  or 
from  the  seventh,"  as  denoting  origin  or  source  ;  as  we 
find  in  Matt.  i.  3 — ck  t-q^  Oajxap,  "  out  of  Thamar." 

It  would  be  quite  superfluous  to  a  scholar  of  general 
history,  to  prove  the  genealogical  relationship  of  the  first 
and  second  E'apoleons  as  uncle  and  nephew.  Still  it 
may  not  be  out  of  place  to  state,  that  Charles  Louis  Na- 
poleon III.  is  the  third  son  of  Louis  Napoleon,  king  of 
Holland,  and  of  Hortense  Eugenie,  daughter  of  the  Em- 
press Josephine,  first  wife  of  Napoleon  I.,  by  her  first 
husband,  the  Viscount  de  Beauharnais.  He  was  born  in 
Paris,  at  the  palace  of  the  Tuilleries,  April  20,  1808.  His 
father,  Louis,  v/as  the  fourth  in  age  of  the  brothers  of 
the  emperor ;  but  Napoleon  I.,  by  the  imperial  edicts  of 
1804  and  1805,  set  aside  the  usual  order  of  descent,  and 
declared  the  succession  to  the  imperial  crown  to  lie  in  the 
family  of  his  brother  Louis.  Louis  Napoleon  HI.  was 
the  fi7'st  prince  born  under  the  imperial  rule  in  the  direct 
line  of  succession  ;  and  his  birth  was  announced  in  con- 
sequence throughout  the  empire  by  discharges  of  artil- 
lery and  other  solemnities.  At  his  baptism  in  1810,  his 
sponsors  were  the  emperor  and  Empress  Maria  Louisa. 
Until  the  abdication  of  Napoleon  I.,  with  whom  Hor- 
tense was  always  in  great  favor,  she  resided  in  Paris. 
While  Napoleon  I.  was  at  Elba,  Louis  Bonaparte,  her 
husband,  instituted  a  suit  in  the  court  of  Paris  to  have 
her  sons  removed  from  their  mother's  charge  and  re- 
stored to  him  ;  but  the  emperor's  return  put  a  stop  to  the 
proceedings,  and  henceforth  the  children  remained  under 
the  charge  of  their  mother.  At  the  great  assemblage  on  the 
Champ  de  Mai,  Napoleon  I.  presented  his  nephew,  Louis 
Napoleon,  then  seven  years  of  age,  to  the  soldiers  and  to 


I 


.  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  7T 

the  deputies,  and  the  scene  is  said  to  have  left  a  deep 
impression  on  the  memory  and  the  imagination  of  the 
boy.  After  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  Hortense  and  her 
sons  attended  Napoleon  I.  in  his  retirement  at  Malmai- 
son.  The  scholastic  education  of  Louis  Napoleon  was 
conducted  under  the  direction  of  M.  Lebas.  In  1830, 
Louis  Napoleon  being  refused  by  Louis  Philippe,  "  the 
citizen  Mng,"  to  return  to  France  as  a  common  soldier  in 
the  national  army,  he  and  his  brother  retired  to  Tuscany, 
and  at  once  united  themselves  with  the  Italian  revolu- 
tionary army,  in  which,  in  1831,  they  both  took  an  active 
part  in  the  insurrectionary  movements  of  that  year.  His 
brother,  however,  died  at  Pesora,  a  victim  to  fatigue  and 
anxiety  in  1831,  and  his  elder  brother  in  infancy.  In 
1832,  the  only  son  of  Napoleon  I.,  now  known  as  Napo- 
leon II.,  but  then  as  the  Duke  of  Reichstadt,  also  died. 
Louis  Napoleon  had  thus  become,  according  to  the  im- 
perial decree  of  1804,  the  wimediate  successor  to  the 
emperor. 

Thenceforward,  the  restoration  of  the  empire  and  the 
Napoleonic  dynasty  in  his  person  became  the  predomi- 
nating idea  of  his  life.  To  this  end  he  published  his 
"  Political  Reviews,"  in  which  the  necessity  of  the  Em- 
peror to  the  State  is  assumed  throughout,  as  the  sole 
means  of  uniting  repuhlicanism  with  the  genius  and  the 
requirements  of  the  French  people.  And  in  1839  he 
published  his  famous  "  Idees  NapoUoniennes^''  a  remark- 
able illustration  of  the  intensity  of  his  own  grand 
thoughts,  as  connected  with  the  conception  of  a  future 

UNIVERSAL  LaTIX  EMPIRE. 

We  now  proceed  to  demonstrate,  agreeably  to  the 
tenor  of  this  remarkable  prophecy  when  taken  as  a  wliole, 
that  the  circumstance  of  the  revived  seventh  liead  being 
also  accounted  as  an  eightli,  arises  from  the  fact  of  the 


78  POLITICAL    ECONOMT   OF   PROPHECY. 

mutation  which  it  is  destined  to  undergo,  to  wit,  that  of 
its  passing  from  its  state  or  condition  as  a  merely  secular 
power,  such  as  it  now  is,  to  the  possession  and  exercise 
of  absolute  apostatico-demoeratic  religiotis  functions. 
The  purpose  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the  previous  apoca- 
lyptic revelations  concerning  this  seven-headed  sea-beast 
as  the  last  of  the  four  monarchies  of  Gentilism,  was,  to 
instruct  His  people  as  to  what  concerned  them  as  con- 
nected with  and  effected  by  the  character  and  exploits 
of  the  revived  seventh  head,  not  only  ;  but  more  especi- 
ally when,  having  run  its  course  as  a  mere  secular  power, 
it  should  give  place  for  the  introduction  upon  the  pro- 
phetical platform  of  a  more  stupendous  and  terrific 
power  under  an  eighth  head,  which  should  be  "  of  the 
seven.'''' 

In  treating,  therefore,  of  this  eighth  headship,  which 
is  still  future.^  and  which  v\dll  stand  forth  (not  as  one  of 
the  heads  of  the  beast,  for  their  number  is  limited  to  seveii 
only,  but)  as  entirely  separate  and  d'lstinct  from  and  in- 
dependeyitly  of  it  j  much  care  will  be  required  in  the 
interpretation  and  application  of  the  symbolic  imagery 
in  which  its  whole  complex  career  is  portrayed.  We 
shall  here  find  that  the  terms  of  the  prophecy  imply,  as 
already  intimated,  that  there  is  an  essential  distinction 
between  the  functions  of  the  revived  seventh,  and  those 
of  the  eighth  headship.  Accordingly,  the  Holy  S})irit 
will  be  found  to  have  furnished  us  with  a  class  of  sym- 
bols explanatory  of  its  complex  characteristics^  as  such. 
The  difiiculty  here  will  be,  to  discriminate  between  those 
symbols  which  relate  to  the  secidar  poicers  of  the  revived 
seventh  head,  as  contradistinguished  from  those  .of  the 
still  future  eighth  headship,  as  an  apostatico-political  and 
ecclesiastical  or  religious  pouter.  Let  us  take  a  view  of 
them  separately.     And  may  that  "  wdsdom  which  is  from 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  79 

above,"  so  guide  our  thoughts  in  the  ekicidation  of  the 
subject  in  hand,  as  to  enable  us  clearly  to  discover  "  the 
mind  of  the  spirit  "  who  has  revealed  them  ! 

I.  THE  CHAEACTER  AND  EXPLOITS  OF  THE  EEVIVED  SEV- 
E>s"TH  FEANCO-EOMAI?^  ESLPEROESHIP,  IN  THE  PEESON 
OF  LOUIS  NAPOLEON  IIL,  AS  A  PXJEELY  SECULAR 
POWER. 

St.  John,  we  submit,  furnishes  us,  Rev.  xiii.  11,  12, 
with  a  full-drawn  portrait  of  the  present  ruler  of  France, 
in  the  following  apocalyptic  imagery  : — "  And  I  beheld 
another  beast  coming  %ip  out  of  the  earth :  and  he  had 
two  horns  like  a  lamh^  and  he  spake  as  a  dragon  " — the 
exact  prototype  of  Mr.  Miiller's  "  tame  eagle  "  and  "  Cor- 
sican  wolf."  "  And  he  exerciseth  all  the  power  of  the 
first  heast  before  hmi^''  namely,  Napoleon  I.,  "  and  caus- 
eth  the  earth  and  them  that  dwell  therein  to  icorship  the 
first  beast,  whose  deadly  wound  was  healed." 

It  is  here  to  be  noted  that  this  beast  is  said  to  "  come 
up  out  of  the  earth  ;  "  whereas,  in  analogy  to  the  seven- 
headed  and  ten-horned  beast  from  the  sea,  Rev.  xiii.  1, 
he  is  said  to  "  ascend  out  of  the  bottomless  pit,"  or  abyss, 
Rev.  xvii.  8.  The  question,  therefore,  is,  how  are  these 
statements  to  be  reconciled  with  their  joint  ajjplication 
to  the  revived  seventh  head  ?  The  explanation  is,  that 
the  term  "  earth^''  in  this  prophecy,  out  of  which  this 
beast  is  said  to  come  up,  refers  to  the  preexisting  terri- 
torial limits  of  the  Roman  world;  while  the  terms  "seoj" 
and  "  bottomless  pit "  or  abyss,  are  used  to  denote  the 
national  and  political  revolutions  which  brought  both 
upon  the  stage. 

That  the  "  beast"  here  described  refers  to  the  revived 
seventh   Franco-Roman   emperorship   in    the   person   of 


80  POLITICAL    ECONOIMY   OF   PKOPHECT. 

Louis  Napoleox  III.  will,  we  submit,  appear  from  the 
following  prophetlco-liistoTiG  characteristics  of  this  won- 
derful man,  when  compared  with  the  symbols  in  which  it 
is  draped — a  "  beast  "  represented  as  coming  up  out  of 
the  earth  in  the  pretended  innocency  of  the  lamb,  and  in 
the  pretended  poioer  of  "  the  Lamb  of  God  :  "  for  he  is 
described  as  having  "  two  horns  like  a  lamb."  And  fur- 
ther, he  is  declared,  at  the  same  time,  to  display  all  the 
arrogance  and  fierceness  of  the  "  dragon." 

Viewed  in  all  its  aspects,  none  others  that  flourish  in 
the  annals  of  profane  history,  will  at  all  compare  with 
THE  FAMILY  OF  THE  ISTap OLEO js'S.  The  seuior  of  the  race, 
Napoleon  I.,  emerging  from  the  little,  obscure  Mediter- 
ranean island  of  Corsica,  in  a  few  sh^rt  years  eclipses  the 
glory  of  all  the  mighty  warriors  who  had  preceded  him, 
both  by  the  brilliancy  of  his  genius  and  the  valor  of  his 
arms.  His  tragical  end  on  the  sea-girt  island  of  St.  He- 
lena corresponds  with  his  beginning.  After  his  decease, 
those  who  swayed  the  sceptre  of  his  once  extensive  and 
powerful  dynasty,  rapidly  pass  away  from  off  the  stage. 
First,  his  son,  the  Duke  of  Reichstadt  and  king  of  Italy, 
is  laid  in  an  early  grave.  Then  the  Bourbon,  Charles  the 
Tenth,  disappears.  And  after  the  revolution  in  a.  d. 
1830,  "the  citizen  king,"  Louis  Philippe,  ruled  France 
for  eighteen  years,  when  a  sudden  popular  outbreak 
drove  him  from  his  throne  on  the  2d  of  March,  1848, 
and  he  flees  to  England  to  escape  an  ignominious  death. 
Meanwhile,  modern  history  is  marked  with  no  event  of 
more  portentous  significance  than  the  escape  of  Louis 
Napoleon  from  the  fortress  of  Ham,  May  25th,  1846,  after 
an  imprisonment  of  six  years.  In  no  other  individual  do 
the  same  extremes  meet  of  human  degradation  and  exal- 
tation. Having  wandered  in  this  country  as  an  almost 
penniless  exile  for  two  years,  on  tlie  2'7th  of  August, 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  81 

1848  (the  very  year  that  Loiiis  Philippe  was  driven  from 
his  throne),  returning  to  France,  he  is  elected  to  the 
Feench  Assembly  ;  and  on  the  20th  of  December  fol- 
lowing, he  is  chosen  president  of  it  for  three  years.  On 
the  13th  of  November,  1851,  by  a  '•'•coup  de  'mam^'' 
effected  at  the  cost  of  several  thousands  of  lives  and  the 
exile  of  others,  that  presidency  is  extended  to  ten  years. 
Still  one  step  remained  to  be  taken,  ere  he  could  meet 
the  condition  of  the  apocalyptic  symbol  which  designated 
him  as  the  revived  seventh  secular  head  of  the  Franco- 
Roman  dynasty,  the  darlingly-cherished  Napoleonic  idea 
of  his  life  !     But  of  this  in  the  next  chapter. 


4*  -^ 


CHAPTER    IV. 

LOUIS     NAPOLEON,     CONTINUED THE     FUTUEE     DESTINED 

SOVEREIGN    OF   A   UNIVERSAL   LATIN   DYNASTY,    ETC. 

We  have  now  traced  the  prophetico-historic  career 
of  Louis  Napoleon  III.,  from  the  tune  of  his  escape  from 
the  fortress  of  Ham,  May  25th,  1846,  within  the  walls 
of  which  he  had  been  confined  as  a  prisoner  of  state  under 
Louis  Philippe  for  six  years,  and  have  followed  him  as  an 
almost  penniless  wanderer  in  the  United  States  for  two 
years ;  when,  returning  back  to  France,  in  the  short  in- 
terval which  elapsed  between  August  27,  1848,  and  No- 
vember 21,  and  22,  1852,  we  found  him,  by  successive 
strides,  wading  through  a  sea  of  human  blood  and  other 
atrocities,  to  his  seat  on  the  throne  of  the  Franco-Roman 
empire.  It  will  be  found,  therefore,  both  interesting  and 
instructive,  to  devote  such  further  space  as  the  moment- 
ous subject  in  hand  may  require,  to  a  contemplation  of 
what  the  same  prophetico-political  text-book  reveals,  re- 
garding this  wonderful  personage,  in  connection  with  his 
complex  characteristics,  as  the  revived  seventh  secular 
lieadship  of  the  Franco-Roman  polity,  and  of  his  still  fu- 
ture predestined  eighth  headship  over  a  universal  Latin 
dynasty. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  83 

Yes,  we  repeat : 

LOUIS   XAPOLEON^   III.,  THE   PREDESTINED   SOVEREIGN    OF    A 
UNIVERSAL  LATIN   DYNASTY. 

Does  this  announcement  startle  the  reader  ?  And 
yet,  methinks,  he  is  ready  to  concede  the  truthfulness  of 
the  application  of  the  prophecy  under  review,  so  far  as 
connected  with  the  subject  in  hand  down  to  the  point 
just  alluded  to.  With  the  assurance,  then,  that  "  the 
half  has  not  been  told  him,"  and  begging  him  to  bear  in 
mind  that  we  are  not  drawing  our  arguments  and  facts 
from  the  poKtical  legerdemain  of  worldly  diplomatic 
cabinets  and  statesmen,  but  from  the  inspired  statute- 
book  of  Hni  who  sits  enthroned  as  "  the  governor  among 
the  nations  ;  "  I  ask  his  further  indulgence  and  a  suspen- 
sion of  his  judgment,  until  we  shall  have  reached  the 
issue. 

As  we  are  still  engaged  with  the  secular  power  oi  WA^ 
revived  seventh  imperial  headship  of  France,  it  will  be 
most  appropriate  to  consider, 

I.  What  the  inspired  prophetic  oracles  reveal  of  the 
peculiarities  of  his  character^  hoth  intellectual  and  moral. 
Now,  in  the  Apocalypse,  St.  John,  speaking  of  this  re- 
\4ved  seventh  head,  says  of  him,  that  "  he  deceiveth  them 
that  dwell  on  the  earth,"  ^  etc.  So  the  prophet  Daniel, 
describing  this  same  power,  calls  it  "  a  vile  person  "  {i.  <?., 
one  despised),  "  to  whom  they  shall  not  give  the  honor 
of  the  kingdom  ;  but  he  shall  come  in  peaceably,^''  as  de- 
noted by  the  apocalyptic  "  beast  with  tico  horns  like  a 
lamh^^  ^  "  and  obtain  the  kingdom  by  flatteries.^'*  More- 
over, as  a  "  king,"  he  "  shall  do  according  to  his  unll^''''  ^ 
and  he  "  shall  exalt  himself  above  every  god^''  etc. 

1  Rev.  xiii.  U.  "  Ibid.  xiii.  11.  s  Dau.  xi.  30. 


84:  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

We  have  seen  that  in  the  three  large  volumes  in  which 
were  recorded  the  Napoleonic  secrets,  written  wiiile  in 
exile,  their  imperial  author  prognosticated  that  the  con- 
viction would  obtain  among  men  "  that  he  was  an  easily- 
handled,  soft-brained  fool."  And  so  it  was.  For,  "  be- 
fore ISTapoleon  III.  obtained  the  emperorship,  he  was  so 
despised  on  account  of  his  obscurity,  that  there  vras 
scarcely  a  man  in  the  world  upon  whom  more  contempt- 
uous epithets  and  opinions  were  passed  than  upon  him." 
He  was  supposed  to  be  without  understanding,  an  idiotic 
dreamer,  as  short  of  brains  as  lie  was  of  friends  and 
means.  Such  an  estimate,  however,  of  his  intellectual 
imbecility  and  personal  meanness,  scarcely  comports  with 
those  prophetic  characteristics  above  ascribed  to  him. 
Rather,  they  would  indicate  that  one  of  his  prominent 
characteristics  would  be  that  of  "  impenetrability,  inscruta- 
bility, reticence,  cunning,  secret  craftiness,  and  a  sphinx- 
like inflexibility  of  countenance  ;  "  all  of  which  intellec- 
tual attributes  are  implied  in  and  are  essential  to,  one 
who  was  to  obtain  imperial  power  against  a  world  of  op- 
posing obstacles  '•'•  peaceably ^^  and  by  ^^ fiatteries^  Hence 
it  cannot  fail  to  strike  the  mind  how  well  these  attributes 
apply  to  a  man  of  whom  a  personal  friend  of  his,  who  la- 
boriously attempted  an  analysis  of  his  character,  has 
said  :  "  Frigidly  affable,  and  repulsively  polite,  he  avoid- 
ed either  offence  or  familiarity,  but  seemed  instinctively 
to  coil  up  his  nature  from  observation.  In  phrase  and 
demeanor  all  that  became  his  birth,  still  the  man  was 
perfectly  inaccessible.  There  was  much  of  peculiarity, 
much  of  contrast ;  abstract  yet  vigilant,  inquisitive  in 
everything,  but  studiously  incommunicative  ;  diligent  in 
acquiring  all  men's  knowledge,  retentive  of  his  own  ;  cold 
and  impassive,  but  full  of  latent  energy  ;  cautious  in  de- 
cision, but,  having  decided,  prompt,  rapid,  and  irapetu- 


POLITICAL   .ECONOMY   OF   PEOPnECY.  85 

ous.  Almost  intuitive  in  grasping  opportunity  or  detect- 
ing Aveakness  ;  improved  by  study,  steeled  by  adversity, 
disciplined  for  every  vicissitude  of  fortune,  he  has  inesti- 
mable qualifications  for  his  own  position.  .  .  Marvel- 
lous as  his  character  appears  at  present,  it  is,  in  my  judg- 
ment, as  yet  very  partially  developed.^''  This  we  shall  see 
more  fully  in  the  sequel.  He  adds  :  "  The  reserve^  how- 
ever, in  which  Napoleon  habitually  shrouds  himself,  may 
not  now  be  violated.  Few  can  see,  in  the  taciturn  re- 
cluse, the  talents,  the  attainments,  and  accomplishments 
which  he  undoubtedly  possesses."  ^  Madden  also  con- 
firms this  well-drawn  portrait,  where  he  says  that  "  This 
man-mystery^  the  depth  of  whose  duplicity  no  CEdipus 
has  yet  sounded,  is  a  problem  even  to  those  who  sur- 
round him.  I  watched  his  pale,  corpse-like,  imperturb- 
able features,  not  many  months  since,  for  a  period  of 
three  hours.  I  saw  eighty  thousand  men  before  him,  and 
I  ncA^er  saw  a  change  in  his  countenance  or  an  expression 
in  his  look,  which  would  enable  the  bystander  to  say 
whether  he  was  pleased  or  otherwise  at  the  stirring  scene 
that  was  passing  before  him,  on  the  very  spot  where 
Louis  XVI.  was  put  to  death.  He  did  not  speak  to  those 
around  him,  except  at  very  long  intervals,  and  then  with 
an  air  of  nonchalance,  of  ennui,  and  eternal  occupation 
with  self."  "  Dark,  mysterious,  impenetrable,  inscrutable 
in  his  designs,"  says  another  writer,^  "  concealing  every 
passion  of  his  heart  within  the  innermost  depths  of  his 
soul ;  of  great  personal  courage  and  inflexible  will,  con- 
joined with  cool  deliberation  and  consummate  prudence ; 
entirely  devoid,  apparently,  of  any  real  religion  or  moral 
principle," — "  a  vile  person :  " — "  impelled,  guided,  pro- 
tected, as  he  announces  himself  to  be,  by  his  uncle's 

»  Phillips  on  Napoleon  III.  »  The  author  of  Armageddon. 


86  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PKOPIIECY. 

shade  ;  with  the  subtlety  of  that  '  more  subtle  than  any 
beast  of  the  field,'  he  has  hitherto  defeated  all  his  oppo- 
nents, and  reached  by  craft  a  pinnacle  which  his  uncle 
could  only  attain  by  the  sword.  Striking  not  until  his 
quarry  be  certain,  or  never  uncoiling  himself  to  seize 
his  prey  until  sure  of  his  victim ;  daily  increasing 
in  power  and  influence  over  the  nations,  and  bringing 
the  eyes  of  an  astonished  world  to  contrast  with  won- 
der his  past  and  present  career :  all  in  relation  to  him 
seems  to  be  after  a  superhuman  working  that  none  can 
fathom." 

But  it  is  predicted  of  him. 

That  "  he  shall  have  power  over  the  treasures  of  gold 
and  silver r  ^  And  it  is  a  marvellous  fact,  that  Napo- 
leon III.  has  not  only  succeeded  in  securing  all  the  money 
requisite  for  the  extraordinary  cost  of  carrying  on  his 
government  and  vast  improvements,  but  in  the  years 
1855,  '56,  and  '57,  he  coined  more  gold  than  both  Eng- 
land and  the  United  States  together  ! 

If,  then,  all  these  incomparable  intellectual  and  moral 
characteristics  and  resources  of  power,  are  found  to  stand 
out  in  bold  relief  as  developed  in  the  prophetico-historic 
career  of  Napoleon  III. ;  those  of  this  day — in  the  execu- 
tive, judicial,  legislative,  and  other  departments  of  state, 
general  and  sectional,  and  especially  the  clergy— ^y\\\  in- 
cur a  most  fearful  responsibility  before  God,  hy  a  neglect 
to  study  the  character  and  watch  the  portentous  move- 
ments of  such  a  man.  Simply  reminding  the  reader  of 
what  the  historian,  Alison,  has  said  of  him,  that  "  the 
idea  of  a  destiny^  and  his  having  a  mission  to  perform, 
was  throughout  a  fixed  one  in  Napoleon's  mind ; "  and 
that  "  no  disasters  shook  his  confidence  in  his  star,  or  his 

1  Dan.  si.  43. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  87 

belief  in  the  ultimate  fulfilment  of  his  destiny,"  let  us 
pass  on  to  a  brief  review, 

II.  Of  his  unprecedented  career  from  its  com- 
mencement TO  THE  PRESENT  TIME. 

It  will  be  well,  however,  to  premise  by  way  of  pre- 
paring the  mind  for  what  is  to  follow,  that,  in  comparison 
with  others  of  the  world's  mightiest  warriors,  "  Alexan- 
der, Ctesar,  and  the  first  Napoleon,  were  men  of  limited 
views.  Their  circle  of  empire  fell  far  within  the  circle  of 
the  glebe.  Alexander  wept  for  new  worlds  to  conquer, 
but  he  never  approached  to  the  circumvallation  even  of 
the  world  on  which  he  lived.  Their  ambition  and  their 
powers  were  limited  by  a  Divine  decree,  because  their 
destiny  was  not  that  of  universal  empire.  But  there  is 
ONE  MAN  who  is  destined  for  universal  empire,  a  man 
whom  raw  beginners  fancy  to  be  identical  with  the  JPojye  ; 
but  whom  all  but  raw  beginners  know  to  be  the  8up- 
planter  of  the  Pope."  This  one  man  is  symbolically 
depicted  in  Rev.  xiii.  3,  4.  As  soon  as  the  seventh 
wounded  head  of  the  beast  is  healed,  he  reappears  in  the 
form  of  the  revived  seventh  head,  after  whom  it  is  said 
"  all  the  world  wandered ;  "  and  that  "  they  worshipped 
tbe  dragon,"  "  which  is  the  Devil  and  Satan,"  ^  "  that 
fja've  power "  unto  this  revived  seventh  head  of  the 
"  beast ;  "  and  also  that  they  "  lo  or  shipped''''  him,  saying, 
"  Who  is  like  unto  the  beast  ?  who  is  able  to  make  war 
with  him  ?  "  And  so,  as  an  Enghsh  writer,  the  Rev.  R. 
Purdon,  says  :  "Wonderful  to  tell,  after  all  our  '  balance 
of  power ; '  after  all  our  '  holy  alliances ; '  after  all  oar 
'  march  of  intellect ; '  we  see  one  man  rising  to  universal 

1  Compare  Rev.  xii.  9,  with  chap.  xzl.  2. 


88  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

empire,  and  that  man  the  head  of  the  Napoleonic  race — 
a  just  judgment  upon  our  pride  and  mahgnity !  One 
man  is  throwing  a  girdle  round  the  globe.  One  man  has 
forged  a  chain  of  iron  ;  he  has  connected  the  links,  and 
holds  the  extremities  in  his  hand.  Every  separate  link 
acts  upon  the  other,  and  when  one  link  is  moved,  all  will 
move  along  with  it.  There  is  no  limit  to  his  power  but 
the  limits  of  the  globe !  Less  brilliant  than  Alexander 
or  Caesar,  he  is  more  subtle,  more  patient,  and  by  far 
more  ambitious.  As  the  last^  so  he  aspires  to  be  the 
greatest  of  monarchs,  and  takes  in  within  his  grasp  regions 
of  the  earth  whose  very  existence  was  unknown  to  Caesar 
and  Alexander.  .  .  What  concerns  us  [at  present]  is, 
not  the  person,  but  the  power ;  and  we  cannot  deny  that 
A  POWER  is  now  rising  in  the  world  which  threatens 
universal  dominion,  and  which  no  man  is  able  to  coun- 
teract. Every  nation  in  Europe  is  occupied  at  home — 
Russia  with  her  serfs ;  Austria  with  Yenetia  and  Hun- 
gary ;  Prussia  with  the  Germanic  question  ;  England 
"with  her  public  debt  and  cruel  taxation :  France 
alone  is  free  to  act,  .  .  and  she  alone  is  prepared 
at  every  point.  The  ISTapoleonic  race  is  master  of  the 
age ! " 

Strong  language  this.  Is  it  true  ?  We  answer,  with  a 
slight  modification,  which  will  be  pointed  out  in  the  proper 
place,  that  it  is  true.  It  may  help  to  decide  this  question 
by  taking  a  cursory  view, 

First,  of  the  similarity  of  his  accession  to  power 
with  that  of  his  imperial  uncle.  We  have  seen  how  the 
Napoleonic  "  little  corporal,"  emerging  from  the  obscure 
island  of  Corsica,  rapidly  rose  at  the  point  of  the  sword 
to  the  highest  grade  of  military  distinction.  Advancing 
in  his  conquests  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the  left,  he  at 
length  wrested  from  the  emperor  of  Austria  his  Italian 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY  OF    PROPHECY.  89 

dominions.  With  this  achievement  he  graced  his  tri- 
umphal entry  into  Milan,  May  26,  1805,  by  placing  upon 
his  own  head  the  imperial  iron  crown  of  Charlemagne, 
pronouncing  at  the  same  time  the  historical  words :  "  Dio 
me  la  diede  ;  guai  a  chi  la  tocca !  "  That  is — "  God  has 
given  it  me  ;  beware  of  touching  it."  In  the  year  a.  d. 
1808,  he  took  possession  of  Rome;  and,  in  exchange  for 
Pope  Pius  YII.'s  bull  of  excommunication  that  had  been 
fulminated  against  him,  Napoleon  I.  demanded  his  sur- 
render of  all  temporal  sovereignty,  on  refusal  of  which 
the  refractory  Pope  was  banished  as  an  exile  into  Sa- 
vonia,  in  Lombardy.  Following  his  coronation,  as  above, 
at  Milan,  in  which,  by  the  way,  was  verified  \\iq  first  con- 
dition of  the  prophecy  relating  to  the  seventh  imperial 
Franco-Koman  emperorship,  most  of  the  nations  of  Eu- 
rope, including  Rome  as  the  metropolis  of  the  territorial 
domain  of  \\\q  first  six  heads  of  the  united  empire,  were 
numbered  among  his  conquests;  so  that  at  Dresden, 
before  he  set  out  for  Moscow  on  his  Russian  campaign,  in 
A.  D.  1812,  nearly  all  the  crowned  heads  of  the  old 
world — the  emperor  and  empress  of  Austria ;  the  kings 
of  Prussia,  Saxony,  Naples,  Bavaria,  Wurtemburg,  and 
Westphalia  ;  together  with  the  elector  of  Baden  and  a 
host  of  princes  of  inferior  grade — met  to  do  him  homage 
as  THE  CHIEF  of  a  great  empire  ! 

Turn  now  to  Napoleon  III.  We  have  already  spoken 
of  him  as  the  revived  seventh  head  of  the  Franco-Roman 
empire.  We  have  also  stated  that  this  revival  occurred 
in  the  person  of  one  who  was  looked  upon  as  a  mere 
restless  trifler  or  rash  adventurer,  whose  attempt  with  a 
few  devoted  followers  at  Boulogne  to  subvert  the  citizen 
governmentship  of  Louis  Philippe  brought  him  only  a 
contemptuous  imprisonment  in  the  fortress  of  Ham,  the 
same  year,  a.  d.  1840^  that  the  corpse  of  his  uncle,  in 


90  POLITICAL   ECONOMY  OF   PROPHECY. 

accordance  with  his  dying  request,  was  exhumed  and 
brought  back  to  France  in  so  much  triumph ! 

One  would  suppose  that  such  a  contrast  in  the  tragical 
incident  which  marked  the  fortunes  of  the  "  U7icle  "  and 
"  nepheio  "  were  sufficient  to  crush  out  forever  the  last 
spark  of  ambition  enkindled  by  the  latter's  dream  of 
attaining  to  "  universal  empire,"  But  so  far  from  it,  two 
years  after  his  escape  from  his  six  years'  imprisonment, 
in  the  same  year  of  Louis  Philippe's  flight  from  France, 
in  A.  D.  1848,  he  returns  from  his  exile,  and,  being  elected 
as  one  of  the  representatives  in  that  legislative  Babel,  the 
National  Assembly,  in  his  proclamation  in  connection 
with  the  Boulogne  aflair,  he  said :  "  I  feel  behind  me  the 
shade  of  the  emperor,  which  impels  me  forward.  I  will 
not  stop  till  I  have  regained  the  sword  of  Austerlitz,  and 
replaced  the  nations  under  our  standards." 

In  further  confirmation  of  this.  Dr.  Leask,  of  Scotland, 
in  his  Rainhow,  for  September  last  (1865),  notices  a 
recent  publication  in  England,  the  manuscript  of  which 
%vas  written  five  years  ago,  in  which  Napoleon  III.  is  set 
forth  as  most  seriously  scheming  the  entire  conquest  of 
Europe  and  of  the  world.  The  following  extract  is  given 
as  having  been  one  of  the  utterances  of  the  great  adven- 
turer before  he  came  into  power : 

"  When  all  the  world  is  nearly  in  my  hands,  I'll  bring 
it  all  to  bear  against  Oreat  Britain.  She  is  all  scattered. 
I  concentrated.  Everywhere  her  commerce  shall  be 
attacked,  her  colonies  invaded,  her  seaports  stormed. 
Electric  wires  shall  flash  my  orders  at  a  given  moment, 
rise  in  all  climes,  and  crush  Great  Britain.  She  shall  go 
down,  and  I  will  reign  supreme  throughout  the  world. 
Builder  and  arbiter  of  my  own  fortune  !  Happier  than 
Napoleon's  son,  and  greater ;  greater  than  he  himself ! 
I  will  transcend  his  glory !     Never  name  shall  he  like  my 


POLITICAL   EC0N0:MT    OF   PEOPHECY.  91 

name  !  The  image  of  all  glory  shall  be  my  image !  I, 
the  great  reality,  like  unto  God^  my  power  universal. 
But  soft — I  dream — I  am  but  a  captive  now !  Well,  well, 
all's  one  for  that !  I'll  let  time  shape  ;  and  then — an  end. 
!N"ow  to  my  studies !  " 

"  Thus,"  says  the  writer,  "  he  sat  him  down.  He  knev/ 
not  it  is  writ :  '  This  matter  is  by  a  decree  of  the  watch- 
ers, and  the  demand  by  the  word  of  the  Holy  One ;  to 
the  extent  that  the  living  may  know  that  the  Most  High 
EULETH  IN  THE  KixGDOM  OF  MEX,  and  givcth  it  to  whom- 
soeVer  He  will,  and  setteth  up  over  it  the  basest  of  men.'''''* 
(Dan.  iv.  17).' 

Now,  we  would  submit  with  deference,  as  argued 
from  the  facts  of  the  past,  that  it  is  not  difficult  to  an- 
ticipate— certainly  that  it  is  not  beyond  the  bounds  of 
possibility — from  the  present  condition  of  the  world,  and 
Louis  Napoleon's  position  in  it,  that  it  would  not  take 
any  great  length  of  time  to  fulfil  in  him  the  words  of 
the  prophet,  in  which  it  is  said  (Rev.  xiii.  7)  that  ''''power 
was  given  him  (and  mark,  he  is  speaking  of  the  revived 
seventh  head  of  the  Roman  beast  when  merged  into  that 
of  his  eighth  headshijD)  over  all  kindreds,  and  tongues, 
and  nations  !  " 

"We  repeat,  then,  that  the  rapid  ascension  to  power 
and  dominion  of  the  now  ruling  emperor  of  France  has 
startled  the  world,  and  his  influence  and  authority  are 
augmenting  still  in  ail  quarters  of  the  globe.  He  is  at 
this  moment  the  most  daring,  the  most  ambitious,  the 
most  powerful,  and  the  most  dangerous  man  on  earth ! 
Aye,  and  the  more  so,  because  the  rulers,  and  statesmen, 
and  politicians,  and  the  clergy  and  people  of  Protestant 
nations  loill  not  believe  it !    And  yet  who  will,  who  can 

»  Prophetic  Times.    Phila.,  Dec,  1865. 


92  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

deny  that  the  Crimean  war  put  him  at  the  head  of  Euro- 
pean affairs?  His  interference  in  the. war  of  Austria  and 
Sardinia  shows  with  what  a  controlling  hand  he  is  com- 
petent to  dispose  of  the  disputes  of  nations.  His  annexa- 
tion of  Savoy  and  Nice  to  France  is  another  illustration 
of  his  growing  preeminence  and  independence  of  the  old 
combinations  of  Europe.  The  recent  war  with  China, 
and  the  French  occupation  of  Syria,  have  planted  his 
power  in  Asia.  Turkey  lies  crouching  at  his  feet.  The 
north  of  Africa  is.  his.  He  has  planted  his  foot  in  Mexico, 
and  that  in  defiance  of  all  the  newspaper  blustering 
about  the  '-'- Monroe  doctrine.''''  Let  American  politicians, 
statesmen,  and  diplomatists  mark  this !  Qumre.  Will 
the  government  of  the  United  States  go  to  war  with 
France  in  support  of  the  integrity  of  the  Monroe 
doctrine  against  the  monarchical  encroachments  of  that 
power  in  Mexico  ?  From  the  time  of  Maximilian's 
arrival  in  that  devoted  country,  notwithstanding  the 
numerous  assurances  that  his  expulsion  from  his  throne 
was  a  mere  question  of  time — which  assurances  have 
been  apparently  confirmed  by  the  reported  successes 
of  the  Liberals  against  the  imperial  army — the  writer  has 
uniformly  persisted  in  expressing  the  confident  belief  that 
this  Austrian  protege  of  the  French  emperor  would  be 
left  undisturbed  so  far  as  the  United  States  Government 
is  concerned.  And  he  must  confess  that  this  belief  is 
not  a  little  strengthened  by  the  appearance  of  an  editorial 
article  in  "  the  New  York  Sun''''  of  December  26,  1865, 
under  the  following  head  : 

CAN  WE  AFFORD  TO  FIGHT  FOR  MEXICO  ? 

The  spirit  of  the  President's  message,  the  action  of  Congress,  and 
the  temper  of  the  people  in  respect  to  the  Mexican  question,  leaves  no 
room  for  doubt  concerning  the  antipathy  of  the  United  States  toward 


POLITIC AI.    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  93 

the  monarchical  usurpation  in  Mexico.  As  a  nation,  we  cherish  the 
doctrine  that  monarchy  should  not  be  permitted  to  extend  its  power 
upon  this  continent,  and  we  are  naturally  jealous  of  every  encroach- 
ment upon  liberty  and  republican  government.  Unfortunately,  this 
principle  was  disrespected  and  infringed  at  a  time  when  we  were  power- 
less to  uphold  and  protect  it.  Taking  advantage  of  our  civil  conflict, 
the  hated  institution  of  monarchy  established  itself  upon  our  south- 
western border,  and  as  we  emerge  from  the  war  of  the  rebellion,  ex- 
hausted and  impoverished,  we  see  the  government  of  a  despot  striving 
to  crush  out  liberty  in  a  neighboring  republic.  We  are  indignant,  even 
belligerent  at  this  cowardly  outrage,  and  we  have  the  will  to  teach-  the 
usurper  and  his  backers  a  lesson  that  they  would  never  forget.  This 
being  the  case,  what  should  we  do  ?  Napoleon  and  MaximiUan  know 
how  warmly  we  cherish  the  Monroe  doctrine  ;  they  know  that  we  never 
would  have  permitted  their  aggression  upon  ilexico  had  not  the  hands 
of  the  government  been  tied  by  civil  war.  Therefore  they  have  deter- 
mined to  ignore  the  great  principle  which  we  have  upheld  for  nearly 
fifty  years,  and  the  question  becomes  narrowed  down  to  this  point : 
Shall  we  attempt  the  expulsion  of  Maximilian  by  force,  and  thus  incur 
an  inevitable  war  with  France,  possibly  allied  with  Austria  ?  On  mak- 
ing a  cursory  examination  of  this  question,  we  see  that  the  nation  is 
already  satiated  with  war,  and  to  a  great  extent  exhausted,  impoverished, 
and  prostrated  by  the  desperate  civil  contest  which  has  just  ended. 
Every  dollar  of  money,  and  every  strong  arm  are  now  needed,  as  they 
were  never  needed  before,  to  repair,  restore  and  replenish.  We  know 
that  it  is  only  by  the  strictest  frugality,  and  the  closest  husbanding  of 
our  resources,  that  we  can  recover  the  waste  of  the  last  five  years ;  and 
experience  has  given  us  an  idea  of  what  another  war  would  cost.  Can 
we  afford  it?  Would  it  be  prudent  in  the  present  condition  of  the 
country  to  inaugurate  a  war  with  a  first-class  military  power,  for  the 
sake  of  a  cherished  principle  ?  Or  would  it  not  be  more  prudent,  more 
in  accordance  with  discretion  and  good  policy,  to  be  less  precipitate  in 
our  vindication  of  the  Monroe  doctrine — to  patiently  abide  our  time  and 
wait  until  we  can  strike  a  blow  for  Mexico  without  the  risk  of  bringing 
upon  our  country  ruinous  financial  disaster  ? 

But  to  proceed.  ISTapoleon  III.  is  now  virtually  the 
ruler  of  Rome.  You  will  soon  see  that  he  will  have  the 
Jeics  completely  enlisted  in  his  favor.     It  has  been  re- 


94  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECT. 

cently  announced  that  Napoleon  III.  has  declared  him- 
self emperor  of  Algeria.  In  his  recent  visit  to  that 
country,  "in  reply  to  an  address  made  to  a  Jewish 
rabbi  of  that  country,  the  emperor  said :  '  8oon^  I  hope^ 
the  Algerian  Israelites  will  he  French  citize^is.^  Since 
then  the  members  of  the  Israelitish  consistory  of  Oran 
have  addressed  their  brethren  of  Algeria,  congratulating 
them  on  '  the  ineffable  happiness '  vouchsafed  to  them 
in  those  '  august  words,'  and  ui-ging  them  to  accept  the 
offer,  with  all  the  conditions  imposed  by  '  that  nohle 
na^ne^  Napoleon  III.  They  say  :  '  You  are  aware  that 
to  the  Israelite  the  law  of  the  state  has  the  force  of  a 
religious  law\  Henceforward  French,  after  your  strug- 
gles for  so  many  ages,  the  eternal  hearer  of  your  tears 
and  prayers,  the  greatest  and  jiistest  of  princes  has  opened 
to  you  the  finest  country  in  the  world.  Its  laws  will  be 
your  laws,  as  its  destinies  have  been  your  destinies.' 
This  may  serve  to  indicate  what  sort  of  impression  is 
being  made  upon  a  large  portion  of  the  Jewish  mind 
with  respect  to  Napoleon  and  his  disposition  and  capacity 
to  do  for  that  remarkable  people.'  "  ^  Palestine  seems 
as  if  preparing  to  open  her  gates  to  receive  him.  Jeru- 
salem, the  Holy  City,  is  at  this  moment  stirring  through- 
out its  desolations  under  the  influence  of  his  powder.  The 
same  holds  true  of  Greece,  the  succession  to  whose 
throne  is  at  his  disposal.  It  remains  to  be  seen  what 
will  be  the  result  of  his  chameleon-like  interference  and 
manoeuvring  with  the  affairs  of  these  United  States. 

We  now  proceed  to  observe,  as  confirmatory  of  what 
is  here  indicated,  that  the  year  following  Napoleon's 
"  coup  de  main^l''  on  the  anniversary  of  the  great  battle 
of  Austerlitz,  December  2,  1852,  he,  after  the  example  of 

1  Prophetic  Times. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  95 

his  uncle,  assumed  the  old  Roman  title  of  emperoe. 
Soon  after  this,  he  was  acknowledged  as  such  by  all  the 
crowned  heads  of  Europe,  notwithstanding  that  they,  at 
the  Congress  of  Vienna,  in  a.  d.  1815,  entered  into  a 
treaty,  as  already  stated,  that  no  raetnber  of  the  Napo- 
leon family  should  ever  again  reign  in  France  !  And 
who  will  deny  that,  since  his  inauguration  as  emperor  of 
the  French,  he  has  reached  to  a  pitch  of  power  the 
greatest  and  most  absolute  in  the  world  ?  Why,  his  sub- 
jects make  it  their  boast,  that  in  one  year  from  Decem- 
ber, 1852,  he  has  been  personally  acknowledged  in  his 
imperial  character  by  the  queen  of  England,  the  emperor 
of  Russia — neither  of  whose  monarchs  paid  that  honor  to 
Napoleon  I., — also  by  the  kings  of  Prussia,  Bavaria,  Bel- 
gium, and  Wurtemberg,  the  queen  of  Greece,  the  prince 
of  Nassau,  and  the  grand  dukes  of  Baden-Baden,  and  of 
Saxe-Cobourg. 

Second.  But  let  us  now  consider  more  directly  the 
applicability  of  the  symbols  employed  by  the  Holy  Spirit 
in  Rev.  xiii.  11,  12,  in  illustration  of  his  secular  character 
and  functions,  as  the  revived  seventh  head  of  the  French 
nation. 

1.  It  is  notorious  that  ISTapoleon  III.,  on  ascending 
the  throne  of  France,  appeared  before  the  world  in  the 
character  of  "  the  great  pacificator,"  following  out 
the  new  Napoleonic  "idea."  Hence  his  annomicement 
to  the  nations — "  L'Empire,  c'est  la  paix  " — "  The  Em- 
pire is  2)GaGe  !  "  How  much  in  resemblance  this  to  "  the 
beast  from  the  earth  having  tico  horns  like  a  lamb!'*'* 
How  like  Mr.  MuUer's  "  tame  eagle !  "  We  ask,  therefore, 
was  it  chance,  suppose  you,  or  was  it  a  verification  of 
this  part  of  the  above  prophecy,  which  led  to  his  adop- 
tion and  use  of  the  above-named  axiom  ?  Did  over  po- 
tentate before  liim  thus  attempt  to  counterfeit  this  in- 


96  POLITICAL    ECONOMr   OF   PEOPHECY. 

effable  attribute  of  "  the  Lamb  of  God  "  as  "  the  Pkince 
OF  Peace  ?  "     But, 

2.  Take  a  glance,  now,  at  the  exercise  of  the  secular 
power  of  this  "  beast  like  a  lamb,"  viewed  in  connection 
with  that  other  feature  of  his  character,  as  indicated  by 
the  words  of  the  prophet, — "  he  spake  as  a  dragon^''  We 
have,  in  this  symbol,  a  representation  of  the  authority 
exercised  by  this  revived  seventh  Franco-Roman  head- 
ship in  the  affairs  of  Europe,  since  his  accession  to  power. 
The  following  facts  will  be  found  in  point : 

(1.)  In  1849,  an  insurrection  occurred  at  Rome,  in  the 
midst  of  which  the  holy  pontiff,  Pius  IX.,  flees  as  an  exile 
for  safety  to  Gaeta.  But  Napoleon  III.  sends  to  Rome  a 
large  body  of  so-called  French  republican  ( ! )  troops  to 
quell  the  rebels,  restore  the  Pope  to  his  throne,  and  pro- 
tect the  government  of  tlie  papal  states ;  thus  demon- 
strathig  that  the  "  life  "  of  the  papal  "  little  horn  "  only 
subsists  by  the  suiferance  of  this  arbiter  of  its  fate. 
Again, 

(2.)  In  1854,  King  Otho  of  Greece  is  made  to  suc- 
cumb to  the  demands  of  his  imperial  majesty,  on  the 
ground  of  his  agency  in  quelling  a  local  disturl)ance  in 
his  dominions,  from  which  time  Greece  has  remained  en- 
tirely under  his  sovereign  control. 

(3.)  The  same  holds  true  of  Napoleon's  connection 
with  the  Russian  war.  Here  too  he  is  preeminent.  For 
although  his  British  ally,  after  the  fall  of  Sebastopol,  in 
August  10,  1855  (which  followed  the  capture,  by  the 
French,  of  the  famous  Malakoff  fortress),  was  anxious  to 
continue  the  war  ;  yet,  from  motives  of  state  policy,  this 
renowned  "  pacificator  "  resolved  upon  "  peace,"  leaving 
no  alternative  to  England  but  that  of  unconditional  sub- 
mission !  Accordingly,  peace  was  consummated  at  the 
Tuilleries   in   April,   1856,  and  the   Crimean   campaign, 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY  OF   PROPHECY.  97 

comraenced  ostensibly  to  maintain  the  integrity  of  the 
Turkish  empire^  as  the  only  preservative  of  the  "  balance 
of  poller  "  in  Europe,  has  been  made  greatly  to  acceler- 
ate the  ascent  of  his  "  star  of  destiny." 

(4.)  So  of  the  Neufchatel  trouble  in  1856,  between 
Switzerland  and  Prussia.  Whilst  the  mediation  of  Eng- 
land, Austria,  and  America  combined,  failed  utterly  to 
restore  peace,  one  word  from  the  French  emperor,  and 
the  sword  was  sheathed ! 

(5.)  The  same  preeminence  of  the  Napoleonic  policy 
is  maintained  against  Turkey  and  England  on  the  ques- 
tion of  the  Danuhian  pyrincipalities^  Moldavia  and  Wal- 
lachia,  he  favoring  their  union  under  a  single  head ;  they, 
of  an  election  by  each  power  of  a  separate  head.  But,  a 
lamb-like  visit  of  his  majesty  to  Queen  Victoria  in  the 
Isle  of  Wight,  prevails  at  once  to  nullify  the  elections, 
thus,  without  doubt,  prej^aring  the  way  in  the  end  to 
place  some  dependant  of  his  own  choice,  as  king  or  gov- 
ernor of  those  provinces. 

(6.)  We  might  also  mention  the  potency  of  his  vn^^x- 
ation  between -E'/i^fe^zf?  and  P(?r5/c«  in  1857,  and  the  ad- 
vancement of  his  own  interests  thereby  ;  for  it  left  Herat, 
about  which  the  war  commenced,  still  in  the  hands  of  the 
i  enemy  ;  while  England,  after  a  vast  expenditure  both  of 
:blood  and  treasure,  is  forced  quietly  to  submit  to  a  treaty 
Imade  by  Napoleon  with  the  Persian  court  on  his  own  ac- 
'count !     And  finally, 

(7.)  From  that  period  onward,  and  especially  since 
the  humiliation  of  Austria  at  his  hand  on  the  battle-field 
of  Italy,  the  valor  of  his  arms,  the  formidable  dimensions 
of  his  military  and  naval  forces — for  it  is  declared  on  re- 
liable authority,  that  in  one  month  he  can  place  in  the 
field  two  million  disciplined  men,  while  he  is  possessed 
of  a  fleet  the  most  powerful  in  the  world,  with  one  ex- 
5 


98  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

ception  (that  of  the  United  States),  and  which  he  is  en- 
gaged in  rendering  sevenfold  stronger  by  the  addition 
of  powerful  iron-clads  of  his  own  invention — his  incom- 
parable statesmanship  as  displayed  in  carrying  out  the 
treaty  of  peace  at  Yillafranca,  and  the  deeply  mysterious 
oscillations  of  his  policy  with  the  courts  of  Turin,  Vien- 
na, Kome,  England,  and  the  United  States,  by  which  he 
holds  at  bay,  and  confounds  the  most  astute  diplomacy 
of  all  the  cabinets  of  both  hemispheres,  together  with  the 
unparalleled  brilliancy  of  his  unchecked  career,  have 
rendered  him  thus  far  the  ruling  spirit  of  the  destinies 
of  Europe  and  of  the  world  ! 


CHAPTER    V. 

LOUIS     NAPOLEOX    III.,     CONTINUED SYMBOLIZED   BY   THE 

SCAKLET-COLOEED  BEAST    OF    KEY.  XYII.  1-6,  IX  UNION 
WITH    THE   PAPACY,    ETC. 

Having  presented  to  view  those  prophetico-historic 
incidents  connected  with  the  extraordinary  career  of  Na- 
poleon ni.,  during  the  short  interval  that  elapsed  between 
his  escape  from  the  fortress  of  Ham  in  a.  d.  1846,  and  his 
recognition  by  all  the  crowned  heads  of  Europe  as  the 
revived  seventh  secular  head  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire 
in  A.  D.  1853  ;  it  is  pertinent  now  to  bring  to  your  notice 
the  SPECIAL  AGENCY  rcvealcd  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  which 
was  employed  in  raising  him  to  a  pitch  of  power  the 
most  absolute  and  unprecedented  in  the  world.  To  this 
end,  we  point  you  to  Rev.  xvii.  1,  where  the  angel,  ad- 
dressing St.  Jolm,  says  :  "  Come  hither,  and  I  will  sliov/ 
thee  the  judgment  of  the  great  whore  that  sitteth  upon 
many  waters,"  etc.  .  .  And  St.  John  says  :  "  I  saw  a 
woman  sit  upon  a  scarlet-colored  beast,  fuU  of  names  of 
blasphemy,  having  seven  heads  and  ten  horns." 

The  "  woman  "  in  this  prophecy,  is  the  same  with  the 
sun-clad  woman  of  Rev.  xii.  1,  now  an  apostate,  upon 
whose  forehead  a  name  was  written.  Mystery,  Babylon 
THE  Gkeat,  the  Mother  of  Harlots  and  Abomtna- 


100  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

TICKS  OF  THE  Eaeth  "  (vei'se  5),  or,  "  the  great  whore, 
^yith  whom  the  kings  of  the  earth  have  committed  forni- 
cation, and  who  has  made  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth 
drunk  with  the  wine  of  her  fornication  "  (verse  2).  All 
the  best  Protestant  writers  concur  in  interpreting  these 
symbols  to  denote  the  Papacy,  by  whose  corruptions  of 
the  primitive  doctrines  and  polity  and  ordinances  of 
Christianity,  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  their  subjects 
have  been  seduced  into  the  sin  of  spiritual  fornication. 
Hence  her  "  sitting  upon  'many  waters^''  is  interpreted  by 
the  angel,  verse  15,  to  represent  "  peoples,  and  multi- 
tudes, and  nations,  and  tongues,"  or  the  }  opulation  of 
the  Roman  empire  over  Avhom  she  presides. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  "  scarlet-colored  beast,  full  of 
7iames  of  blasphemy^  having  seven  heads  and  ten  horns," 
is  the  same  with  the  "  beast  "  which  St.  John  saw  "  rise 
up  out  of  the  sea,"  Rev.  xii.  3,  and  chap.  xiii.  1.  This  is 
evident  from  the  vat'ious  onutations  through  which  this 
"  beast  "  has  passed,  from  his  first  introduction  upon  the 
prophetical  stage. 

First,  we  see  him  with  "  seven  crowns  upon  his 
lieads^^  chap.  xii.  3,  denotive,  as  we  have  said  (see  chap, 
xvii.  10),  of  the  seven  forms  of  government  through  which 
the  empire  was  to  pass  from  its  first  foundation  to  its 
final  overthrow.^  But,  as  these  forms  of  the  Roman  pol- 
ity each  differed  from  the  other,  the  mutations  of  which 
we  now  speak  relate  partly  to  Rome  under  its  Pagan, 
and  partly  under  its  Christianized  state.  In  this  aspect, 
the  pagan  period  of  the  crowned-head  history  of  the  em- 
pire extended  from  its  foundation,  n.  c.  31,  down  to  its 
extermination  under  Constantino  in  a.  d.  323,  and  on- 
ward to  the  division  of  the  empire  into  ten  principalities 

1  See  pages  52-55. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  101 

by  tlie  Gothic  tribes  in  a.  d.  532  ;  when,  these  tribes 
having  conformed  to  that  system  of  corrupt  Christianity 
consequent  of  the  union  of  church  and  state  under  Con- 
stantine,  upon  the  .elevation  of  John  II.,  the  patriarch  of 
Rome,  as  univeesal  Bishop  by  the  edict  of  Justinian  in 
A.  D.  533;  Second,  the  "crowns"  were  removed  from 
the  "  seven  heads  "  to  the  "  ten  horns "  of  the  beast, 
while  upon  his  "  heads "  was  inscribed  "  the  name  of 
blasphemy."  The  empire,  therefore,  symbolized  by  the 
hodij  of  this  "  beast  from  the  sea,"  under  its  first  six 
heads,  or  forms  of  government,  passes  through  its  succes- 
sive religious  stages^  pagan,  pagan o-christian,  and  ecclesi- 
astico-poHtical — which  last  consisted  of  an  addition  of 
the  temporal  to  the  spiritual  power  of  the  popedom,  or 
the  union  of  the  mitre  with  the  su^ord^  by  the  donation 
of  Pepin  to  the  Pope  of  the  Exarchate  and  Pentapolis  in 
A.  D.  756 — down  to  the  appearance  upon  the  stage  of  the 
same  beast. 

Third,  as  the  "  scarlet-colored  beast, /<y^^  of  names  of 
blasphemy,  having  seven  heads  and  ten  horns."  Xow,  of 
the  "  beast,"  or  Roman  body  politic  under  this  form  of 
its  development,  we  must  note,  first,  the  transfer  of  "  the 
name  of  blasphemy  "  from  the  seven  heads  to  "  the  entire 
hody^^  which  is  said  to  be  "  full  of,"  or  covered  all  over 
with,  "  the  names  of  blasphemy !  "  signifying  thereby, 
that  the  apostasy  of  the  "  woman  "  or  the  "  great  vrhore," 
as  the  symbol  of  the  Papacy,  and  of  which  the  "  scarlet- 
colored  beast"  is  the  secular  head,  had  at  length  attained 
its  culminating  point.  Our  second  remark  is,  that  the 
phrase,  "  scarlet-colored,"  which  now  distinguishes  the 
"  beast,"  denotes  the  exercise  of  unlimited  and  unscrupu- 
lous power  in  the  accomplishment  of  its  ends.  And  third, 
its  appearance  with  its  "  ten  horas  "  uncrowned,  repre- 
sents the  termination  of  oM  the  septiforra  systems  of  the 


102  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY. 

Roman  polity,  with  the  head  who  now  wields  the  sev- 
enth form,  which  is  identical  with  the  "  beast  from  the 
earth  having  two  horns  like  a  lamb,"  but  who  "  speaks 
like  a  dragon." 

IsTow,  then,  for  the  poird  to  which  these  expositions 
conduct  us.  St.  John  tells  us  that  he  "  saw  a  woman  sit 
upon  a  scarlet-colored  beast,"  etc.     Or, 

THE   "  SCARLET-COLORED   BEAST,"  BEARING  UPON  HIS  BACK 
A    HARLOT   RIDER  ! 

Is  there,  then,  anything  in  the  prophetico-historic  re- 
lations of  Napoleon  III.  to  and  with  the  Papacy,  at  all 
analogous  to  the  above  symbolic  imagery  ? 

This  is  the  question.  And  it  is  one  of  momentous 
import.  But  we  must  premise,  even  at  the  expense  of  a 
partial  repetition,  in  order  to  clear  the  way  before  us, 
that  Napoleon  I.,  having  assumed  to  be  the  successor 
of  the  Caesars,  and  being  proclaimed  emperor  of  France 
and  king  of  Italy,  verified  that  he  was  the  seventh  head 
of  the  Roman  beast : — "  it  ^^as."  But  soon,  "  it  is  not^'* 
for  it  was  to  "  continue  but  a  short  space,"  and  the  world 
supposed  that  it  had  disappeared,  forever.  Not  so  the 
purpose  of  the  great  Lawgiver  and  Arbiter  of  nations. 
"Its  deadly  wound  was  healed.^''  Ere  forty  years  had 
passed  away,  this  seventh  head  reappears  "  out  of  the 
bottomless  pit "  or  abyss,  to  the  wonder  of  the  world ! 
Not,  observe,  as  a  separate  and  distinct  dynasty  from 
the  other.  It  is  the  same  that  "  was,"  then  "  is  not," 
and  "  yet  is."  Aye,  it  is  the  "  uncle  "  that  "  vjas,"  the 
"  nephew  "  that  "  2*5," — Napoleon  III. 

We  remark  in  the  next  place,  in  this  connection,  that 
the  vastness  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire,  territorially, 
politically,  commercially,  and  financially,  together  with 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   rEOPHECY.  103 

the  unprecedented  prosperity  and  glory  that  surround 
her  under  the  guidance  of  the  present  revived  seventh 
head,  is  founded  upon  the  prestige  which  is  derived  from 
the  preceding  one,  and  that  it  is  not  unlike  it  in  its  gen- 
eral features. 

And  yet,  it  is  to  be  observed,  that  an  essentially  dil- 
ferent  animus  characterizes  the  revived,  in  contrast  witli 
the  defunct  head.  Xapoleon  I.  ruled  by  coercion^  which 
his  subjects  repelled,  ISraT)oleon  III.  sways  the  masses 
by  conciliation^  through  universal  suffrage.  The  reason 
is  obvious.  The  uncle  had  nothing  to  expect  from  the 
Roman  hierarchy  ;  the  nephew,  everything. 

Hence,  in  ascending  from  the  abyss  of  poverty  and 
ignominy,  one  of  the  very  first  acts  of  the  revived  Napo- 
leonic headship  was,  to  permit  the  papal  harlot  to  take 
her  seat  upon  his  back  !  The  circumstances  w^ere  these  : 
— a  revolution  in  Rome,  to  which  we  have  already  advert- 
ed,^ had  expelled  the  Pope,  Pius  IX.,  from  the  papal 
throne,  the  pontiff  having  fled  for  safety  to  Gaeta,  with 
no  ability  in  himself  to  recover  his  lost  dominions.  But, 
by  a  coalition  between  the  emperor,  as  the  eldest  son  of 
the  church,  and  the  Pope,  each  becomes  a  help  to  the 
other.  This  coalition  involved  two  things  :  first,  Naj^o- 
leon  in.  was  to  reinstate  the  Pope  at  Rome.  And  sec- 
ond, Pius  IX.  was  to  raise  Napoleon  to  imperial  pow^ee. 
In  the  accomplishment  of  the  first,  the  "  scarlet-colored 
beast "  sends  his  republican  army  to  Italy,  and  the  Pope 
is  restored.'  At  this  point  it  is,  that  the  papal  harlot 
mounts  upo7i  the  hacJc  of  the  beast. 

And  so,  the  ^^  judgment  "  of  the  "  great  whore,"  that 
had  begun  to  take  effect  by  the  pouring  out  of  the  vials 
of  the  Almighty's  wrath  upon  her  between  a,  d.  1789 

»  See  page  9G. 


104  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

and  1793,  and  which  had  recommenced  by  the  above  ex- 
pulsion of  the  papal  power  from  Rome,  is  for  the  time 
arrested.  The  French  general  Oudinot,  sent  by  Napo- 
leon to  Rome  in  1849  to  quell  the  republican  insurrection 
in  that  city,  having  consummated  that  mission,  received 
a  deputation  of  church  dignitaries  of  high  order,  who 
came  to  thank  him  for  the  "  important  services  "  he  had 
rendered  the  church.     Oudinot,  in  his  reply,  said  : 

"  I  thank  you,  in  the  name  of  France  and  the  army,  for  your  good 
wishes.  For  my  part,  I  am  proud  of  having  defended  the  military 
honor  of  France,  and  reestablished  order.  I  am  equally  delighted  to 
have  it  in  my  power  to  serve  the  church  and  you,  gentlemen,  who  must 
have  suffered  so  severely  during  the  evil  days  through  which  you  have 
passed.  The  army,  gentlemen,  and  the  clergy,  are  the  tioo  great  powers 
called  to  save  Eociety.  United  by  the  same  tie  that  consolidates  our 
power  ;  united  by  discipline,  it  is  only  from  the  religious  sentiment  and 
the  respect  for  authority,  that  society  can  derive  its  strength  and  salva- 
tion." 

So,  also,  the  Archbishop  of  Paris,  at  the  great  fete 
held  after  Napoleon  had  reinstated  the  Pope,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  eighty  thousand  soldiers  and  six  hundred  priests, 
surrounding  the  altar  in  the  Champ  de  Mars,  exclaimed : 

"  Astonishing  circumstance  \  ...  the  churchy  which  preaches 
peace  to  all  .  .  .  the  church  has  always  had  abundant  benedictions 
for  the  soldier^  for  his  arms,  and  for  his  standards.  The  explanation  of 
THIS  '  MYSTEPvY '  is  uot  difficult.  It  is  the  meaning  of  this  solemnity,  at 
once  military  and  religious  !  " 

Here,  then,  the  fact  stands  out  distinct,  that  the 
"  mother  of  harlots  and  abominations  of  the  earth,"  with 
her  clergy,  could  not  save  themselves  from  the  '•'-jiidg- 
ment^''  that  had  commenced,  as  already  stated,  in  1789, 
and  that  they  took  refuge  in  Napoleon's  power  as  presi- 
dent of  the  French  Assembly,  to  rescue  them  from  the 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  105 

"  severe  sufferings  "  of  this  thrice-repeated  draught  from 
the  cup  of  Jehovah's  wrath  !  The  "  woman  and  the  beast 
of  scarlet  color  united  !  "  the  religious  and  military  char- 
acter of  which,  the  Archbishop  of  Paris  unconsciously 
denominates  a  "  mystery  :  "  aye,  and  such  a  mystery  as 
makes  any  church,  be  it  papal  or  protestant,  a  "  har- 
lot !  " 

So  also — as  the  sequel  has  shown — the  papal  "  har- 
lot "-rider  of  this  "  scarlet-colored  beast,"  knew  but  little 
of  those  ulterior  purposes  which  lay  concealed  beneath 
the  external  "  material  aid  "  vouchsafed  her  at  his  hand. 
She  saw  not  that  his  ambition  for  personal  aggrandize- 
ment was  the  all-inspiring  motive  which  induced  his  in- 
tervention in  her  behalf;  and  that,  having  used  her  to 
that  end,  he  would  despoil  her  of  the  last  remaining 
shred  of  her  secular  power. 

But,  at  the  period  of  which  we  now  speak,  the  need- 
be  for  a  reciprocity  of  kindly  offices,  was  about  equally 
balanced.  Napoleon  had  fulfilled  his  part  of  the  contract 
toward  the  Pope  and  holy  church.  It  now  remained  for 
the  latter  to  fulfil  theirs.  It  was  a  time  of  crisis  in  Na- 
poleon's career  of  "  destiny !  "  On  the  one  hand,  the 
anti-papal  or  republican  revolutions  of  1830  and  1848 
were  composed  of  the  middling  classes,  called  bourgeois^ 
who,  associating  religion  and  the  priests  with  the  aris- 
tocracy, had  attempted  to  throw  off  the  papal  yoke  as 
antagonistic  to  liberty.  On  the  other  hand  were  the  so- 
cialists, who  denounced  all  religion  as  a  farce,  property 
a  robbery,  and  marriage  an  infamous  institution,  the 
modern  archetypes  of  the  spiritualists  of  our  day.  Then 
there  was  a  third  class,  the  priests  and  the  aristocracy, 
who,  had  they  possessed  the  power,  stood  ready  to  re- 
store the  Bourbon  dynasty. 

Now,  amid  this   whirlpool  of  national  commotion, 


106  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

Avhile  the  priests  and  the  aristocracy  were  for  the  restora- 
tion of  the  imperial  power,  the  infidel  extravagances  of 
the  socialists  alarmed  and  staggered  the  bourgeois.  It 
was  this  latter  circumstance,  therefore,  that  formed  the 
turning-point  at  which  Louis  Napoleon  could  seize  the 
reins  of  the  empire.  What  does  he  do  ?  Just  this.  He 
conciliates  the  priests,  by  restoring  the  Pope.  This  se- 
cures their  cooperation,  and  through  them,  he  gains  the 
assent  of  the  aristocracy,  who,  with  the  bourgeois,  pre- 
ferred a  [N'APOLEomc  dynasty  to  the  anarchy  of  social- 
ism. Accordingly,  when  the  time  arrived,  the  clergy  of 
France  went  in  a  body  for  Louis  Napoleon  as  Empeeor 
OP  France  !  They  exhorted  the  faithful  to  vote  for 
him,  and  though  the  election  took  place  on  the  Sabbath, 
they  led  the  people  to  the  polls,  bearing  the  banner  of 
the  cross  before  them  ! 

Thus,  then,  through  these  combined  agencies,  the 
revived  seventh  Napoleonic  head  of  the  Franco-Roman 
empire  "  «5."  It  has  been  "  fished  up  from  the  casket  of 
the  abyss  to  the  astonishment  of  the  world,"  and  is  seen 
as  the  "  scarlet-colored  beast "  with  "  two  horns  like  a 
lamb,  and  speaking  as  a  dragon  " — Miiller's  "  tame  eagle  " 
joined  with  the  "  Corsican  wolf" — and  the  "great  har- 
lot," papal  Rome,  "  sitting  upon  his  back  !  " 

So  far,  therefore,  we  submit,  the  fulfilment  of  this 
prophecy,  as  it  respects  the  seventh  slain  and  revived 
headship  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire,  is  perfect  in  all 
its  parts. 

There  is,  however,  another  fact  in  this  connection,  in 
close  alliance  with  the  future  destiny  of  this  wonderful 
man,  Louis  Napoleon  III.,  which  calls  for  special  remark, 
inasmuch  as  it  holds  an  intimate  relation  to  the  prophet- 
ico-historical  developments  of  his  complex  career  as  the 
re'vdved  seventh  and  eighth  headships.     The  fact  here  aJ- 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  107 

luded  to  has  reference  to  one  important  feature  of  his 
political  character,  as  deiveloped  in  his  alliance  with 
Italian  affiiirs,  as  that  upon  which  is  dependent  \\\?,  trans- 
fer from  his  present  seventh  to  his  eighth  headship.  In 
bringing  out  this  fact,  w^e  ask  : 

What  evidence  have  we  that  the  Italians,  in  ridding 
themselves  thus  far  of  the  temporal  power  of  the  pope- 
dom, have  placed  themselves  under  the  monarchy  of  Vic- 
tor Emanuel  from  choice !  So  far  from  it,  the  fact  in 
regard  to  them  is,  that  throughout  the  entire  peninsula 
they  are  at  heart  republicax.  There  is,  in  Italy,  a  se- 
cret society  called  the  Carhoari^  which  has  for  its  ob- 
ject the  overthi'ow  of  despotism  in  Europe.  This  organ- 
ization is  one  of  great  power.  A  European  correspond- 
ent of  one  of  the  Kew  York  journals,  in  referring  to  it  in 
1858,  says : 

"  Immediately  after  the  French  Kevolution  of  1830,  there  were  a 
series  of  outbreaks  throughout  the  Roman  territory.  They  were  the 
work  of  the  Carbonari,"  etc.  To  this  he  adds,  "  This  society  never  for- 
gives a  renegade  member."  He  also  states  that  the  present  Pope  (Pius 
IX.)  and  the  late  King  Charles  Albert,  are  active  members  of  it. 

And  so,  while,  in  the  establishment  of  a  constitutional 
monarchy  in  Piedmont,  Victor  Emanuel  has  achieved 
what  his  royal  father  failed  to  accomplish,  and  which 
success,  as  we  shall  see,  was  the  work  of  the  Carbonari ; 
Pius  IX.,  who  disappointed  their  hopes  in  completing  the 
reforms  with  which  he  commenced  his  pontificate,  is  by 
them  expelled  from  Rome  ! 

But  this  same  writer  informs  us,  that, 

"  In  the  Roman  legation,  the  present  emperor  [of  Franco,  Louis 
Napoleon  III.]  and  his  brother,  who  died  during  the  insurrection,  were 
actively  engaged,"  and  that  "  they  were  both  sworn  members  of  the 
Carbonari" 


108  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPIIECY. 

How,  then,  it  may  be  asked,  conld  Louis  Napoleon 
reconcile  the  obligations  growing  out  of  his  relationship 
to  this  society  of  republicans,  witli  his  restoration  of  the 
Pope  to  Rome  ?  He  could  not :  and  for  this  act  of  per- 
fidy on  his  part,  Louis  Napoleon  was  tried  by  the  chiefs 
of  the  society,  was  formally  condemned  to  death,  and  re- 
ceived notice  of  the  doom  to  which  he  was  consigned. 
This  is  the  real  secret  of  all  those  murderous  attempts  of 
Italians  on  the  Emperor's  life.  The  assassin  Orsini,  who 
was  beheaded  in  France  in  1858,  was  only  seeking  to 
carry  out  the  decree  of  the  chiefs  of  the  Carbonari,  of 
which  he  was  one.  Thousands  of  others  were  prepared 
to  fall  as  martyrs  in  the  same  cause.  And  yet,  Louis 
Napoleox  lives  ! 

Now,  how  is  this  to  be  accounted  for  ?  The prmiari/ 
cause,  we  reply,  was,  that  his  fall  would  have  defeated  a 
most  important  feature  in  the  unfulfilled  prophetic  des- 
tiny which  had  been  marked  out  for  him.  Hence,  under 
the  overruling  providence  of  the  Most  High,  the  second- 
ary cause  was,  that  the  Carbonari,  having  resolved  to 
rid  themselves  of  the  papal  yoke,  compounded  the  matter 
with  the  Emperor,  by  absolving  him  from  the  death- 
penalty,  071  the  condition  that  he  ivould  give  liberty  to 
Italy!  The  compromise  was  a  fearful  one.  Napoleon 
must  fight  for  Italian  liberty,  or  he  must  die  !  Of  the 
two  alternatives,  he  chose  the  former.  The  result  is 
before  us.  If,  at  this  time  (August,  1865),  we  except 
Rome  and  Venice,  all  Italy  is  feee.  Aye,  and  by  the 
concession  of  Europe  and  the  v/orld,  the  possession  of 
that  freedom  by  Italy,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  is  the 
fruit  of  the  Imperial  pledge  to  the  Carbonari. 

Nor  are  we  to  infer  from  the  existing  union  of  this 
revived  seventh  Franco-Roman  head  with  the  harlot- 
rider  that  bestrides  his  back,  or  any  of  the  acts  of  either 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  100 

as  growiDg  out  of  that  anomalous  relation,  that  Napoleon 
III.  has  any  love  to  the  papal  power,  spiritual  or  tem- 
poral, only  so  far  as  it  may  be  made  to  subserve  his  am- 
bitious designs  in  the  ultimate  establishment  of  a  Latin 
UNIVERSAL  DYNASTY.  For,  in  followiug  out  his  "Na- 
poleonic Idea "  as  "  the  great  pacificator,"  one  would 
suppose  that  he  had,  by  his  restoration  of  the  Pope  to 
Rome,  overlooked  his  membership  with  the  Italian  Car- 
bonari, or  that  he  had  forgotten  the  peril  to  which  he 
would  expose  himself  by  that  act ;  yet  it  is  clear  that  he 
did  not  forget  that  he  was  "  the  man  op  destiny."  In  a 
word,  we  mean  to  say,  that,  despite  the  continual  oscilla- 
tions which  have  marked  the  policy  of  this  strange  man, 
in  mind  and  in  heart  he  is  a  republican.  It  is  upon  this 
political  theory  that  he  relies  to  bear  him  onward  to  the 
highest  pinnacle  of  his  gigantic  aspirations.  This  con- 
viction is  fastening  itself  upon  the  minds  of  thinking  men 
on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  more  and  more  every  day. 
We  are  not  surprised,  therefore,  to  find  the  following 
statement  from  a  "  correspondent "  of  the  JST.  Y.  Trib- 
une^ May  6,  1859.     He  says  of  Napoleon  III.  : 

"His  popularity  in  Italy  and  France  is  unbounded,  in  spite  of  the 
opposition  of  the  Orleanlst  and  Legitimist,  and  the  moneyed  world.  .  . 
The  Republicayis  admit,  that  the  Emperor  is  now,  for  once,  just  and 
generous.  Should  he  remain  true  to  his  proclamation,"  i.  e.,  in  regard 
to  his  liberation  of  Italy  from  the  Austrian  yoke — "  it  will  be  a  great 
step  toward  the  reconciliation  of  liberal  France.  Nobody  can  guess  his 
future  plans,  but  he  tries  to  surround  himself  with  men  of  liberal  prin- 
ciples, and  arouses  hopes  of  a  better  future." 

Since  1859,  whatever  may  be  said  of  his  draconic  ut- 
terances, or  his  acts  as  the  "  Corsican  wolf,"  yet  his  char- 
acter as  the  "great  pacificator" — the  "beast  with  two 
hoiTis  like  a  lamb," — has  decidedly  predominated.     This 


110  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

may  be  gathered  from  his  advice  to  the  Bourbon  king, 
Francis  Joseph  XL,  to  flee  from  Gaeta ;  his  removal  of 
the  French  naval  fleet  from  that  port ;  the  proposal  of 
his  government,  with  that  of  others,  that  Austria  should 
cede  Venice  to  Victor  Emanuel,  for  a  consideration ;  and 
the  recent  grant  of  enlarged  liberty  to  the  French  press, 
etc.,  etc. 

Again.  We  have  spoken  of  the  prestige  of  Napoleon 
III.  Take  the  foUovring  incident  in  illustration.  Soon 
after  his  humiliation  of  Austria,  on  the  battle-field  of 
Italy,  he  was  actually  rendered  an  object  of  idolatrous 
homage.  Yes,  it  is  a  fact,  that,  in  view  of  the  valor  of 
his  arms,  and  his  incomparable  statesmanship  as  displayed 
in  carrying  out  the  treaty  of  peace  at  Villafranca,  the 
Italians  of  Florence,  infatuated  by  the  glory  which  had 
signalized  his  career,  put  in  circulation  the  following 
parody  on  the  apostle's  creed : 

'■'■Suffered  under  the  Orleans,  reviled,  arrested,  imprisoned.  De- 
scended from  the  fortress  of  Ham,  thence  resuscitated  from  civil  death. 

"  Rose  to  the  presidency  of  the  French  Republic ;  sits  upon  the 
throne  of  Napoleon  the  Great. 

"  From  thence  has  come  to  judge  the  living  Italians  and  the  dead 
Austrians. 

"  /  believe  in  the  constitutional  reign  of  Victor  Emanuel,  in  the  Holy 
Italian  League,  in  the  return  of  all  emigrants,  and  in  the  life  of  brother- 
hood eternal." 

More  than  this.  From  the  pulpit  of  the  church  of 
Kotre  Dame  in  Paris,  this  very  man  has  been  already 
proclaimed  a  greater  than  Jesus  Christ!  And  so  far 
from  his  having  rebuked  the  fanatical  zeal  of  his  admir- 
ers, and  spurned  such  "blasphemy,"  Napoleon  listened 
to  the  above  paraphrase  on  the  apostle's  creed  when  ad- 
dressed to  hiin  with  the  greatest  pleasure,  and  actually 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PJBOPHECY.  Ill 

rewarded  his  Parisian  pulpit  eulogist  with  the  presenta- 
tion of  a  valuable  gold  snuff-box  ! 

What,  then,  may  we  not  expect  of  him  ere  the  close 
of  his  career  ?     We  shall  see. 

We  now  observe  that,  impelled  onward  under  the 
influence  of  this  unbridled  ambition  and  lust  of  power,  it 
is  undeniable  that  this  Napoleonic  "  star  of  destiny  "  is 
noio  in  the  ascendant.  This,  we  submit,  is  evident  from 
the  results  which  have  followed,  since  his  union  icith  his 
harlot  rider.  It  will  be  interesting  to  take  a  bird's-eye 
glance  at  the  comprehensiveness  of  this  grand  programme 
of  his  military  and  naval  schemes. 

"  We  see  one  max,  all-powerful  and  all-accomphshed, 
completing  the  circumvallation  of  the  globe.  While  he 
is  perfecting  his  armaments,  he  is  equally  perfecting  his 
lines.  Beginning  at  Rome  and  Paris — the  centres  of 
empire — he  is  drawing  a  cordon  round  the  world. 
France,  Savoy,  the  Alps,  Rome,  Italy,  Corsica,  Sicily, 
Tunis,  Greece,  Ionia,  Syria,  Egypt.  He  crosses  the  Isth- 
mus and  enters  the  Red  Sea.  Abyssinia,  Madagascar, 
Bourbon,  Cochin,  Cambodia,  China,'  follow  next.  He 
then  plunges  into  the  depths  of  the  Southern  ocean,  and 
grasps  New  Caledonia  and  Tahiti.  He  crosses  right 
through  the  Southern  ocean,  and  ascends  in  latitude  to 
Guiana,  the  French  West  Indies,  Mexico,  etc.  He  then 
crosses  the  Atlantic,  and  arrives  at  home,  after  the  com- 
pletion of  a  circle  of  twenty-five  thousand  miles.  He  then 
throws  out  his  connecting  lines,  and  draws  in  Spain  and 
Morocco  on  the  south;  Denmark,  Sweden,  and  Holland 


1  The  French  government  has  always  been  desirous  of  extending  its 
power  in  the  East.  Hcr.ce  the  Cochin-China  expedition.  They  are  not, 
however,  idle  iu  China  itself,  where  one  province,  that  of  Honan,  contain- 
ing a  population  oi  fourteen  millions^  is  said  to  be  anxious  to  place  itself 
under  French  "  protection." 


112  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

on  the  north.  He  traverses  the  zones  of  the  earth,  from 
the  south  temperate  zone  to  the  arctic  ch'cle.  Along  this 
vast  circumference,  every  spot  that  we  have  named  is 
subject  to  his  influence — some  by  strict  alliance^  some  by 
ye«r,  some  as  lyromnces  of  his  empire,  and  all  by  inter- 
est. He  calls  to  his  aid  the  master  passions  of  the 
human  breast,  ambition  and  revenge ;  and  holds  to  each 
its  object  until  his  own  objects  have  been  gained.  In 
this  immense  circle  each  point  is  so  arranged  as  to  sup- 
port the  other.  He  disposes  his  alHances  with  military 
precision,  and  by  strategic  rules.  Every  j)osition  he  has 
seized  upon  commands  some  vital  point.  Savoy  com- 
mands Italy  ;  Egypt  commands  the  highway  to  the  East; 
his  American  alliances  command  the  British  possessions  • 
Spain  commands  the  Straits  ;  Denmark  tlie  Baltic  ;  ISTew 
Caledonia  is  the  outwork  against  Austraha.  Observe  the 
military  skill  of  these  arrangements.  There  is  nothing 
isolated,  nothing  left  unsupported.  And  at  each  of  these 
points  he  has  a  military  or  naval  force,  either  his  own  or 
his  allies',  ready  at  a  signal  to  cooperate  with  the  next. 
Are  these  things  merely  accidental  ?  Are  they  a  childish 
display  of  power  ?  They  are  parts  of  one  vast  scheme, 
the  object  of  which  is  universal  empire  !  .  .  And 
this  grand  and  comprehensive  scheme  is  so  arranged,  that 
no  one  of  his  allies  shall  be  able  to  overshadow  him,  nor 
will  any  one  at  any  single  point  be  stronger  than  himself 
He  has  their  cooperation,  while  he  precludes  their  com- 
bination. The  aggregate  of  his  allies  is  greater  than 
that  of  France  ;  yet  France  is  stronger  than  any  one  of 
them  at  any  determined  point ;  so  that  he  carries  out 
with  nations  the  military  principles  of  the  first  Napoleon 
when  dealing  with  armies."  ^ 

»  Napoleon  III.  and  his  schemes,  by  Rev.  R.  Purdon,  of  Englaud. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  113 

And  we  now  add,  that  this  stui^endous  scheme  of 
universal  empire  is  but  the  exponent  of  his  great 
'-'- Napoleonic  Idea''''  as  "the  Pacificator  of  nations." 
And,  taken  in  connection  with  the  fact  of  his  republican 
character  and  policy  as  a  member  of  the  Italian  Carbon- 
ari, when  he  shall  have  accomplished  his  purposes  as 
growing  out  of  his  present  alliances  with  the  papacy  and 
other  powers  ;  the  way  will  be  prepared  for  the  display 
of  those  prophetico-historic  events,  preparatory  to  his 
transfer  from  the  revived  secular  seventh,  to  that  of  his 
politico-religious  eighth  headship. 

And  finally,  how  far  he  is  proximately  removed  from 
that  consummation  of  the  prophecy  respecting  him,  may 
be  inferred  from  the  following  editorial  in  the  '•'•  Neio 
York  Tribu7ie  "  of  August  9,  1865  : 

"  The  time  has  passed  when  Paris  exercised  the  '  power  to  lead  the 
will  of  a  mighty  nation,  or  to  crown  or  discrown  monarchs.'  Those  who 
read  the  lessons  of  the  recent  elections  properly,  will  see  in  the  results 
the  rebellion  of  the  reactionary  party  in  France  against  centralization 
of  Paris  and  Parisian  influence.  We  have  never  particularly  fancied 
the  French  emperor.  .  .  "We  may  call  him  a  step  from  Bourhonism 
to  Repuhlicanism.  .  .  If  the  European  powers  had  permitted  the 
First  Napoleon  to  work  his  way,  France  would  have  been  in  a  proper 
condition  for  freedom  long  ago.  That  work  the  present  Napoleon  is 
doing.  The  centrahzation  of  power  under  the  Bourbons  made  Paris  the 
embodiment  of  French  political  thought.  .  .  We  never  had  much 
confidence  in  Paris.  Her  Republicanism  is  Uke  the  foam  of  her  own 
champagne — pleasant,  creamy,  effervescing,  but  ephemeral  and  transi- 
tory. .  .  No  gi-eat  city  has  the  right  to  speak  a  nation's  thought,  nor 
to  aggrandize  the  political  power  of  the  people.  .  .  If  New  York 
had  been  to  America  what  Paris  is  to  France,  this  republic  would  have 
pronounced  for  Davis  as  President  in  1861,  and  our  liberties  would 
have  ended  as  rapidly  as  the  liberties  of  France  in  the  memorable  days 
of  December. 

The  policy  of  Napoleon  has  been  to  restrain  Paris  and  rest  his 
poiver  on  the  people.  He  appeals  to  the  pride  of  the  people  as  the  heir 
of  a  great  name,  and  he  protects  and  fosters  their  interests.      .     .     Be- 


114  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

fore  we  can  have  true  liberty  in  France,  the  people  must  escape  from 
the  thraldom  of  Paris.  Their  only  escape  is  in,  Napoleon^  and  so  long 
as  he  remains  on  his  good  behavior,  they  trust  him  and  vote  for  him 
and  keep  his  throne  intact.  So  long  as  his  people  stand  by  and  sustain 
him,  he  can  afford  to  leave  Paris  to  his  gendarmes  and  secret  policemen, 
his  architects  and  painters.  This  course  of  treatment  will  finally  bring 
good  results.  Napoleon,  in  spite  of  himself,  is  making  the  people  of 
France  more  and  more  self-dependent  and  prepared  for  liberty.  Every 
blow  at  the  political  pretensions  of  Paris  strengthens  Lyons,  Marseilles, 
and  Toulon.  When  the  time  comes  for  the  next  rising  in  behalf  of 
liberty,  it  will  not  be  confined  to  the  Boulevards  and  Faubourgs.   France 

HAS  SHOWN  THAT  SHE    HAS    MEN    CAPABLE  OF  OVERTHROWING  EMPIRES  AND 

CHANGING  DYNASTIES.  She  has  Hcvcr  yet  shown  the  power  of  self-gov- 
ernment. We  live  in  the  hope  that  that  power  is  coming  to  her,  and 
the  recent  election  shows  that  our  hope  is  being  realized!''' 

Aye,  Mr.  Editor,  and  that  coming  power  is  nearer 
realization  than  their  or  your  philosophy  dreams  of.  And, 
when  it  comes,  you  will  better  understand  the  so-called 
"  good  results  "  of  the  Napoleonic  bule  ! 

But  of  this  in  our  next  chapter. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

LOmS  NAPOLEON  III.  CONTINUED — THE  EIGHTH  APOCALYP- 
TIC SYMBOLIC  HEAD  OF  THE  UNIVEBSAL  LATIN  EMPIRE, 
OE   THE   LAST   ANTICHRIST. 

SECTION    I. 

THE   PROPHETICO-HISTORIC   RISE,  CAREER,  AND  FINAL   DOOM  OF  THIS  GREAT 
APOCALYPTIC    ANTICHRISTIAN    POWER. 

"We  now  proceed  to  treat  of  the  eighth  apocalyptic 
HEAD.     The  prophet  says  (Rev.  xvii.  8-10)  : 

"  And  the  beast  that  was,  and  is  not,  and  yet  is,  even  he  is  the  eighth, 
and  is  of  the  seven,  and  goeth  into  perdition." 

Fearfully  portentous  and  comprehensive  >yords ! 
"  Why  ?  "  perhaps  you  will  say,  "  as  they  relate  to  the 
future,  Avhat  can  we  know  of  their  significancy  ?  "  The 
answer  is,  "  ISTothing,  if  the  Apocalypse,  like  the  visions  of 
Daniel,  were  commanded  when  written  to  be  '  closed  up 
and  sealecV''^  ^  But,  so  far  from  this,  even  the  sealing  of 
the  visions  of  that  book  was  not  designed  to  be  perpetual. 
It  was  only  to  be  "  closed  up  till  the  time  of  the  end.''''  ^ 
And  though  the  length  of  that  period  was  not  chrono- 

1  Dan.  xii.  8,  9.  «  lb.  v.  9. 


116  POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHECY. 

logically  designated  by  "the  Father,  who  hath  put  the 
times  or  seasons  in  his  own  power; "  ^  yet  we  know  that 
the  Danielle  "  closed  "  book  was  02:)ened  at  the  penning 
of  the  Apocalypse  by  St.  John  on  the  isle  of  Patmos  in 
A.  D.  96.  Its  very  name  imports  the  uncovering  or  laying 
open  of  things  previously  hidden.  And  so  in  chapter  v. 
1-7,  we  read  that  the  apostle  "  saw  in  the  right  hand  of 
Him  that  sat  upon  the  throne  a  booJc,  written  within  and 
on  the  back  side,  sealed  ivitJi  seven  seals.  And  he  wept 
much,  because  no  man  in  heaven  or  earth  or  imder  the 
earth  was  able  to  open  the  book  or  to  look  thereon." 
But  "  one  of  the  elders  said  unto  him,  Weep  not :  behold, 
in  the  midst  of  the  throne,  etc.,  stood  a  Lamb  as  it  had 
been  slain,"  even  "  the  lion  of  the  tribe  of  Judah, 
THE  eoot  OF  David  :  and  He  came,  and  took  the  book 
out  of  the  right  hand  of  Him  who  sat  upon  the  throne, 
and  prevailed  to  open  the  book,  and  to  loose  the  seven 
seals  thereof!  " 

If  to  this  it  be  objected,  that  the  "book"  here  spoken 
of  is  not  the  book  of  Daniel,  inasmuch  as  that  book  is  not 
said  to  have  been  "  sealed  with  seven  seals,"  we  reply, 
that  the  number  "  seven,"  in  Scripture,  is  generally  used 
to  denote  perfection,  and  in  this  place  denotes  the  com- 
pleteness with  which  the  prior  secret  things  in  that 
"  book  "  are  now  laid  open.  Hence,  as  we  liaA-e  said — 
and  this  is  conceded  by  all  expositors — that  the  symbol- 
ic imagery  of  the  Apocalypse,  though  more  full,  and  set 
forth  in  hierophantic  drapery  differing  in  form  from  that 
of  Daniel,  is  nevertheless  syncliTonic  icith  and  expository 
of,  the  things  contained  in  that  book.  Accordingly  it  is 
declared  to  be  "  The  revelation  of  Jesus  Christ,  which 
God  gave  unto  Him,  to  show  unto  His  servants  things 

'  Acts  i.  6, 1, 


POIXriCAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  117 

which  must  shortly  come  to  pass ;  and  He  sent  and 
signified  it  by  His  angel  mito  His  servant  John."  '  And 
hence  the  benediction — "  Blessed  is  he  that  readeth,  and 
they  that  hear  the  words  of  this  prophecy,  and  keep  those 
things  w^hich  are  written  therein :  for  the  time  is  at 
hand." ' 

We  must  therefore  insist,  that  all  who,  under  what- 
ever pretext,  talk  of  the  obscurity  and  unintelligibleness 
of  this  book  in  justification  of  their  neglect  to  study  its 
contents,  virtually  ignore  it  as  a  part  of  God's  inspired 
word,  even  that  "  more  sure  word  of  prophecy "  to 
which  St.  Peter  declares  that  "we  ail  do  well  to  take 
heed^  as  unto  a  light  which  shineth  in  a  dark  place."  ^  It 
is  to  "  take  aicay  frorn  the  words  of  the  book  of  this 
prophecy,"  the  which,  "  if  any  man  "  do,  that  tremendous 
penalty  will  surely  follow :  "  God  shall  take  away  his 
part  out  of  the  book  of  life,  and  out  of  the  holy  city, 
and  from  the  things  which  are  written  in  this  book."* 
And  so  of  those  wdio,  to  support  a  favorite  theory,  by 
their  false  glosses  or  interpretations  "  shall  add  unto 
these  things,  God  shall  add  unto  him  the  plagues  that  are 
written  in  this  book."  "* 

But  to  return  to  the  subject  in  hand.  We  have  said 
that  "  prophecy  is  history  anticipated."  Also,  that  "  his- 
tory is  prophecy  verified."  And,  you  are  ready  to  con- 
cede the  exposition  and  application  of  prophecy  to  any 
event  or  series  of  events  as  true,  when  their  fidfilment 
can  be  shown  to  have  been  demonstrated  by  authentic 
history ;  while,  in  regard  to  unfulfilled  prophecy,  you 
demur.  It  is  presumption,  you  think,  to  venture  on  this 
ground.     But  we  deferentially  ask :  If  a  prophecy  of  a 


1  Rev.  i.  1.  3  Ibid.  v.  3.  8  2  Pet.  i.  19. 

*  Rev.  xxii.  19.  5  jUd,  r.  18. 


118  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

certain  event  or  person  or  country  cannot  be  understood 
before  it  is  fulfilled,  how  are  we  to  know  when^  in  whom^ 
or  where  it  is  fulfilled  ?  To  defer,  therefore,  its  inter- 
pretation until  it  is  historically  verified,  by  leaving  those 
who  are  interested  in  it  in  ignorance  of  its  meaning  and 
intent,  it  passes  by  unheeded,  because  unrecognized  by 
them.  Hence  the  lamentation  of  Jesus  over  the  Jewish 
nation,  consequent  of  their  having  overlooked  all  those 
prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament  which  pointed  Him  out 
to  them  as  their  Messiah  : — "  If  thou  hadst  known,  even 
thou,  in  this  thy  day,  the  things  which  belong  unto  thy 
peace  :  but  now  they  are  hid  from  thine  eyes  !  "  ^  That 
judicial  blindness  of  mind  followed,  which  resulted  in 
their  rejection  and  crucifixion  of  the  Son  of  God  !  And 
so  also  our  Lord's  reproof  of  His  own  disciples,  for  their 
7ieglect  to  "  take  heed "  to  those  prophecies  which  an- 
nounced his  resurrection  and  future  kingdom,  etc.  "  Oh 
fools,  and  slow  of  heart  to  believe  all  that  the  prophets 
have  spoken  concerning  me."  ^  No,  "  history  is  prophecy 
verified,"  only  in  the  sense  that  it  is  a  record  of  it.  And 
yet  we  hear  it  constantly  reiterated  from  the  pulpit,  that 
"  prophecy  can  only  be  understood  when  it  is  fulfilled.^'' 
Than  which,  no  greater  and  more  fatally  ruinous  Satanic 
delusion  was  ever  palmed  upon  the  church  of  God  ! 

Accept  this,  then,  as  our  apology  for  entering  upon 
an  exposition  of  the  unfulfilled  prophecy  now  before  us. 
Let  me  assure  you,  that  we  of  this  day,  as  including  all 
the  nations  of  the  earth,  the  church  of  God,  and  as  indi- 
'vdduals,  have  an  interest  in  it.  We  may  fail  to  convince 
you  of  this.  With  God  alone  "  is  the  residue  of  the 
spirit."  The  angel  who  "  talked  "  with  St.  John  on  the 
subject  relating  to  this  eighth  head,  declared,  "  here  is 

«  Luke  xix.  42.  2  /^^v/.  xsiv.  25. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  119 

the  mind  lohich  hath  wisdo7n : "  ^.  e.,  to  understand  it. 
That  wisdom  cometh  only  from  above.  In  regard  to 
ourself,  all  we  ask  is,  "  hear,  before  you  strike." 

To  proceed.  "We  claim  to  have  demonstrated,  that 
Napoleox  I.  was  the  last  of  the  seven  heads  of  the 
Roman  beast,  as  emperor  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire, 
which  head,  having  been  slain  by  the  sword  of  military 
violence  after  ''  continuing  a  short  space,"  reappeared  in 
the  person  of  his  nephew,  Louis  Napoleon  III.,  as  the 
same  seventh  head  revived.  But  the  angel  speaks  of  an 
eighth  head, — not,  mark,  of  the  Roman  beast,  for  he  has 
only  seven — ^biit  as  being  "  of  the  seven^'^  in  the  sense  of 
origin  or  source,  as  in  the  Greek,  Ik  tCjv  cTrrd  ia-Tiy  i.  e.,  out 
of  or  from,  the  seven. 

The  meaning,  therefore,  can  only  be,  that  the  revived 
seventh  and  eighth  headships,  centre  in  and  belong  to 
the  same  person.  In  no  sense  can  the  eighth  head  (as 
Mr.  Faber  and  others  affirm),  be  said  to  be  "  one  of  the 
seven."  By  no  arithmetical  process  can  you  make  seven 
count  eight.  Nor  is  the  prophecy  to  be  understood  to 
teach  that  the  funcfio7is  of  the  revived  seventh  and 
eighth  headships  are  so  imited  hito  ofie,  as  that  they  are 
exercised  simidtaneoiisly . 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  show,  agreeably  to  the  tenor 
of  the  prophecies  respecting  this  eighth  head  when  taken 
as  a  whole,  that  the  circumstance  of  this  revived  seventh 
head  being  connected  with  the  same  person  who  is  ac- 
counted an  eighth,  arises  from  the  fact  of  the  mutation 
which  it  is  destined  to  undergo.  In  analogy  to  the  mu- 
tations of  the  beast  with  seven  heads  and  ten  horns, 
which  first  appears  with  seven  crowns  upon  its  heads  ; 
then  with  the  crowns  transferred  to  its  ten  horns,  while 
upon  its  heads  is  inscribed  the  name  of  blasphemy  ;  and 
then  without  crowns,  as  the  scarlet-colored  beast  with  its 


120  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY. 

body  full  of  names  of  blasphemy,  etc ; — which  symbols 
denoted  the  successive  changes  of  the  same  heast  from  its 
Pagan,  through  the  various  stages  of  its  Papal  anti chris- 
tian forms,  while  each  were  entirely  separate  and  distinct 
from  the  other  : — so  here.  It  is  the  revived  seventh  head 
relinquishing  its  merely  secular  power,  for  that  of  an 
absolute  politico-religious  headship. 

It  follows,  therefore, — unless  what  we  have  said  of 
Louis  Napoleon  III.  as  the  revived  seventh  head  of  the 
Franco-Roman  empire  can  be  disproved — that  when  he 
shall  have  fully  run  his  course  and  accomplished  his 
"  destiny  "  as  the  secular  sovereign  of  that  empire,  he 
will  appear  upon  the  prophetical  platform  as 

AN  EIGHTH  HEAD,  OR  THE  LEADER  OP  THE  LAST  GREAT 
DEMOCRATIC  POLITICO -RELIGIOUS  CONFEDERACY  OF 
THE  ANTICHRISTIAN  NATIONS,  AGAINST  THE  ABRA- 
HAMIC  JEWISH  RACE  AND  THE  GENTILE  CHRISTIAN 
CHURCH. 

In  Other  words,  we  mean  to  say,  that  under  this  new 
and  distinct  form  of  the  symbolic  eighth  headship,  Napo- 
leon in.  is  designated  in  this  prophecy  as  none  other 
than  St.  Paul's  "  man  of  sin  and  son  of  perdition  " — 
for  the  "  angel "  declares  of  this  "  eighth  "  head,  that  he 
"  goeth  hito  perdition  " — even  he  "  who  opposeth  and 
exalteth  himself  above  all  that  is  called  God,  or  that  is 
worshipped ;  so  that  he  as  God,  sitteth  in  the  temple  of 
God,  showing  himself  that  he  is  God.  .  .  Even  him, 
whose  coming  is  after  the  working  of  Satan  with  all 
power  and  signs  and  lying  wonders,  and  with  all  deceiv- 
ableness  of  unrighteousness  in  them  that  perish  ;  because 
they  received  not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they  might 
be  saved.     And  for  this  cause,"  adds  the  apostle,  "  God 


FOLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY.  121 

shall  send  tliem  strong  delusion,  that  they  should  believe 
a  lie  ;  that  they  all  might  be  damned  who  believe  not  the 
truth,  but  have  i^leasure  in  unrighteousness."  '  In  a  word, 
the  Holy  Spirit,  in  this  prophecy  and  that  of  the  apoca- 
lyi^se,  points  us  to  him,  in,  through,  and  by  whom,  as  the 
"eighth"  head,  "the  dragon,  which  is  the  Devil  and 
Satan,"  will  openly  and  visibly  manifest  himself  as  the 
LAST  Antioheist,  or  the  Devil  ixcaenated — alias  hu- 

MAKITY  deified  ! 

Nor  should  we  overlook  in  this  connection  those  por- 
tentous words  of  the  Lord  Jesus  : — I  am  come  in  my 
Father'' s  name^  and  ye  eeceive  me  not  :  if  another  shall 
come  in  his  oiun  naine^  him  ye  loill  received  "^  It  will  be 
well  here  to  call  to  mind  the  IN'apoleonic  pres^^'^e  of  the 
"  nephew,"  as  derived  from  that  of  the  "  uncle  ; "  and 
also  the  full-length  portrait  already  given  of  his  incom- 
parably peculiar  intellectual  and  moral  characteristics ;  ^ 
than  which,  no  attributes  can  be  conceived  as  centring  in 
any  ojie  man^  better  fitted  to  realize  all  that  is  implied 
in  Christ's  prophecy  as  above,  concerning  "  him  who  is 
to  come  in  his  own  name." 

One  other  prophecy  we  must  here  advert  to,  before 
passing  on.  It  relates  to  the  f.nal  doom  of  this  Anti- 
christ and  his  democratico-infidel  confederacy,  and  the 
AGENT  by  whom  it  will  be  effected.  When  "  that  wicked 
shall  be  revealed,"  says  St.  Paul,  "  the  lord  shall  con- 
sume him  by  the  spirit  of  His  mouth,  and  destroy  him  by 
tlie  brightness  of  His  (Trapovo-ta,  i.  e.,  personal)  coming."'  " 
We  here  remark  by  the  Avay,  that  the  word  irapova-La, 
w^herever  used  in  the  Xew  Testament,  and  to  whomso- 
ever applied,  always  means  a  personal^  and  not  a  figura- 

>  2  Thess.  ii.  3,  4,  and  verses  9-12.  =  John  v.  43, 

a  See  pages  83-86.  *  2  Thess.  ii.  8. 

G 


122  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF    PEOPHECY. 

• 

tive  coming.  The  Trapovcna  or  coming  of  St.  Paul's  "  man 
of  sin  and  son  of  perdition  "  or  the  last  Antichrist,  will 
be  a  personal  coming.  And  the  same  word,  Trapovaia^ 
being  applied  to  the  "  coming  "  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
that  coming  also  must  be  jpersonal. 

If,  then,  these  prophetico-historic  statements  concern- 
ing this  wonderful  man,  Louis  Napoleon  IIL,  can  be  sus- 
tained by  the  legitimate  laws  of  interpretation,  they  will 
not  only  furnish  us  with  renewed  cause  of  praise  and 
adoration  for  the  disclosures  of  that  infinite  wisdom  which, 
"knowing  the  end  from  the  beginning,"  hath  prophetic- 
ally designated  the  very  per 807i  with  whom  is  to  close  the 
work  of  persecution  of  the  church  and  people  of  God, 
Jewish  and  Christian,  commeyiced  by  his  ancestral  proto- 
type, the  Babylonish  head  of  gold,  more  than  2,500  years 
ago,  and  which  has  been  continued  by  the  "  little  horn  " 
of  Papacy  and  its  Roman  ally;  but  will  prepare  all  those 
of  them  who  shall  be  exposed  to  it,  to  meet,  undaunted, 
that  season  of  unparalleled  tribulation  and  suffering  which, 
as  we  shall  see  in  the  proper  place,  will  mark  his  career 

as  the  EIGHTH  HEAD. 

We  are  aware  how  the  mind  instinctively  recoils  at 
the  thought,  that  tlie  7nan  should  now  he  living^  in  whom 
all  that  St.  Paul  and  others  of  the  prophets  have  spoken  of 
shall  be  verified  as  the  last  incarnated  Antichrist.  Hence 
the  denial,  by  some  writers,  of  a  future  personal  Anti- 
christ. This  denial  is  made  to  rest  upon  the  alleged 
identity^  first,  of  the  "little  horn"  of  Daniel's  fourth 
beast,  chap.  vii.  8,  with,  second,  the  "  little  horn  "  which 
sprang  out  of  one  of  the  four  notable  horns  of  Daniel's 
he-goat,  or  "  the  king  of  fierce  countenance,"  chap.  viii. 
8-19  ;  and  both  of  these,  third,  with  "  the  king  who  did 
according  to  his  will,"  as  described  in  chap.  xi.  31,  and 
verses  36-45  :  which  symbols  being  one  and  all  thus  in- 


POLITICAL    ECONOIVIY    OF   PROPHECY.  123 

discriminately  merged  into  the  scnne  power,  and  that 
power  declared  to  be  the  papacy,  they  have  interpreted 
the  hierophantic  imagery  employed  by  the  Holy  Spirit  to 
portray  their  separate  characters  and  exploits,  as  denoting 
the  same  things  AYith  those  of  the  eighth  apocalyptic 
head. 

N'ow,  it  is  by  thus  confounding  things  which  differ, 
that  the  subjects  of  God's  prophetic  w^ord  have  been  in- 
volved in  the  greatest  confusion  and  perplexity,  and  has 
caused  many  a  sincere  inquirer  after  truth  to  turn  from 
its  pursuit  in  disgust.  It  requires  but  a  cursory  glance  at 
the  passages  referred  to,  however,  in  order  to  see  that 
they  differ  in  their  origin,  in  the  places  and  times  of  their 
appearance,  in  their  exploits,  and  in  their  final  doom. 
The  "  little  horn  "  of  chap.  vii.  comes  up  among  the  "  ten 
horns "  of  Daniel's  nondescript  beast,  and  hence  is  of 
Roman  origin.  Its  characteristics,  having  eyes  as  the 
eyes  of  a  man,  and  a  mouth  speaking  great  things  against 
the  Most  High,  denote  the  Papacy  and  the  Popedom  of 
Pome,  w^hich  came  to  maturity  in  a.  d.  633.  And  it  is 
finally  destroyed  by  its  own  vassals,  the  ten  horns  of  the 
Roman  beast.  The  "little  horn"  of  chap,  viii.,  the 
"  king  of  fierce  countenance,"  on  the  other  hand,  is  of 
Arabian  origin,  having  sprung  from  that  province  as  one 
of  the  four  divisions  into  which  Alexander's  Greek  em- 
pire w^as  divided,  and  does  not  make  his  appearance  upon 
the  stage  until  about  eighty  years  after  that  of  the  little 
Roman  horn.  His  characteristics  clearly  mark  him  out 
as  the  Saracenic  or  Turco-Mohammedan  power.  And 
it  finally  falls  after  a  mysterious  manner,  being  "  broken 
without  hand ; "  or,  as  the  Apocalypse  represents  it, 
chap.  xvi.  12,  as  the  '•'•drying  up  of  the  mystical  Eu- 
phrates." And  as  to  the  last,  "  the  king  who  does  ac- 
cording to  his  will,"  he  is  neither  Roman  nor  Arabian. 


124  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

Having  subjugated  all  the  Latin  nations  to  his  despotic 
sway,  he  is  all  head.  His  characteristic  is,  that  "  he 
shall  exalt  himself,  and  magnify  himself  above  every  god, 
and  shall  speak  marvellous  things  against  the  God  of 
gods,"  etc.  This  neither  the  Pope  nor  Mohammed  have 
ever  done.  And  when  this  "  wilful  king  "  is  destroyed, 
it  will  be  by  the  personal  agency  of  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ.  Besides,  as  to  the  respective  fields  of  their  ex- 
ploits. That  of  the  "  little  horn  "  of  chap.  vii.  was  lim- 
ited to  the  'western  Roman  empire,  where  he  was  to  per- 
secute "  the  saints  of  the  Most  High  who  were  to  be 
given  into  his  hands."  That  of  the  "  little  horn "  of 
chap.  viii.  was  raised  up  as  a  scourge  for  the  punishment 
of  the  apostate  Eastern  or  Greek  branch  of  the  empire. 
While  that  of  the  "  v/ilful  king,"  alias,  the  last  Anti- 
christ, w^ill  be  extended  over  all  countries  throughout 
Christendom.  Having,  therefore,  thus  briefly  exposed 
the  fallacy  of  the  above  theory,  which  carries  with  it  the 
proof  that  the  coming  of  the  last  Antichrist  is  still  future^ 
v/e  shall  proceed  to  lay  open  what  "  the  mind  of  the 
spirit "  has  revealed  concerning  this  tremendous  power. 
We  shall  begin  with, 

THE  PEOPHETICO-HISTOmC  ETSE,  CAREER,  AND  DOOM  OF 
THE  APOCALYPTIC  EIGHTH  HEAD,  OR  THE  LAST  ANTI- 
CHRIST. 

I.     THE    CHRONOLOGICAL    PERIOD    ASSIGNED    FOR    HIS    AP- 
PEARANCE. 

We  must  here  premise,  that  the  career  of  the  ''  little 
liorn  "  of  the  Papacy,  as  a  spiritual  and  ecclesiastico-sec- 
ular  power,  and  the  Roman  body  politic,  as  a  civil  power, 
were  to  run  a  2)C(raUel  course^  from  the  time  of  the  ap- 


POLITICAL    ECONOl^rY    OF   PKOPHECY.  125 

pearance  of  the  former  upon  the  prophetical  stage.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  period  allotted  to  the  action  of  each  icas 
the  same.  The  saints  were  to  be  given  into  the  hands 
of  the  "  little  horn  "  of  the  Papacy,  "  imtil  a  tlme^  times, 
and  the  dividing  of  time^^  *  which,  as  a  prophetical  num-! 
ber,  when  deciphered,  amounts  to  1,2(10  years  of  lunar 
time ;  while  "  power  was  to  be  given  unto  the  seven- 
headed  and  ten-horned  beast "  as  inclusive  of  his  several 
mutations,  of  ''''forty  and  tioo  months^''''  ^  each  month  of 
30  days,  making  1,260  days,  "each  day"  reckoned  "for 
a  year."  ^  To  this  period,  however,  there  is  an  addi- 
tion of  two  shorter  dates.  It  is  to  be  explained  thus : 
Although  the  "  dominion^''  that  is,  the  ecclesiastico-secu- 
lar  power  of  the  "  little  horn  "  was  to  "  be  taken  away," 
yet  the  "  lives  "  of  the  ten  horns  or  kings  were  to  be 
"  prolonged  for  a  season  and  a  time^  *  Hence,  to  the 
1,200  years'  career  of  the  Papacy  is  added  30  years,  thus 
extending  it  first  to  1,290  ;  and  to  the  1,290  years  is  add- 
ed 45,  thus  extending  it  to  1,335  years  ;  which  last  num- 
ber spans  the  ichole  period  allotted  to  them. 

But  the  point  is,  to  determine  the  time  of  the  appear- 
ance of  the  "little  horn"  upon  the  stage  of  action. 
Chronologists  differ  in  regard  to  it,  the  variations  lying 
between  a.  d.  533  and  606.  We  adopt  the  former  date, 
viz.  533,  as  the  actual  commencement  of  the  "little 
horn's  "  career,  that  being  the  year  when,  by  the  edict 
of  the  Emperor  Justinian  as  a  successor  of  the  Roman 
Augustus  in  the  line  of  the  sixth  head  or  polity,  John  II., 
the  then  patriarch  of  Rome,  was  constituted  supreme 
PONTIFF  or  vicar  of  Jesus  Christ  on  earth  throughout 
Christendom. 

Inasmuch,  however,  as  the  1,260  years,  being  a  cardi- 

1  Dan.  vii.  25.  '  Rer.  xiii.  5.  '  Ezek.  iv.  G. 

*  Dan.  vii.  12.' 


126  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

7ial  prophetic  number,  is  that  on  which  hinges  the  time 
fixed  for  the  "  coming  "  of  the  last  Antichrist,  or  eighth 
head,  we  deem  it  indispensable  that  we  settle  the  ques- 
tion of  the  exact  year  when  it  commenced.  We  submit 
the  following  authentic  historical  data,  as  demonstrative 
that  that  year  was  a.  d.  533. 

The  principal  source  of  information  on  this  subject,  is 
derived  from  the  annals  of  Baronius,  the  chief  Romish 
ecclesiastical  historian.  "  Justiniak  being  about  to 
commence  the  Vandal  war,  an  entesj'prise  of  great  diffi- 
culty, was  anxious  previously  to  settle  the  religious  dis- 
putes of  his  capital,"  occasioned  by  the  increasing  preva- 
lence of  the  Nestorian  heresy,  to  which  the  emperor  was 
particularly  hostile.  Hence,  "  whether  through  anxiety 
to  purchase  the  suffrage  of  the  Koman  bishop,  the  patri- 
arch of  the  west,  whose  opinion  influenced  a  large  por- 
tion of  Christendom ;  or  to  give  irresistible  weight  to 
the  verdict  which  was  to  be  pronounced  in  his  own  favor, 
he  decided  the  precedency  which  had  been  contested  by 
the  bishops  of  Constantinople  from  the  foundation  of  the 
city ;  and,  in  the  fullest  and  most  unequivocal  form,  de- 
clared the  Bishop  of  Rome  the  chief  of  the  whole  ec- 
clesiastical body  of  the  emjDire.  His  letter  was  couched 
in  these  terms  : 

"Justinian,  pious,  fortunate,  renowned,  triumphant,  emperor,  con- 
sul, etc.,  to  John,  the  most  holy  Archbishop  of  our  city  of  Rome,  and 
Patriarch. 

"  Rendering  honor  to  the  apostolic  chair,  and  to  your  Holiness,  as 
has  been  always  and  is  our  wish,  and  honoring  your  Blessedness  as  a 
faiher ;  we  have  hastened  to  bring  to  the  knowledge  of  your  Holiness 
all  matters  relating  to  the  churches.  .  .  Therefore^  we  have  made  no 
delay  in  subjecting  and  uniting  to  your  Holiness  all  the  priests  of  the 
whole  East. 

"  For  this  reason  we  have  thought  fit  to  bring  to  your  notice  the 
present  matters  of  disturbance,  etc.     .     .     For  we  cannot  suffer  that 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  127 

anything  which  relates  to  the  state  of  the  church,  however  manifest  and 
unquestionable,  should  be  moved,  without  the  knowledge  of  your  Holi- 
ness, who  are  the  head  op  all  the  holt  churches  :  for  in  all  things, 
as  we  have  already  declared,  we  are  anxious  to  increase  the  honor  and 
authority  of  your  apostolic  chair,^^  etc. 

"  To  this  letter  the  Bishop  of  Rome  returned  an  answer,  '  giving  the 
papal  sanction  to  the  judgment  already  pronounced  by  the  emperor  on 
the  heresy.' "  The  letter  of  the  emperor  also  '  further  mentions,  that 
the  archbishop  [of  Constantinople]  also  had  written  to  the  Pope,  *  he 
being  desirous  in  all  things  to  follow  the  apostolic  authority  of  his  Bles- 
sedness.^ 

In  the  Pope's  letter,  "  He  observes  that,  among  the  virtues  of  Jus- 
tinian, '  one  shines  as  a  star,  his  revei*ence  for  the  apostolic  chair,  to 
which  he  had  subjected  and  united  all  the  churches^  it  being  truly  the 
head  of  all ;  as  was  testified  by  the  rules  of  the  fathers,  the  laws  of 
princes,  and  the  declarations  of  the  emperor's  piety.' "    Besides — 

"The  authenticity  of  the  title  [of  the  Pope  of  Rome  as  universal 
bishop],  receives  unanswerable  proof  from  the  edicts  in  the  '  Novellce  ' 
of  the  Justinian  code. 

"  The  preamble  of  the  9th  states  that  '  as  the  elder  Rome  was  the 
founder  of  the  laws,  so  was  it  not  to  be  questioned  that  in  her  was  the 
supremacy  of  the  pontificate.' 

"  The  131st,  on  the  ecclesiastical  titles  and  privileges,  chap.  2d, 
states :  '  We  therefore  decree,  that  the  most  holy  Pope  of  the  elder 
Rome  is  the  first  of  all  the  holy  priesthood ;  and  that  the  blessed  Arch- 
bishop of  Constantinople,  the  new  Rome^  shall  hold  the  second  rank  after 
the  holy  apostolic  chair  of  the  elder  Rome.'  " 

But  now,  as  to  the  dates  of  these  transactions. 

"  The  emperor's  letter  must  have  been  sent  before  the  25th  of  March, 
533.  For,  in  his  letter  of  that  date  to  Epiphanius,  he  speaks  of  its  hav- 
ing been  already  despatched,  and  repeats  his  decision,  that  '  all  affairs 
touching  the  church  shall  be  referred  to  the  Pope,  head  of  all  bishops, 
and  the  true  and  effective  corrector  of  heresies.' 

"  In  the  same  month  of  the  following  year,  534,  the  Pope  returned 
an  answer  repeating  the  language  of  the  emperor,  applauding  his  hom- 
age to  the  see,  and  adopting  the  title  of  the  imperial  mandate." 

This  edict  of  Justinian  in  a.  d.  533  is  further  con- 


128     "  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECT. 

firmed  by  the  following  facts  :  Belisariiis,  the  general  of 
Justinian,  sailed  with  the  fleet  and  armies  from  Constan- 
tinople in  the  summer  of  a.  d.  533  ;  landed  in  Africa  in 
Se2:>tember,  and  reduced  Carthage  on  the  15th  of  that 
month ;  completed  tlie  conquest  of  Africa  in  the  course 
of  the  following  autumn  and  summer,  and  returned  to 
Constantinople  in  the  autumn  of  the  year  534.^  But  it 
was  during  the  years  533  and  534,  that  the  memorable 
correspondence  between  Justinian  and  Pope  John  of 
Rome  was  conducted,  the  conquest  of  Africa  by  Belisa- 
rius  having  paved  the  vray  for  it,  it  having  been  conduct- 
ed by  those  who  connected  the  establishment  of  ortho- 
doxy with  that  of  the  Pope  of  Rome  as  the  centre  of 
unity ^  the  detefminer  of  controversy^  and  the  head  of  all 
the  churches.  In  proof  of  this,  according  to.  the  tables 
of  Contius,  Lugdini,  1618,  the  letters  which  passed  be- 
tween Justinian  and  the  Pope  were  dated  partly  in  the 
third  and  partly  in  the  fourth  consulship  of  the  emperor  ; 
in  which  last,  Paulinus  was  his  colleague,  and  which  cor- 
respond respectively  to  the  years  533  and  534  of  the 
Christian  era.  On  this  subject  Gibbon  says,  "  One  awful 
hour  reversed  the  fortunes  of  the  contending  parties  ;  " 
for,  when  "  intelligence  of  the  success  of  Belisarius  in 
Africa  reached  the  emperor,  December  16,  533,  impatient 
to  abolish  the  temporal  and  spiritual  tyranny  of  the  Yan- 
dals,  he  proceeded  without  delay  to  the  full  establishment 
of  the  Catholic  church.^"*  "  The  temple  was  now  re- 
signed to  the  Catholics,  who  loudly  proclaimed  the  creed 
of  Athariasius  and  Justinian."  The  new  power,  styled  the 
"eternal  oracles,"  comprehending  both  the  '^  civil  and  eccle- 
siastical constitution  of  the  Roman  empire,"  "  were  pro- 
claimed on  solemn  festivals  at  the  doors  of  the  churches." 


1  Gibbon's  Decline  and  Fall,     Vol.  iii.  chap.  xn.  pp.  167-195. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  129 

Thus,  "  the  supremacy  of  the  Pope  of  Rome  had  by  tAose  mandates 
and  edicts  received  the  fullest  sanction  that  could  be  given  by  the 
authority  of  the  master  of  the  Roman  world.  But  the  yoke  sat  uneasily 
on  the  Bishop  of  Constantinople ;  and  on  the  death  of  Justinian,  the 
supremacy  was  utterly  denied.  .  .  Toward  the  close  of  the  sixth  cen- 
tury, John  of  Constantinople,  sumamed  for  his  pious  austerities  the 
Faster,  summoned  a  council,  and  resumed  the  ancient  title  of  the  see, 
'  Universal  Bishop.'  The  Roman  bishop,  Gregory  the  Great,  indignant 
at  the  usurpation,"  .  .  .  "furiously  denounced  John,  calling  him 
an  '  usurper,  aiming  at  supremacy  over  the  whole  church,'  and  declaring, 
with  unconscious  truth,  that  whoever  claimed  such  a  supremacy,  was 
Antichrist. 

"  The  accession  of  Phocas  at  length  decided  the  question.  He  had 
ascended  the  throne  of  the  East  by  the  murder  of  the  Emperor  Mauri- 
tius. The  insecurity  of  his  title  rendered  him  anxious  to  obtain  the 
sanction  of  the  Patriarch  of  the  West.  The  conditions  were  easily  set- 
tled. The  usurper  received  the  benediction  of  the  Bishop  of  Rome ; 
and  the  Bishop  in  a.  d.  606,  vindicated  his  title  from  his  rival,  the 
Patriarch  of  Constantinople,  that  had  been  almost  a  century  before  con- 
ferred on  the  Papal  tiara  by  Justinian.  He  was  thenceforth  '  head  of 
all  the  churches  '  without  a  competitor, — '  Universal  Bishop  '  of  Chris- 
tendom, That  Phocas  suppressed  the  claim  of  the  Bishop  of  Constan- 
tinople is  beyond  a  doubt.  But  the  highest  authorities  among  the  civil- 
ians and  annalists  of  Rome  spurn  the  idea  that  the  profligate  usurper 
Phocas  was  the  founder  of  the  supremacy  of  Rome  ;  they  ascend  to 
Justinian  as  the  only  legitimate  source,  and  rightly  date  the  title  from 
the  memorable  year  a.  d.  533." 

Well,  having  settled  this  important  point,  by  adding 
to  A.  D.  533  the  1,260  years,  it  brings  ns  down  to  a.  d. 
1793,  when,  according  to  the  word  of  the  Lord,  that 
"judgment  was  to  sit,  which  should  take  away  the  do- 
minion,'''' or  the  secular  power,  of  the  "little  horn,"  to 
"  consume  and  to  destroy  it  ttnto  the  encV  ^  And  so,  the 
work  commenced,  as  we  have  shown,  Avitli  the  French 
Revolution  in  a.  d.  1793. 


1  Dan.  viL  2C. 
6* 


130  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECY. 

It  was  not,  however,  to  fall  instantaneously,  but  by 
a  succession  of  blows  at  the  hand  of  retributive  justice. 
"  Its  ///e,"  or  spiritual  power,  "  was  to  be  prolonged  for 
a  season  and  a  time."  It  requires  no  argument  to  prove, 
that  for  the  thirty  years  from  1793  (the  excess  of  the 
1,290  over  the  1,260  years),  the  Papacy  as  a  spiritual 
power,  inclusive  of  a  partial  restoration  of  its  secular 
prerogatives  (consequent  of  the  return  of  Pius  VII.  in 
A.  D.  1814  from  his  Napoleonic  exile  in  Savonia  in  Lom- 
bardy  to  Fontainebleau  in  France,  and  thence  back  to 
Rome),  continued  to  flourish  with  greater  or  lesser  vigor 
down  to  A.  D.  1823.  Also,  that  from  thence,  for  the  next 
42  out  of  the  remaining  45  years,  down  to  a.  d.  1868 
(the  excess  of  the  1,335  over  the  1,290  years),  the 
"  lives "  of  the  same  vassal  ten  horns  or  kings  of  the 
ecclesiastico-secular  power  of  the  Papacy  assumed  re- 
newed vigor ;  until,  having  become  intolerant  through- 
out the  Italian  dominions,  the  predicted  "judgment"  of 
Almighty  God  had  begun  again  to  take  effect,  so  that 
the  "  little  horn  "  has  been  stript  of  the  last  lingering 
shreds  of  its  political  or  temporal  poAver,  Rome  and  Yen- 
ice  only  remaining  to  be  freed. 

Still,  the  ''lives'''  of  the  "ten  horns"  or  "kings" 
survive.  The  famous  "  Encyclical  Letter  of  Pope 
Pius  IX." '  has  galvanized  its  spiritual  power  into  re- 
newed energy.    Yes.     Romanism  is  destined  to  become 

ONCE  MORE  dominant  THROUGHOUT  CHRISTENDOM  !       But, 

thank  God,  that  dominancy  will  be  short-lived !  It  can- 
not reach  beyond  the  preordained  limit  assigned  it  in 
A.  D.  1868,  when  the  ichole  period  of  the  1,335  years  al- 
lotted to  the  career  of  the  "  little  horn  "  will  have  run 
out.     For,  the  "  ten  horns  "  or  "  kings  "  of  the  principal- 

1  See  Appendix. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PKOPHECY.  131 

ities  of  western  Europe,  "  which  have  received  no  king- 
dom as  yet ;  but  receive  power  as  kings  one  hour  with 
the  beast," — for  they,  including  Victor  Emanuel,  hold 
their  power  only  under  the  sufferance  of  the  present  re- 
vived seventh  secular  head  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire 
— these  "  ten  kings,"  we  repeat,  at  the  expiration  of  that 
prophetical  period,  being  of  "  one  mind^  shall  give  their 
power  and  strength  unto  the  beast.  .  .  For  God  hath 
put  it  in  their  hearts  to  fulfil  his  will,  and  to  agree,  and 
give  their  kingdom  unto  the  beast  until  the  words  of  God 
shall  be  fulfiUed." ' 

This  consummation,  therefore,  only  awaits  the  loith- 
draioal  of  the  French  troojjs  from  Rome,  at  the  signal 
given  by  Napoleon  III.  This  will  constitute  the  finish- 
ing stroke  of  his  secular  23olicy.  That  he  will  do  this, 
take  the  following  scrap  from  the  N'.  Y.  Herald  of  De- 
cember 21st,  1860  : 

"  The  Bishop  of  Versailles  sought  an  interview  with  the  Emperor, 
to  try  and  make  him  feel  the  woes  of  the  church,  and  to  remind  him  of 
the  end  of -his  uncle.  The  Emperor  listened  to  him  patiently,  with  his 
cigar  in  his  mouth,  and  at  last  said  :  '  Monseigneur,  your  distress  does 
you  credit,  but  the  temporal  power — i.  e.,  of  Pope  Pius  IX. — is  no 
longer  compatible  with  our  civilization,  and  we  must  put  an  end  to  it, 
as  I  put  out  my  cigar." 

On  the  other  hand,  we  read,  in  regard  to  the  spiritual 
power  of  the  Papacy,  that  the  "  ten  horns  upon  the  [sec- 
ular Roman]  beast  shall  hate  the  ichore,  and  shall  make 
her  desolate  and  naked,  and  shall  eat  her  flesh,  and  burn 
her  with  fireP  ^  Terrifically  portentous  symbols  !  They 
denote  her  total  and  irremediable  destruction  !  Aye,  and 
that  at  the  very  hands  of  those  "  ten  vassal  kings,"  who, 
for  the  long  period  of  1,335  years,  have  been  subordi- 

»  Rev.  xvli.  13,  17.  2  Rev.  xvii.  IQ. 


132  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

iiated  to  her  desiDotic  sway !  And  this  ruin,  mark,  as 
the  righteous  retribution  of  Heaven  upon  her  for  having 
made  herself  "  drunken  with  the  blood  of  the  saints,  and 
with  the  blood  of  the  martyrs  of  Jesus,"  '  she  brings 
itpon  herself.  Yes,  we  repeat :  that  very  "  encyclical 
letter  of  Pope  Pius  IX."  will  do  the  work !  For,  in- 
censed at  length  at  the  insolence,  the  intolerance,  the 
utter  falsity,  and  the  unexampled  impositions  so  long 
practised  upon  the  nations  of  Christendom  by  the  infinite 
superstitions,  delusions,  and  corruptions  of  the  Papacy, 
in  their  wrath,  they  will  as  with  "  one  mind  "  arise,  and 
exterminate  the  last  vestige  of  it  from  the  earth  ! 

And,  in  conclusion  :  this  work  accomplished,  and  the 
"let"  or  hindrance  to  the  Trapovo-ia,  or  personal  "com- 
ing," of  "  the  man  of  sin  and  son  of  perdition,"  alias  the 
last  Antichrist,  as  predicted  by  St  Paul,  being  thus 
"  taken  out  of  the  way  ;  "  then  will  be  ushered  upon  the 
platform  of  the  prophetical  earth,  the  inauguration^  at 
the  hands  of  the  ten  uncroT^Tied  kings,  of  the  previously 
revived  seventh  head  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire,  into 
his  seat  of  power  as  the  eighth  head,  by  the  united 
transfer  of  "  their  power  and  strength  "  unto  him  ! 

1  Rev.  xvii.  6. 


POLITICAL    ECO^^OMY    OF    PKOPHECY.  133 

CHAPTER  YI.     [continued.] 
SECTION    II. 

LOUIS    NAPOLEON    III.,   AS   THE    EIGHTH   HEAD    OP   THE   UNIVERSAL    LATIN 
EMPIRE. 

I.  The  steps  wliich  are  to  immediately  precede  the  LUrodudion  of 

Louis  Napoleon  III.  upon  the  stage  of  action  as  the  eighth 
apocalyptic  head, 

II.  His  Inauguration^  as  such,  into  his  seat  of  power,  at  the  hands 

of  the  ten  Roman  "horns  "  or  "kings,"  Ret.  xvii.  13,  17. 

We  have  said  that  the  prophecy  relating  to  the 
EIGHTH  apocalyptic  head  is  still  future.  But  the  subject 
of  it  has  not  yet  completed  his  career,  as  the  revived  sev- 
enth secular  head  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire.  Every- 
thing, however,  in  the  national,  political,  and  moral  con- 
dition of  the  world  and  of  the  church,  as  we  shall  see, 
clearly  indicate  that  his  inauguration  into  his  seat  of 
power  as  the  eighth  head,  is  7iigh  at  hand.  We  have 
demonstrated  that  the  prophetico-chronological  period 
of  1,335  years,  allotted  in  the  Divine  purpose  to  the  lohole 
contemporaneous  career  of  the  Papal  ecclesiastico-secular 
and  the  Roman  civil  powers,  commencing  in  a.  d.  533, 
terminate  together  in  a.  d.  18G8. 

It  will  here  be  in  place  to  premise,  that,  in  view  of 
the  present  state  of  things,  as  in  the  past,  the  "  little 
HORN  "  of  Papacy  holds  a  dominancy  over  the  teii  crowned 
horns  of  the  Roman  beast,  analogous  to  that  of  the 
DRAGON  over  the  seven  crovmed  heads  of  the  same  beast. 
The  harlot-rider  still  retains  her  seat  upon  the  back  of 
the  "  scarlet-colorc  d  beast,"  alias,  "  the  beast  with  two 
horns  like  a  lamb,  and  wdio  speaks  as  a  dragon."  This 
she  does  in  the  confident,  but,  as  the  sequel  has  shown, 


134  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY. 

the  unfounded  hope  of  permanent  restoration  to  political 
power.  So  also,  she  still  retains  her  grasp  as  a  spiritual 
power  upon  the  "  ten  horns "  or  "  kings."  But,  there 
being  left  to  her  of  her  secular  dominions  nothing  but 
Rome  and  Venice,  the  position  of  these  ten  horns,  at  the 
time  present,  is,  that  while  they  are  reputed  "  as  kings, 
they  have  received  no  kingdom  as  yet."  It  suffices  them 
for  the  time  being,  that  they  shall  have  w^rested  the  ten- 
crowned  kingdoms  from  the  "  little  horn  "  by  the  process 
of  Italian  nationalization  under  the  crown  of  Victor 
Emanuel.  Hence  their  present  attitude  as  having,  in 
themselves,  "  'no  kingdom:''  The  terms  of  the  prophecy, 
however,  show  that  this  arrangement  is  temporary  only. 
Another  move  upon  the  platform  awaits  them,  which  no 
human  diplomacy  can  avert.  And,  when  the  Popedom 
shall  have  been  finally  stripped  of  its  remaining  territorial 
possessions,. — Rome  and  Venice, — the  seven-headed,  scar- 
let-colored beast  will  appear  with  his  "  ten  horns "  im- 
croimied  ;  for,  God  w^ll  have  put  it  in  their  hearts  to  ful- 
fil His  will,  and  to  agree,  and  "  give  their  kingdom  unto 
the  beast  " — alias^  MuUer's  "  tame  eagle  "  and  "  Corsican 
wolf" — Napoleon  III ,  as  the  "  eighth  "  head. 

In  what  we  have  further  to  offer  on  this  subject,  we 
speak,  as  we  all  along  have  done,  not  as  a  prophet,  but  as 
an  interpreter  of  prophecy.  The  above  prophetic  image- 
ry, taken  in  connection  with  Italian  affairs  and  those  of 
other  nationalities,  present  a  prospective  state  of  things 
vastly  different  from  that  apprehended  by  the  popular 
mind.  Instead  of  that  speedy  conversion  of  Italy  and 
other  nationalities  by  the  ordinary  instrumentalities  of 
the  day  under  this  dispensation  about  which  so  many 
fondly  dream,  consequent  of  their  throwing  off  from  their 
necks  the  long-continued  galling  yoke  of  papal  despotism, 
we  are  led  to  look  for  results  directly  the  reverse.     This 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY.  135 

statement,  at  least  to  most  minds,  may  seem  at  lirst  view 
both  bold  and  unfounded.     But,  let  us  see. 

Our  business  now  is,  to  prove  what  we  have  affirmed 
and  now  repeat,  regarding  Napoleon  III.,  as  he  who  is  des- 
tined soon  to  appear  upon  the  great  prophetical  platform  of 
these  "  last  times,"  as  the  great  God-denying  or  apostati- 
co-democratic  Jiecid  of  the  last  Antichristian  confederacy^ 
cdias^  THE  LAST  Anticheist.  We  submit  the  following 
considerations  to  your  candid  and  prayerful  thoughts. 

I.  The  steps  which  are  to  immediately  precede  his 
introduction  upon  the  prophetical  stage  of  action. 

II.  The  agents,  at  "whose  hands  he  is  to  be  inaugu- 
rated into  his  seat  of  power. 

III.  The  prophetico-historic  marks,  which  designate 
who,  and  what  he  is. 

IV.  The  prophetic  exploits  of  this  last  Antichrist  and 
his  confederated  hosts,  and 

V.  Their  final  doom. 

I.  We  are  to  present  to  your  view,  first,  the  steps 
which  are  to  immediately  precede  Napoleon  III,^s  intro- 
duction upon  the  propheticcd  stage  of  action.  We  here 
observe  that,  ^:>r/or  to  the  transfer  to  him  by  the  *' ten 
kings  "  of  "  their  kingdom,"  "  power,  and  strength,"  or, 
during  his  progressive  steps  to  the  acme  of  his  ambition 
as  the  eighth  apocalyptic  head,  it  will  be  signalized  by 
the  loorking  of  miracles^  in  authentication  of  his  mission 
as  such.  That  Louis  Napoleon  III.  is  warily  but  reso- 
lutely advancing  in  the  path  that  he  marked  out  for  him- 
self while  yet  an  exile  in  the  United  States,  and  wlien,  in 
A,  D.  1835,  he  gave  to  the  world  the  '■'•  Idees  JSfapo- 
Iconiennes^''''  and  which  he  has  elaborated  in  his  recently 
publislied  "History  of  Julius  Ca3sar,"  has  been  confirmed 


136  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

by  each  successive  step  of  his  progress  from  a.  d.  1848  to 
the  present  time.  Let  us  then  suppose  that,  despite  of 
his  stripping  the  Popedom  of  its  temporal  power,  he  con- 
templates the  seizure  of  the  triple  crown  of  Pope  Pius  IX., 
as  his  uncle  did  the  iron  crown  of  Charlemagne  in  a.  d. 
1804.  This  would  not  necessarily  involve  the  wiseai'mg 
of  his  harlot-rider  from  his  back.  She  is  still  permitted 
to  retain  her  seat  there  as  the  spiritual  head  of  the 
Papacy,  and  will  so  remain,  until  the  seven  heads  of  the 
"  scarlet-colored  beast "  shall  be  merged  into  one  as  an 
EIGHTH  head.  But,  that  the  above  is  not  mere  supposi- 
tion, "  he  has  permitted  or  caused  a  pamphlet  to  be  is- 
sued, in  which  it  is  proposed  that  he  himself  &h.o\x\di  be  a 
sort  of  Pope,  and  unite  the  political  and  religious  sov- 
ereignties in  his  own  person — a  thing  which  may  possibly 
be  consummated  at  no  distant  day." 

"  The  title  of  the  above  pamphlet  is,  '  The  Emperor  Pope.''  It  has 
been  principally  sold  among  official  persons.  It  argues  that  Victoria  is 
Queen  and  Pope ;  that  the  Protestant  sovereigns  of  the  Germanic  con- 
federation exercise  both  political  and  religious  power  ;  that  in  Sweden, 
Denmark,  and  Norway  the  kings  are  Popes ;  that  Alexander  IL,  Em- 
peror of  Russia,  is  Czar  and  Pontiff ;  that  Otho  is  king  and  Pope  at 
Athens  ;  that  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  is  emperor  and  Pope  ;  and  that  the 
Emperor  of  France  should  not  be  behind  them,"  etc.  Pretty  fair  logic, 
this!  "It  is  also  given  on  'good  authority'  that  Louis  Napoleon  has 
actually  submitted  the  question  to  some  of  the  French  bishops,  on  the 
subject  of  a  French  Patriarchate^  at  least  with  practically  independent 
powers."     (See  Catholic  Herald,  December  15,  1860.) 

"  It  is  also  worthy  of  notice  in  this  connection,  that  soon  after  the 
last  Encyclical  of  the  Pope  was  promulged,  so  fiercely  condemning  all 
the  ideas  of  progress,  and  the  authority  of  peoples,  which  enter  so 
largely  into  Napoleonism,  there  appeared  a  pamphlet,  written  by 
M.  Caylu,  called  '  Cesar  Pontife^  in  which  the  following  passage 
occurs  :  '  Let  Ccesar  then  he  Pontiff;  not,  however,  in  the  sense  com- 
monly attributed  to  the  word,  but  as  the  director,  or  rather  the  protec- 
tor, of  the  national  church  regenerated,  recognized,  and  approved  by  a 


POLITICAL   ECONOlSrY   OF   PEOPHECT.  137 

conncil.  Such,  according  to  us,  is  the  only  answer  to  the  cncychcal. 
The  question  of  orthodoxy  or  of  schism  is  not  in  our  competency  ;  and 
besides,  may  not  people  break  with  the  temporal  power  of  the  Pope-king 
without  becoming  Protestants  ?  Has  not  the  encyclical  of  Pius  IX.  shut 
up  the  source  of  diplomatic  compromise  ?  We  accept  the  challenge, 
and  we  answer  in  words  as  terrible  to  the  temporal  Papacy  as  thoSe 
which  the  hand  of  the  angel  traced  on  the  palace  walls  of  the  King  of 
Babylon, — C^sar  Pontiff  !  To  great  evils  we  must  apply  great  reme- 
dies. If  there  be  any  other  solution,  serious  and  possible,  we  should  be 
glad  to  hear  of  it,  and  to  accept  it  beforehand.  If  there  be  none,  then 
the  state  must  look  to  it  without  delay ;  for  the  civil  authority  and  lib- 
erty of  conscience  are  imperilled.'  " 

Now,  it  is  not  difficult  to  conceive  with  what  facility 
the  present  reigning  pontiff  may  succumb  to  such  an 
eventuality.  Believing,  as  he  does,  that  the  perpetuity 
of  holy  mother  church  depends  solely  on  the  continued 
unity  of  the  mitre  and  the  sword,  and  finding  that  the 
latter  has  been  wrenched  from  Ms  grasp,  he  may  not 
only  yield  his  assent  to,  but  may  exert  a  direct  agency 
in  effecting  a  combination  of,  the  ecclesiastical  and  pohti- 
cal  power  in  the  person  of  his  rival.  And,  this  being 
consummated,  a  change  in  the  fimctions  of  the  present 
head  of  the  Papacy  naturally  follows,  from  that  of  the 
Pope  to  that  of  the  '•'•  false  prophet "  spoken  of.  Rev.  xix.  20. 
There  we  are  told,  that  this  "  false  prophet  wrought  mir- 
acles before  "^^whom  ?  The  answer  is,  "  the  heast  from, 
the  earth^'^  who,  having  "  two  horns  like  a  lamb  and  who 
spake  like  a  dragon,"  even  he  v/ho  "  exerciseth  all  the 
power  of  the  first  beast  before  him,"  i.  e.,  the  seventh 
secular  head,  or  Napoleon  I. ;  "  and  causeth  the  earth  and 
they  which  dwell  therein,  to  worship  the  first  beast  whose 
deadly  wound  was  healed  ;"  ^  and  also  commands  "  them 
that  dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they  should  make  an  image 

J  Rev.  xiii.  11, 12. 


138  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY. 

to  the  beast  which  had  the  wound  and  did  live  ;''"' '  ^.  e., 
the  revived  seventh  secular  head,  or  ]N'apoleon  III. 

Now,  such  a  purely  national  combination  of  the  spir- 
itual and  temporal  power  of  the  Emperor  of  the  French, 
would  add  incalculably  to  the  strength  and  glory  of  the 
EMPIRE.  This  the  sagacious  emperor  knows  full  well. 
That  he  should,  therefore,  constitute  himself  the  head  of 
the  church  in  his  own  empire,  is  not  unreasonable.  And, 
that  he  may  have  formed  the  purpose  to  do  so,  and  loill 
do  so  if  necessary  to  carry  out  his  schemes,  is  evident 
from  the  two  articles  already  alluded  to.  Indeed,  the 
war  may  be  said  already  to  have  commenced  between  the 
episcopate  and  clergy  of  France,  and  the  sovereign.  In 
this  war,  the  emperor  will  of  course  expect  to  encounter 
opposition  from  the  Catholic  party,  the  French  bar,  and 
the  Legitimist  and  Orleanist  body,  at  the  first  step  of  an 
open  rupture  with  Pius  IX.  and  the  hierarchy  of  France. 
But  the  Catholic  party  is  so  weak,  and  the  temporal 
dominion  of  the  Pope  so  much  opposed  to  the  Italian 
sympathies  of  the  French  people,  that  this  opposition  will 
be  easily  overcome.  In  fact,  the  emperor's  schemes  of 
reform  in  extending  the  functions  of  the  Senate  and  legis- 
lative body,  by  which  the  French  people  secure  a  voice 
in  the  government  of  the  empire,  followed,  as  they 
already  have  been  with  the  entire  liberation  of  the  press, 
and  the  removal  of  all  restrictions  upon  the  right  of 
popular  discussion,  will  more  than  check-mate  all  these 
movements  of  his  enemies,  by  securing  the  approbation 
of  the  Legislature,  press,  and  populace  of  France,  and 
even  of  England^  to  the  projects  of  aggrandizement 
which  he  contemplates. 
"It  is  also  rumored  in  the  religious  circles,  that  very 

I  Rev.  siii.  14. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY.  139 

strange  and  inipoi'tant  measures  and  changes  are  matur- 
ing, of  such  gravity  and  importance,  that  a  French  reli- 
gious journal  declares  it  impossible  to  give  them  publicity 
through  the  press.  It  is  said  that  the  choice  of  a  new 
Pontift'  has  already  been  made  or  resolved  upon ;  but 
that  Pius  IX.  will  not  tender  his  resignation  until  he  has 
obtained  a  secret  pledge  from  all  the  members  of  the  Sa- 
cred Council  that  their  votes  will  be  given  to  an  illus- 
trious layman.,  who  at  one  sitting  would  be  made  a  priest, 
a  bishop,  and  a  cardinal.  This  much  is  certain  :  amongst 
all  these  remarkable  hypotheses  (and  religious  journals 
confess  it,  among  others  the  Union  de  V  Guest) ^  that  some 
great  events  are  expected  to  occur  in  Rome  very  soon. 

"Pius  IX,  frequently  lets  escape  him  references  to  the 
approaching  eventuality,  and  in  coming  out  of  his  oratory, 
his  most  intimate  prelates,  from  day  to  day,  gather  indi- 
cations which  make  clear  the  situation,  and  show  that 
the  Holy  Father  no  longer  attempts  to  deceive  himself  as 
to  the  future.  These  are  the  last  death-rattles  of  the 
temporal  power." 

With  this  additional  halo  of  glory  encircling  the  brow 
of  his  imperial  majesty,  therefore,  taken  in  connection 
with  the  excitable  and  impulsive  character  of  the  French 
nation,  we  have  only  to  take  into  account  their  idolatrous 
veneration  of  his  Napoleonic  prestige^  to  be  satisfied  of 
the  certainty  of  his  trayisitioji^  by  their  united  voice,  from 
his  revived  seventh  to  his  eighth  headship.  Or,  if  any 
doubt  this,  we  would  ask  them  to  look,  first,  at  their 
'•'•  ir)orship  of  the  first  beast  whose  deadly  wound  w^as 
healed,"  as  verified  in  the  unexampled  pageantry  attend- 
ant upon  the  transfer  of  the  remains  of  Napoleon  I.  from 
St.  Helena  to  France,  and  the  universal  homage  paid  at 
his  shrine  by  all  nations ;  and  then  turn,  second,  to  the 
miraculo^(s  rconders  which  will  be  wrought  to  deceive 


140  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPIIECY. 

them  and  all  other  nations,  in  attestation  of  the  mission 
of  the  revived  seventh  as  an  eighth  head.  The  result 
will  be, 

II.  His  inauguration^  as  such^  into  his  seat  of  power ^ 
at  their  ha^ids.  We  mnst  here  ask  indulgence  for  a  little 
scope  on  this  subject. 

First,  then,  we  are  to  bear  in  mind  that  Italy  is  but 
one  of  the  "ten  horns"  or  "kings"  of  the  territorial 
Roman  earth.  Now,  we  are  all  cognizant  of  the  fact, 
that  Italy  owes  her  deliverance  from  the  dominancy  of 
Austria  to  the  timely  interposition  in  her  behalf  of  the 
present  ruler  of  France  ;  also,  of  the  acknowledgment,  on 
her  part,  of  his  incomparable  diplomacy  and  transcendent 
power ;  and  that,  at  his  significant  nod,  they  proclaimed 
Victor  Emanuel  as  king  of  Italy.  But  the  prophecy  de- 
clares of  «^^  the  "ten  horns"  or  "kings,"  that  "God  hath' 
put  it  in  their  hearts  to  fulfil  Bis  will,  and  to  agree  and 
give  their  kingdom  unto  the  heast^  until  the  words  of  God 
shall  be  fulfilled."  The  other  nine  "  kings "  therefore 
are,  1.  Lombardy;  2.  Ravenna;  3.  Naples;  4.  Tuscany; 
5.  France  ;  6.  Austria ;  7.  Spain ;  8.  Portugal,  *and  9. 
Great  Britain.  Now  all  these  European  powers,  how- 
ever reluctantly  on  the  part  of  some  of  them,  have  united 
in  recognizing  the  independence  of  the  Italian  States. 
Nor  this  only.  Despite  the  decree  of  the  so-called  Holy 
Alliance  in  a.  d.  1815,  that  no  member  of  the  Napoleonic 
family  should  ever  again  occupy  the  throne  of  France, 
they  have  all  paid  their  homage  to  Napoleon  III.,  as  the 
emperor  of  France. 

The  question  therefore  is,  How  are  we  to  account 
for  this  ?  One  would  suppose  that  the  only  solution- 
of  this  astounding  politico-moral  phenomenon  was  to 
be  found  in  the  fact  that  these  crowned  potentates  of 
earth  were  all 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  141 

• mad,  insane  most  grievously, 


And  most  insane  because  they  know  it  not." 

Pollock. 

The  fact,  this,  precisely :  for  it  perfectly  accords  with 
the  symbolic  imagery  of  the  book  of  Daniel, — the  ma- 
niacy  of  the  Babylonian  monarch,  Nebuchadnezzar,^  and 
the  four  rampant  beasts,' — denotive  of  corresponding 
politico-moral  characteristics  on  the  part  of  those  rulers 
of  the  Gentile  nations  who,  for  so  long  a  period  (2,520 
years ■•'),  were  to  "  destroy  the  earth;"*  but  who,  when 
the  time  came,  should  themselves  be  "  destroyed."  ^ 
Hence  the  Pauhne  jDrophecy  respecting  them,  that,  as  the 
confederates  of  that  "  wicked  one "  who  is  to  be  "  re- 
vealed," "  even  the  eighth  head,  "  God  shall  send  them 
strong  delusion,  that  they  should  believe  a  lie."'  The 
apostle  also  speaks  of  the  form  of  development  of  this 
"  strong  delusion."  The  "  coming "  of  this  "  wicked 
one,"  he  says,  "  is  after  the  w^orking  of  Satan,  with  all 
power,  and  signs,  and  lying  wonders,  and  with  all  de- 
ceivableness  of  unrighteousness  in  them  that  perish ; 
hecause  they  received  not  the  love  of  the  truth,  that  they 
might  be  saved."  ®  And  oh,  when  we  reilect  hoio  long 
the  admonitory  voice  of  a  compassionate  God  has  sounded 
in  the  ears  of  these  Gentile  rulers  of  Christendom, — "  Kiss 
the'  Son,  lest  He  be  anguy,  and  ye  perish  in  the  way,  wiien 
His  wrath  is  kindled  but  a  little ;"  ^  and  their  equally  lojig 
neglect  to  "  take  heed  "  to  it ;  can  we  impeach  the  recti- 
tude of  the  divine  "  Governor  among  the  nations,"  if  at 


1  Dan.  iv.  1-18;  and  vers.  23-25.  2  Dan,  vii.  1-8,  e^c. 

2  See  pages  39-41.  '  4  Rev.  xi.  18. 

5  lb.,  see  also  Dan.  ii.  34,  35  ;  vii.  11,  12  ;  and  verse  20. 

«  2  Thess.  ii.  3,  8.  t  lb.  verse  11. 

6  lb.  verses  9, 10.  »  Ps.  ii.  12. 


142  POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECT. 

the  last  He  sends  upon  them  these  retributive  "  strong  de- 
lusions ?  "  Every  pious  mind  is  ready  to  respond,  as  with 
a  thousand  tongues,  No  !  And  to  exclaim,  "Just  and  true 
are  thy  ways,  Thou  King  of  saints ! "  And,  therefore, 
what  the  Pauline  prophecy  as  above  gives  only  in  outline, 
St.  John,  under  and  during  the  pouring  out  of  the  sixth 
vial  of  the  Almighty's  wrath  upon  the  symbolic  "river 
Euphrates,"  or  the  Turco-Mohammedan  Power,' — which 
vial  is  noiD  being  poured  out, — St.  John,  we  repeat,  fills 
up  in  the  following  prophecy,  symbolic  of  the  manner  in 
which  and  ^h(i  purpose  for  which,  these  "  strong  delusions  " 
will  be  inflicted.  To  this  subject  we  now  invite  your 
sjDecial  regard. 

The  prophecy  is  as  follows  : 

"  Aud  I  saw  three  unclean  spirits  like  frogs  come  out  of  the  mouth 
of  the  di'agon,  and  out  of  the  beast,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false 
prophet. 

"  For  they  are  the  spirits  of  devils^  working  miracles^  which  go  forth 
unto  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the  whole  world,  to  gather  them  to 
the  battle  of  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty — and  he  gathered  them 
together  into  a  place  called  in  the  Hebrew  tongue  Armageddon."  (Rev. 
xvi.  13,  14,  16.) 

It  will  be  necessary  here  to  explain,  en  passant^  first, 
that  the  phrase,  "  the  lohole  world!^''  in  this  prophecy,  is 
to  be  understood  as  applying  more  specially  to  the  pro- 
phetical platform  of  the  Roman  earth,  that  having  been 
the  great  theatre  of  action  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  or  "  kings  " 
of  the  beast,  although  other  nations  will  be  made  to  feel 
the  influence  of  the  miracle-working  w^onders  of  the 
"  three  frog  spirits."  This  phraseology,  "  the  whole 
world,"  is  applied  to  the  Roman  empire,  Luke  ii.  1,  3,  5  : 

*  Rev.  xvi.  12.    See  also  appendix. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  143 

but  there  were  other  nations  which  lay  outside  of  it,  and 
hence  were  not  included  in  the  Roman  taxation.  Be- 
sides, it  is  the  "  ten  horns  "  or  "  kings  "  07ily^  that  "  give 
their  kingdom,  power,  and  strength  to  the  beast."  The 
second  remark  is,  that  there  will  be  an  interval  between 
the  gathering  of  the  nations  and  their  kings  by  the  agen- 
cy of  "  the  three  frog  spirits,"  and  the  geeat  "  battle  " 
which  is  to  transpire  in  "  the  field  called  Armageddon." 

"We  proceed,  now,  to  the  other  parts  of  the  prophecy. 
And, 

1.  As  to  the  source  or  origin  of  this  tripod  of  "  frog 
spirits."  The  first  issued  "  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  drag- 
on^''  which  the  Holy  Spirit  interprets  to  symbolize  "  that 
old  serpent  called  the  Devil  and  Satan,"  ^  or  "  the  god  of 
this  world,"  who,  as  "  the  prince  of  the  power  of  the  air, 
worketh  in  the  children  of  disobedience."  The  second, 
"  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  heast^''  denotive  of  the  body 
politic  of  the  Roman  empire,  symbolized  by  the  nonde- 
script monster  of  Daniel  having  ten  horns,  and  the  same 
with  the  apocalyptic  beast  with  seven  heads  and  ten 
horns  under  his  several  transmutations.  And  the  third, 
"  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false  prophet^''  who  is  an  off- 
shoot of  the  eleventh  or  Papal  "  little  horn  "  of  Daniel's 
fourth  beast. 

These  three  diabolical  powers,  therefore,  constitute  a 
trinity  in  unity^  in  antagonism  with  the  triune  person- 
ality of  the  infinite  and  eternal  Godhead,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost.  For,  as  the  Father  gave  his 
Son  Jesus  "  all  power  in  heaven  and  earth  ;  " '  and  also 
after  the  ascension  of  Jesus  gave  to  the  church  "  another 
comforter,  even  the  Spirit  of  Truth : " '  so  the  dragon 
gave  to  his  two  offshoots,  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet, 

I  Rev.  xii.  9  :  xx.  1,  2.       "  Matt,  xxviii.  18.       »  John  xiv.  16,  11. 


144  POLIilCAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

"  his  power,  and  seat,  and  great  authority."  ^  Yes,  "  all 
the  kingdoms  of  the  world  and  the  glory  of  them,"  during 
man's  lapsed  state,  being  "  delivered  "  over  to  the  Satan- 
ic usurper  of  Messiah's  rights,  he  "  giveth  to  whomsoever 
he  will" '     Then  further. 

2.  As  consequent  of  the  combined  miraculous  powers 
put. forth  by  this  trio  of  '^  frog  spirits  "  as  emanating  from 
the  triune  powers  of  all  evil,  their  influences  extend  over 
the  elements  of  nature,  the  political  economy  or  diplo- 
macy of  nations,  and  the  ecclesiastical  affairs  of  religious 
systems.  And,  what  is  to  be  specially  noted  in  this  con- 
nection, is  the  fact  that  these  combined  influences,  wheth- 
er they  relate  to  the  one  or  the  other,  are  all  put  forth 
under  a  religious  guise.  Hence  St.  Paul : — "  If  Sata7i 
transforms  himself  into  an  angel  of  light "  in  order  to 
deceive  "  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the  whole  world," 
"  it  is  no  marvel,"  he  adds,  "  if  his  mi?iisters  also  be 
transformed  into  the  ministers  of  righteousness  :  "  ^  aye, 
*'  wolves  in  sheep's  clothing."  *  We  have,  however,  the 
Holy  Spirit's  interpretation  of  their  character.  They  are 
declared  to  be  "  the  spirits  of  devils.''^ 

But,  as  there  are  "  three  "  of  these  "  unclean  frog 
spirits,"  each  having  its  own  distinct  official  functions, 
and  filling  its  appropriate  sphere  in  the  accomplishment 
of  the  diabolical  work  assigned  to  it,  the  question  is, 

3.  What  are  loe  to  understand  by  them  f  We  reply, 
that  the^rsf,  which  issues  forth  "  out  of  the  mouth  of  the 
dragon," — who,  as  "  the  father  of  lies,"  commenced  his 
Satanic  work  in  Eden  with  a  lie^  and  is  therefore  called 
"  a  liar  from  the  beginning,"  now  ends  his  work  through 
this  leading  "  frog  spirit,'^  by  infusing  into  the  minds  of 


»  Rev.  xiii.  2.  '■'  Luke  iv.  5,  6. 

3  2  Cor.  xi.  13,  14.  «  Matt.  vii.  15. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY  OF    PROPHECY.  145 

"  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the  whole  world  "  a  spirit 
of  lying ^  chicanery^  and  fraud — including  all  sorts  and 
degrees  of  peculation,  forgery,  counterfeiting,  etc. — to- 
gether with  perfidy  and  treason^  both  in  church  and  state. 
That  the  second  "  frog  spiiit,"  that  comes  "  out  of  the 
mouth  of  the  beast," — who  derives  "  his  seat,  and  power, 
and  authority  from  the  dragon  " — infuses  into  the  minds 
of  the  masses,  the  principles  of  an  tmhridled  and  licen- 
tious anarchy^  which  despises  and  tramples  alike  upon 
all  constitutional  systems,  divine  and  human.  And  that 
the  thirds  or  the  "  frog  spirit "  which  proceeds  "  out 
of  the  mouth  of  the  false  prophet,"  inspires  the  same 
masses  with  the  corrupting  creed  of  an  idolatrous  and 
God-denying  atheism.     But  in  addition  to  this  : — 

4.  The  mission  of  these  "three  frog  spirits,"  or  "  spir- 
its of  devils,"  coincides  exactly  with  the  period  or  season 
alluded  to  by  "  the  loud  voice  from  heaven  "  which  St. 
John  "  heard,  saying,  '  Woe  to  the  inhabiters  of  the 
earth  and  of  the  sea !  for  the  Devil  is  come  down  unto 
you,  having  great  wrath,  because  he  knowelh  that  he 
hath  but  a  short  time.'  "  ^ 

JSTovv',  this  "  loud  voice  from  heaven  "  falls  in  with  the 
effusion  of  the  sixth  aj)ocalyptic  vial,  which  dries  up  the 
mystical  river  "  Euphrates,"  symbolic  of  the  gradual  ex- 
haustion of  the  Moslem  Turco-Ottoman  or  Mohammedan 
power.^  For,  it  is  immediately  after  the  final  extinction 
of  that  power,  that  St.  John  saw  the  "  three  unclean  frog 
spirits  "  go  forth  to  "  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the 
whole  world.""  And,  that  we  of  this  day  are  living 
under  the  pouring  out  of  the  last  dregs  of  this  vial,  we 
would  ask,  who  that  is  at  all  observant  of  the  existing 


1  Rev.  xii.  12.  2  See  Appendix. 

"^  Compare  Rev.  xvi.  verses  12  and  13,  14. 


146  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

national,  political,  and  religious  state  of  the  Turkish  Em- 
pire, that  "  sick  old  man,"  as  the  Czar  of  Kussia,  Nich- 
olas L,  facetiously  styled  him,  is  not  looking  for  its  speedy 
erasure  from  the  list  of  European  nations  ?  And,  al- 
though we  may  trace  the  incipie7it  workings  of  those 
political  and  moral  elements,  which  have  prepared  the  way 
for  the  aj^pearance  upon  the  prophetical  stage  of  these 
*'  frog  spirits,"  from  the  period  of  the  earhest  outbreak  of 
the  French  Revolution  in  a.  d.  1768 — ^brought  on  by  the 
effusion  of  the  first  one  of  the  seven,  vials  or  last  plagues  ; 
yet,  each  succeeding  vial  of  judgments  upon  the  Papal 
and  Mohammedan  Antichrists  having  become  more  inten- 
sified in  their  effects  down  to  this  hour,  the  guilty  nations 
of  earth  and  the  apostate  portions  of  the  church,  both 
Papal  and  Protestant,  are  being  hurried  on,  as  with  light- 
ning s^^eed,  to  their  exposure  to  the  more  powerfully 
combined  workings  of  this  tripod  of  "  the  spirits  of  dev- 
ils," LYING,  ANAECHY,  and  ATHEISM. 

5.  And,  mark  you !  the  cidtninating  p>oint  of  these 
diabolical  influences  will  be,  the  formation  of  that  last 
DEMOCRATico-iNFiDEL  or  autichristiau  confederacy  of 
which  we  have  spoken.  Yes,  the  nations  of  earth,  in 
view  of  the  acknowledged  histability  of  the  time-worn  and 
moss-covered  thrones  and  dynasties  of  the  Old  World, 
whether  autocratic,  despotic,  or  monarchical,  and  of  that 
of  the  New  World  as  well ;  and  being  aware  also,  not 
only,  but  incensed  at  the  evident  inadequacy  alike  of 
both  the  ancient  and  modern  systems  of  religion,  whether 
Judaic,  nominally  Protestant,  Papal,  or  Mohammedan,  to 
meet  the  wants  of  mankind ;  and  finally,  being  further 
cognizant  of  the  fact  of  the  existence  in  every  govern- 
ment under  Leaven  of  the  permeating  leaven  of  a  rabid 
spirit  of  Jacobinism  ;  we  repeat,  in  the  light;  of  this  con- 
dition of  the  world,  national,  political,  and  religious,  and 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  lit 

impelled  by  the  judicially  irresistible  influences  of  the 
"  strong  delusions  "  which  shall  be  sent  upon  thera  as  the 
just  punishment  of  their  rejecting  "  the  love  of  the  truth 
that  they  might  be  saved,"  while  that  salvation  was  so 
freely  proffered  to  them  :  the  universal  cry  of  "  Liberty, 
Liberty  !  "  "  Equality,  Equality  !  "  "  Unity,  Unity  !  " 
will  sweep  before  it  all  existing  political  systems  and  re- 
ligious institutions  of  ^nere  human  device  ! 

But,  you  doubt  this.  Nor  are  we  sui'prised  at  it, 
being  at  war,  as  it  is,  Avith  all  your  long-cherished  opin- 
ions and  prejudices.  Shocked  at  the  very  thought  of 
such  an  eventuality,  you  are  ready  to  denounce  it  as  a 
chimera.  But  let  me  remind  you  of  one  fact :  Man  is  a 
religious  being.  Of  another  fact :  That  man,  rather  than 
have  no  religion,  is  ready  to  take  up  with  one  that  is 
false  /  aye,  and  vastly  more  so  than  to  adopt  that  which 
is  ti'ue.  On  this  point  we  are  sure  of  your  verdict  in  our 
favor,  when  we  remind  you  of  the  vast  preponderance  in 
point  of  numbers,  between  the  devotees  of  the  false  re- 
ligious systems  of  the  Pagans,  Papists,  Mohammedans, 
and  others,  compared  with  that  of  nominal  Protestants, 
which  we  hold  to  be  the  true.  Why,  at  this  very  mo- 
ment, the  proportion  in  favor  of  the  former  over  the  lat- 
ter is  as  1,145,000,000  to  80,000,000  ;  and,  out  of  these 
80,000,000  Protestants,  not  more  than  15,000,000  are  en- 
rolled as  communicants  of  all  the  churches  in  Christen- 
dom !  Let  me  then  once  more  recall  to  your  mind  the 
fact,  that  in  the  mission  of  this  tripod  of  "  the  spirits  of 
devils,"  they  do  not  go  forth  "  to  the  kings  of  the  earth 
and  of  the  whole  world "  as  mere  politicians  :  but,  as 
bearing  the  proportions  of  an  immense  consolidated 
spiritucd  power^  antagonistic  to  all  existing  systems  of 
religion  !  And  so,  as,  immediately  preliminary  to  its  or- 
ganization and  introduction  upon  the   stage,   the  "  tea 


148  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

horns  "  or  "  kings  "  of  tlie  Roman  earth  will  have  struck 
down  and  totally  annihilated  the  existing  Papal  super- 
stition, the  way  will  be  prepared  for  the  speedy  gather- 
ing together  of  its  antichristian  hosts. 

Then,  too,  we  are  to  recollect  that  these  "  three  un- 
clean frog  spirits  "  or  "  spirits  of  devils,"  are  clothed  with 
miraculous  powers.  IsTow,  mankind,  we  know,  are  not 
invulnerable  to  persuasion,  when  backed  with  miraculous 
demonstrations.  Why,  since  the  appearance  of  that  great 
apostle  of  the  tnirade-ioorJdiig  sj^iritiialists  of  our  day, 
Uriah  Clark,  from  his  humble  home  in  Hydesville,  New 
York,  in  a.  d.  1848 — the  very  year  that  Louis  Napoleon 
was  elected  President  of  the  French  Assembly,  and  v/ho 
himself  is  a  spiritualist — they  claim  that  in  the  United 
States  there  are  at  least  2,000,000  of  decisive  and  5,000,- 
000  of  nominal  believers ;  and  that  on  the  eastern  conti- 
nent (Christian)  they  may  be  reckoned  to  number  at 
least  from  1,000,000  to  2,000,000  ;  while  they  swell  the 
number  throughout  the  globe  to  hundreds  of  millions ! 
Supposing,  then,  that  "  the  kings  "  of  the  Latin  earth 
were  the  united  eye-witnesses  of  07ie  of  the  miracles  of 
the  "  three  frog  spirits,"  that  of  the  False  Prophet,  for 
example,  who  is  to  come  "  with  all  power  and  signs,  and 
lying  wonders,"  etc.  What,  think  you,  would  be  the 
effect  of  this  ?  Let  prophecy  answer.  It  forewarns  us 
that  these  "  kings  "  and  their  subjects  will  "  toorshi2)  the 
dragon  which  gave  power  unto  the  beast,"  not  only ;  but 
that  they  will  also  ''  worship  the  heast^''  i.  e.,  the  eighth 
HEAD,  "  saying.  Who  is  like  unto  the  beast  ?  Who  is  able 
to  make  war  with  him  ?  "  But  then  it  is  declared  that 
all  these  "  spirits  of  devils  "  shall  work  "  miracles,"  that 
they  may  "  deceive  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth."  We 
again  ask,  therefore ;  What,  suppose  you,  will  be  the 
effect  of  this   combined  miraculous   display   of   power 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECT.  149 

among  the  masses  ?  The  Holy  Spirit  forewarns  us,  that 
when  they  shall  transj^ire,  such  will  be  their  captivating 
influence,  that  they  "  shall  deceive,  if  it  be  possible,  the 
very  elect."  ' 

And,  as  most  of  those  now  living  may  Avitness 
these  demonstrations  of  miraculous  power,  Ave  would 
affectionately  address  to  all  a  note  of  warning.  Inas- 
much, then,  as  nothing  but  the  truth  of  God  in  the  mind, 
and  the  grace  of  God  in  the  heart,  will  be  able  to  fortify 
any  soul  against  being  led  captive  by  these  "  strong  delu- 
sions," we  would  only  say,  "  Let  him  that  thinketh  he 
standeth  take  heed  lest  he  fall." 

All  others — and  this  is  our  closing  remark  on  the  sub- 
ject in  hand — all  others,  embracing  "  the  kings  of  the 
earth  and  of  the  whole  world,"  having  fallen  a  prey  to 
the  miracle-working  wonders  of  these  diabolical  agencies, 
"  the  spirits  of  devils,"  will  concentrate  their  forces,  and 
will  organize  themselves  into  that  last  stupendous  anti- 
christiau  confederacy  of  the  nations,  either  actually  or  as 
allies,  at  whose  hands  the  apocalyptic  eighth  head,  Na- 
poleon in.,  will  be  inaugurated  into  his  seat  of  power. 

1  Matt.  xxiv.  24. 


160  POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

CHAPTER    yi, 

[continued.] 
SECTION    III. 

THE  PROPHETICO-HISTORIC  "  MARK,  NAME,  OR  NUMBER  "  (666),  REV.  XIII. 
16-18,  WHICH  DESIGNATES  THE  EIGHTH  APOCALYPTIC  HEAD,  SHOTT- 
ING  THAT   THEY   POINT   TO   LOUIS   NAPOLEON    III. 

I.  This  mark,  name,  or  number,  as  applied  to  his  ancestry. — The 
name  and  character  of  Papal  Rome,  as  found  in  the  Hebrew, 
Greek,  and  Latin  languages. — To  his  own  name. — Louis  (Ludo- 
vicus). — Napoleon. — Louis  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

We  have  now  pointed  out,  I.,  the  successive  steps 
which  are  to  immediately  precede  the  introduction  of  the 
eighth  apocalyptic  head  upon  the  prophetical  stage  of 
action  ;  and  II.,  the  agents  at  whose  hands  he  is  to  be  in- 
augurated into  his  seat  of  power. 

But,  in  order  to  remove  all  doubt  from  the  mind  as 
to  the  application  of  the  preceding  prophetical  exegesis  to 
Napoleon  III.  as  the  eighth  apocalyptic  head,  we  now 
proceed  to  consider,  III.,  The  prophetico-historic  marJc^ 
nmne^  or  number^  which  designates  him  as  such.  With 
the  single  remark,  that  we  are  now  to  look  upon  Napo- 
leon m.  as  having  retired  from  the  stage  of  action  in  his 
capacity  of  the  revived  seventh  head  of  the  secular  Fran- 
co-Koman  empire ;  and  that  we  are  to  contemplate  him  ex- 
clusively in  his  character  and  exploits  as  the  eighth  head 

OR  LEADER  OE  THE  LAST  ANTICHRISTIAN   CONFEDERACY  OF 

THE  NATIONS  ;  St.  John  says  of  him,  Rev.  xiii.  16-18  : 

"  And  he  causeth  all,  both  small  and  great,  rich  and  poor,  free  and 
bond,  to  receive  a  mark  in  their  right  hand,  or  in  their  foreheads  : 

"  And  that  no  man  might  buy  or  sell,  save  he  that  bad  the  mark, 
or  the  name  of  the  beast,  or  the  number  of  his  name." 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  151 

And  then  the  apostle  adds  : 

*'  Here  is  wisdom.  Let  him  that  hath  understanding  count  the  num- 
ber of  the  beast:  for  it  is  the  number  of  a  man;  and  his  number  is 
six  hundred  three-score  and  six." 

It  is  here  to  be  observed,  hi  the  first  place,  that  the 
above  prophecy,  taken  in  connection  with  the  context, 
furnishes  additional  evidence,  that  the  revived  seventh 
and  eighth  headships  centre  in  and  are  exercised  by  the 
SAME  PERSON.  It  is  the  more  important  to  recognize  this 
distinction,  in  order  to  discriminate  between  the  power 
that  confers  the  mark  or  name  or  nmnber  of  the  beast, 
and  He  by  whom  that  number  is  interpreted. 

ISTow,  the  power  who  confers  this  "  mark,  name,  or 
number  "  upon  the  eighth  head,  is  the  "  beast,"  which 
St.  John  saw  "  coming  up  out  of  the  earth,  having  two 
horns  like  a  lamh,  but  who  s2mJce  as  a  dragon^''  and 
who,  as  such,  "  exerciseth  all  the  power  of  the  first  beast 
(Napoleon  L)  which  was  before  him,"  and  who  "  causeth 
the  earth  and  them  which  dwell  therein  to  worship  the 
first  beast,  whose  deadly  wound  was  healed."  This  act 
of  loorsliip  is  imposed  upon  and  is  now  being  performed 
hy  all  nations  in  the  chm'ch  in  Notre  Dame,  Paris,  by 
paying  their  homage  over  the  ashes  of  the  first  Na- 
poleon. 

The  apostle  then  goes  on  to  point  out  the  means  em- 
ployed by  the  "  beast  "  in  conferring  this  "  mark,"  etc. 
"  He  doeth  great  loonders^  so  that  he  maketh^re  to  come 
down  from  heaven  on  the  earth  in  the  sight  of  men,  and 
deceiveth  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth  by  the  means  of 
those  miracles  which  he  had  power  to  do  in  the  sight  of 
the  beast ;  saying  to  them  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  that 
they  should  make  an  image  to  the  beast,  which  had  the 
Y/ound  by  a  sword,  and  did  live : "  not,  mark,  as  the  re- 


152  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

vived  seventh,  but  as  the  eighth  head.  For  "  the  im- 
age "  here  spoken  of  v/as  not  set  up  under  the  former 
headship.  It  is  just  here  where  the  transition  in  the 
prophecy  takes  place  from  the  revived  seventh  to  tlie 
eighth  headship.  And  so,  in  confirmation  of  his  author- 
ity as  the  revived  seventh  head  to  impose  said  "  mark  " 
etc.  upon  the  eighth,  it  is  said  that  "  he  had  power  to 
give  life  unto  the  image  of  the  beast,  that  the  image  of 
the  beast  should  both  speak,  and  cause  that  as  many  as 
loould  not  worship  the  image  of  the  beast  should  he 
hilledr 

Without  presuming  to  be  wise  above  what  is  writ- 
ten, we  pretend  not  to  positively  decide  in  what  this 
"  image  "  will  consist.  It  is  pertinent,  however,  to  ob- 
serve, that  it  will  form  the  counterpart  of  its  ancient 
archetype,  the  "  golden  image^''  set  up  by  the  Babylonian 
monarch,  Nebuchadnezzar,  in  the  plains  of  Dura,  in  the 
province  of  Babylon,  and  which  all  "  people^  nations, 
and  languages  were  commanded  to  fall  down  and  wor- 
ship," under  pain  of  being  "  cast  into  the  midst  of  a 
burning,  fiery  furnace,"  in  case  of  disobedience.^  It  is  in 
place  to  remark,  however,  that  the  IsTapoleonic  "  image  " 
has  no  "  mark,  or  name,  or  number,  assigned  to  it.  That 
is  reserved  for  "  the  beast  "  alone.  Hence  Ave  read,  that 
the  seventh  revived  head  "  causeth  all,"  by  his  decree, 
"  both  small  and  great,  rich  and  poor,  free  and  bond,  to 
receive  a  mark  in  their  right  hand,  or  in  their  foreheads  : 
and  that  no  man  might  buy  or  sell^  save  he  that  had  the 
mark,  or  name  of  the  beast,  or  the  number  of  his  name." 
In  a  word,  it  is  clear  that  the  two  headships,  united  as 
they  were  in  the  same  person,  cooperate  each  with  the 
other  in  the  transfer  of  the  functions  of  the  former  to  the 

1  Dan.  iii.  1-7. 


POLniCAL    ECONOMY   OF    PROPHECY.  153 

latter,  the  first  using  its  influence  in  the  support  of  the 
tyranny  of  the  last. 

But  one  important  thing  was  omitted  in  this  transac- 
tion. That  was,  to  decipher  "  the  number  of  the  beast." 
That  omission,  in  mercy  to  us,  was  reserved  to  be  dis- 
closed by  the  Holy  Spirit.  Hence  the  additional  state- 
ment : — "  Here  is  wisdom.  Let  him  that  hath  imder- 
standing  coimt  the  number  of  the  beast ;  for  it  is  the 
number  of  a  man  :    and  his  number  is   six   hundred 

THREE-SCORE  AND  SIX." 

N"ow,  the  veriest  tyro  knows,  that  it  was  customary 
with  the  Hebrews,  Greeks,  and  Romans,  to  use  the  letters 
of  their  alphabets  to  keep  accounts  by,  instead  oi  figures^ 
which  are  of  much  later  invention.  This  ancient  custom, 
in  part,  prevails  to  this  day,  as  may  be  seen  in  books? 
medals,  monuments,  and  public  buildings,  e.  g.^  mdccxciii. 
is  put  for  1793,  which,  in  Hebrew  characters,  are  deci- 
phered thus,  ^tOT^  (3971),  (aleph,  zayan,  teth,  gimmel), 
i.  e.  1793  ;  and  in  Greek,  thus  :  a'0y  (1793),  (alpha,  zeta, 
theta,  gamma),  ^.  e.  1793. 

Accordingly,  in  the  above  passage,  the  mystical 
number,  666,  is  represented  by  the  Greek  numerals 
X  (600),  ^  (60),  s  (6),  (chi,  xi,  sigma),  i.  e.  666.  Our 
Saviour  also,  in  the  same  book,  calls  Himself  "  a  "  (alpha) 
and  "  w  "  (omega),  i.  e.,  "  the  first  and  the  /«s^,"  these 
two  letters  being  the  first  and  the  last  in  the  Greek  al- 
phabet. ISTor  is  it  a  little  astonishing,  that  the  above 
number  666,  without  a  single  unit  over  or  under,  as  we 
shall  show,  should  be  found  in  the  composition  of  the 
name  of  "  this  beast,"  as  the  eighth  "  head  "  spoken  of 
in  the  above  passage  when  written  and  counted  as  nume- 
rals in  the  three  languages,  Ilebrev^  Greeks  and  Lathi, 
that  composed  the  inscription  placed  by  Pilate  over  the 
head  of  our  blessed  Lord  on  the  cross. 


154 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECY. 


In  order,  however,  to  give  completeness  to  the  revela- 
tions concerning  this  eighth  head,  it  is  reasonable  to  ex- 
pect that  some  light  would  be  furnished  on  the  subject  of 
his  zoological  origin.  N"or  will  it  lessen  our  amazement, 
should  it  turn  out  that  the  "  mark,  or  name,  or  number  " 
of  his  ancestry,  and  that  of  his  own,  when  counted  as  nu- 
merals, should  be  found  to  produce  the  exact  number  of 
666.     Let  us,  then,  apply  it, 

I.  To  HIS  Ancestry — The  name  and  character  of 
Papal  Rome^  as  found  in  the  Hebrew^  Greek,  and  Latin 
languages.  When  applied  to  the  Papal  Beast  as  a  man, 
a  Koman  of  the  Latin  nation,  this  number  v/ill  be  found 
exactly  to  make  out  the  '-^  mark''''  of  his  name  in  the 
above  three  languages,  thus:  tDI^^^*!'  Tlomamis,  Aaret- 
i/os,  Latinus.  But  when  considered  as  numerals,  or 
figures  (of  which  both  words  entirely  consist),  they  may 
then  be  called  the  oiximher  of  his  name,  the  Hebrew 
words,  ^^"^^^-i  a  Roman,  from  Romulus,  the  founder 
of  Rome,  and  ^^i)^!"!?  Momiith,  the  city  of  Rome,  and 
with  which  corresponds  the  Greek  word,  Aarctvos,  Lati- 


200. 
6. 

40. 

10. 

10. 
400. 

666. 


nus,  thus 

Romanus- 

a  Roman. 

Romiith 

^  Raish, 

200. 

>-)  Raish, 

)2  Mem, 

40. 

T    Wav, 

3)  Tzadi, 

TO. 

)2  Mem, 

3    Noon, 

50. 

^    Yod, 

1   Way, 

6. 

1    Yod, 

•ilj  Sheen, 

300. 

n   Pay, 

.   LatinuB. 

A  Lambda, 

30. 

a  Alpha, 

1. 

t'  Tau, 

300. 

e  Epsilon, 

5. 

I   Iota, 

10 

V  Nu, 

50 

0  Omicron, 

10. 

9   Sigma, 

200. 

666. 


From  this  we  pass  to  observe,  as  a  singular  circum- 
stance in  reference  to  the  character  of  the  Papal  "  little 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  155 

horn,"  that  tlie  title  or  frontlet, —  Vicarhis  filii  Dei — 
(Vicar  of  the  Son  of  God),  which  the  Popes  of  Rome 
have  assumed  to  themselves,  and  caused  to  be  inscribed 
over  the  door  of  the  Vatican,  exactly  makes  up  the  num- 
ber of  666,  when  deciphered  according  to  the  numerical 
signification  of  its  constituent  letters,  thus  : 

Vicar  of  the  Son       of  God. 

V  ICARIYS    FILII  DEI 

5,1,100,      1,5  1,50,1,1,        500,1.     Total,  666. 

One  other  fact.  It  is  a  matter  of  historic  verity,  that 
in  A.  D.  666,  Pope  Vitalian  first  ordained  that  public 
worship  should  be  exclusively  performed  in  the  Latin 
tongue,  from  which  time  they  latinized  everything — 
masses,  prayers,  hymns,  litanies,  canons,  bulls,  the  acts 
of  councils — etc.,  etc.  ;  nor  are  the  Scriptures  read — and 
that  by  priests  alone — in  any  other  language  under  popery 
than  the  Latin.  Hence  this  language  has  been  commu- 
nicated unto  the  people  as  the  mark  and  character  of  the 
whole  empire ! 

Now  for  the  fact  just  alluded  to.  Another  designa- 
tion is  applied  to  this  power,  on  the  principle  of  the  in- 
terchangeable use  of  the  terms  king  and  kingdom,  as  de- 
noting the  same  thing,  viz.,  that  of  "  The  Latin  King- 
dom." Dr.  Adam  Clarke,  in  his  commentary  on  Rom. 
xiii.  1,  in  connection  with  verses  6,  Y,  having  shown  by 
quotations  from  the  acts  of  Romish  councils.  Papal  bulls, 
etc.,  that  they  apply  to  the  hierarchy  of  Rome  the  above 
name,  says:  "if  this  application  of  this  name  to  that 
power  be  correct,  the  Greek  w^ords  signifying  *  the  Lat- 
in kingdom,'  must  have  this  number."  He  then  adds, 
that  the  most  concise  method  of  expressing  this  name 
among  the  Greeks  was  as  follows :  H  XaTivrj  /Jao-cAeia, 
which  is  thus  numbered  : — 


156  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

The  Latin  Kingdom. 

H        \     a     r       I       V    7)        ,B  a      (T      I     \      e    I     a 
8,       30,  1,  300, 10,  50,  8,       2,  1,  200, 10,  30,  5,  10,  1.     Total  666. 

"  No  other  kingdom  on  earth,"  says  this  learned  divine, 
"  can  be  found  to  contain  666.  This  is  the  ??  o-ocfua,  the 
wisdom  or  demonstration.  A  beast  is  the  symbol  of 
a  hingdom  y  and  H  XarLvr]  jSaatkcLa,  being  shown  to  con- 
tain, exclusively,  the  numter  666,  is  the  demonstra- 
tion." 

But,  in  regard  to  the  facts  here  presented,  it  is  to  be 
specially  noted,  that  however  these  various  titles,  orders, 
etc.,  may  be  applicable  to  the  purposes  above  specified ; 
yet,  that  they  can  only  be  used  as  designating  the  Papal 
"  little  horn  "  of  Daniel  as  an  Antichrist ;  and  hence, 
that  they  cannot  be  restricted  to  a  successioji  of  Popes  is 
evident  from  the  circumstance  that  a  complete  fulfilment 
o^  all  the  conditions  of  this  j)rophetic  "  mark,  or  name,  or 
number  of  the  beast,"  relates  to  a  siiigle  individual — 
some  ONE  MAN.  Hence  the  Holy  Spirit  declares  em- 
phatically, that  this  number  666  is  the  number  o/aman," 
i.  e.,  of  one  who  shall  be,  pre-eminently,  the  Anticheist, 
or  that  "  Wicked  One"  (aj/o/xo?,  anomos),  "the  man  of 
SIN  and  son  of  perdition,"  of  St.  Paul. 

And  now,  having  demonstrated  that  Louis  Napoleon 
HI.  is  the  revived  seventh  head  of  the  Roman  beast,  in 
which  capacity  he  now  exercises  the  secular  power  of  the 
Franco-Roman  emperorship  ;  and  also,  that,  as  the  eighth 
head,  being  zoologically  "  of  the  seven,"  he  undergoes  a 
mutation — which  takes  place  when  the  "  ten  horns  "  or 
"kings  "  of  the  Roman  earth,  being  "  of  one  mind,  agree 
to  give  their  power  and  strength  or  kingdom  to  him  " — 
at  which  time  he  assumes  the  functions  of  a  religious  or 
sjnritiial  head :  let  us  see  whether  his  name,  in  Hebrew^ 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  157 

GreeJc,  and  Latin,,  furnishes  tins  significant  number  of 
666.     Take  the  name  thus  : — 


Louis.     (Lydoyicvs.) 

The  two  names,  Louis  Napoleon,,  are  those  by  which 
the  present  ruUng  Emperor  of  France  is  universally 
known.  The  laws  of  symbolic  prophecy,  liowever,  re- 
quire that  they  be  translated  into  languages  in  which  the 
letters  are  used  as  numerals.  Take  then,  first,  the  Latin. 
This,  as  we  have  seen,  is  the  language  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire and  of  the  Papal  church,  of  which  the  French  emperor 
is  reputed  as  "  the  eldest  son,"  and  who,  in  the  prayers 
ofiered  up  for  him  in  the  church  of  iSTotre  Dame,  is  styled 
Ludovicus^  the  French  of  which  is  Louis,  Take  this 
name, 

LV     DOVI     C    VS. 

50,  5,  500,     5,  1,  100,  5.     Total  666. 

But,  to  this  it  is  objected,  that  though  the  name  of 
Ludovicus,  the  Latin  for  Louis,  does,  according  to  the 
Latin  Yaluation  of  its  letters,  make  up  the  number  666,  if 
the  0  and  the  5  are  left  out  of  the  account,  yet  it  is  de- 
manded, "  by  what  principle  of  interpretation  or  fairness 
are  they  left  out  ?  Spell  the  name  without  the  o  and  the 
5,  and  you  do  not  have  Ludovicus.  Spell  the  name  with 
the  two  letters,  and  you  have  two  letters  which  cannot 
enter  into  its  numeral  value,  and,  therefore,  Ludovicus  == 
666,  as  the  name  and  number  of  the  '  beast '  is  fimcv,  and 
nothing  more." 

To  this  objection  we  reply,  "  that  there  are  only  seven 
letters  that  have  any  numerical  value  in  the  Latin  alpha- 
bet, viz. :  M  =  1000,  D  =  500,  C  =  100,  L  =  50,  X  =  10, 
V  or  U  =  5 J  and  I  =:  1,  and  all  the  rest  are  counted  as 


158  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

ciphers^  and  of  course  the  addition  of  ever  so  many  ciphers 
to  a  given  number  can  never  increase  its  value.  There 
is,  in  truth,  no  point  whatever  in  such  an  objection.  The 
fact  has  never  been  disputed  by  prophetical  writers,  that 
Ludovicus  does  not  really  contain  666.  Seebachius  was 
the  first  that  fixed  upon  Ludovicus  as  the  name  of  the 
Beast,  on  account  of  France  being  considered  the  princi- 
pa^of  the  kingdoms  of  the  beast,  but  many  others  have 
adopted  the  name."  ^ 

And  so,  if  we  take  the  other  name, 

Napoleox, 

by  putting  it  into  the  Greek  form,  dative  case,  in  the 
word  NaTToXeovrt,  as  if  inscribed  upon  a  monument,  we 
arrive  at  the  same  result,  thus  : 

tiatroK^ovrL 

60,  1,  80,  TO,  30,  5,  70,  50,  300,  10.     Total,  666. 

But  it  is  demanded  :  "  By  what  system  of  interpreta- 
tion or  fairness  is  the  name  Louis  Napoleon  deliberately 
'misspelt,  wdien  using  the  Greek  letters,  in  order  to  make 
that  name  square  with  this  theory  of  the  beast's  number? 
Louis  is  spelt  Aoi?,  whereas  it  ought  to  be  made  to  spell 
Aouts.  In  like  manner  Napoleon  is  turned  into  NaTroXcov, 
whereas  it  ought  to  be  turned  into  NaTroXewv,"  etc. 

The  answer  to  this  is,  that,  in  reference  to  the  name 
LouiSj  "  the  proper  sound  of  the  first  syllable  is  Lo-o,  or 
Loo.  ISTow,  ou,  expresses  oo  or  o,  in  French  ;  but  it  has  no 
legitimate  sound  in  English."  Webster  says,  "  Missouri, 
in  Fr.  Missouri,  all  very  proper  for  Frenchmen :  for  Eng- 
lishmen the  letters  used  lead  to  a  false  pronunciation.    It 

1  Sec  Proph.  Times,  June,  lSG-4,  p.  95. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  159 

is  to  be  regretted  that  our  language  is  doomed  to  be  the 
heterogeneous  medley  of  English  and  foreign  languages."  ^ 
And  again :  "  It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  British 
authors  and  travellers  admit  into  their  writings  foreign 
words,  without  conforming  them  in  orthography  to  reg- 
ular English  analogies. .  .  I  would  not  refuse  to  admit 
foreign  words,  but  I  would  compel  them  to  submit  to  the 
formalities  of  naturalization."  ^ 

"  By  these  principles,  Avhich  pervade  Webster's  entire 
Introduction,  the  it  in  Louis  would  never  have  been  per- 
mitted in  English."  "  From  the  sentence  '  Louis  Bona- 
part  emperor  governor,'  we  have  dropped  a  u  from  every 
word  but  the  first ;  and  it  has  no  business  in  that.  We 
want  the  sound  of  o  in  move,  or  oo  in  boot,  and  ou  does 
not  in  English  legitimately  express  that  sound ;  nor  does 
00  express  the  sound  definitely,  but  o  does ;  and  there- 
fore I  am  advocating  no  chimera  or  fancy,  but  a  strictly 
scientific  and  exact  fact.  Louis  is,  in  English,  false  or- 
thography. Lois  is  specifically  correct.  Move  and  prove, 
are  in  French,  mouvoir  and  eprouvoir.  The  e  in  Napo- 
leon in  English  sound,  is  short.  jSTow  this,  as  has  been 
shown,  gives  the  exact  number  of  the  name  Aois  NaTro- 
Aeoi/." 

Again  :  "  In  Liddell  and  Scott's  Lexicon,  under  the 
head  of  the  letter  o,  it  is  shown  that  Aots  is  a  usual  inter- 
changeable form  for  Aovt?,  the  diphthong  ou  being  fre- 
quently written  as  the  single  letter  o,  where  it  is  stated 
that  '  in  early  times  the  vowel  o  was  not  called  ofxiKpov 
but  ou.'  Bock  remarks  that  in  Attic  inscriptions  before 
Euclides  (01,  94,  2),  the  diphthong  ou  is  found  only  in 
ov,  ovK,  ovTo<s  with  their  derivatives,  and  in  some  proper 
names :  elsewhere  always  o.    That  o  in  many  words  must 

1  Die.  p.  9.  2  lb.  p.  77. 


160  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

have  sounded  very  like  the  diphthong  ov,  appears  from 
divers  (Elic  forms,  such  as  jSoXa  for  ^ouXa,  (SoXofxa  for 
jSovXoixa,  opavo<;  for  ovpavos.  We  have  in  the  Attic,  ixowos^ 
vovcros,  Kovaos,  ovvojxa  for  ixovo<5,  vocros,  iwaros^  ovojxa^  and  ov8os, 
ovpos  for  oSos,  opos.  Hence  it  appears  that  ov  is  sometimes 
written  as  o  and  u^ce  versa. 

"  Furthermore.  With  regard  to  Na-TroAeov,  it  is  stated 
in  the  same  Lexicon  that  o  [omicron)  was  a  usual  (Elic 
for  a>  {omega).,  so  that  NaTroXeov  might  thus,  according  to 
one  of  the  Greek  dialects,  be  spelt  NaTroXeoi/  without  do- 
ing inadmissible  violence  to  its  proper  Hellenistic  ortho- 
graphy. But  an  additional  reason  for  writing  the  word 
in  Greek  with  a  shorty  rather  than  a  lo7ig  penultimate  w, 
is  found  in  the  fact  that  we  do  not  pronounce  or  spell 
Kapoleon  in  English  as  Napoleoon,  and  therefore,  in 
translating  it  into  Greek,  it  does  not  seem  reasonable  to 
spell  its  last  syllable  with  a  long  or  double  w,  as  wv  {oon)^ 
but  rather  with  a  short  o  as  ov  {o7i). 

"  Thus  the  Greek  Lexicon  furnishes  us  with  satisfac- 
tory vfarrant  for  translating  the  words  Lguis  Napoleon 
into  Aot9  NaTToXeoi/  .  .  .  and  hence,  by  the  institution 
of  this  critical  and  exegetical  scrutiny  into  the  alleged 
untrustworthiness  of  the  above-mentioned  hermeneutical 
interpretation  of  the  apocalyptic  number  of  the  pre-figur- 
ative  wild  beast,  the  above-named  objection  is  demon- 
strated to  be  substantially  fallacious  and  untenable. 

"  It  is  here  worthy  of  remark,  that  there  is  a  third 
method  in  which  Louis  Napoleon's  name  contains  666  in 
Greek.  If  his  name,  Buonaparte.,  be  turned  into  Greelc, 
it  becomes  KaXofxepos  or  KaXov/xepos  ;  and,  indeed,  the 
Duchess  of  Abrantes  describes  Napoleon's  lineal  descent 
from  the  Greek  family  of  Calomeros.  Now  the  initials, 
L.  N.,  for  Aots  Na7ro/\eov,  placed  before  KaXov[jL€po<s,  con- 
tribute to  make  together  the  number  of  66Q,  thus  : 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF  PKOPHECY.  161 

ANKaAoutJ-e        p       o       s. 
30,  50,  20,  1,  30,  70,  50,  40,  5,  100,  70,  200,     666. 

And,  in  conclnsion,  "  it  should  be  remembered,  that 
the  principal  foiTn  in  which  Louis  Napoleon's  name  is 
considered  to  contain  the  fatal  number  of  666  in  Greek, 
is  in  the  dative  case  in  the  word  NaTroXeovrt ;  and  no  one 
is  able  to  discover  the  slightest  flaw  in  this  method. 
Now,  whether  Napoleon  be  written  in  Greek  m  the  nomi- 
native as  NaTToXeov,  or,  as  before  proposed,  NaTroXecoi/,  it 
will,  at  least,  be  unhesitatingly  admitted  that  NaTroXeovrt 
is  the  dative  form  of  the  w^ord  ;  and  the  reason  why  An- 
tichrist's name  ought  to  contain  666  in  the  dative  rather 
than  in  the  nominative  case,  is  thus  explained  by  the 
Rev.  Robert  Polwhele  in  his  pamphlet,  "  The  Sealed 
People,  or  those  who  escape  the  Great  Tribulation  :  " 

"  The  name  to  be  deciphered  in  the  number  666,  is  the  name  of  the 
BEAST,  to  be  borne  by  those  "who  loorship  his  image.  Xot  being  the 
name  of  those  who  are  to  bear  it  upon  their  foreheads  or  hands,  it  is  not 
in  the  nominative  case;  but  it  is  a  mark  or  sign  of  dedication.,  and 
therefore  in  the  dative  case,  just  as  might  be  inscribed  on  temples  or  al- 
tars, implying  that  the  temple  or  altar  was  dedicated  or  devoted  to  such 
a  deity.  The  perception  of  this  truth,  that  the  name  is  one  to  be  borne 
by  the  worshippers  as  a  sign  or  mark  of  dedication,  is  that  exercise  of 
the  understanding  which  is  to  be  inferred  from  the  expression  with  which 
the  enigma  is  introduced  (Rev.  xiii.  IS),  and  which  is  necessary  in  or- 
der to  solve  it.  And  the  word  NoTroAeoj/Tt,  the  name  of  Napoleon,  by 
its  dative  inflection,  suggestive  of  dedication  or  subserviency  to  him  by 
the  worshippers  who  bore  his  name,  is  the  solution  of  this  wonderful 
enigma." 

The  English  author  of  "  Napoleonism  Unveiled  "  sim- 
ilarly observes,  in  reference  to  the  view  that  the  Apoca- 
lypse was  written  in  the  Greek  language,  and  that,  con- 
sequently, the  name  of  the  beast,  and  his  number,  must 
also  be  in  Greek,  that, 

"  The  dynastic  name  of  the  Emperor  Napoleon  in  its  dative  case, 


162 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 


NttTToAeoi/Tt  (the  inflection  used  in  the  Greek  and  other  languages  when- 
ever dedication  or  subserviency  is  implied),  forms  the  number  of  the 
beast  in  the  very  language  in  which  the  ApocaTypse  was  written.  Tak- 
ing all  things  into  consideration,  so  extraordinary  a  fulfilment  has  never 
before  taken  place.  The  mysterious  origin  of  the  name,  and  its  signifi- 
cant meaning,  the  political  power  and  influence  with  which  it  is  invest- 
ed, the  desire  of  the  Emperor  to  perpetuate  its  use  by  his  successors,  and 
lastly,  its  forming  the  mystical  number  666,  all  contribute  to  impress 
upon  the  mind  strong  convictions  of  its  being  the  very  7iwm6er  of  the 
BEAST  of  which  St.  John  prophesied  in  Patmos." 

Finally,  on  this  subject.  We  cannot  omit  a  reference 
to  an  additional  fact,  namely :  that  the  whole  name  of 
this  eighth  head 


LOUIS  NAPOLEON  BONAPAKT, 

when  put  in  Hebrew^  furnishes  precisely  the  same  result, 
as  the  preceding  in  Latin  and  Greek,  thus : 


5     Lamed.      30.  "^ 
^    Aleph.         1. 

6.    V  LOUIS 


Wav. 
Yod. 


h     Yod.  10. 

0     Samech.    60.  J 

2  Noon. 
5     Phay. 
^     Lamed. 
^     Aleph. 
•]      Wav. 

3  Noon. 
Baith. 
Noon. 


50. 
80. 
30.    I 

-       r  NAPOLEON 


Phay. 
Raish. 
Teth. 


})^     Aleph. 


6. 
50. 

2. 
50. 
80. 
200. 

9. 

L  J 


BONAPART. 


Total,  666. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  163 


The  writei-  from  whom  this  article  is  quoted  very 
justly  remarks  :  "  If  there  has  ever  been  another  case  of 
fio  many  and  such  remarkable  coincidences  in  harmony 
with  the  scriptural  designations  of  the  last  Antichrist, 
it  has  never  come  to  our  knowledge."  To  this  we  would 
add  that,  taken  in  connection  with  the  foregoing  proofs 
that  Louis  Napoleon  III.  is  the  predestined  eighth  head 
pointed  out  in  Rev.  xvii.  11,  and  it  amounts  to  a  moral 
demonstration,  that  it  was  to  hiin  alone  whom  our 
blessed  Lord  referred  in  His  address  to  the  Jews  of  His 
day  when  He  said  :  "  If  another  come  in  his  own  name, 
him  ye  xoill  received  In  a  word,  this  last  Antichrist  will 
be  constituted  of  an  embodiment  of  the  "  many  Anti- 
christs "  predicted  by  St.  John  (1  John  ii.  18),  in  all  their 
Pagano-Papal,  Mohammedan,  and  democratico-infidel 
characteristics ! 

In  the  light  of  these  facts,  therefore,  we  shall  claim  it 
as  having  been  demonstrated  by  a  lexicographical,  mathe- 
matical, and  moral  certainty,  that  Louis  iSTapoleon  III.  is 
the  predestined  eighth  head  or  leader  of  the  last  great 
democratico-atheistic  confederacy  that  is  soon  to  be  ush- 
ered upon  the  stage  of  action.  I^Tow,  the  prophecy 
declares, 

1.  That  in  regard  to  this  antichristian  confederacy,  or 
UNIVERSAL  Latin  empire,  it  will  embrace  "  all,  both 
small  and  great,  rich  and  poor,  free  and  bond,"  who 
"  receive  the  mark,  or  name,  or  number  of  the  beast  in 
their  right  hands,  or  in  their  foreheads."  In  other  words, 
that  it  will  include  all  those  nationalities  throughout 
Christendom,  political  and  ecclesiastical,  which,  by  en- 
listing under  his  banner,  or  dedicating  themselves  to  his 
service,  shall  swear  allegiance  to  him.  On  this  subject 
permit  us  here  to  repeat  what  we  have  often  observed, 
that  the  secular  press,  compared  with  the  religious,  and 


164  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

including  tlie  pulpit,  are  by  fai*  the  more  reliable,  though 
undesigned,  expounders  of  God's  prophetic  word  in  re- 
gard to  the  "signs  of  the  times"  we  live  in.  ¥7e 
would  refer  you,  in  illustration  of  this  remark,  to  an  edi- 
torial article  in  the  New  York  Herald  of  August  23d, 
1865,  occasioned  by  the  trial,  in  Buffalo,  of  one  Charles  J. 
Colchester,  who,  claiming  to  be  a  spiritual  medium  (that 
is,  one  who  holds  communication  with  the  spirit  world, 
and  who  performs  the  miracle-working  wonders  of  raps 
and  table-tippings,  etc.),  and  having  been  required  to  take 
out  a  license  as  a  juggler,  has  peremptorily  refused  to 
do  so,  on  the  ground  of  his  religious  rights  as  a  spiritual- 
ist :  and  has  been  prosecuted  by  the  Commissioner  of  the 
United  States  Government.  This  writer,  after  speaking 
of  the  importance  of  this  "  very  curious  trial,"  and  expa- 
tiating on  the  pending  issues  pro  and  con^  says  : 

"The  signs  of  the  times  convince  us  that  something  extraordinary  is 
going  to  happen  in  the  rehgious  world.  Perhaps  a  new  religioji  is  to 
be  inaugurated  with  miracles  and  wonders  and  the  opening  of  the  heav- 
ens.  The  upheavals  of  all  the  old  forms  and  creeds  which  usually  an- 
nounce the  beffinning  of  a  new  dispensation,  are  not  wanting  in  this  dis- 
pensation. In  England  we  find  Bishop  Colenso  and  his  party  denying 
the  truth  of  the  Pentateuch,  and  the  pious  authors  of  '  Essays  and  Re- 
views '  ridiculing  the  thirty-nine  Articles  of  the  Church  of  England.  In 
France,  Renan  argues  against  the  divinity  of  Jesus.  In  Germany  Strauss 
is  the  apostle  of  poetical  infidelity.  At  Rome,  the  Pope  denounces  all 
other  religions  as  false,  and  praises  his  own  to  perfection,  while  Protes- 
tants, in  their  turn,  stigmatize  the  Pope  as  an  impostor.  In  New  Eng- 
land, the  parsons  all  difier,  each  one  seeming  to  consider  himself  a  httle 
Christ.  The  '  North  American  Review  '  calls  Theodore  Parker  a  mod- 
ern Jesus.  The  Mormons  have  started  a  new  church,  and  are  obtaining 
thousands  of  proselytes.  The  Universalists,  who  are  convinced  that  no- 
body will  be  damned,  fraternize  cordially  with  the  Beecherites,  who 
believe  that  everybody  will  be  damned  except  themselves.  The  grcated 
laxity  of  opinion  is  almost  everywhere  allowed.  Throughout  Christen- 
dom, it  is  tacitly  conceded  that  the  Bible  tmtst  not  be  believed  literally^ 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PEOPHECY.  165 

■which  is  the  next  thing  to  not  believing  it  at  all.''''  And  then  the  writer 
adds  :  ''  In  the  midst  of  all  this  confusion  of  creeds  and  breaking  up  of 
sects,  come  the  phenomena  of  spiritualism  !  Who  can  say  that  there 
is  not  going  to  be  a  neio  revelation,  and  that  it  will  not  begin  at  the 
court-house  in  Buffalo  ?  "  etc.,  etc. 

Now,  despite  the  flippancy  which  characterizes  some 
portions  of  this  article,  we  must  insist  upon  its  general 
truthfulness,  as  a  picture  of  the  existing  moral  and  reli- 
gious condition  of  things  throughout  Christendom — ridi- 
culing  the  fundamental  truths  of  our  common  Christian- 
ity, whether  as  set  forth  in  "  the  thirty-nine  articles  of 
the  Church  of  England  "  or  other  formularies  ;  denying 
the  Divinity  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  the  tendency  of 
the  imregenerate  mind  to  self-deification ;  the  latitudi- 
7iarlanis7n  and  fratefnizing  of  religious  sects  whose 
teachings  are  as  divergent  as  the  nether  poles ;  the  denial 
that  the  Scriptures  are  to  be  interpreted  literally,  and 
which,  as  this  writer  says,  "  is  the  next  thing  to  not  be- 
lieving them  at  all ; "  the  conflict  which  is  now  being 
waged  between  Popery  and  Protestantism  ;  and,  though 
last,  not  least,  the  wide-spread  influences  of  Mormonism 
and  spiritualism :  these,  and  a  "  legion  "  of  other  moral 
antagonisms  to  "  the  faith  at  first  delivered  to  the  saints  " 
as  "  THE  siGXS  OF  THE  TIMES,"  are  but  a  A'erification  of 
the  Pauline  prophecy,  that  "  the  time  would  come  when 
men  woidd  not  endure  sound  doctrine,"  but  that,  "  after 
their  own  lusts  they  would  heap  to  themselves  teachers, 
having  itching  ears  ;  "  and  that  they  would  "  turn  away 
their  ears  from  the  truth,  and  be  turned  unto  fablesP  ^ 

Such,  then,  being  the  present  aspect  of  things  through- 
out the  Christian  world,  what,  suppose  you,  will  they  be 
when,  superadded  to  all  these  unphristianizing  and  de- 

i  2  Tim.  i7.  3.  4. 


166  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

moralizing  and  disorganizing  influences,  the  apocalyptic 
"  three  unclean  frog  spirits  "  or  "  spirits  of  devils  "  shall 
be  let  loose  upon  "  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the 
whole  world  ?  "  Can  we  reach  any  other  conclusion  than 
that,  being  prepared  for  their  mission  by  the  preexisting- 
state  of  things,  "  God,"  as  He  has  said,  "  will  put  it  in 
their  hearts  to  agree,  and  give  their  kingdo'in  to  the 
BEAST  ?  "  And  this  act,  on  their  part,  will  involve  the 
surrender  of  themselves  to  liis  power,  by  receiving  his 
"  mark,  or  name,  or  number  of  his  name  in  their  right 
hands  and  in  their  foreheads,"  and  by  their  idolatrous 
iDorshipping  of  his  image.  But,  in  the  next  place,  the 
prophecy  forewarns  us, 

2.  "  That  no  man  may  buy  or  sell^  save  he  that  hath 
the  mark,  or  the  name  of  the  Beast,  or  the  number  of  his 
name."  Yes,  a  being  deprived  of  the  ordinary  sources 
of  subsistence,  confiscation  of  property,  etc.,  will  be  the 
penalty  to  all  such  ! 

This,  then,  will  be  that  unparalleled  tribulation 
that  shall  come  on  all  the  nations  of  the  earth  predicted 
by  our  Lord,  "  Such  as  never  was  since  the  beginning  of 
the  creation  which  God  created  unto  that  time,  nor  ever 
shall  be."  ^  Nor  this  only.  It  will  be  that  apocalyptic 
"  hour  of  temptation  "  to  the  nominal  church  of  God, 
which  will  "  tnj  them  that  dwell  upon  the  earth  ;  "  ^  or  tlie 
same  with  that  ort^ea^  predicted  by  St.  Paul  in  the  words, 
"  Every  man's  work  shall  be  made  manifest :  for  the  day 
shall  declare  it,  because  it  shall  be  revealed  by  fire :  and 
the  fire  shall  try  every  man's  work  of  what  sort  it  is.  If 
any  man's  work  abide^  ...  he  shall  receive  a  reward. 
If  any  man's  works  shall  be  burned^  he  shall  suffer  loss : 
but  he  himself  shall  be  saved,  yet  so  as  byfire^  ^ 

1  Matt.  xxiv.  21.    Mark  xiii.  19.        2  Rev.  iii.  10.        s  1  Cor.  iii.  11-13. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY.  167 

CHAPTER  yi. 

[continued,] 
SECTION    IV. 

THE   PROPHETICO-HISTORIC   EXPLOITS   OF   THE   APOCALYP-TIC   EIGHTH  HEAD 
AND  HIS   ANTICHRISTIAN   CONFEDERACY. 

I,  TJie  first  act  of  the  eighth  head — Restoration  of  the  Jews  to  their 
own  land — Palestine — Its  successive  changes — Seven  maps  in 
illustration. 

n.  His  second  act. — Desecration  of  the  temple,  etc. 

Having  now  shown,  I.,  the  custom  of  the  ancient 
Hebrews,  Greeks,  and  Romans,  in  keeping  their  accounts 
by  the  use  of  the  letters  of  their  alphabets  instead  of 
figures ;  and  also  that  Christ  himself  and  the  apostle  St. 
John  adopted  the  same  custom  in  the  apocalyjDse;  and 
having,  H.,  demonstrated  the  mystical  "  mark,  or  name,  or 
number"  666,  as  occurring  in  Rev.  xiii.  16-18,  points  us 
to  the  apocalyptic  eighth  head  of  Rev.  xvii.  11,  and 
that  this  number,  in  the  Hebrew,  Greek,  and  Latin  nu- 
meral figures,  is  found  in  the  name  of  the  present  empe- 
ror of  the  Franco-Roman  empire  in  all  those  languages, 
irrefragably  proving  thereby  that  he  is  the  veritable  pre- 
destined "  Man  of  sin  and  son  of  perdition  "  predicted  by 
St.  Paul :  we  proceed  in  accordance  with  our  plan,  to 
furnish  an  exposition, 

IV.  Of  the  prophetico-historic  exploits  of  this  eighth 
apocalyptic  head  and  his  antichristian  -confederacy.  We 
are  now  about  to  enter  into  and  explore  a  field  of  scrip- 
tural exegesis,  which  may  appear  new  to  most  of  our 
readers.  Let  us  not  forget,  however,  that  the  great  facts 
and  truths  of  divine  revelation  are  parabolically  compared 
to  "  a  treasure  hid  in  the  field^^  which  "  treasure,"  in  all 


168  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

its  richness  and  fulness,  is  not  to  be  found  except  at  the 
cost  of  "  selling  all  that  a  man  hath,"  in  order  to  "  buy 
that  field."  Nor  can  we  gain  possession  of  it  separate 
from  the  severest  toil  and  perseverance.  Some  miners  in 
a  golden  region,  vvdth  pick-axe  and  spade  in  hand,  hav- 
ing obtained  afeio  ingots  of  the  precious  metal,  but  tiring 
in  the  way,  may  imagine  that  they  have  exhausted  the 
field  of  their  explorations,  and  abandon  the  Avork ;  while 
others,  having  entered  the  same  region,  undismayed  by 
apparent  obstacles,  and  digging  far  down  below  the  sur- 
face, at  length,  to  their  great  joy,  strike  the  princi^^al  vein 
of  the  coveted  ore,  and  their  persevering  toil  is  crowned 
with  an  abundant  reward. 

We  are  aware  that  this  illustration,  when  applied  to 
the  subject  in  hand,  may  be  thought  invidious,  and  that 
it  savors  of  self-adulation.  We  are  not,  however,  respon- 
sible for  either  inference.  We  leave  the  facts  to  speak 
for  themselves.  Of  this  we  are  sure,  that  all  boasting  is 
excluded,  for,  to  use  the  language  of  St.  Paul,  "  Who 
maketh  us  to  difier  from  another  ?  And  what  have  we 
that  we  have  not  received  ?  And  if  we  have  received  it 
why  should  we  glory,  as  if  we  had  not  received  it  ?  " ' 
This  we  know,  that  there  are  in  the  inexhaustible  "  treas- 
ury "  of  God's  deeply  "  hidden  mysteries  of  His  will," ' 
"  things  "  that  are  "  7ieio  "  as  well  as  "  old  ;  "  ^  not  indeed 
that  there  are  or  can  be  any  "  things "  superadded  to 
those  already  given  ;  *  but,  that  those  who  seek  "  wis- 
dom "  as  they  "  seek  silver,  and  search  for  her  as  for  hid 
treasures,"  shall  "  understand  the  fear  of  the  Lord,  and 
find  the  knowledge  of  God ; "  ^  and  so,  like  unto  a  "  scribe 
which  is  instructed  unto  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  shall 
bring  forth  out  of  his  treasure  things  new  and   oldP " 

>  1  Cor.  iv.  7.  2  2  Eph.  1-9.  3  Matt.  xiii.  52. 

4  See  Rev.  xxii.  18,  10.         &  Prov.  ii.  1-5.  «  Matt.  xiii.  62. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  169 

How  far  we  may  have  succeeded  in  exhuming  from  this 
"  treasure  hid  in  the  field,"  any  of  the  "  new^^  but  ignored 
and  long  neglected  "  things  "  which  God  hath  revealed 
for  our  "instruction  in  righteousness,"  ^  we  shall  leave  for 
the  reader's  candor  to  decide,  in  regard  to  those  ficts 
and  truths  which  we  are  now  about  to  submit  to  their  re- 
flections.    They  relate  to,  IVth, 

THE    PROPHETICO-HISTOEIC    EXPLOITS    OF   THE   APOCALYPTIC 
EIGHTH  HEAD  AND  HIS  ANTICHRISTIAN  CONFEDERACY. 

Having  already  explained  those  prophecies  which 
point  out,  first,  the  agents — the  "  ten  horns  "  or  "  kings  " 
of  the  Roman  earth — who  by  their  united  act  "  give  their 
power  and  strength  and  kingdom  "  to  this  eighth  head  ; 
and  second,  his  hiauguration  at  their  hands  into  "his 
seat,  and  power,  and  great  authority;"  and  third,  the 
"  gathering  together  of  the  kings  of  the  earth  and  of  the 
world,"  by  the  wonder-working  miraculous  influences  of 
the  "  three  unclean  frog  spirits  "  or  "  spirits  of  devils," 
and  their  consolidation  into  the  last  antichristian  con- 
federacy, etc. ;  we  now  observe, 

I.  That  the  first  act  of  this  eighth  head  will  be,  the 
restoration  of  GocVs  covenant  people^  the  Jeios^  to  their  own 
land. 

No  subject  occupies  a  more  prominent  place  in  the 
prophecies  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  than  those 
which  relate  to  the  future  restoration  of  Judah  and  Israel, 
or  the  ten  tribes,  to  the  laud  called  Canaan  or  Pales- 
tine, promised  to  their  fathers.  Before  proceeding  to  an 
exhibit  of  this  first  act  of  the  eighth  head  in  their  resto- 
ration, therefore,  the  importance  of  an  historical  acquaint- 

J  2  Tim.  iii.  IG. 


lYO  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

ance  with  the  changes  to  which  the  Holy  Land  has  been 
subjected,  from  its  first  occupancy  to  its  final  possession 
by  the  covenant  seed  of  Abraham,  will  justify  the  space 
appropriated  to  a  consideration  of — 

THE  PREDICTED  ENLARGEMENT  AND  NEW  DIVISION  OF 
THE  PROMISED  LAND  AMONG  THE  TWELVE  TRIBES 
OP   ISRAEL,   WHEN  RESTORED. 

This  would  seem  very  naturally  to  occur  to  a  reflect- 
ing mind  not  only  as  possible  and  probable,  but  as  ne- 
cessarily arising  from  those  changes  to  be  produced  by 
the  niiindane  convulsions  of  various  portions  of  the  earth 
spoken  of  in  Scripture.  For  example :  The  rending  of 
Mount  Olivet  on  the  east  of  Jerusalem  by  an  earthquake, 
removing  one  half  of  it  toward  the  north,  and  the  other 
half  toward  the  south,  with  a  very  great  valley  between,* 
cannot  fail  to  produce  a  total  alteration  in  the  topograph- 
ical aspect  of  Palestine  from  what  it  now  is.  Indeed, 
the  design  of  the  covenant  God  of  Israel  in  subjecting 
the  land  of  promise  to  these  and  the  like  great  physical 
revolutions,  is,  to  verify  to  them  the  possession  of  it,  in 
accordance  with  the  geographical  boundaries  assigned  to 
it  in  the  stipulations  of  the  compact  originally  made  with 
their  fathers,  Abraham,  and  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  but  the 
full  extent  of  which  they  have  never  yet  enjoyed.  Let 
us,  then,  take  a  view, 

I.  Of  the  successive  geographical  developments  of 
this  remarJcable  country,  from  its  earliest  history  down  to 
the  present  time. 

1.  Prior  to  Abraham's  call  to  leave  Ur  of  the  Chal- 
dees  in  Mesopotamia  to  repair  to  Canaan,'^  that  country 

1  Zech.  xiv.  4,  5.  ^  See  Gen.  chap.  xii. 


rOLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECT.  171 

was  occupied  by  the  following  heathen  nations,  viz., 
the  Kenites,  and  the  Kennizites,  and  the  Kadmonites ; 
the  Hittites,  the  Perizzites,  and  the  Rephaims  ;  the  Amor- 
ites,  and  the  Canaanites,  and  the  Girgashites,  and  the 
Jebnsites."  ^  Their  respective  localities  are  all  laid  down 
in  the  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaraents,  thus : 
— The  Kenites  were  located  westward  of  the  Dead  Sea, 
and  extended  their  southern  boundary  into  the  confines 
of  Arabia  Petra?a.''  Tlie  Kadmonites,  or  eastern  people 
(supposed  to  be  the  same  with  the  Hivites'),  occupied  the 
northeast,  south  of  Mount  Lebanon,  in  Mispeh  or  Gile- 
ad.  The  Hittites,  descendants  of  Heth,  the  second  son 
of  Canaan,  dwelt  in  the  south,  near  Hebron/  The  Periz- 
zites occupied  the  central  parts  of  Canaan,  scattered, 
more  or  less,  among  the  other  tribes/  The  Rephaims,  a 
race  of  giants,  dwelt  on  the  west  of  the  Dead  Sea,  ex- 
tending to  the  Mediterranean/  The  Amorites  were  lo- 
cated both  on  the  east  and  west  of  Jordan,  and  possessed 
the  two  powerful  kingdoms  of  Sihon  and  Og,  with 
others/  The  Canaanites  embraced  some  of  the  tribes 
of  that  name,  which  dwelt  in  the  midland  between  the 
Mediterranean  and  the  Dead  Sea,  and  extended  also 
toward  the  coast  of  Jordan  eastward.  The  Girgashites 
(supposed  to  be  the  ancestors  of  the  Girgasenes  of  the 
New  Testament,  Matt.  viii.  28  ;  Mark  v.  1  ;  Luke  viii. 

1  Gen.  XV.  19-21. 

2  Compare  Exod.  iii.  1,  v,'ith  Judg.  i.  IG  ;    Numb.   xxiv.  21  ;   and  1 
Sam.  XV.  10. 

3  Numb.  xiii.  20-22  ;  Josh.  ix.  1  ;  xi.  3 ;  Judg.  iii.  3. 

4  Judg.  i.  26  ;  2  Sam.  xi.  6  ;  1  Kings  vii.  6 ;  xi.  1. 

5  Gen.  xiii.  7 ;  Josh.  xvii.  15;  Judg.  i.  4;  iii.  5 ;  1   Kings  ix.  20,  21 ;  2 
Chron.  viii.  7 ;  Ezra  ix.  1. 

6  Josh.  XV.  8  ;  xviii.  5, 16-20;  2  Sam.  v.  18,  22;  xxiii.  13  :  1  Chr.  xi. 
15 ;  xvi.  9  ;  Isa.  xvii.  5.     See  also  Gen.  xiv.  5 ;  xv.  20. 

T  Numb,  xxi.-xxxii. ;  Deut.  i.  44  ;  Josh.  xii. — xv. — xix. ;  Judg.  vi.  10  ; 
2  Kings  xxi.  11 ;  Amos  ii.  9. 


172  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

26)  occupied  the  country  directly  north  and  east  of  the 
fsea  of  Tiberias/  The  Kenyiizites  appear  to  have  been 
located  southeast  of  the  Kenites.'  And  the  Jehusites 
dwelt  between  the  Mediterranean  and  the  northern 
part  of  the  Dead  Sea,  in  the  mountainous  regions  ad- 
jacent.^ 

(The  opposite  map  will  illustrate  their  respective  lo- 
calities.) 

But,  as  we  have  said  on  a  former  occasion,  these 
heathen  tribes  were  reputed  by  Him  "  whose  is  the  earth 
and  the  fulness  thereof"*  as  intruders  into  a  territory 
which,  in.  His  divine  purpose,  had  been  selected  as  the 
THEATRE  for  the  display  of  his  mighty  wonders,  through 
that  people  whom  He  should  "  choose  to  be  his  peculiar 
treasure  above  all  the  nations  of  the  earth."  ^  Hence  the 
call  of  Abram,  in  a.  m.  2083,  to  leave  his  native  country 
and  kindred  in  IJr  of  the  Chaldees,  and  repair  to  Ca- 
naan.^ Obedient  to  the  Divine  mandate,  Abram  "  came 
forth  "  and  "  dwelt  "  for  a  while  in  "  Haran."  Thence 
he  passed  through  the  land  by  the  w^ay  of  Sichem,  and 
came  to  "  the  plain  of  Moreh  (and  the  Canaanite  was 
then  in  the  land).  And  the  Lord  appeared  unto  Abram, 
and  said,  unto  thy  seed  will  I  give  this  land.'''' ''  "  Lift 
up  thine  eyes,  and  look  from  the  place  where  thou  art, 
northward,  and  southward,  and  eastward,  and  w^estward. 
For  all  the  land  which  thou  seest,  to  thee  will  I  give  it, 
and  to  th^  seed  for  ever."  ®  But,  upon  the  changing  of  his 
name  from  Abram  to  Abraham,  this  covenant  of  God 
was  reneioed  to  him,  and  subsequently  to  Isaac  and  Ja- 

1  Josh.  xxi.  11.     See  also  Gen.  x.  llf. 

2  Josh.  XV.  17  ;  Judg.  i.  13  ;  iii.  9-11 ;  1  Chron.  iv.  13  ;  xxvii.  15. 

3  Numb.  xiii.  29 ;  Judg.  i.  21 ;  2  Sam.  v-xxiv.  16 ;  Zech.  ix.  7. 
^  Ps.  xxiv.  1.  5  Exod.  xix.  5.  «  Gen.  xii.  1. 

7  Gen.  xi.  SI,  32  ;  xii.  C,  7.  «  Uid.  xiii.  14,  15. 


ToFaeePa^ef72. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHICCY.  173 

cob/  A  periqd,  however,  of  470  years  (including  the 
430  years  of  sojourn  and  bondage  of  his  seed  as  "  stran- 
gers "  in  Egypt,  and  the  40  years  of  wanderings  in  the 
wilderness  after  the  exode),  was  to  elapse,^  before  they 
were  to  enter  into  the  possession  of  the  promised  land. 
The  time  having  at  length  arrived,  under  their  leader, 
Joshua,  the  successor  of  Moses,  the  Israelites  crossed  the 
Jordan,  and  entered  into  Caxaax.  From  this  point, 
therefore,  we  are  to  take  a  view  of  the  geographical  ex- 
tent of  the  Holy  Land, 

2.  From  the  time  of  Joshua^  in  a.  m.  2583,  to  the  end 
of  the  Judges^  in  a.  ^r.  3057.  It  is  to  be  borne  in  mind, 
that  the  entire  extent  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  as  preoccu- 
pied by  the  heathen  tribes  above  named,  was  bounded 
on  the  north  by  Mount  Lebanon  ;  on  the  west  by  the 
Mediterranean  ;  on  the  east  by  the  Desert  of  Arabia,  and 
the  land  of  the  Ammonites,  Moabites,  and  Midianites  ;  and 
on  the  south  by  the  land  of  Edom,  and  the  wilderness  of 
Paran,  etc.  It  was  about  200  miles  in  length  from  north 
to  south,  and  about  80  miles  from  east  to  west ;  and  lay 
between  the  3 2d  and  34th  degrees  of  north  latitude,  and 
the  36th  and  37th  degrees  of  east  longitude,  from  London. 

Of  this  land,  however,  in  its  full  extent^  as  we  shall 
see,  the  Israelites  were  not  to  be  put  into  immediate  pos- 
session. As  already  stated,  the  Most  High,  having,  for 
the  purpose  of  His  own  glory,  given  the  land  in  covenant 
to  Abraham  and  his  seed,  issued  the  command,  "  And  ye 
shall  dispossess  the  inhabitants  of  the  land,  and  dwell 
therein  ;  for  I  have  given  you  the  land  to  possess  itT  " 
But  he  adds,  concerning  the  nations  to  be  ejected  and 
destroyed,  "  I  will  not  drive  them  out  before  thee  in  one 


1  Gen.  xvii.  5-8  ;  xxvi.  2,  3  ;  xxviii.  13,  14. 

»  Ihid.  XV.  7-16  ;  Numb,  xiv.  26-35.  3  Numb,  xxxiii.  5-' 


174:  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

2/ear,  lest  the  land  become  desolate,  and  the  beasts  of  the 
field  multiply  against  thee.  But  hy  little  and  little^  I  will 
drive  them  out  from  before  thee,  until  thou  be  increased 
and  inherit  the  land."  ' 

And  now,  Joshua,  having  received  the  Divine  com- 
mand "  to  divide  for  an  inheritance  "  the  whole  land 
"  from  the  wilderness,  and  this  Lebanon,  even  unto  the 
Great  River,  the  river  Euphrates,  all  the  land  of  the  Hit- 
tites,  and  unto  the  Great  Sea,"  ^  or  Mediterranean ;  yet, 
although  in  his  first  expedition  against  its  heathen  intru- 
ders, he  subdued  all  the  southern  part  of  the  promised 
land,  and  in  his  second  the  northern,  together  Avith  all 
his  other  extensive  conquests,  "  there  remained  yet  very 
much  land  to  be  possessed."  ^  Five  years  were  devoted 
to  the  division  of  the  land  by  Joshua.* 

(The  opposite  map,  compared  with  No.  I.,  will  show 
the  exact  correspondence  between  the  extent  of  the  land 
before  and  after  its  division.) 

After  the  death  of  Joshua,  it  was  the  great  sin  of 
Israel,  that  when  they  were  able,  they  "  did  not  utterly 
drive  out "  their  enemies  from  the  land,  as  they  had  been 
commanded.  For  this  sin  they  were  severely  rebuked 
and  chastised  during  the  time  of  the  Judges.^  These 
conquests  were  reserved  for  further  completio7i  by  David 
and  Solomon.®  Particularly  under  the  reign  of  the  latter 
king,  there  Avas  a  nearer  approximation  toward  the  se- 
curing of  the  utmost  geographical  boundaries  stipulated 
in  the  original  covenant  compact.  This  may  be  gath- 
ered, 

3.  From  a  view  of  the  geographical  extent  of  Canaan 

1  Exod.  xsiii.  29,  80.  ^  josh.  i.  4,  6. 

3  Josh,  xii.-xiii.  1 :  2-6  ;  xi.  18. 

4  Compare  Numb.  xiv.  30,  33,  34;  with  Josh.  xi.  18;  and  xiv.  10. 
fi  Jiidg.  i.  21-2G  ;  ii.  1-3.  «  2  Sam.  viii.  3-14;  2  Chron.  ix.  26. 


ToFaceFaffef/^ 


ghemno  the 
RdatlTP  SiniHiiou  ^ 

ffOie  A/uoTAih^vTS  u  the 


St  (pis 

(}Aes    '  lO 

r>?      of  Refkiff    % 


Tif  race  ragt  /  Jg 


I  § 


I      ! 

I   ! 

i    ! 


*.i: 


''     i'f'fff&P^ 


'^■^^ 


■^i'  All'  I  >*ir| 


X.  ^ 


'^^, 


<v. 


^-yjH 


H»?!P 


r<,  hu,e  Fa.j,  IJ.'i 


'^    Tlu-  M.0 aJ) lie s  and'4/iiiiionites 
ws^v  jjTX'JtaMy  CArrtfd  hxto 
ciiftivity  (<_''  ^iebudiaduez- 

'Old  re.ftnred  Vv  Cyrus 


Tv  J-aee  fgye  /  7$ 


--TT  ■■•^ 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  175 

during  the  period  of  the  Icings.  Thus  we  read  :  "  And 
Solomon  reigned  over  all  the  kingdoms  from  the  river 
(Euphrates)  unto  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  and  unto 
the  border  of  Egjqot  .  .  .  for  he  had  dommion  over 
all  the  region  this  side  the  river  (Euphrates)  from  Tiph- 
sah  (or  Thapsacus,  situated  thereon),  even  to  Azzah,  or 
Gaza,  with  her  towns  and  villages,  unto  the  river  of 
Egypt  (or  the  Nile)  southward,  and  the  Great  Sea  (the 
Mediterranean)  westward,^  even  over  all  the  kings  on 
this  side  of  the  river,"  "^  (Euphrates). 

It  is  to  be  observed,  however,  that  though  the  na- 
tions occupying  the  adjacent  countries  to  the  then  pos- 
sessions of  Israel  were  tributary  to  David  and  Solomon  ; 
yet  this  was  not  their  possessing  the  land  according  to 
the  original  grant,  as  promised  by  their  covenant  God. 
N'or  did  they  invalidate  the  divine  grant,  in  that  they 
occupied  a  part  only  of  the  specified  territory,  and  the 
subjection  merely  of  others.  Otherwise  it  could  not  be 
proved  that  the  Lord  had  promised  them  any  part  of  the 
land  for  actual  possession.  But  Heaven  stands  pledged 
to  Abraham,  that  unto  his  seed  shall  the  whole  prescribed 
territory  be  given. 

(The  accompanying  maps  will  illustrate  the  geograph- 
ical boundaries  of  the  Holy  Land,  in  three  different  as- 
pects, vnz.,  the  first,  under  the  kings  ;  the  second,  during 
the  captimties ;  and  the  third,  as  they  Avere  in  the  time 
of  Christ.  It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance,  that  they  under- 
went no  material  change  from  that  of  their  first  arrange- 
ment, when  occupied  by  the  Canaanites.) 

This  event,  however,  is  still  future.     It  awaits, 

4.  The  enlargement  of  the  Holy  Land,  in  accordance 

1  Josh.  XV.  47. 

2  1  Kings  iv.    21-24.    See  also  Home's  Introduction,  etc.  Vol.  III. 
pp.  4^G. 


176  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPIIECY. 

with  the  wlioU  extent  of  the  boundaries  prescribed  by  the 
original  stipulations  of  the  covenant.  These  extensive 
boundaries  may  be  gathered  from  the  following  state- 
ments :  First.  When  Abram  dwelt  in  the  plains  of  Mam- 
re,  "  In  that  same  day,  the  Lord  made  a  covenant  with 
him,  saying,  Unto  thy  seed  have  I  given  this  land,  from, 
the  river  of  Egypt  {the  Nile),  ttnto  the  Great  jRiver,  the 
river  Eujyhrates.^^  ^  The  "  river  of  Egypt,"  or  the  Nile, 
as  the  bomidary  mark  of  the  promised  land  in  this  pas- 
sage, necessarily  includes  Idumea  and  the  land  of  Goshen, 
north  of  the  eastern  branch  of  that  river ;  while  the  al- 
lotment embraces  also  a  considerable  part  of  Syria,  com- 
prehending the  whole  territory  from  the  Euphrates  on 
the  northeast,  and  the  whole  of  Idumea  to  the  Nile  on 
the  southwest.     Again, 

Second.  After  the  giving  of  the  law  at  Mount  Sinai, 
saith  the  Lord,  "  I  will  set  from  the  Red  Sea  even  mito 
the  sea  of  the  Philistines  and  from  the  desert  itnto  the 
rlver^'*  etc'  As,  by  other  specifications,  Ave  find  that  part 
of  Stony  Arabia  included,  which  is  embraced  between  the 
gulphs  and  the  Red  Sea,  it  is  evident  that  the  expression, 
"  from  the  Red  Sea  even  to  the  sea  of  the  Philistines," 
points  to  the  Elanitic  Gulph  on  the  southeast,  and  all 
west  from  it  to  the  Mediterranean,  or  "  sea  of  the  Philis- 
tines." And  so  also  the  phrase,  "  from  the  desert  to  the 
river,"  gives  us  the  desert  of  Egypt  and  Arabia,^  through 
which  the  Israelites  were  just  passing,  as  their  southern 
boundary,  from  which,  "  the  whole  land  unto  the  river," 
(Euphrates),  is  embraced  in  this  important  grant.  This 
promise  was  again  renewed,  when  Moses  and  the  Israel- 
ites were  in  Horeb."     Now,  Mount  Horeb  lay  between 

»  Geu.  XT.  13-31.  2  Exod.  xxiii.  31. 

3  Gen.  xvi.  7  ;  Exod.  xv.  22. 

4  Deut.  i.  6-9.    See  also  chap.  xi.  22-24 ;  Josh.  i.  2-4. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PKOPHECT.  17T 

the  gulplis  and  the  Red  Sea,  140  miles  soutJi  of  what 
subsequently  became  the  boundaries  of  the  land  as  pos- 
sessed by  them  ;  yet,  in  the  wide  range  thus  set  before 
them,  they  are  still  called  to  go  into  all  the  places  even 
"  in  the  south  of  Iloreh^^''  which  is  situated  only  about  50 
miles  north  of  the  most  southern  extremity  of  the  penin- 
sula.    But, 

Third.  These  boundaries,  as  laid  down  in  Numb, 
xxxiv.,  taken  in  connection  with  others  with  which  it 
corresponds  in  the  parallel  passage  from  Joshua,  chap. 
XV.,  will  tend  to  show  in  a  clearer  light  the  limits  of  the 
land  in  its  full  extent.  It  is  here  said,  that  the  "  south 
quarter  shall  be  from  the  wilderness  of  Zin  [southward, 
or  leading  toward  the  south.  Josh.  xv.  1,]  and  "  along  by 
the  coast  of  Edom  [or  Idumea],  which  was  the  uttermost 
part  of  the  south  coast."  And  again.  "  And  your  south 
border  shall  be  the  outmost  coast  of  the  salt  sea,  east- 
ward," or  from  the  southeast  corner  of  the  Dead  Sea. 
"  And  your  border  shall  turn  from  the  south  to  the  ascent 
of  Akrabbira,"  or  the  mountains  of  Accaba  (Arabic,  as- 
cent), which  run  toward  the  head  of  the  Elanitic  or  east- 
em  gulf  of  the  Red  Sea.  "  And  as  for  the  vjestern  bor- 
der^ ye  shall  have  the  Great  Sea,"  (or  the  Mediterranean), 
for  a  border."  '  "  And  this  shall  be  your  north  border : 
from  the  Great  Sea  you  shall  point  out  Hor-ha-hor,"  ^ 
(not  "Mount  Hor,"  as  rendered  in  our  English  Bible, 
confounding  it  with  that  on  the  southern  border,  but) 
"  the  double  mountain,"  or  Mount  Lebanon,  which 
formed  the  northern  frontier  of  Palestine,  dividing  it 
from  Syria,  and  running  eastward  from  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Sidon  to  Damascus.     "  And  ye  shall  point  out 


»  Numb.  xxiv.  6. 

2  Compare  also  Numb.  xxW.  7  ;  Josh.  xiii.  5;  Ezek.  xlviii,  1. 

8^ 


178  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PKOPHECY. 

your  east  border  from  Hazar-Enan  to  Shephan,  and  the 
coast  shall  go  down  to  Riblah,  on  the  east  side  of  Am  : 
and  the  border  shall  descend,  and  shall  reach  unto  the 
side  of  the  sea  of  Chinneroth  eastward.  And  the  border 
shall  go  down  to  Jordan,  and  the  goings  out  of  it  shall 
be  at  the  salt  sea :  this  shall  be  your  land,  with  the 

COASTS  THEREOF  ROUND  ABOUT." 

Such  was  the  admirable  geographical  chart  of  the 
original  land  of  promise,  dictated  by  the  covenant  God 
of  Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  and  described  with  so 
much  precision  by  Moses,  as  an  eye-witness  of  it.  With 
a  map  before  us,  an  ideal  line  drawn  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean on  the  loest^  to  Thapsachus  on  the  Euphrates  in  the 
east  (latitude  35  degrees  20  minutes  north),  will  give  the 
northern  boundary  ;  and  on  the  south  of  Idumea,  extend 
the  view  fi'om  Eziongeber  along  the  shores,  of  the  Red 
Sea,  including  the  various  curvatures  forming  its  gulphs, 
till  the  line  reaches  Suez  (the  Etham  of  Scripture,  Exod. 
xii.  20  ;  [N'umb.  xxxiii.  6),  and  stretching  over  to  Cairo^ 
in  lat.  30  deg.  north,  and  long.  31  didg.  14  min.  east  (the 
liameses  of  Scrij^ture,  Exod.  xii.  37  ;  JSTumb.  xxxiii.  3), 
traverses  the  northern  bank  of  the  eastern  branch  of  the 
Nile  to  the  Mediterranean,  which  gives  the  southern 
boundary.  The  Mediterranean  7iorth  from  the  river  Kile, 
and  loest  to  the  37th  degree  north  latitude,  will  give  the 
western  boundary.  While  the  eastern  boundary  extends 
far  beyond  the  east  of  Hazar-Enan,  Shephan,  Ain,  the 
river  Jordan,  and  the  sea  of  Cinneroth  and  the  Salt  or 
-Dead  Sea.     We  now  pass  on, 

II.  To  the  new  division^  which  awaits  the  above  en- 
larged extent  of  the  Holy  Land  among  the  twelve  tribes. 
That  the  two  houses  of  Israel  and  Judah,  when  restored 
to  their  own  land  and  reunited  into  one  nation,  shall  en- 
ter upon  the  possession  of  it  to  the  full  extent  of  the 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY  OF    PROPHECY.  179 

original  promise,  is  most  explicitly  declared  by  Ezekiel, 
chap,  xlvii.  13,  14.  "Thus  saith  the  Lord  God;  this 
shall  be  the  border  whereby  ye  shall  inherit  the  land, 
according  to  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  (Joseph  shall  have 
two  j^arts).  And  ye  shall  inherit  it,  one  with  another ; 
concerning  which  I  lifted  up  mine  hand  to  give  it  unto 
your  fathers  :  And  this  land  shall  fall  to  you  for  inherit- 
ance.^'* The  prophet  then  proceeds,  verses  15-21,  to  give 
the  exact  houndaries  of  the  land,  which  will  be  found  to 
correspond  with  those  given  in  the  preceding  articles. 
And  then  follows  its  division  among  the  twelve  tribes, 
in  the  closing  chapter  of  his  book.  This  division  will  be 
totally  different  from  that  made  by  Joshua.  That  divi- 
sion, as  the  most  casual  inspection  of  the  map  of  Pales- 
tine adapted  to  his  time  will  show,^  was  regulated  by  no 
regard  to  regularity  or  order.  It  was  made  evidently 
with  a  respect  to  what  territory  was  from  time  to  time 
acquired^  and  which  could  therefore  be  made  available 
for  occupancy  by  the  different  tribes.  Indeed,  its  ex- 
ceeding irregularity  cannot  but  impress  any  mind  with 
the  conviction,  that  it  was  not  designed  to  be  permanent. 
And  this  is  confirmed  by  the  fact,  that  the  new  division 
is  marked  by  the  most  distinct  specifications  in  regard  to 
the  relative  situations  of  the  whole,  all  running  parallel 
to  each  other  in  a  straight  line  from  east  to  west.  These 
specifications  are  recorded  in  Ezek.  chap,  xlviii.  verses 
2-7,  and  23-27.  They  will  proceed  in  the  following  or- 
der :  Beginning  at  the  north  border^  they  will  mark  out 
the  portions  of  Dan,  of  Asher,  of  Naphthali,  of  Manas- 
seh,  of  Ephraim,  of  Reuben,  and  of  Judah.  The  prophet 
then  describes  another  portion  of  the  land  called  "  the 
holy  oblation,"  verses  8-22.     Then  follow  the  allotments 

1  See  the  map,  page  IT'l. 


180  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECT. 

of  the  remaining  tribes — of  Benjamin,  of  Simeon,  of  Issa- 
char,  of  Zebuliin,  and  of  Gad.  The  regularity  of  these 
new  divisions  of  the  land  among  the  twelve  tribes  is  so 
obvious,  that  fm-ther  remark  is  mmecessary.  We  must, 
however,  ask  your  indulgence  for  a  further  notice  of  that 
part  of  this  new  arrangement  called, 

"  The  Holy  Oblation."  This  is  reserved  as  "  an 
offering  unto  the  Lord.^''  Its  length  is  given  at  25,000 
reeds,^  and  its  breadth  10,000,  being  the  first  half  of  that 
portion  in  the  centre  of  which  will  be  erected  "  the  sanc- 
tuary," or  neio  temple^  according  to  the  model  of  Ezekiel. 
The  area  of  this  sanctuary  will  cover  a  square  of  five 
hundred  cubits,  with  an  additional  fifty  cubits  round 
about  for  the  suburbs  thereof  (The  opposite  view  will 
give  an  idea  of  the  ground  plan  and  internal  arrange- 
ments of  the  various  apartments  in  this  new  temple,  and 
of  their  uses.)  To  \)in.%  first  half  of  "  the  holy  oblation,"  is 
added  another  portion  of  the  same  dimensions,  i.  c,  25,000 
reeds  in  length  by  10,000  in  breadth.'  Thus,  "All  the 
oblation  shall  be  25,000  by  25,000  (reeds)  :  ye  shall  offer 
the  holy  oblation  four  square,  with  the  possession  of  the 
city:' "  Then  further  :  "  The  holy  portion  of  the  land  " 
adjoining  "  the  border  of  Judah,"  ^  besides  that  it  em- 
braces "  an  holy  place  for  the  sanctuary,"  it  "  shall  be 
for  the  priests  "  also,  "  the  ministers  of  the  sanctuary, 
which  shall  come  near  to  minister  unto  the  Lord,  and  it 
shall  be  a  place  for  their  houses"  ^  The  other  portion  of 
the  same  size  which  joins  "  the  border  of  the  priests," 
"  shall  also  the  Xevites,  the  ministers  of  the  house,"  who 
formerly  had  no  inheritance,  "  have  for  themselves,  for  a 

1  The  reed  being  6  cubits  long  (Ezek.  xl.  5),  or  nearly  11  feet  English. 

2  Ezek.  xlv.  1-3  ;  and  xlviii.  8.  ^  ib.  verse  13. 
4  Ib.  verse  20.  ^  lb.  xlviii.  8. 
e  Ezek.  xlv.  4. 


To  t-'nre  Vape  t8o 
A  VIEW  OF  THE.  GROUND  WORK    OF  THE   SANCTUARY 


nss 


^iaA,^^?|^^;^^-^^-^^j^---m^,fB^-^;^^ 


l-^atJ^w     '  -.'.  ^-„W.^v^.-^a.>vi^WJ:to*«^. 


Which  slmli  fii'truftrr  he  htuJt  ihr/'iri/ir  ffor-fhip  l\v  ih>  tnrhc  Tn/u- 
i>f  Israel;  with  luitr.--  ar/>/,iiiatLiry  ff  the  soDti 


EXPLANATORY    NOTES. 


A.  East  Gate  of  the  Outer  Court  and  Porch, 

with  its  Chambers Ezek.  ch.  xl.     6 — 9. 

B.  North  Gate "  "  20—23. 

C.  South  Gate "  "  24—27. 

D.  Courts "  XLVi.  21—24. 

E.  Paved  Outer  Courts,    100  cubits   broad, 

with  30  Chambers  round  about *'  xl.  11 — 19. 

F.  North  Porch  of  the  inner  court  and  tables.  "  "  35 — 43. 

G.  East  Gate  of  the  mner  court  and  porch....  "  "  32—34. 
H.    South  Gate "  "  28—81. 

I.     Singers' Chambers "  "  44 

J.     The  Inner  Court,  with  the  Altar *•'  xliii.  13— 27. 

K.    Priests' Chamber "  xl.  45— 46. 

L.     Holy  Chambers  and  Walk  between "  xlii.     1 — 14. 

M.     Kitchen  for  the  Priests *'  xlvi.  19—20. 

N.     Most  Holy  Place "  xli.     3—4. 

P.     Table  before  the  Lord "  "  22 

&.    Porch  of  the  Temple **  xl.  48 — i9. 

T.     The  Temple  or  Holy  Place * "  xli.     1—2. 

U.    Side  Chambers  of  the  Temple,  and  Walk 

between "  "  5 — 11. 

Y.    Wall,  90  cubits  long  and  5  thick,  around 

thebuilding *'  "  12 

W.    The  building  before  the  separate  place,  70 

cubits  broad,  90  long "  "  " 

S.    The  Separate  Place. 


POLrnCAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  181 

possession  of  tioenty  chambersr  ^  Still,  this  leaves  5,000 
reeds  in  width,  over  against  the  25,000  from  east  to 
west,  to  complete  the  square  of  the  oblation.  It  is  sup- 
plied thus  : — "  And  the  5,000  that  are  left  in  the  breadth, 
etc.,  shall  be  a  profane  p>lGi<^^  for  the  city,  for  dwelling 
and  for  suburbs,  and  the  city  shall  be  in  the  midst  there- 
of." ^  .  .  "  And  they  that  serve  the  city,  shall  serve 
it  out  of  the  tribes  of  Israel."  ^ 

These  three  compartments,  therefore,  into  which  "  the 
holy  oblation"  is  divided,  consisting  of  tico  of  10,000 
reeds  each  in  breadth,  and  one  of  5,000,  all  being  of 
equal  length,  render  it  in  whole  a  square  of  50  miles. 

And  finally,  the  prophet,  speaking  of  "  the  residue  in 
length^''  i.  e.  the  land  which  lay  "  over  against  the  obla- 
tion of  the  holy  portion,"  says,  it  "  shall  be  10,000  east- 
ward, and  10,000  westward.  .  .  And  the  increase 
thereof  shall  be  for  food  to  them  that  serve  the  city."  ** 

(The  accompanying  map  will  illustrate  the  original 
covenant  boundaries  of  the  Holy  Land,  as  already  de- 
scribed, and  also  the  new  dimsion  of  it  among  the  t\velve 
tribes  of  Israel,  together  with  the  holy  oblation^  etc., 
which  occupies  the  central  portion  of  it  between  the  al- 
lotments of  Judah  on  the  north  and  of  Benjamin  on  the 
south.) 

Xow,  as  we  have  said,  the  land  of  promise,  as  for- 
merly possessed  by  Israel,  was  very  limited^  compared 
with  that  given  to  them  in  the  original  covenant  com- 
pact. This  will  appear  from  one  of  the  marks  by  which 
the  new  boundary  on  one  side,  viz.,  the  east,  is  to  be  as- 
certained. The  former  boundary  extended  only  to  the 
voest  side  of  the  river  Jordan  :  "  From  the  land  of  Israel 
to  Jordan."  *     Wiiereas,  when  they  shall  enter  into  the 

1  Ezek,  xlv.  5.  2  ib.  xlviii.  15.  3  lb.  verse  19. 

*  Ib.  verae  13.  e  Ib.  xlvii,  18. 


182  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    I'KOPHECY. 

whole  possession,  the  limits  will  extend  far  east  of  that 
river. 

This,  then,  is  the  land  to  which  Israel  will  be  restored 
at  the  hand  of  the  eighth  head. 

But  it  is  here  to  be  specially  noted,  that  this  restora- 
tion of  the  Jews  will  take  place  while  they  are  still  in 
their  7iationally  icnconverted  state^  and  under  circum- 
stances of  great  suffering.  Thus  the  prophet  Ezekiel : 
"And  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me,  saying,  Son 
of  man,  the  house  of  Israel "  (or  Judah,  for  so  they  are 
styled  in  several  places)  "  is  to  me  become  dross  :  .  . 
and  because  ye  are  all  become  dross,  I  will  gather  you 
into  the  midst  of  Jerusalem  ...  as  into  the  midst 
of  a  furnace,  to  blow  fire  upon  it  a7id  to  melt  it :  So  will 
I  gather  you  in  mine  anger  and  in  my  fury  .  .  .  and 
I  will  leave  you  there,  and  will  melt  you.  .  .  And  ye 
shall  know  that  I  the  Lord  have  poured  out  my  fury  upon 
you."  ' 

We  repeat :  it  is  under  these  circumstances  that  the 
Jewish  nation  will  be  restored  to  the  land  promised  to 
their  fathers. 

But,  at  whose  instigation  will  the  Jews  be  brought 
back  to  Palestine  ?  Recalling  to  mind  what  we  have  said 
of  their  restoration  in  a  nationally  unconverted  state,  etc., 
we  now  return  to  consider,  I.  The  first  act  of  the  apocalyp- 
tic eighth  head  in  regard  to  them.  Louis  Napoleon  III., 
having  placed  himself  at  the  head  of  his  antichristian 
hosts,  the  prophet  Daniel  tells  us  that  he  will  enter  into 
a  "  league  "  ^  w- ith  them,  to  restore  them  to  their  own  land. 
This  "  league,"  however,  he  tells  us,  will  bo  made  with 
them  as  those  who  "  do  loicJcedly  against  the  covenant,'^''  ** 


1  Ezek.  xxii.  17-22.     See  also  cbap.  xx.  33-38. 

2  Dan.  xi.  23.  3  ib.  verse  33. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   TROPnECY.  183 

etc.,  inasmuch  as  it  will  involve  their  continued  rejection 
of  Jesus  as  "  the  minister  of  the  circumcision  for  the  truth 
of  God,  to  cojifirni  the  promises  made  unto  their  fathers."  * 
And  so,  this  eighth  head,  whom  Daniel  styles  "  aviUper- 
%on^^  taking  advantage  of  their  eagerness  to  enter  into  a 
league  with  him  for  their  restoration,  "shall  corrupt  them 
by  flatteries."  ^  That  is,  he  w^ill  guarantee  to  them  a 
restoration  to  Palestine,  upon  condition  of  their  promised 
allegiance  to  Awi,  when  he  shall  have  "  entered  peaceably 
even  upon  the  fattest  places  of  the  provinces,"  where  he 
"  shall  do  that  which  his  fathers  have  not  done,  nor  liis 
father's  fathers."  ^  Nor  this  only.  For,  "  after  the  league 
made  with  him,  he  shall  work  deceitfully^''''^  etc. 

But,  we  must  turn  over  to  the  prophet  Hosea,  for  a 
more  detailed  account  of  this  transaction.  Having  charged 
"  the  jyriests  and  house  of  Israel "  that  they  "  had  dealt 
treacherously  against  the  Lord,"  he  says :  "  Now  shall 
A  MOUTH  devour  them,  with  their  portion."  Then  he  ex- 
claims :  ''  Blow  ye  the  cornet  in  Gibeah,  and  the  trumpet 
in  Kamah :  cry  aloud  at  Beth-aven,  after  thee,  O  Ben- 
jamin. The  princes  of  Judali  were  like  them  that  re- 
move the  bound  :  therefore  will  Ipour  out  my  wrath  upon 
them  like  water.  .  .  I  will  be  unto  Ephraim  as  a  moth, 
and  to  the  house  of  Judah  as  rottenness,"  ^  etc. 

Now,  these  terrible  denunciations  are  directed  against 
Ephraim  and  Judah,  at  the  time  immediately  prior  to 
their  restoration,  the  manner  of  effecting  which,  the 
prophet  proceeds  to  describe  in  the  following  words  : 
"When  Ephraim  saw  his  sickness,  and  Judah  saw  his 
wound,  then  went  Ephraim  to  the  Assyrian,  and  sent  to 
inng  Jareb  :  yet  could  he  not  heal  you,  nor  cure  you  of 
your  wound^''  ^  etc. 

1  Rom.  XV.  8.  2  Dan.  xi.  33.  »  ib.  verse  24. 

*  lb.  verse  23.  »  Hosea  v.  8-14. 


184:  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY. 

The  import  of  the  above  prophecy  is  siraply  this  :  that 
Ephraim,  or  those  remaining  fragments  of  the  ten  tribes 
who  returned  to  Jerusalem  in  the  time  of  Jeroboam  I., 
and  Jiiclah,  sensibly  feeling  their  degraded  condition,  will 
devise  a  i^lan  to  extricate  themselves.  To  this  end,  they 
apply  to  the  King  of  "  Assyria," — the  antitypal  apocalyp- 
tic eighth  head,  vel  Louis  Napoleon  III.,^  as  adumbrated 
by  those  cruel  oppressors  of  Israel  and  Judah,  the  Assyrio- 
Babylonian  King,  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  his  predecessors. 
This  is  confirmed  by  the  historic  fact,  that  the  Assyrian 
monarchs  exercised  the  prerogative  to  mediate  in  the  set- 
tlements of  all  difficulties  in  reference  to  inferior  and  de- 
pendent powers,  and  to  dictate  the  conditions  with  the 
authority  of  despots.  This  antitypal  "  Assyrian  "  grants 
their  request,  and  this  results  in  s.  joint  "  league,''^  by  which 
the  Jews  become  incorpoeated  with  his  coneedePvAcy. 
But,  although  their  covenant  God  leaves  them  to  their 
own  device  to  consummate  their  plans,  yet  He  declares 
that  this  eighth  head  will  utterly  fail  to  restore  them  to 
national  peace  and  prosperity,  not  only,  but  that  He  from 
whom  they  have  once  more  turned  away,  will  execute  the 
most  terrible  vengeance  both  upon  them  and  their  As- 
syrian ally. 

We  pass  to  another  point  in  this  connection.  The 
prophet  Isaiah  calls  upon  "  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  world, 
and  dwellers  on  the  earth,"  thus  :  "  See  ye,  when  he  lift- 
eth  up  an  ensign  on  the  mountains ;  and  when  he  blowetli 

1  We  have  recently  received  information  from  two  well  authenticated 
sources,  that  a  deputation  from  the  associated  Jewish  Society  throughout 
Europe  have  been  sent  to  the  Emperor  of  the  French,  desiring  him  to 
issue  a  decree  for  tie  restoration  of  the  Jeivs  to  their  own  land  ;  but  that 
his  reply  to  them  was,  that  though  he  would  grant  their  request,  yet  that 
the  time  for  it  had  not  fully  come,  etc.  In  that  he  was  right.  The  above 
edict  must  await  his  transfer,  by  the  "  ten  kings,"  from  his  revived  seven tli 
to  h;s  eighth  headship,  which  cannot  be  till  after  the  close  of  a.  d.  1868. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  185 

the  trumpet,  hear  ye,"  ^  etc.  Now,  who  is  it,  that  answers 
as  the  antecedent  to  the  relative  pronoun  "  he,"  in  this 
passage  ?  The  answer  is,  that  it  is  none  other  than  the 
apocalyptic  eighth  head,  who,  having  made  the  "  league  " 
which  guarantees  to  the  Jews  their  restoration  to  Pales- 
tine, now  lifts  up  his  " ensigji^^"* — that  is,  the  "mark,  name, 
or  number  of  his  name," — and  "  blows  the  trumpet " — 
which  is  the  edict  issuing  from  the  "  mouth  "  of  him  who 
"  speaks  as  a  dragon," — to  his  antichristian  confederated 
hosts  and  their  allies;  for  the  predicted  time  will  then 
have  come,  when  "  the  ]yresent  shall  be  brought  unto  the 
Lord  of  hosts,  of  a  people  scattered  and  peeled,  and  from 
a  people  terrible  from  their  beginning  hitherto  ;  a  nation 
meted  out  and  trodden  under  foot,  whose  land  the  rivers  " 
— the  typical  Assyrians  above  alluded  to — "  have  spoiled  " 
in  ages  past,  "  to  the  place  of  the  name  of  the  Lord  of 
Hosts,  THE  Mount  Zion."  ^ 

And  now,  talk  about  the  political  and  moral  upheav- 
ings,  and  commotions,  and  revolutions  which,  like  the  un- 
derground earthquake  commotions  of  terra  firma,  are 
convulsing  all  the  time-worn  dynasties  of  the  old  v;orlcl, 
with  their  hoary-locked  ecclesiastical  institutions ;  why, 
they  will  dwindle  into  absolute  insignificance,  compared 
with  the  effects  produced  by  the  "  lifting  up  of  this  en- 
sign "  to  the  nations  by,  and  the  issuing  of  this  edict  from 
the  mouth  of,  this  eighth  head. 

But,  do  the  prophecies  throw  any  light  upon  the 
AGENCIES  that  are  to  he  employed  in  this  ingathering  of 
the  unconverted  Jews  to  Palestine  ?  Let  us  see.  We 
turn  to  the  prophecy  of  Isaiah,  chap,  xviii.  1-3  : — "  Ho !  " 
— mark  here,  not  "  Wo  to^^'>  as  in  our  English  translation, 

but "  Ho!    THE   LAND  OP  OVERSHADOWING  WINGS,  which 

1  Isa.  xviii.  7. 


186  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

is  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia  :  (or  Cush) :  that  sendeth 
ambassadors  by  the  sea,  even  in  vessels  of  bub'ushes  upon 
the  waters,  saying,  Go,  ye  swift  messengers,  to  a  people," 
i.  e.,  THE  Jews,  "  terrible  from  the  begestning  hitherto  ; 
a  nation  meted  out  and  trodden  down,  whose  land  the 
rivers  have  spoiled.  All  ye  inhabitants  of  the  world,  and 
dwellers  on  the  earth,  see  ye,  loheii  he  lifteth  up  an  ensign 
on  the  mountains  /  a7id  when  he  bloweth  a  trumpet^  hear 
ye,''  ^  etc. 

ISTow,  the  question  here  is,  to  what  nation  or  people, 
occupying  "  the  land  of  overshadowing  wings,"  does  this 
prophecy  point  us  ?  Expositors  have  written  much  on 
this  subject,  only  to  "darken  counsel  by  words  without 
knowledge."  Evidently,  the  metaphorical  phraseology, 
"  sendeth  embassadors  by  the  sea,  even  in  vessels  of  bul- 
rushes uj^on  the  waters,"  points  to  some  great  maritime 
power.  But,  there  are  a  number  of  such  powers.  How 
are  we  to  determine  vjhich  one  is  intended  by  this  pro- 
phecy ?  This  much  we  know.  "  That  the  ancient  pro- 
phets designated  diiferent  countries  by  metaphors,  or  by 
their  national  emblems  or  ensigns."  For  example.  They 
spake  of  Babylon  under  the  symbol  of  the  winged  lion  / 
Medo-Persia  of  a  hear ;  Greece  of  a  four-headed  and 
four-winged  leopard ;  and  Rome  of  a  non-descript  heast. 
Then  also,  Cyrus  is  symbolized  by  a  ram  ;  Alexander  the 
Great,  by  a  he-goat ;  and  Rome,  or  the  Roman  army, 
by  an  eagle^  etc.  So,  too,  in  modern  times,  we  see  the 
same  thing.  Turkey  has  her  crescent  y  England  has  her 
li07i  ayid  unicorn  /  Scotland  her  thistle  /  Ireland  her  sham- 
rocJc  ;  and,  the  United  States  of  America,  her  eagle. 

But,  here  are  tico  nations,  as  we  see,  the  Roman  and 
the  American,  each  having  the  eagle  as  their  respective 
ensigns.    Does    the  above  prophecy  give  any  clue  by 

»  Isa.  xviii.  2,  7. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  187 

which  to  determine  which  one  is  meant  ?  It  does,  and 
that  most  emphatically.  On  the  one  hand,  the  Roman 
Eagle  is  always  represented  as  "  perched  up  on  high  with 
folded  wijigs,  betokening  its  selfishness  and  self-com- 
plaisancy,  with  its  piercing  eye  gazing  on  all  around,  and 
watching  an  opportunity  to  pounce  upon  and  devour  the 
hapless  bird  that  might  chance  to  come  within  its  reach," 
Whereas,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Ameeican  Eagle,  with 
its  outstretched  or  "  overshadowing  icings,'>'>  grasps  with 
one  foot  the  olive-branch,  and  wdth  the  other,  the  weapons 
of  defence  ;  the  former  betokening  the  emblem  of  peace 
and  icelconie  to  the  agitated  and  oppressed  nationalities 
of  the  old  w^orld ;  and  the  latter  oi  protection  to  all  w^ho 
seek  for  repose  under  her  expanded  embrace. 

This  fact,  therefore,  taken  in  connection  with  the 
locality  of  this  "  land  of  overshadowing  wings,"  viz.,  that 
it  lies  "  beyond  the  rivers  of  Ethiopia,"  or  Gush,  and  we 
must  insist  that  it  can  refer  to  none  other  than  to  the 
United  States  op  Amebic  a  !  For,  doubtless,  by  the 
"  rivers "  in  this  prophecy,  w^e  are  to  understand  the 
Nile  and  other  Ethiopian  rivers  which  lay  to  the  'toest ; 
and  as  the  prophecy  points  to  "  the  land  of  overshadow- 
ing wings,"  and  not  to  that  of  the  lion  and  unicorn,  or 
those  of  the  thistle  or  shamrock,  as  laying  "  beyond  these 
rivers,"  it  can  refer  to  none  other  than  to  the  7iorthern 
and  southern  continent  of  America  ! 

Little,  probably,  did  our  forefathers  think,  when  they 
adopted  as  their  national  insignia  the  eagle  W'ith  out- 
stretched wings,  that  they  were  giving  birth  to  a  mighty 
maeitisie  nation  spoken  of  by  prophecy  at  least  2,500 
years  before  the  "  Declaration  of  Independence  of  these 
United  States  !  "  For  however  England,  at  the  present 
time,  may  bear  away  the  palm  in  comparison  with  the 
maritime  power  of  France,  yet  we  ask, — and  this  fact 


188  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

will  furnish  additional  evidence  of  the  truth  of  the  appli- 
cation of  the  above  pi'ophecy  to  these  United  States, — to 
ichom  are  both  England  and  France  indebted  for  all  that 
is  really  valuable  in  their  floating  craft,  but  to  the  pre- 
eminent genius  of  the  so7is  of  "  the  land  of  overshadow- 
ing wings,  which  sendeth  ambassadors  by  the  sea,  even 
in  vessels  of  bulrushes  upon  the  waters  ?  "  Besides,  it  is 
conceded  on  all  hands,  if  we  mistake  not,  that  the  United 
States,  both  in  a  commercial  and  naval  point  of  view, 
commands  the  sea  by  a  floating  craft  which,  in  number, 
quality,  power,  and  swiftness,  outrivals  that  of  any  other 
nation.  And,  though  neither  a  prophet,  nor  the  son  of  a 
prophet,  we  nevertheless  express  a  strong  conviction,  as 
predicated  of  "  the  signs  of  the  times,"  that  this  "  land 
of  overshadowing  wings  "  is  designed,  in  the  purpose  of 
God,  to  retain  the  preeminency  she  now  holds  over  all 
other  nations,  in  the  field  of  new  and  more  astounding 
modes  of  travel  than  the  world  has  ever  yet  known. 

In  regard,  then,  to  the  agents  that  will  be  employed  in 
the  great  maritime  work  of  restoring  the  Jews  to  Pales- 
tine. Yielding  all  that  may  be  justly  claimed  by  France 
and  England  in  this  matter — and,  in  that  initiatory  pro- 
cess, as  we  have  seen,  France  Avill  take  the  lead — and 
hence,  not  intending  to  deny  them  a  participation  among 
"  the  ships  of  Tarshish  "  in  conveying  the  Jews  back  to 
their  long-alienated  land ;  yet  we  must  nevertheless  in- 
sist, that  it  \^  principally  to  this  "land  of  overshadowing 
wings,"  to  whom  the  command  will  be  issued,  "  Go  ye 
sioift  messengers^  to  a  nation  scattered  and  peeled ;  to  a 
nation  terrible  from  their  beginning  hitherto ;  a  nation 
meted  out  and  trodden  doAvn,  whose  land  the  rivers" 
(i.  e,,  the  Babylonian,  Medo-Persian,  Grecian,  and  Roman 
invaders  of  Palestine)  "  have  spoiled," — during  the  long 
period  of  the  "  seven  times  "  or  2,520  years  of  their  exile, 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  189 

as  a  "  present  to  he  brought  to  the  Lord  of  hosts  in  the 
mount  ZionP  ^ 

Well.  You  are  perhaps  ready  to  ask,  "  Is  this  '  land 
of  overshadowing  wings ' — this  '  land  of  the  star-spangled 
banner  ' — this  '  land  of  the  brave  and  home  of  the  free,'  to 
be  merged  into  and/o?'m  a  part  o/,  the  last  great  derao- 
cratico-atheistic  confederacy  of  nations  under  this  eighth 
head?  "  To  this  we  reply,  ISTo.'"'  Unlike  Great  Britain — 
including  England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  all  embraced 
under  one  crown, — 

The  United  States  of  A^ierica  is  xot  one  of  the 
"  ten  horns  "  of  the  territorial  roman  earth, 

Whose  "  ten  kings  give  their  power,  and  strength,  and 
kingdom  to  the  beast."  ~ 

We  repeat :  unlike  Great  Britain.  This,  of  course, 
implies  that  Great  Britain  is  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of 
the  territorial  Roman  earth.  We  have  heretofore  as- 
sumed this  as  an  historical  fact.  We  are  aware,  how- 
ever, that  since  the  time  of  the  Reformation,  and  espe- 
cially under  the  crown  of  Edward  VI.  and  of  the  martyrs, 
Cranmer,  Latimer,  and  Ridley,  it  is  alleged  that  Great 
Britain,  having  thrown  off  the  Papal  yoke,  has  been  and 
still  remains  thoroughly  Protestant,  The  question  there- 
fore turns  upon  the  single  point,  whether  Great  Britain 
was  originally  a  Protestant  nation,  but  for  a  time  sub- 
ject d  to  the  obedience  of  Rome  ;  or  whether,  from  the 
first,  she  was  purely  Romanized,  and  as  such  took  her 
place  among  the  "  ten  horns  of  the  beast,"  and  that, 
maugre  her  professed  Protestantism,  she  still  holds  her 
position  among  them  as  such  ? 

»  Isa.  xviii.  2,  and  verse  7.  -^.See  pages  22-23  of  this  work. 


190  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

Against  this  latter  hypothesis,  our  minds,  from  long 
cherished  associations  with  her  character  as  a  Protestant 
nation,  are  ready  to  recoil.  We  must,  however,  in  this 
matter,  as  in  others  of  a  like  nature,  yield  to  the  force  of 
evidence.  In  this  view,  we  beg  to  submit  the  historical 
facts  following : 

In  the  first  place,  we  concede  the  fact  of  the  early  in- 
troduction of  Christianity  into  the  British  isles.  Tertul- 
lian  of  the  second  century  says:  that  "all  nations  have 
believed  .  .  .  and  those  places  of  the  British  isles,  which 
were  unapproachable  to  the  Romans,  are  altogether  sub- 
ject to  Christ."  ^  Bede  also,  speaking  of  the  tenth  perse- 
cution under  the  bloody  Diocletian  in  the  early  part  of 
IVth  century,  says  :  "  At  length  it  reached  Britain  also, 
and  many  persons,  with  the  constancy  of  martyrs,  died  in 
the  confession  of  their  faith."  ^  And  so,  Gildas,  the  ear- 
liest British  historian  whose  works  are  preserved,  says 
that  "  the  sun  of  righteousness  shone  upon  this  frozen 
isle  a  little  before  the  reign  of  Boadicea  by  the  Roman 
legions,  a.  d.  61."  ^     Gildas  wrote  about  a.  d.  560. 

But,  from  the  testimony  of  Churton,  regarding  the 
period  between  a.  d.  303  and  314,  it  is  more  than  doubt- 
ful if  any  Christian  churches  could  be  found  in  England 
at  this  time.  He  says :  "  In  the  time  of  Diocletian,  it 
pleased  the  Almighty  to  permit  the  cause  of  the  truth, 
for  the  space  of  ten  years  (a.  d.  303  to  314),  to  undergo 
the  severest  trial  which  the  world  has  ever  known.  Gil- 
das, the  earliest  British  historian,  tells  us  that  at  this 
time  the  Christian  churches  throughout  the  world  were 
leveled  with  the  ground  ;  all  the  copies  of  the  Scriptures 
which  could  anywhere  be  found  were  burned  in  the  pub- 
lic streets,  and  the  priests  and  bishops  of  the  Lord's  house 

1  Adv.  Jud.  C.  r.  2  Bede,  B.  1,  c.  6. 

3  Gildas  de  Excid.  Gent.  Britannia,  p.  9.  Ed.  Joss.  Evan's  Prim.  Ages. 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  191 

were  slaughtered,  together  with  their  charge  ;  so  that  in 
some  i^rovinces  not  even  a  trace  of  Christianity  could  be 
found/  Then,  pursuing  the  track  of  history  up  to  a,  d. 
426,  although  the  Romans  sent  an  army  to  assist  the 
natives  of  Britain  against  the  inroads  of  the  Picts  and 
Scots ;  and  even  admitting  the  exemption  of  that  prov- 
ince from  the  fate  of  the  others  as  just  alluded  to  ;  yet, 
the  Saxons^  a.  d.  449,  possessed  themselves  of  the  eastern 
parts  of  the  island,  and,  pushing  on  in  savage  war,  drove 
great  numbers  of  the  Britons  westward,  even  into  Wales, 
where  their  posterity  and  language  are  preserved  to  the 
present  day.  Mr.  Churton,  in  reference  to  these  calami- 
tous times,  says  :  "  It  is  impossible  to  find  anything  more 
disastrous  than  the  state  of  Britain  at  this  time.  A 
famine  had  followed  the  ravages  of  the  Picts  and  Scots ; 
then  arose  a  bloody  war  among  the  native  chiefs  and  the 
Roman  Britons ;  those  who  had  lived  with  the  Romans  in 
their  cities,  [i.  e.  the  native  Britons],  and  learnt  their  lan- 
guage, were  cut  off  almost  to  a  man.''''  ..."  From  this 
time,"  he  continues,  "  Christianity  began  to  disappear 
from  the  most  important  and  fruitful  provinces  of  Britain. 
As  the  Saxons  founded,  one  after  another,  their  petty  king- 
doms, they  destroyed  the  Churches,  and  the  jynests  fled 
before  themP  ^ 

Then  again :  even  admitting  the  presence  of  a  large 
number  oi  British  bishops  at  the  council  of  Aries  in  a.  d. 
315,  still  it  by  no  means  follows,  as  is  alleged,  that  they 
vv^ere^?'e?«?ica^  bishops  in  an  uninterrupted  line  of  succes- 
sion from  (St.  Paul  or  ?)  St.  John,  and  that  from  them 
were  derived  the  English  succession  of  bishops.  For, 
besides  the  incongruity  of  these  statements,  with  the 
above  historical  facts  from  Churton,  between  a.  d.  303  and 

1  Churton's  Early  Eng.  Chh.  p.  20. 

2  Churton's  Early  Eng.  Chh.  p.  32. 


192  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

449 ;  during  the  long  interval  that  elapsed  of  150  years, 
while  some  of  the  refugees  from  the  persecutions  under 
Diocletian  found  their  way  to  France^  and  settled  in  that 
part  "  called  Brittany  (or  Aries) — from  which  it  received 
its  name,"— Britain  v/as  now  occupied  by  two  peoples 
totally  distinct  in  language,  in  religion,  and  in  laws,  viz., 
the  old  J^ritonSj  who,  wnth  their  flocks,  had  fled  to 
Wales,  and  the  Saxon  invaders  of  their  once  peaceful 
homes,  all  the  latter  of  whom  were  enveloped  in  heathen 
dai'kness,  and  were  engaged  in  the  most  rancorous  hatred 
and  "  deadly  wars"  up  to  a.  d.  596,  when  Pope  Gregory 
the  Great  sent  Augustine,  with  other  Komish  monks,  to 
convert  the  Saxons  to  Christianity.  The  source  of  his 
mission,  its  objects,  the  sphere  of  its  operations,  its  char- 
acter, and  its  results,  each  require  a  passing  remark,  in 
connection  with  the  subject  in  hand. 

And  first :  of  Gregory  the  Great.  In  reference  to  the 
period  of  which  we  now  speak,  the  once  mighty  empire 
of  Rome  was  a  mere  wreck,  forlorn  and  powerless.  And 
yet,  marvelous  as  it  may  seem,  at  this  very  time,  the  mind 
of  Gregory  conceived  the  gigantic  project  of  making  JRome 
the  centre  of  an  universal  spiritual  kingdom.  It  was 
the  ofispring  of  that  ambition  which  often  survives  the 
wreck  of  fortune.  The  political  state  of  the  world,  and 
the  aspirations  of  ecclesiastics  after  "the  jDreeminence," 
were  maturing  the  way  for  the  extension  and  establish- 
ment of  the  office  of  "  universal  bishop."  This  title,  as 
conferred  upon  the  Bishop  of  Rome,  John  II.,  by  Jus- 
tinian in  A.D.  533,  being  subsequently  ignored  by  the  east- 
ern church,  it  was  now  actually  assumed  by  Gregory's 
cotemporary  and  rival,  John,  the  patriarch  of  Constanti- 
nople, whose  "  strange  and  daring  arrogance "  Pope 
Gregory  denounced  as  indicating  "  that  the  times  of  Anti- 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  193 

Christ  were  at  hand."  ^  And  yet  the  Roman  breviary 
tells  us  that  Gregory  "  crushed  the  arrogance  of  John  !  " " 
Gibbon  says  of  him,  that  "  liis  virtues,  and  even  his  faults, 
a  singular  mixture  of  simplicity  and  cunning,  of  pride  and 
humility,  of  sense  and  superstition,  were  happily  suited  to 
his  station  and  the  temper  of  the  times.  In  his  rival,  the 
patriarch  of  Constantinople,  he  contemned  the  anti- 
christian  title  of  universal  bishop,  which  the  successor 
of  St.  Peter  was  too  haughty  to  concede,  and  too  feeble  to 
assume." ' 

The  idea  of  the  conversion  of  the  Saxons  was  con- 
ceived by  Gregory  before  his  election  to  the  popedom. 
Bede  *  informs  us,  that  being  one  day  at  Rome  in  the 
market-place,  among  other  articles  of  merchandise  ex- 
posed to  sale  were  "  some  boys,  their  bodies  white,  their 
countenances  beautiful,  and  their  hair  very  fine."  Having 
asked  what  was  their  country  and  their  religion,  he  was 
told  that  they  were  "  Pagans,  from  the  island  of  JBritain.^'' 
.  .  .  "  He  therefore  asked  again,  what  was  the  name 
of  the  nation?  "  And  it  was  answered  that  they  were 
called  Angles.  "  Right,"  said  he,  "  for  they  have  an  an- 
gelic face,  and  it  becomes  such  to  be  co-heirs  with  the 
angels  in  heaven."  "  What  is  the  name,"  proceeded  he, 
"  of  the  provinces  from  w^hich  they  are  brought  ?  "  It 
was  repUed,  that  the  natives  of  that  j^rovince  were  called 
Deira.  "  Truly  are  they  De  ird,^^  said  he,  "  withdrawn 
fi-om  wrath  and  called  to  the  mercy  of  Christ.     How  is 

1  Bede's  Epist.  Lib.  IV.,  7S. 

2  Die  XII.  JIartii.    In  festo  Sanctii  Gregorii. 

3  Gibbon's  Decline  and  Fall. 

*  Called  "  tbe  venerable  Bede ; "  he  was  a  monk,  and,  though  a  native 
historian  of  the  eighth  century,  yet  he  paid  unreserved  obedience  to  tlie 
Pope  of  Rome ;  and  so  highly  arc  his  works  esteemed  by  the  Romish 
church,  that  they  are  referred  to  as  evidence  in  the  Catechism  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  Trent,  and  quoted  for  edification  in  the  Roman  breviary. 
9 


194  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT. 

the  king  of  that  province  called  ?  "  They  told  him  his 
name  was  JSlla ;  and  he,  alluding  to  the  name,  said,  "  al- 
lelujah^  the  praise  of  God  the  Creator  must  be  sung  in 
those  parts."  * 

Under  these  circumstances  it  was,  that  Gregory  I., 
the  alleged  64th  Pope,  in  the  apostolical  line  of  succession 
from  Peter,  a.  d.  596,  "sent  Augustine,  with  other 
monks,  to  preach  to  the  English,"  or  Saxons,  the  Pope 
having  appointed  that  Augustine  should  "be  consecrated 
bishop^  in  case  they  were  received  by  the  EngUsh."  ^  The 
whole  company,  at  first  intimidated  by  fear  of  the  fierce 
and  barbarous  character  of  the  Saxons,  and  from  their  ig- 
norance of  their  language  returned  home.^  But  "  Augus- 
tine, being  strengthened  by  the  confirmation  of  the  bless- 
ed Father  Gregory,  returned  to  the  work  of  the  word  of 
God,  with  the  servants  of  Christ,"  ^.  e.,  the  monks,  about 
forty  in  number,  "  and  arrived  in  Britain^  They  landed 
on  "  the  large  island  of  Thanet  on  the  east  of  Kent,"  of 
w^hich  "  Ethelbert  was  at  that  time  the  most  powerful 
king."  Through  "  interpreters  of  the  nation  of  the 
Franks,"  furnished  "  by  the  order  of  the  blessed  Pope 
Gregory,"  *  they  were  admitted  to  hold  audience  with 
the  king,  who,  though  at  first  influenced  by  a  superstitious 
fear  of  an  exposure  to  "  magical  arts,"  yet,  "  bearing  a 
silver  cross  for  a  banner,  and  the  image  of  our  Lord  and 
Savior  painted  on  a  board,"  ^  "  Augustine,"  says  Bede, 
"  by  God's  assistance,  supported  with  miTacles^''  (though 
not  possessed  of"  the  signs  of  an  apostle,"  the  miraculous 
gift  of  tongues),  "  reduced  king  Ethelbert  and  his  nation 
from  the  worship  of  idols  to  the  faith  of  Christ."  ^  Bede 
then  informs  us,  that  the  king  "permitted  them  to  reside 

1  Bede,  Book  IL,  c.  1.  2  ib.  Book  I.,  c.  23. 

8  Ib.  Book  L,  c.  23.  •»  Ib.  c.  24. 

6  lb.  «  lb.  Book  II.,  c.  3. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMr    OF   PROPHECY.  195 

in  Canterbury,  which  was  the  metropoHs  of  all  his  do- 
minions." ^  And  from  thence,  Bede  tells  us,  "  Augustine 
sent  Laurentius  the  priest,  and  Peter  the  monk,  to 
Rome,  to  acquaint  Pope  Gregory  that  the  nation  of 
the  English "  (the  Saxons)  "  had  received  the  faith  of 
Christ,  and  that  he  (?*.  e.,  Augustine)  was  himself  made 
their  bishop.^^ 

Thus,  then,  as  it  appears,  Augustine  was  the  Jirst 
Anglo-Saxon  hisho}:)  of  Canterbury  in  York,  of  which  he 
subsequently  became  the  first  archbishop.  But  the  question 
is — was  Augustine  a  popish  or  an  aw^e-popish  prelate  ? 
If  the  former,  then  it  follows  that  the*  Anglo-Saxon  church 
of  Great  Britain,  under  the  mission  of  Augustine,  be- 
came c»;ie  of  the  "  ten  horns'*^  of  the  ecclesiastico-political 
papal  beast.  If  the  latter,  then — as  is  alleged  by  those 
who  deny  the  popish  origin  of  Augustine's  mission — it 
follows  that  Great  Britain  has  "  ever  been  legally  and 
ecclesiastically  independent  of,"  the  church  of  Rome.' 

In  support  of  this  latter  statement,  it  is  affirmed  that 
Augustine  was  consecrated  by  the  Archbishops  of  ^r^es 
and  of  Lyons  in  Gall,  (France,)  and  that  "  the  Galilean 
churches  derived  their  episcopate  "  according  to  "  the  an- 
cients themselves,"  from  St.  John ;  and  hence,  that  Augus- 
tine, being  "  the  first  Saxon  bishop,  as  well  as  the  first  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury,"  therefore,  "  the  JEnglish  bishops 
received  their  succession,  7iot^  as  is  often  affirmed,  from 
Rome,  but  from  Aries,'''*  ^  etc.  But,  were  these  Gallican 
Archbishops  of  Aries  and  Lyons  Protestants  ?  So  far 
from  it,  even  admitting  that  they  derived  their  consecra- 
tions through  the  fine  of  the  bishops  of  Ephesus,  as  alleged 
to  have  been  founded  by  St.  John ;  yet,  following  the 
ecclesiastical  records  up  to   a.  d.  533,  by  the   edict  of 

»  Bede,  Book  II.,  c.  3.  2  Chapin's  Primitive  Church,  p.  359. 

3  Chapin's  Prim.  Chnich,  p.  302. 


196  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

Justinia-n,  ;is  we  have  shown/  John  II,  the  Patriarch  of 
Rome^  was  constituted  the  universal  head  of  all  the 
CHURCHES  THROUGHOUT  CHRISTENDOM,  and  hence,  these 
Galilean  bishops  became  subordinated  to  his  authority. 
Papal  France,  is  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  the  "  Beast.'.' 
Gall  and  Lyons  are  in  France,  and  are  also  Papal. 

Then  further :  in  addition  to  this  fact,  as  we  have  seen, 
Augustine  derived  his  7nissio?i  foi'  the  conversion  of 
the  Anglo-Saxons  from  Gregory,  Bishop  of  Rome.  Ac- 
cordingly, "  in  A.  D.  598,  he  (Augustine)  wrote  to 
Gregory,  Bishoj^  of  Home,  for  advice  touching  certain 
points  of  inquiry.  One  of  the  questions  was,  in  what 
manner  he  ought  to  deal  with  the  bishops  of  Gall  and 
Britain  ?  ...  In  answer,  Gregory  tells  him,  that  he 
had  nothing  to  do  with  the  bishops  of  Gall,  who  were 
subject  to  the  Bishop  of  Aries  as  their  metropolitan ; 
but,  that  he  ought  to  have  authority  over  the  British 
bishops,"  ^  etc.  It  is  hence  affirmed  from  this  statement, 
that  there  were  canonical  and  lawful  bishops  in  Britain  he- 
fore  Augustine  went  there ; "  and  consequently  that, 
"  according  to  the  existing  canons  of  the  church— the 
sixth  canon  of  the  council  of  Mice,  a.  d.  325,"  which 
enacts,  "  that  the  ancient  customs  and  rights  of  the  church 
should  not  be  changed," — "he  (Augustine)  owed  alle- 
giance to  the  metropolitan  of  Britain^^^  etc.  And  in 
proof,  it  is  alleged  that  there  were  seven  British  bishops 
wlio  met  Augustine  in  the  conference  held  on  the  banks 
of  the  Severn.  But  if  this  be  so,  it  follows  inevitably, 
that  Augustine,  througli  whom,  as  the  connecting  link 
between  the  Anglo-Saxon  succession  and  that  of  JE2yhesus 
through  the  lines  of  Lyons  and  Aries,  and  who  is  declared 
to  be  "  t\\Q first  Saxon  bishop"  and  "  i\\Q first  Archbishop 

'  See  pages  125-129  of  this  work.         ^  Chapin's  Prim.  Church,  p.  33. 
3  lb.  360. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  197 

of  Canterbury."  (agreeably  to  the  above  canon,)  was  a 
SCHISMATICAL  usuEPER  of  the  2^^'eexisti7ig  "  customs  and 
rights"  of  the  British  church!  What  then  becomes  of 
the  alleged  U7ihroJcen  succession  oi  thQ  English  Protestant 
church ! 

But,  no.  For,  on  the  one  hand,  while  we  are  assured 
that  "  the  earliest  history  of  the  British  church  has  been 
involved  in  much  obscurity,  by  the  destruction  of  the 
records  of  that  church  ;  "  and  that  "  much  doubt  and  un- 
certainty have  been  thrown  over  it,  by  the  manner  in 
which  it  has  been  treated  by  later  monkish  historians,  to 
whom  we  are  indebted  for  very  much  of  the  history  of 
those  times  ;  "  ^  yet,  authentic  history  shows  how  much 
at  variance  with  fact  is  the  pretense  of  Augustine's  schis- 
matical  infringement  of  ^'  the  customs  and  rights  of  the 
so-called  preexisting  metropolitanship  of  the  old  British 
church.  That  no  such  order  existed  in  that  part  of  the 
dominion  of  Ethelbert,  where  Augustine  was  established 
as  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  is  evident  from  the 
fact  already  alluded  to,  namely,  that  "  the  old  British 
churches,  existing  anterior  to  the  Anglo-Saxon  invasion, 
had  been  utterly  sioept  from  North  Britain."  Mr.  Churton 
says:  "The  last  British  bishops^  Theonas  of  London,  and 
Thadioc  of  York,  retreated  with  the  remnants  of  their 
flocks  into  Wales:^  ^  And,  in  regard  to  "  the  numher  of 
bishops  in  England  "  in  the  time  of  Augustine,  the  veuer- 
able  Bede  makes  mention  of  one — "  the  Bishop  of  Liiid- 
hard,  whom  the  pagan  king,  Ethelbert  of  Kent,  h;;d 
agreed  (as  the  condition  exacted  by  her  parents)  should 
accompany  his  wife.  Bertha,  a  Christian  lady  of  the  royal 
family  of  the  Franks^  to  preserve  her  faith,"  ^  etc.  Beyond 
this  one  bishop,  therefore — and  who  with  his  royal  ^;ro?e//e 

1  Chapin's  Prim.  Church,  p.  302.        a  The  Early  Eag.  Ch.,  p.  83. 
3  Bede,  Book  XXV.,  c.  25. 


198  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

were  of  the  Moinish  church — there  loas  oione  other  in 
England  '*  at  this  time."  And,  as  to  those  who  met  Au- 
gustine on  the  banks  of  the  Severn,  they  were  the  ex- 
patriated bishops  of  the  old  JBritish  churches^  exist- 
ing anterior  to  the  Anglo-Saxon  invasion,  and  who,  as 
ah-eady  stated,  fled  for  refuge,  some  to  JBrittany  in 
France,  and  some  to  Wales.  Bede  informs  us,  that  "  the 
bishops,  or  doctors,"  whom  Augustine,  with  the  assistance 
of  the  converted  king  Ethelbert,  drew  together  to  con- 
fer with  him  at  a  place  which  is  to  this  day  called  "  Au- 
gustine's Ac  "  (Oak),  were  "  of  the  next  province  of  the 
Britains,"  etc.,  i.  e.,  Wales.  The  object  of  Augustine  and 
the  king  in  this  conference  with  them  was,  to  convert 
them  over  to  the  Bomish  faith.  The  fi^^st  effort  how- 
ever having  signally  failed,  a  second  conference  was  ap- 
pointed, which  brought  together  seven  of  the  above 
expatriated  bishops,  and  many  of  their  most  learned  men 
from  the  monastery  of  Baucornaburg,  or  Bangor,  over 
which  the  abbot  Binooth,  who  bore  a  prominent  part  in 
the  debate  with  Augustine,  is  said  to  have  presided  at 
that  time/   . 

In  regard,  therefore,  to  this  particular  period  of  the 
history  of  these  old.  expatriated  British  bishops  who  fled 
to  Wales,  it  is  by  a  confounding  the  two,  or  an  identify- 
ing of  the  English  succession  with  the  old  British 
churches,  that  it  is  sought  to  sustain  the  presence  of  "  at 
least  one  archbishop,  and  seveyi  bishops  in  England,  when 
Augustine  landed  there."  In  support  of  this  hypothesis, 
it  is  further  urged  that  \h^  alleged  "  arch-episcopate  of 
Caerleon^''  to  which  these  bishops  belonged,  was  iden- 
tical with  what  is  claimed,  to  have  been  "  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  portion  of  it  "  in  Kent,  England,  "  when  Augus- 

»  Bede.    See  also  Chapin's  Prim.  Chh.,  p.  361. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  199 

tine  landed  there."  But  we  ask :  what  '^portion  "  of 
the  old  "  British  church  "  could  that  have  been,  when 
Mr.  Churton  tells  us,  that  "the  last  British  bishojys^ 
Theonas  of  London  and  Thadioc  of  York,  retreated  with 
the  remnants  of  their  fiock,  into  Wales  ?  "  and  that,  as 
another  writer  states,  six  years  before  the  conference 
between  Augustine  and  Dinooth,  they  having  fixed  their 
seats  at  "  Kaerleon  ar  Wye — Caerleon  upon,  WlsheP  ' 

But,  even  granting  that  there  was  a  "  portion  "  of  the 
old  British  church  in  Kent  "  when  Augustine  landed 
there."  It  is  nevertheless  an  historical  fact,  that,  though 
at  first  they  "  practically  denied  at  the  very  outset,  the 
supremacy  of  the  Pope,  as  it  is  now  claimed ; "  yet  we 
are  assured  that  "  the  Aoiglo-Saxoyi  portion  of  it "  was 
"  converted  by  missionaries  from  Bome^ '  And  who, 
pray,  were  these  missionaries,  but  Augustine  and  his 
forty  monks  ?  Aye,  and  their  Eomish  conversion  fol- 
lowed that  denial  of  the  Papal  supremacy  which  they  at 
first  made  ;  for  what  sort  of  conversion  can  that  be, 
against  which  the  mind  rises  up  in  revolt  ''''from  the  very 
outset  f  "  It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  this  "  portion  "  of 
the  British  church,  whether  large  or  small,  became 
Roman. 

The  maimer  in  which  this  was  brought  about  may  be 
gathered  from  the  following :  This  triumph  of  the  "  mis- 
sionaries from  Rome  "  was  occasioned  on  the  one  hand 
by  "Wilfred's  refusal,  on  the  appointment  to  his  bishopric 
of  York,  to  receive  consecration  at  the  hands  of  the  Scot- 
tish hisho2)s  of  Lindisfarn  or  Durham,  and  Litchfield,  and 
his  repairing  to  Baris,  where  he  obtained  it  from  Agil- 
l)ert,  the  archbishop ;  and  on  the  other,  from  the  re-ordi- 
nation  of  Chad,  at  the  instigation  of  Theodore,  he  having 

>  Chapin's  Prim.  Chh.,  p.  861,  Dote.  «  lb.  p.  371. 


200  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT. 

been  previously  ordained  bishop  of  York,  on  which  occa- 
sion two  Welsh  bishops  were  present  and  assisted." ' 
These  bishops  were  of  that  class  of  the  old  British  bish- 
ops of  Wales,  whom,  on  the  banks  of  the  Severn,  Augus- 
tine failed  at  the  Jii'St  co7iference  to  subdue  to  the  obe- 
dience of  the  Roman  see,  which  did  not  transpire  till 
about  A.  D.  668,  as  above  stated. 

And  finally,  as  to  the  agency  employed  by  Rome  in 
the  accomplishment  of  this  work,  it  was  on  this  wise. 
In  reply  to  their  second  refusal  to  Comply  with  Augus- 
tine's demands,  "  that  they  would  do  none  of  those 
things,  nor  receive  him  as  their  archbishop,"  Bede  re- 
ports him  "  in  a  violent  manner  to  have  foretold,  that  in 
case  they  would  not  join  in  unity  with  their  brethren, 
they  should  be  loarred  upon  by  their  enemies ;  and  if 
they  would  not  preach  the  way  of  life  to  the  English  na- 
tion, they  should  at  their  hands  undergo  the  vengeance 
of  death.  All  which,  through  the  dispensation  of  the 
divine  judgment,  fell  out  exactly  as  he  had  pre- 
dicted:' ^ 

Yea,  verily.  For,  "  imder  Theodore  and  Wilfred,  the 
Welch  Christians  were  not  even  allowed  to  receive  the 
Sacrament  with  the  English,  unless  they  conformed.^'' 
Bede  relates,  that  at  one  time  "  there  were  slain  of  them 
who  came  to  pray  (Presbyters)  about  1,200  men,  and 
only  50  escaped  by  flight."  ^ 

Thus,  says  Mr.  Churton,  speakmg  of  Theodore,  "  he 
found  the  church  (English)  divided,  he  left  it  united  ;  he 
found  it  a  missionary  church,  scarcely  fixed  in  more  than 
two  principal  provinces  ;  he  left  it — what  it  ever  will  be 
while  the  country  remains  in  happiness  and  freedom — 


1  Churton's  Early  Eng.  Cbh.  pp.  75-86.  '  Bede,  Book  II.  c.  2. 

3  Bede,  lb. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT.  201 

THE    ESTABLISHED    ChURCH     OF    ENGLAND."'        From    the 

above  facts,  therefore,  it  appears, 

1.  That  Augustine,  by  whom,  under  the  auspices  of 
Pope  Gregory,  the  Saxons  were  converted  to  the  Roman 
faith.,  was  by  him  appointed  the  first  Saxon  bishop.,  and 
the  first  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  his  consecration 
having  been  received  at  the  hands  of  the  papal  arch- 
bishops of  Lyons  and  Aries. 

2.  That  Augustine  loas  not  a  usurper  of  the  pre- 
existing "  customs  and  rights  "  of  the  British  church. 

3.  That  Great  Britain,  having  been  "  at  the  very 
outset^''  reduced  to  the  obedience  of  the  Roman  church, 
was  thereby  constituted  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  the 
Papal  "  beast."     And, 

4.  As  it  is  admitted  on  all  hands,  that  "  the  Church 
of  England  as  by  law  established,"  derived  her  alleged 
unbroken  succession  of  bishops  in  a  direct  line  from  the 
Canterberian  archiepiscopate  of  Augustine  ;  it  follows 
that,  maugre  her  professed  Protestantism,  she  has  never 
lost  her  position  as  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  the  Roman 
beast. 

Like  his  predecessors  from  Leo  X.  in  the  time  of 
Henry  Vlii.,  Pio  Nono,  the  present  reigning  pontiff,  so 
far  from  having  relinquished  his  claim  to  her  as  such, 
has  seized  upon  and  holds  her,  as  one  of  the  brightest 
gems  which  adorns  his  triple  crown.  The  church  of 
Rome  has  ever  looked  upon  her  simply  as  guilty  of 
schism  ;  and  "  schism  "  consists  of  a  rupture  "  in  the 
body,"  *  not  of  severance  from  it.  And,  though  excom- 
municated by  the  Papal  bull  of  Leo  X.,  yet  excommuni- 
cation implies  possible  submission  and  restoration.  This 
restoration  the  Church  of  Rome  claims  to  have  already 

»  Churton's  Early  Eng.  Chh.  pp.  75,  76.  »  1  Cor.  xii.  25. 


202  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY. 

virtually  achieved.  For  this,  '•  the  Church  of  England 
as  by  law  established," — though  partaking  largely  of  the 
Protestant  element  of  the  Reformation,  yet — having  re- 
tained in  her  Ritualism  so  much  of  the  leaven  of  the 
Romish  missal,  she  is  indebted  to  herself.  The  Rome- 
ward  tendencies  thence  resulting  is  seen  in  the  develop- 
ments of  the  virus  of  Tractarianism^  which,  like  a  sinev/ 
of  "  iron  and  brass,"  binds  her  to  her  original  sphere,  as 
one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  papal  Rome. 

And,  in  regard  to  the  political  and  moral  character 
of  the  British  nation,  one  of  her  own  writers,  in  speaking 
of  her,  says : 

"  "We  repeat,  once  more,  that  this  country  is,  at  this 
moment,  the,  most  guilty  of  the  whole  loorld.  That  our 
Lidian  wars  have  been  massacres  more  bloody  than  the 
massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew  ;  that  our  opium-poisoning 
iu  China  is,  with  one  exception,  the  greatest  crime  ever 
committed  by  the  human  race  ;  that  we  persist  in  these 
enormities  from  year  to  year,  until  our  hearts  are  har- 
dened beyond  remedy ;  that  we,  alone,  maintain  the 
Mahommedan  empire  of  Turkey,  and  we  alone,  have  set 
up  the  crescent  and  trampled  on  the  cross  ;  that  these 
dreadful  sins  must  have  a  dreadful  end,  and  that  the  least 
we  can  expect  is,  the  humiliation  of  the  British  empire, 
as  a  comnmtation  of  sentence,  in  place  of  the  humiliation 
of  the  British  name  ;  and  that  we  shall  never  be  a  pros- 
perous, happy,  or  Christian  nation,  until  we  are  stript  of 
every  atom  of  our  ill-gotten  spoil.  Until  then,  the  day 
of  the  Lord  will  be  against  us^  as  against  all  iniquity." 
.  .  "  A  haughty  spirit  is  before  a  fall ;  "  but  "  be- 
fore honor  is  hwinilityr  ^ 

The  following  satire  from  the  same  pen  is  placed  in 

1  Turdon  ou  "  The  Last  Vials,"  March  1st,  1SG2,  pp.  11, 12. 


rOLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT.  203 

juxtaposition  with  the  political  and  moral  characteristics 
and  acts  of  Napoleon  III. 

"  But  what  we  at  least  ought  most  to  admire,  is  the 
moral  and  religious  excellence  of  this  man.  We  are,  as 
every  one  knows,  the  best  of  nations — the  most  moral, 
upright,  and  pious.  We  have  never  yet  committed  a 
fault,  except  in  that  unfortunate  invasion  of  Affganistan. 
That  was  the  Uriah  case  of  the  modern  David.  And  is 
not  the  Emperor  ISTapoleon  following  our  example  ? 
Shall  not  he  make  false  pretenses  as  well  as  we  ?  Shall 
not  he  rob  other  nations  as  we  have  robbed  the  East  ? 
Shall  not  he  provoke  men  to  quarrels,  and  then  kill  them 
by  thousands  because  they  have  been  provoked  ?  Shall 
we  enjoy  the  luxmy  of  slaughtering  80,000  Hindoos  in 
one  year,  from  love  to  the  Gospel,  and  not  indulge  hmi 
with  a  little  carnage  from  love  to  something  else  ?  This 
would  be  most  unreasonable  indeed.  Shall  we  poison  the 
souls  and  bodies  of  400,000  Chinese  every  year,  witli 
opium,  and  not  allow  the  Emperor  to  destroy  a  tenth 
part  as  many  by  any  other  process  he  pleases  ?  It  is  true 
that  he  is  not  so  bad  as  we  !  He  does  not  destroy  one 
tenth  as  many  lives — but  still  he  does  his  best,  and  we 
must  make  allowance  for  the  timidity  of  young  begin- 
ners. It  is  not  every  man  who  has  had  so  long  an  ap- 
prenticeship in  robbery,  poisoning,  and  hypocrisy,  as  the 
British  nation  has  enjoyed.  But  our  good  example  will 
not  be  thrown  away,  and  in  the  mean  time  let  us  not  dis- 
courage our  weak  but  willing  imitator P  ^ 

No.  It  will  be  found  ere  long,  that  the  "  example  " 
of  the  British  nation  "  lolll  not  he  throicn  awayP  Let 
the  reader  but  fix  his  eye  on  those  "  coming  events  which 
cast  their   shadows  before-;"    especially  in   connection 

i  Purdou  oa  ''  The  Last  Vials,"  March  1st,  1SC2,  pp.  li,  1j. 


204  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

with  the  events  of  the  year  1866  and  1867.  He  will 
find  loithin  that  interval,  that  the  British  nation  will 
acJcnowledge  herself  to  be  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  the 
Roman  beast ;  and  he  will  find,  imtnediately  after  the 
close  of  A.  D.  1868,  her  recognition^  willingly  or  unwil- 
lingly, of  the  HEADSHIP  of  Louis  Napoleon  III.  over  "the 
UNIVERSAL  Latin  empire." 

On  the  other  hand,  in  regard  to  this  "  land  of  over- 
shadowing wings,"  alias^  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica. Founded  upon  the  principle  of  a  universal  tolera- 
tion of  all  religions,  we  are  "  a  church  loithout  a  hishop 
and  a  state  loithout  a  JcingP  The  principles  of  our 
Protestantism  flowed  down  to  us  through  another  chan- 
7iel  than  that  of  Rome.  Far  back  in  the  annals  of  the 
past,  the  source  whence  has  flowed,  in  unbroken  contin- 
uity, the  stream  of  primitive  Christianity  in  contrast  with 
its  Romish  perversions,  must  be  sought  for  in  those  an- 
cient dwellers  among  the  Cottian  mountains  of  the  Alps, 
called  the  Vaudois,  or  "Waldenses,  the  faithful  remnants 
of  whom  are  to  this  day  to  be  found  in  the  valleys  of 
Piedmont,  whom  neither  the  fire  nor  sword  of  Papal  per- 
secutions have  ever  succeeded  either  to  subdue  or  exter- 
minate. The  same  uncorrupt  stream  was  transmitted 
from  them  through  the  Albigensian  and  Bohemian 
Protestants  against  the  corruptions  of  Rome,  until  at 
length  it  diffused  its  healing  waters  over  large  portions 
of  continental  Europe^  while  it  extended  its  hallow^ed  in- 
fluences to  England  also,  whence  the  rise  of  the  Wick- 
LiFFiTES  or  Lollards.  But  there  is  a  marked  difference 
to  be  observed  in  those  characteristics  which  distinguish 
the  continental  from  the  Anglican  Reformations.  The 
former  consisted  in  a  throwing  off  and  a  total  separation 
from  the  long  protracted  domiuancy  and  prevalent  cor- 
ruptions of  the  Church  of  Rome.     Hence,  hoAvever  they 


POIJTICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  205 

may  be  reputed  as  separatists^  they  cannot  in  consistency 
be  denominated  schismatics.  Hence,  too,  those  English 
no?i-co7iformists^  when  driven  by  persecution  from  their 
fatherland  to  seek  for  shelter  on  American  soil  landed 
on  Plymouth  Rock,  planted  those  seeds  of  civil  and 
religious  liberty  which,  according  to  the  "  voice  of  proph- 
ecy,'-' was  to  give  birth  to  this  "  Land  of  ovekshad- 
OAViNG  WINGS."  It  is  thcse  antagonistic  principles  to 
the  despotic  and  monarchical  systems  of  the  Old  World, 
both  in  church  and  state — so  indelibly  stereotyped  in  the 
"  Constitution  of  these  United  States," — that  renders  her 
at  once  the  object  of  the  hate  and  the  dread  of  the 
crowned  heads  of  Europe,  and  particularly  those  of 
France,  Austria,  and  England.  Save  the  Jewish  nation, 
there  is  none  other  under  the  wide  heavens,  which, 
within  the  same  short  period,  has  been  signalized  by 
such  national  strides ;  and,  with  the  above  exception, 
none  other  that  is  destined  to  so  glorious  a  future. 

l^evertheless,  it  becomes  us,  in  deep  himiility,  to  con- 
fess before  God  that  loe  are  a  sinful  nation^  laden  xoith 
iniquity.  Blest  of  the  Most  High  as  no  other  Gentile 
nation  has  been  blest,  we  have  "  despised  the  riches  of 
God's  goodness,  and  forbearance,  and  long-suffering ;  not 
knowing  that  the  goodness  of  God  leadeth  to  repent- 
ance." '  May  we  not,  therefore,  reasonably  fear  that  we 
shall  be  called  again  to  "^X6S.s  under  the  rod''^  of  Divine 
chastisement  ?  And,  so,  coming  down  to  our  own  times, 
and  resuming  the  subject  of  previous  remark ;  from  the 
widely-diffused  influences  of  the  miracle-working  wonders 
of  the  "  three  unclean  frog  spirits,"  or  "  spirits  of  devils," 
who  go  forth  to  "  deceive  "  not  only  the  "  ten  kings  "  of 
the  Roman  earth,  but  also  of  "  the   whole   world,"  other 

1  Rom.  iL  4. 


206  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    rKOPlIECY. 

nationalities, 7? 0^  of  the  "ten  horns,"  will  become  allies 
to  this  eighth  head,  and  of  which  ouks,  unless  we  repent, 
will  be  one.  On  the  other  hand,  the  unconverted  Jewish 
nation,  when  first  restored,  though  oiot  one  of  the  "  ten 
horns,"  will  not  only  be  absorbed  into^  and  form  a  part 
oj-^  that  great  antichristian  confederacy,  but  they  will 

HAIL  THIS  EIGHTH    HEAD  AS  THEIE  MeSSIAH  ! 

But  you  doubt — you  hesitate.  The  very  suggestion 
even  of  such  eventualities  is  so  astounding — and  especi- 
ally to  those  who  look  into  the  Bible  as  they  look  into  an 
old  counting-room  w^aste-book  or  ledger — that  you  are 
ready  to  pronounce  it  improbable,  not  only,  but  impossi- 
ble. Let  me  tijen  say  that,  as  it  respects  our  own  coun- 
try, while  blest  with  equal  light,  and  with  far  greater 
advantages  for  good  than  any  one  or  indeed  all  nations 
beside,  yet  it  is  undeniable  that,  partaking  wdth  them  of 
that  moral  depravity  common  to  fallen  creaturehood,  we 
are  at  the  same  time  subject  to  the  influence  of  that  sartie 
leaven  of  antichristianism  in  all  its  forms ^  national,  po- 
litical, civil,  social,  and  religious,  though  not  of  so  r«?a- 
corous  characteristics,  as  that  of  the  nations  of  the  Old 
World.  Who,  then,  will  venture  to  aiBrm  the  impossi- 
bility, in  view  of  these  facts,  that  this  "  land  of  overshad- 
owing wings  "  will  not  form  an  alliance  with  this  apo- 
calyptic eighth  head,  for  the  purposes  above  specified  ? 

And  as  to  the  other  statement,  that  the  Jeios^  when 
restored  in  their  unconverted  state,  will  hail  this  eighth 
head  as  their  Messiah,  what  will  this  be,  we  ask,  but  a 
literal  verification  on  their  part,  of  that  notable  proj^hecy 
of  our  Lord  respecting  them  as  a  nation, — "7"  am  come  in 
my  Father'' s  name^  and  ye  receive  me  not  :  if  another 
shall  come  in  his  ovm  name^^ — i.  e.,  with  the  "  mark,  or 
name,  or  number  of  the  beast,"  already  explained,  "  mar 
YE   WILL  eeceive.."     Wc   appeal  then,  from  vrhat  you 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY  OF    PEOPHECY.  207 

kiiow  of  the  antecedents  and  existing  cliaracteristics,  poli- 
tical and  moral,  of  that  world-renowned  "  paciiicator " 
and  draconic-mouthed  dictator  of  all  the  crowned  heads 
of  Europe,  the  present  reigning  emperor  of  France  ;  who 
can  say  that,  when,  having  passed  from  his  revived  seventh 
to  his  EIGHTH  headship,  and  exhibiting  before  them  "  all 
the  power  and  signs  and  lying  wonders,"  with  all  the 
"  deceivableness  of  unrighteousness "  of  the  last  Anti- 
christ, the  Jews  iclll  not  "  receive  him  "  as  their  Mes- 
siah ?  True,  when  Jesus  was  upon  earth,  and  claimed  to  be 
the  veritable  "  King  of  Israel,"  that  was  to  "  Sit  upon 
the  throne  of  His  Father  David,"  the  Jewish  nation  de- 
manded of  Him,  "  Show  us  a  sig^i  from  heaven  that  v/e 
may  believe."  And  "  signs  "  the  most  marvellous,  stu- 
pendous, and  unprecedented,  such  as  healing  the  sick, 
giving  limbs  to  the  maimed,  eyes  to  the  blind,  ears  to  the 
deaf,  tongues  to  the  dumb,  the  casting  out  of  devils,  still- 
ing the  boisterous  waves  of  the  sea,  yea,  and  raising  the 
very  dead  to  life,  were  continually  wrought  before  them. 
And  yet,  "  Him  they  received  not !  "  Wherefore  ?  Ah, 
the  manger  at  Bethlehem  as  His  birth-place ;  His  being 
the  reputed  son  of  an  humble  carpenter ;  and  being  so 
poor  that  He  had  not  where  to  lay  His  head,  with  them 
eclipsed  all  these  evidences  of  His  Messiahship,  and  they 
rejected  and  crucified  Him  as  an  impostor!  But,  how 
changed  the  scene,  when  this  eighth  head  shall  have  stept 
upon  the  stage !  With  a  prestige  which  inheres  in  no 
other  one  man  ;  attended  with  those  gorgeous  and  capti- 
vating trappings  unparalleled  in  the  history  of  earthly 
potentates ;  and,  as  Daniel  says,  "  shall  have  power  over 
the  treasures  of  silver  and  gold."  ^  etc. ;  and  withal,  "  shall 
do  great  wonders,   so  that  he  maJceth  fire  come  doicn 

^  1  Dan.  zi.  43, 


208  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

from  heaven  07i  the  earth  in  the  sight  of  men^  in  attesta- 
tion of  liis  mission ;  ah,  who,  we  repeat,  will  affirm  that, 
nnder  such  circumstances  between  the  two  claimants,  the 
TRUE  and  the  false,  the  Jews  will  7iot  hail  Napoleon  III. 
as  their  Messiah  ? 

Well.  Let  us  now  suppose  the  Jews  to  have  been 
restored,  and  to  have  placed  themselves  under  the  rule 
of  their  false  Messiah.  What  then?  We  must  here  pre- 
mise by  the  way,  that,  besides  that  the  Jews  can  boast 
of  numbering  among  their  race  many  of  the  most  re- 
nowned scholars  in  every  country  whither  they  are  scat- 
tered, and  who  exert  a  powerful  influence  in  the  diplo- 
matic, professional,  literary,  commercial,  and  other  depart- 
ments of  state ;  they  are  also  the  wealthiest  of  any  other 
nation  in  the  world.  Indeed,  it  is  doubtful  whether  at 
this  time  there  is  a  single  cabinet  of  all  the  crowned  heads 
of  Europe,  which  is  not  in  one  way  or  other,  held  in  sur- 
veillance by  those  mammoth  bankers,  the  Jewish  million- 
.aire  Rothschilds  of  France.  Hence,  having  once  reached 
their  destination,  from  their  undying  love  to  their  covenant 
soil,  each  will  emulate  the  other  in  wiping  out  the  last 
vestiges  of  those  footprints  of  the  destroyers  from  among 
the  Gentiles  who  have  so  long  laid  it  waste.  "  For  I  will 
cause  to  return  the  captimty  of  the  land  as  at  the  first, 
saith  the  Lord.  Thus  saith  the  Lord  of  hosts:  again  in 
this  place,  which  is  desolate,  without  man  and  without 
beast,  and  in  all  the  cities  thereof,  shall  he  an  habitation 
of  shepherds  causing  the  flocks  to  lie  down,"  '  etc.  Nor 
this  only.  For,  "  Behold,  the  days  come,  saith  the  Lord, 
that  THE  CITY,"  i.  e.  Jerusalem,  "  shall  be  built  to  the 
Lord,  from  the  tower  of  Hananeel  unto  the  gate  of  the 
corner,"  ^  etc.     And,  this  rebuilding  of  "  the  Holy  City," 

1  1  Jer.  xxxiii.  11-13.  '  lb.  xxxi.  13. 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHECY.  209 

will  include  the  ee-erectiox  of  the  temple  after  the 
model  prescribed  by  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  (see  Ezek.  xli — ■ 
xlii.),  which  in  its  dimensions,  costliness,  and  magnifi- 
cence, will  incomparably  surpass  those  of  either  Solomon, 
Zerubbabel,  or  Herod. 

And  so,  the  restored  commonwealth  of  "  the  house  of 
Judah  "  will  speedily  rise  to  national  and  political  distinc- 
tion in  the  earth.  But  mark  :  this  will  all  transpire  while 
the  Jews  are  yet  hi  "  league "  with  their  false  Messiah. 
Accordingly,  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  referring  to  this  very 
period,  says :  *'  And  the  word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  me, 
saying,  Son  of  man,  say  unto  her,  'Thou  art  the  land  that 
is  not  cleansed^  nor  rained  upon  in  the  day  of  indignation. 
There  is  a  conspiracy  of  her  prophets  in  the  midst  there- 
of, like  a  roaring  lion  ravening  for  prey.  .  .  .  Her  priests 
have  violated  my  laws,  and  have  profaned  my  holy  things : 
.  .  .  Her  pyrinces  in  the  midst  thereof  are  like  wolves 
ravening  for  the  prey,  to  shed  blood,  and  to  destroy 
souls,  to  get  dishonest  gain.  And  her  prophets  have 
daubed  them  with  untempered  mortar,  seeing  vanity,  and 
divining  lies  unto  them,  saying,  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God  : 
and  the  Lord  hath  not  spoken.  The  people  of  the  land 
have  used  oppression,  and  exercised  robbery,  and  have 
vexed  the  poor  and  the  needy ;  yea,  they  have  oppressed 
the  stranger  wrongfully."  ^  And  no  marvel  this,  when  we 
consider  that  they  have  placed  themselves  under  the  iron 
rule,  and  are  influenced  by  the  example  of  him  who,  hav- 
ing come  to  them  "  in  his  own  name,"  has  come  "  after 
the  worhing  of  Satan^  with  all  power  and  signs  and  lying 
wonders." 

But,  the  Jews  will  not  yet  have  reached  the  climax 
of  their  national  sins.    This  is  to  be  gathered  from  the 

'  1  Ezek.  xxii.  23-30. 


210  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

following :  "  And  thou  shalt  say  to  the  rebellious,  even  to 
the  house  of  Israel,  (or  Judah),  Thus  saith  the  Lord  God, 
O  ye  house  of  Israel,  let  it  suffice  you  of  all  your  abomina- 
tions ;  in  that  ye  have  brought  into  my  sanctuary^'' — i.  e. 
into  their  newly  erected  temple — "  strangers^  uncircum- 
cised  in  heart,  and  uncircumcised  in  flesh,  to  be  in  my 
sanctuary,  to  pollute  it,  even  my  house,  when  ye  offer  my 
bread,  the  fat  and  the  blood,  and  they  have  hrohen  my 
covenant,  because  of  all  your  abominations."  ^  By  this 
we  are  to  understand,  that  upon  the  rebuilding  of  the 
temple  in  Jerusalem,  the  okdinance  of  sacrifices,  etc., 
shall  be  restored  for  the  people,  and  the  priests  and  Le- 
vites,  as  aforetime,  shall  stand  to  minister  before  them.' 
Now  God  commanded  that  these  offices  should  be  filled 
by  "  the  sons  oi  Zadok,  of  the  tribe  of  ie^;^."  ^  But,  in- 
stead of  this,  and  as  a  consequence  of  their  compliance 
with  the  conditions  stipulated  in  their  "  league  "  with 
their  false  Messiah,  it  opens  up  the  way  for, 

II.  His  second  act  in  this  tragical  drama.  For,  we 
read  that,  as  the  last  Antichrist,  "  who  shall  oppose  and 
exalt  himself  above  all  that  is  called  God,  or  that  is  v/or- 
shipped,"  he  as  God,  shall  seat  himself  ^V^  the  temple  of 
God,  showing  himself  that  he  is  God?"*  *  And  therefore, 
as  such,  he  will  proceed  to  select  his  priests,  etc.,  wo^from 
the  legitimate  and  divinely  appointed  "  sons  of  Zadok," 
but  from  his  Gentile  confederates,  "  strangers,^^  like  him- 
self, "  uncircumcised  both  in  heart  and  in  the  flesh !  " 

And  now  see :  on  account  of  these  and  the  like 
"  abominations "  of  the  restored  Jews,  their  covenant 
God  brings  upon  the  nation,  Jeremiah's  and  Daniel's  pre- 
dicted time  of"  Jacob's  trouble,"  ^  or  that  season  of  un- 

1  1  Ezek.  xliv.  6,  7.  ^  ib.,  verses  10-16. 

«  lb.,  verse  15.  *  2  Thess.  ii.  3,  4. 

s  1  Jer.  xxxi.  7  ;  Dau.  xii.  1, 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECT.  211 

PARALLELED  "  TRiBtiLATiON  "  spoken  of  by  oiu'  Lord, 
''  Such  as  was  not  since  the  beginning  of  the  creation 
which  God  created  to  that  time,  nor  ever  shall  be."  ^  Yes, 
they  will  once  more  be  brought  "  to  pass  under  the  rod  "  ^ 
of  God's  chastising  hand.  For,  "  He  will  gather  them  in 
the  midst  of  Jerusalem  ;  "  .  .  .  and  "  He  will  blow  upon 
them  in  the  fury  of  his  wrath,  and  they  shall  be  melted  in 
the  midst  thereof,  as  silver  in  the  midst  of  a  furnace," 
etc. 

Xow,  this  fearful  visitation  of  the  Lord's  wrath  upon 
the  Jews  as  figuratively  portrayed  in  the  above  prophecy, 
as  we  shall  show,  will  be  literally  verified  to  them  at  the 
hand  of  that  very  false  Messiah,  who  had  "  corrupted 
them  by  flatteries  "  to  enter  into  a  "  league  "  with  him. 
It  will  be  on  this  wise.  We  read,  Dan.  xi.  23,  that  "  after 
the  league  made  with  them,  "  he  shall  work  deceitfully?'' 
Aye,  still  practising  the  same  deeply  mysterious,  cunning, 
deceitful,  and  treacherous  policy  then^  as  that  which  has 
thus  far  marked  his  diplomatic  career  as  the  revived 
seventh  secular  head  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire ;  the 
Jews,  having  at  length  discovered  by  their  bitter  expe- 
rience the  "  deceitfulness  "  of  him  with  whom  they  had 
entered  into  a  "  league  "  for  their  protection,  and  hor- 
rified at  the  desecration  of  their  temple  by  his  blasphem- 
ing footsteps,  together  with  that  of  their  God-appointed 
priesthood  and  rites ;  with  one  voice  they  will  exclaim, 
"  My  leanness^  my  leanness^  woe  is  me!  the  treacherous 
dealers  have  dealt  treacherously :  yea,  the  treacherous 
dealers  have  dealt  very  treacherously."  And,  under  the 
deep  conviction  withal  that  Louis  Napoleon  HI.,  as  the 
eighth  apocalyptic  head  is  the  Antichrist,  they  will  rise 


1  Matt.  xsiv.  21 ;  Mark  xiii.  19  ;  Luke  xxi.  25,  26. 
'  Ezck.  XX.  S(),  37. 


212  POLITICAL  econo:my  of  prophecy. 

up  as  one  man  in  open  eevolt  against  liim  and  his  athe- 
istic Gentile  confederates ! 

We  are  now  ai>proaching  the  end  of  these  prophetico- 
historic  expositions.  The  above-named  revolt  of  the 
Jewish  N'ation  against  Napoleon  III.,  although  at  first 
not  cognizant  of  the  purpose  of  God  in  regard  to  it,  will 
be  found  to  initiate  those  last  acts  in  this  connection, 
with  which  these  prophetical  revelations  close. 

The  subject  will  conclude  with  our  next  chapter. 


CHAPTER    VI. 

[concluded.] 
SECTION    V. 

CONTINUATION   OF  THE   PROPHETICO-HISTORIC  EXPLOITS   OF  THE  APOCALYP- 
TIC  EIGHTH    HEAD   AND    IIIS   ANTICHRISTIAN    CONFEDERACY. 

III.  His  third  act. — Invasion  of  the  Holy  Land,  and  its  capital,  Je- 
rusalem.— IV.  His  final  doom^  with  that  of  his  Magogian  con- 
federacy.— Conclusion. 

The  close  of  the  preceding  section  left  the  Jewish  na- 
tion in  ojJen  revolt  against  the  blasphemy  and  treachery 
of  their  false  Messiah.  This  revolt  introduces  upon  the 
prophetical  platform  the  next  act  of  this  despot, 

III.  His  invasion  of  the  Holy  Land  and  its  capital, 
Jerusalem.  Daniel's  "  wilful  king,"  alias.,  the  last  Anti- 
christ, having  "planted  the  tabernacle  of  his  palaces  be- 
tween the  seas  in  the  glorious  holy  mountain,"  ^  being  in- 

>  Dan.  xi.  86-45. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  213 

cited  by  emotions  of  jealousy  at  the  rising  greatness  and 
prosperity  of  the  Jewish  commonwealth,  and  of  indigna- 
tion at  their  revolt  against  his  authority,  resolves  to  mar- 
shal his  confederated  hosts, — the  Gog  and  Magog  army 
of  Ezekiel,' — wath  a  view  to  invade  the  Holy  Land,  bury 
its  capital  in  ruins,  and  to  totally  annihilate  the  Jewish 
race.  This  vrill  be  his  "  going  forth  unto  the  kings  of 
the  earth  and  of  the  whole  w^orld,  to  gather  them  to  the 
battle  of  the  great  day  of  God  Almighty p  mentioned 
Rev.  xvi.  14  ;  and  it  is  the  same  with  the  Lord's  "  gath- 
ering: all  nations  asjainst  Jerusalem  to  battle,"  of  which 
the  prophet  Zechariah  speaks,  chap.  xiv.  1,  2.  This  mighty 
confederacy  of  the  antichristian  nations  will  be  consti- 
tuted, principally,  as  we  have  said,  of  the  kingdoms  or 
principalities  of  the  "  ten  horns "  or  "  kings  "  of  the 
Latin  earthy  but  will  also  embrace  as  its  allies^  those  na- 
tions enumerated  by  the  prophet  Ezekiel,  chap,  xxxviii. 
1-7  : — "  Gog  of  the  land  of  Magog,  the  prince  of  Rosh, 
Mesech,  and  Tubal ;  and  Persia,  Ethiopia  or  Cush,  Libya 
or  Phut,  Gomer  and  Togarmah,"  etc. 

AYe  must  here  observe,  by  the  way,  that  the  reader 
will  do  well  to  compare  Ezek.  chapters  xxxiv.  17-21  ; 
xxxviii.  1-17 ;  and  xxxix.  1-24,  on  this  subject.  We 
also  remark,  that  the  learned  Mr.  Faber,  in  his  w^ork  on 
the  Jew^s^  (pp.  234-247),  argues  at  great  length  that  the 
above  invasion  of  Jerusalem  refers  exclusively  to  the 
"  compassing  of  the  camp  of  the  saints  about,  and  the 
beloved  city,"  by  the  "  Gog  and  Magog  "  army  at  the 
close  of  the  millennial  era,  recorded  Rev.  xx.  8,  9.     But 

1  Ezek,  xxxviii.  2,  3, 16,  18,  xxxix.  11. 

2  Rev.  xvii.  12,  13,  17  ;  xix.  19. 

3  "  A  General  and  Connected  View  of  the  Prophecies  relative  to  the 
Conversion,  Restoration,  and  Future  Glory  of  the  Houses  of  Judah  and 
Israel,"  etc.     Boston.     Published  by  Andrews  &  Cummings,  1809. 


214:  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

what  is  decisive  in  proof,  that  the  Gog  and  Magog  hosts 
of  Ezekiel  are  entirely  separate  and  distinct  from  those 
of  the  Apocalypse,  is  the  fact,  that  in  Ezek.  xxxviii.  IG, 
the  gathering  of  Gog  and  Magog  against  the  Jews  in  the 
latter  days,  and  their  signal  overthrow  by  the  interposi- 
tion of  "  the  Lord"  in  their  behalf  as  described  in  Zech. 
xiv.  3.  4,  and  Rev.  xix.  11-21,  that  it  is  to  the  end  that 
"  the  heathen  may  know  God  ;  "  that  is,  that  they  shall, 
by  being  witnesses  of  these  things,  be  turned  from  dumb 
idols  to  serve  the  living  God,''''  an  event  which  is  undeni- 
ably p7'e  and  not  ^os^millennial. 

Then,  in  addition  to  this,  Ezekiel's  description  of  the 
magnitude  of  this  army,  the  number  of  their  weapons, 
and  the  process  prescribed  for  burying  their  carcasses, 
and  burning  the  weapons  used  by  it  (Ezek.  xxxix.  9-13), 
can  never  be  applied  to  the  apocalyptic  Gog  and  Magog 
hosts. 

Again.  Mr.  Faber  is  entirely  in  error  when  he  repre- 
sents, as  in  page  245,  that  "  the  antichristian  confederacy 
is  a  Roman  one,"  whereas  "  the  Magogean  confederacy 
is  not.''"'  This  error  arises  from  the  failure  on  the  part  of 
Mr.  Faber  to  recognize  the  fact  of  the  continuation  of 
the  old  national  landmarks  during  the  millennial  era,  and 
also  after  its  close.  Thus  Zechariah,  referring  to  that 
era,  says  :  "  And  it  shall  come  to  pass,  that  every  one  of 
them  that  is  left  of  all  the  nations  that  came  against  Je- 
rusalem, shall  even  go  up  from  year  to  year  to  worship 
the  king,  the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  to  keep  the  feast  of 
tabernacles."  Now,  these  are  they  of  the  Ezekiel  Ma- 
gogean confederacy  who  shall  escape  the  destruction  that 
will  fall  upon  the  main  body  ;  and  will  form  a  large  por- 
tion of  the  nations  of  the  Gentiles  during  and  after  the 
millennial  era,  out  of  lohom  will  spring  the  apocalyptic 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  215 

Magogean  confederacy.'  The  vast  dimensions  of  this  lat- 
ter confederacy  compared  with  that  of  Ezekiel ;  and  also 
the  difference  in  the  agents  and-  the  method  employed  in 
effecting  the  destruction  of  each, — the  former  by  the  con- 
quering hand  of  the  Rider  on  His  white  horse  and  His 
white-robed  cavalry  ;  ^  and  the  latter  hy  fire  from  heaven^ 
— may  be  adduced  as  further  proof  on  this  point. 

But,  passing  from  this  momentary  digression,  we  now 
proceed  to  remark,  that  before  the  great  battle  for  which 
this  Ezekiel  Gog  and  Magog  confederacy  are  summoned 
together,  the  eighth  head  and  his  army,  flushed  wdth  the 
pride  and  success  of  their  unchecked  career,  resolve  to 
invade  the  Holy  Land,  and,  besieging  its  capital,  Jerusa- 
LEir,  "  the  city  is  taken,  the  houses  are  rifled,  the  women 
are  ravished,  and  half  of  the  city  is  led  forth  into  cap- 
tivity." ' 

These  calamities,  therefore, — which  is  that  very  "  fur- 
nace of  fire  "  in  which  the  prophet  Ezekiel  declared  that 
the  Lord  would  "  blow  upon  them  and  melt  them,  even 
as  silver  is  melted,"  ' — taken  in  connection  with  all  that 
they  w411  have  suflered  since  the  formation  of  their  un- 
holy "  league "  with  the  false  Christ,  will  exceed  in  se- 
verity  any  other  that  has  ever  befallen  them  since  they 
have  been  a  nation ! 

1  If  it  be  asked,  But  how  is  this?  seeing  that  it  is  said  of  the  subjects 
of  the  millennial  era,  that  "  all  shall  be  righteous,  from  the  least  of  them 
even  unto  the  greatest  of  them,"  (Jer.  xxxi.  34),  the  answer  is,  that 
this  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the  millennial  era  is  not  a  state  of 
indefutable  grace.  Isaiah  says,  that  "  the  cJdld  that  is  a  sinner,  being  au 
hundred  years  old,  shall  die  and  leaccursedP  (Isa.  Ixv.  20.)  And  Zech- 
ariah  states  that  "  some  will  not  come  up  of  all  the  families  of  the  earth 
unto  Jerusalem,  to  worship  the  king,"  etc.  (Zech.  xiv.  17.)  And  so,  ctt 
the  close  of  the  millennial  era,  when  Satan  is  "  loosed  for  a  little  season  to 
deceive  these  nations"  it  is  easy  to  account  for  that  great  apostate  Magogean 
confederacy  described  in  Rev.  xx.  9. 

2  Rev.  xix.  11-1 1];  and  17-21.  s  ib.  xx.  9. 

*  Zech.  xiv.  1,  2.  5  E^.ek.  xxii.  17-22. 


216  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

There  is,  however,  another  scene,  which  speedily  fol- 
lows the  apparently  unchecked  triumphs  of  this  Mse 
Christ  and  his  confederates,  over  the  afflicted  but  "  still 
beloved  "  ^  covenant  people  of  God.  Their  assault  upon 
the  Holy  City,  Jerusalem,  eventuates, 

IV.  In  "  the  battle  of  that  great  day  of  God  Al- 
mighty "  spoken  of  Rev.  xvi.  14.  The  residt  of  this  bat- 
tle, however,  in  their  boastful,  self-reliant  spirit,  as  we 
shall  see,  formed  no  part  of  their  reckoning.  Yes,  at  this 
point,  it  will  be  found  that  the  ordinary  far-reaching  mil- 
itary tactics  and  diplomatic  sagacity  of  their  leader  is  at 
fault.  This  "  man  of  destiny  "  will  then  find  that  the 
attribute  of  prescience  forms  no  part  of  his  endowments. 
The  Devil  incarnated  in  his  person  will  not  be  omni- 
scient ! 

But  before  passing  on  to  this  "  battle,"  we  must  in- 
troduce you  to  the  locality  of  the  '•''field "  selected  for 
this  mighty  conflict.  And  here  observe,  the  words  are, 
not  "  a  place,  which  may  he  called,"  etc.,  but  it  is — rov 
TOTTov  Tov  KaXovixGvov — ^.  6.,  "  the  placc  which  is  called  in 
the  Hebrew  tongue,  Armageddon."  The  meaning  of 
which  is,  that  this  is  here  actually  applied  in  the  Hebrew 
Scriptures,  not  to  some  vague,  but  to  a  definite  and  as- 
certainable locality.  Allow  us  then  to  premise,  that 
names  applied  by  one  proj)het  as  a  comparison  or  figure, 
are  used  by  a  subsequent  prophet  as  an  appellation  or 
proper  name.  Thus,  the  figurative  phrase,  the  "  Branch," 
as  used  by  the  earlier  prophets  Isaiah  and  Jeremiah  to 
denote  Christ,''  is  applied  to  Him  by  Zechariah  as  a  pi^op- 
er  name^  Precisely  the  same  principle  is  here  applied 
by  St.  John.     The  name  of  "  Armageddon,"  is  a  combi- 


1  Rom.  xi.  11. 

2  See  Isa.  xi.  1 ;  Jer.  xxiii.  5.  ^  Zech.  iii. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  217 

nation  of  two  passages  in  Zechariah,  the  one  in  chap.  xii. 
10,  11,  where  the  prophet  uses  the  great  mourning  occa- 
sioned by  the  death  of  tlie  good  king  Josiah, — who  was 
a  type  of  Christ, — and  the  scene  of  which  was  in  the 
valley  of  Megiddo^ — to  illustrate  the  general  mourning 
of  the  Jews,  when  "  the  spirit  of  grace  and  of  supplica- 
cation  being  poured  out  upon  them,  they  shall  look  upon 
Him  whom  they  pierced,  and  mourn."  ^  "  In  that  day 
there  shall  be  great  mourning  in  Jerusalem,  as  the  mourn- 
ing of  Hadadrimmon  in  the  valley  of  Megiddo."  But, 
the  place  where  this  mourning  of  the  Jews  shall  occur,  is 
called  by  the  same  prophet  a  mountain^  not  a  yalley. 
"  And  His  (^.  e.  Christ's)  feet  shall  stand  in  that  day," — 
the  day  of  the  overthrow  of  the  Antichrist  and  his  con- 
federates— "  upon  the  mount  of  Olives  which  is  before 
Jerusalem  on  the  east,"  ^  etc.  Hence  these  passages, 
combining  the  two  parts,  ae  (a  mou7it),  and  megiddo, 
form  the  name  "  ARMAGEDD0]sr,"  which  signifies  mount 
Megeddon,  the  ''place  "  alluded  to  by  St.  John  as  "  so 
called  in  the  Hebrew  Scrij)tures."  We  submit,  there- 
fore, that  by  a  comparison  of  Zech.  xii.  9-11,  with  chap, 
xiv.  1,  2,  and  verse  4,  the  future  "battle"  betw^een  the 
Antichrist  and  his  Magogean  confederacy,  and  the  true 
Christ  and  His  army,  takes  place  07i  the  same  sp>ot  desig- 
nated by  Zechariah  as  the  place  for  the  future  mourning 
of  the  Jews  over  their  sins. 

The  former  of  these  two  events,  the  battle  of  that 
GREAT  DAY  OF  GoD  Almighty,  is  that  to  which  we  now 
turn  our  thoughts.'  The  prophecies  which  foretell  the 
certain  destruction  of  the  last  Antichrist  and  his  Mago- 
gean army  under  the  cover  of  those  types  by  which  they 
were  pre-figured  in  the  Old  Testament,— the  Canaanites, 


1  Zech.  xii.  9, 10.  a  lb.  xiv.  4,  5. 

10 


218  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

Moabites,  Ammonites,  Philistines,  Edomites,  etc.,  and 
those  of  Assyria,  Tyre,  and  Sidon,  and  also  the  four  great 
monarchies  of  Gentilism,  the  Babylonian,  Medo-Persian, 
Grecian,  and  Roman — these  prophecies  being  too  nmner- 
oiis  for  quotation,  we  must  be  content  to  refer  you  to  the 
following  passages  as  inserted  in  the  margin  below.^  It 
must  suffice  to  observe  that  Antichrist  and  his  confeder- 
ates, exulting  in  having  "  planted  themselves  between 
the  seas  in  the  glorious  holy  mountain,"  ' — that  is,  "  in 
the  place  called  in  the  Hebrew  tongue,  Armageddon," — 
and  elate  with  the  pride  of  victory,  will  little  dream 
that  they  are  madly  rushing  upon  the  terrible  doom 
which  soon  awaits  them,  by  provoking  the  God  of  Israel 
to  bring  upon  them  swift  destruction.  For,  in  the  midst 
of  that  unparalleled  "  tribulation  "  brought  upon  the  Jew- 
ish nation  at  their  hand,  and  just  at  the  point  of  time  ot 
those  unchronological '  events  of  "  that  generation  which 
is  not  to  pass  away  till  all  the  things  spoken  of  shall  be 
fulfilled,"  '  lo  !  like  "  the  lightning  "  that  flashes  athwart 
the  heavens,^  that  visible  manifestation  of  the  Rider 
whom  St.  John  saw  "  seated  upon  His  white  horse,"  and 
upon  Avhose  thigh  a  name  was  written.  King  of  kings 
AND  LoKD  OF  LORDS,"  uow  takcs  placc,  when  "  every  eye 
shall  see  Him^  and  they  also  which  pierced  Him^  and  when 
all  the  kindreds  of  the  earthy''"' — /.  e.,  the  Gentile  anti- 
christian  confederated  nationalities  aforesaid, — "  shall  loail 
because  of  HimP  ^     Aye,  and  the  same  also  with  that 

1  Isa.  xxvi.  19-21;  xlvii.  1-15;  xlix.  24-26;  Jeremiah  xii.  14-17; 
xxxiii.  1-7 ;  Ezekiel  xxi.  28-32 ;  xxv.  1-17 ;  xxvii.  1-19 ;  xxviii.  1-17  ; 
xxxi.  1-17 ;  xxxii.  17-22 ;  xxxiv.  16-23  ;  xxxv.  xxxvi.  1-7  ;  xxxviii.  1-17  ; 
xxxix.  1-24 ;  Micah  vii.     Zechariah  xii.  1-5 ;  xiv.  1-6. 

2  Dan.  xi.  45. 

3  See  on  "  Short  Unchronological  Period,"  etc.,  "  Our  Bible  Chrou.,** 
pp.  80,  166,  182. 

4  Matt.  xxiv.  34.  »  lb.  27.  «  Rev.  i.  7. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  219 

APPEARING  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  described  by  the 
prophet  Zechariah,  chap.  xiv.  5 :  "  And  the  Lord  my 
God  shall  come,  akd  all  the  saints  with  Him,"  i.  e., 
His  white-robed  cavalry  riders  of  "  the  first  resurrec- 
tion : " — which  event  transpires  at  the  first  or  invisible 
manifestation  of  Christ,  as  described  in  1  Thess.  iv.  13-18 
— "  and  His  feet  J"*  the  prophet  continues,  "  shall  stand  in 
that  day  upon  the  mount  of  Olives^  which  is  before  Je- 
rusalem on  the  east,"  etc.  (verse  4). 

But  the  momentous  question  here  is.  For  what  comes 
He  and  His  risen  and  glorified  saints?  First,  let  the 
prophet  Zechariah  answer.  Referring  to  the  invasion  of 
the  Holy  City,  etc.  by  the  last  Antichrist  and  his  Magogian 
confederates,  he  says,  chap.  xiv.  3,  "  And  the  Lord  shall 
then  go  forth,  and  fight  against  those  nations^  as  when 
He  fought  in  the  day  of  battle."  With  this  exactly  cor- 
responds St.  Paul's  prophecy  of  the  overthrow  of  "  the 
man  of  sin  and  son  of  perdition,"  etc. :  "  And  then  shall 
that  wicked  be  revealed,  whom  the  Lord  shall  consume 
with  the  spirit  of  His  mouth,  and  destroy  with  the  bright, 
ness  of  his  (Traporo-ta,  ^.  e..  His  personal)  coming."  (2  Thess. 
ii.  3,  4,  and  verse  8.) 

Yes,  we  repeat  :  t-q  i-n-KJiaveia  tt}?  Trapovo-tas  avTOv — 
"with  the  brightness  of  His  (personal)  coming."  Now, 
when  the  apostle  is  speaking  of  "  that  wicked  "  (aj/o/xos), 
who  is  to  "  be  revealed,"  verse  8,  he  uses  the  word  d/roKa- 
XvcftO-^aeraL,  apokahjpse :  and  to  show  what  he  means  by 
the  apocalypse  or  revelation  of  "  that  wicked  one,"  he 
says,  verse  9,  ou  kcrnv  t)  Trapova-ia  Kar  ivepyeiav  rov  ^arai/a, 
etc. ;  "  whose  coming  is  after  the  working  of  Satan  ; " 
which  "  coming,"  as  we  have  already  shown,'  and  all  Prot- 
estant commentators  admit,  is  to  be  a  personal  coming 

1  See  pages  121-122. 


220  POLITICAL   ECONOl^IY   OF   PKOPHECY. 

of  the  LAST  Antichrist.  But,  with  an  inconsistency 
which  defies  all  comparison,  these  same  commentators, 
when  they  come  to  apply  this  identical  word  Trapovo-ia  to 
the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  insist  that  it  denotes  a  spiritual 
coming ! 

Let  lis  however  look  at  this  matter.  Zechariah  says  : 
"  Then  shall  the  Lord  go  forth,  and  fight  against  those 
nations,  as  when  He  /"ought  hi  the  day  of  battle.'^''  Allu- 
sion is  here  made  to  the  overthrow  of  the  Egyptian  army 
in  the  Red  Sea,  when  they  were  pursuing  the  Israelites. 
And  how  did  the  Lord  then  fight  against  the  Egyptians  ? 
Was  it  by  His  spiritual  presence  ?  To  determine  this 
point,  we  have  but  to  turn  to  the  book  of  Exodus,  chap, 
xiv,  24,  25.  "  And  it  came  to  pass  that  in  the  morning 
watch,  the  Lord  looked  unto  the  host  of  the  Egyptians, 
through  the  pillar  of  fire  and  of  the  cloud,  and  troubled 
the  host  of  the  Egyptians,  and  took  off  their  chariot 
wheels,  that  they  drave  them  heavily :  so  that  the  Egyp- 
tians said.  Let  us  fiee  from  the  face  of  Israel,  for  the 
Lord  fighteth  for  them  against  the  Egyptians."  Now, 
whatever  may  be  said  of  this  passage  by  that  class  of 
modern  expositors  who,  if  they  do  not  fully  adopt,  yet  to 
an  alarming  extent  are  copying  after  such  theological 
models  as  Bp.  Colenso,  who  denies  the  truth  of  the  Pen- 
tateuch ;  of  Renan  of  France,  who  impugns  the  divinity 
of  Jesus  ;  and  of  Strauss  of  Germany,  with  his  captivating 
poetical  infidelity  :  still,  "  the  Lord  who  looked  upon  the 
Egyptians  "  in  the  midst  of  the  sea  through  that  "  pillar 
of  cloud  and  of  fire,"  was  none  other  than  "  the  angel  of 
God,"  or  that  divine  "  messenger  of  the  covenant," 
mentioned  in  the  19th  verse  of  this  chapter,  and  v/ho  so 
often  visibly  manifested  Himself  to  his  people  under  the 
Old  Testament  dispensation.  Yes.  He  was  none  other 
than  the   manifested   Jehovah-Elohim,   whose  ^^  voice 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  221 

Adam  heard  in  the  garden  in  the  cool  of  the  day  ;  "  ^  who 
spake  to  Moses  out  of  the  midst  of  the  burning  but  uncon- 
sumed  bush ;  ^  who  visited  Abraham  in  the  plains  of 
Mamre  and  ate  of  his  cakes,  butter  and  milk,  and  the  calf 
which  he  had  dressed ;  ^  who  lorestled  with  Jacob  at 
Penuel ;  *  aye,  and  besides  numerous  other  instances  of 
similar  manifestations,  who  took  up  His  permanent  abode 
as  THE  Shekinah, — and  which  St.  Paul  styles  "  The 
Glory,"  °  or  visible  presence  of  the  Jehovah-Elohim, — 
first  in  the  Tabernacle  in  the  wilderness,  and  then  in  the 
Temple  at  Jerusalem,  beneath  the  outstretched  wings  of 
the  cherubim  over  the  mercy-seat  in  the  Holy  of  Holies ; 
but  more  especially  when  "  in  the  fulness  of  time,"  as 
"the  promised  seed  of  the  woman  who  was  to  bruise  the 
serpent's  head,'' "  He  took  upon  Himself  the  limitations 
of  creaturehood  as  the  son  of  Mary  in  Bethlehem's 
manger  !  ^  Indeed,  we  can  know  nothing  of  God,  except 
as  a  revealed  and  manifested  God  in  the  Person  of  His 
son  Jesus  Christ !  Look  at  the  conflict  of  Jesus  with  His 
Satanic  tempter  in  the  wilderness.  Was  He  not  person- 
ally  present  with  His  arch  foe  during  that  conflict  ?  Look 
at  the  cross.  Was  it  not  a  real  victim  who  expired  there- 
on ?  Follow  Him  to  the  rocky  tomb  of  Joseph  of  Ari- 
mathea,  and  watch  there  as  did  Mary  till  the  morning  of 
the  third  day.  Was  not  the  resurrection  of  Jesus  from 
the  dead  a  litercd  resurrection  ?  Then  join  the  "  men  of 
Galilee  forty  days  after,"  to  whom,  as  they  stood  "  gazing 
up  into  heaven"  at  the  receding  resurrected  and  glorified 
body  of  the  ascending  Saviour,  the  "  two  men  in  white 
apparel "  said  unto  them,   "  TJiis  same  Jesns,  which  is 


1  Gen.  iii.  8-10.  2  Exod.  iii.  3-5.  s  Qen.  xviii.  1- 

4  lb.  xxii.-24-30.  «  Rom.  ix.  4.  «  Gen.  iii.  15. 

7  Matt.  ii.  1, 2 ;  Luke  ii.  7. 


222  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY. 

taken  up  from  you  into  heaven,  shall  so  come  in  like  math- 
ner  as  ye  have  seen  him  go  into  heaven."  ^ 

We  have  thus  entered  into  these  plain  Scriptural  de- 
tails on  this  subject  in  order  to  demonstrate,  that  when 
the  time  shall  have  come  that  "  the  lord  shall  go  forth 
to  fight  against  these  antichristian  nations  as  in  the  day 
of  battle,"  it  will  be  a  personal  face-to-face  conflict  be- 
tween THE  Antichrist  and  his  Magogean  hosts,  and  the 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  as  the  "  King  of  kings  and  the  Lord 
OF  LORDS,"  whose  divine  title  is  the  "  Faithful  and  True."  ' 
Yes,  in  that  day,  "His/ee^  shall  stand  upon  the  Mount 
of  Olives  which  is  before  Jerusalem  on  the  east."  ^ 

And  mark  :  when  Daniel  and  Jeremiah  predicted  of 
the  time  of  "  Jacob's  trouble  "  already  alluded  to,  they 
also  foretold  that  "  he  should  be  saved  out  of  ity  *  And 
so,  this  is  the  time  predicted  by  St.  Paul,  2  Thess.  i.  7-9  : 
"  When  the  Lord  Jesus  shall  be  revealed  from  heaven 
with  his  mighty  angels  in  flaming  fire," — because,  as  saith 
the  prophet  Isaiah,  "  hyjire,  and  by  his  sword,  will  the 
Lord  plead  with  all  flesh,  and  the  slain  of  the  Lord  shall 
he  many^''  ^ — thus  "  taking  vengeance  on  them  that  know 
not  God,  and  that  obey  not  the  gospel  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ;" — i.  e.,  these  living  antichristian  nations — "who 
shall  be  punished  wdth  everlasting  destruction  from  the 
presence  of  the  Lord,  and  from  the  glory  of  his  power,"" 
etc.  The  phrase  in  the  above  passage — "  And  the  slain 
of  the  Lord  shall  be  many  " — requires  a  passing  remark. 
These  words  imply  that  some  shall  escape  those  judg- 
ments that  shall  fall  upon  the  main  body  of  the  anti- 

1  Acts  i.  9-11.  For  a  full  exposition  of  the  scriptural  doctrine  of  the 
Second  Personal  Pre-Millennial  coming  of  Christ,  see  our  work  on  "  The 
Second  Coming  of  Christ,  the  Great  Question  of  the  daj,  is  it  Fre  or  Fost- 
Millennial,"  etc. 

2  Rev.  xix.  11-16.  ^  Zech.  xiv.  4.  <  2  Jer.  xxxi.  7;  Dan.  xii.  1. 
»  Isa.  Ixvi.  16.  «  2  Thess.  i.  7-9. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHECY.  223 

christian  hosts.  These  will  be,  first,  that  portion  of  the 
Jewish  nation,  constituting  "the  residue  of  the  people 
X!ii2X  shall  not  he  cut  off  from  the  city" — Jerusalem — at  the 
time  of  its  last  invasion  by  Antichrist,  as  described  Zech. 
xiv.  1,  2.  And  second,  those  of  the  Gentiles  that  shall  be 
"  kft  of  all  the  nations  which  came  against  Jerusalem," 
verse  16.  These,  therefore,  are  those  parts  of  "the  in- 
habitants of  the  world,"  Jewish  and  Gentile,  which, 
"  when  the  judgments  of  God,"  as  above  described,  "  are 
abroad  in  the  earth,  icill  learn  righteousness. '>'>  (Isa.  xxvi. 
9).  And  so,  while  of  the  "  residue  "  of  the  escaped  Jew- 
ish nation,  it  is  declared,  "  and  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day^  that  I  will  pour  upon  the  house  of  David  and 
the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  the  spirit  of  grace  and  of 
supplications :  a7id  they  shall  look  iipon  me  lohom  they 
have  pierced^  and  shall  mourn^''  etc.  (Zech.  xii.  9,  10) ; 
those  of  "  the  land  of  overshadowing  wings,"  though  hav- 
ing formed  ayi  alliance  with  the  Antichrist  for  the  pur- 
pose already  specified,^  shall  constitute  a  large  j^ortion  of 
that  (re/i^i?6  retinue  of  whom  it  is  said,  Zech.  xiv.  16,  that 
they  "  shall  even  go  up  from  year  to  year  to  worship  the 
King,  the  Lord  of  hosts,  and  to  keep  the  feast  of  taber- 
nacles." And  this  brings  us  to  our  concluding  remarks 
on  the  subject  in  hand,  namely: 

V.  The  final  doom  of  the  last  Antichrist  and  his  Ma- 
gogean  confederacy.  Marshalled  in  hostile  array  on  the 
battle-field  of  "  Aemageddox,"  you  behold  the  antag- 
onistic hosts.  On  the  one  side,  you  descry  the  apocalyp- 
tic eighth  head,  with  his  antichristian  confederates,  en- 
gaged in  their  assault  against  Jerusalem,  the  Holy  City. 
On  the  other  side,  "  the  house  of  Judah^^''  a  mere  handful 
compared  with  the  "  all  nations  "  arrayed  against  them, 
and  as  yet  loithout  a  visible  and  efficient  Head  to  lead  them. 

1  See  pages  185-189  of  this  work. 


224  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

He  is,  however,  7iigh  at  hand,  even  He  who  has  said, 
that  He  would  "  make  the  house  of  Judah  as  His  goodly 
horse  in  the  day  of  battle ;  yea,  that  they  shall  be  as 
mighty  men  which  tread  down  their  enemies  in  the  mire 
of  the  streets  in  the  battle :  and  they  shall  fight  because 
THE  LoED  is  loith  them^  and  the  riders  on  horses  shall  be 
confounded."  *  We  are  here  to  bear  in  mind,  that  these 
are  "  the  residue  of  the  Jewish  jDeople  that  were  not  cut 
off  from  the  city,"  *  when  first  invaded  by  the  enemy. 
Their  arms,  however,  are  nerved  to  the  conflict  with  a  stc- 
'pernatural  energy,  for  "  the  Lord  is  with  them,"  leading 
them  on  to  victory  "  by  the  spirit  of  Mis  mouth  V ' 

But,  as  the  battle  advances,  and  the  Magogean  hosts 
have  their  personal  leader,  the  eighth  head  of  the  apoca- 
lypse, so  at  length  "the  house  of  Judah."  Thus  St.  John : 
"  And  I  saw  heaven  opened,  and  behold  a  white  horse : 
and  He  that  sat  on  Him  was  called  Faithful  and  True, 
and  in  righteousness  doth  He  judge  and  make  war.  His 
eyes  were  as  a  flame  of  fire,  and  on  his  head  were  many 
crowns :  and  He  had  a  name  written  which  no  man  knew, 
but  He  himself.  And  He  was  clothed  in  a  vesture  dipt 
in  blood  :  ^  and  His  name  is  called,  The  Woed  of  God."  " 
Then,  too.  He  has  his  army.  We  must  not  here  forget 
the  statement  of  Zechariah  :  "  And  the  Lord  my  God 
shall  come,  and  all  His  saints  with  Him :  ""  ^^  e..  His  risen 
and  raptured  saints  of  the  first  resurrection.  And 
so  St.  John,  "  And  the  armies  which  were  in  heaven  " — 
for  they  had  all  been  previously  "  caught  up  to  meet  the 


»  Zech.  X.  3-5.  =  Zech.  xiv.  2.  a  2  Thess.  ii.  8. 

4  By  comparing  Isa.  ix.  5,  and  1.  17,  with  chap.  Ixiii.  1-8,  it  will  be 

seen  that  the  latter  verse  refers,  not  to  the  first,  but  to  the  second  coming 
ofChrist. 

»  Rev.  xix.  11-13.  «  Zech.  xiv.  5. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  225 

Lord  in  the  air "  ^ — foUoTred  him  upon  white  horses, 
clothed  in  linen  white  and  clean.' 

And  now  for  the  battle  !  St.  John  says  :  "  And  I  saw 
the  Beast^^ — that  is,  the  Beast  who  came  to  the  Jews  with 
the  "  mark,  or  name,  or  nmnber  of  his  name  "  ("  066  "),  and 
who  had  been  "  received  "  by  Ihem  as  their  Messiah,  alias 
Louis  Napoleon  IIL, — "  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  and 
their  armies^''''  or  his  Magogean  confederates,  "  gathered 
together  to  make  war  against  Him  that  sat  on  the  horse, 
and  his  armies."  On  the  other  hand,  says  Zechariah, 
"  Then  shall  the  Lord  go  forth  and  fight  against  those 
nations,  as  when  He  fought  in  the  day  of  battle." 

Finally,  the  result  of  the  battle.  St.  Paul  says  :  "  Whom 
the  Lord  shall  consume  with  the  spirit  of  His  mouth,  and 
destroy  with  the  brightness  of  his  coming."  ^  And  St. 
John  says  of  the  "  eighth  "  head,  that  he  "  goeth  into  per- 
ditionP  *  First  then  :  Of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  it  is  de- 
clared, that  "  out  of  His  mouth,  as  the  King  of  kings  and 
Lord  of  lords,  goeth  a  sharp  sword,  that  with  it  He  should 
smite  the  nations  and  rule  them  xoith  a  rod  of  iron^"* 
and  that  "  He  treadeth  the  winepress  of  the  fierceness 
and  wrath  of  Almighty  God."  ^ 

In  the  next  place  St.  John  adds :  "  And  I  saw  an 
angel  standing  in  the  sun  :  and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 
saying  to  all  the  foicls  that  fly  in  the  midst  of  heaven, 
Come  and  gather  yourselves  together  unto  the  supper  of 
the  Great  God."  '  .  .  .  "  And  the  Beast  was  taken,  and 
with  him  the  false  prophet  that  wrought  miracles  before 
him,  with  which  he  deceived  them  that  had  received  the 
mark  of  the  Beast,  and  them  that  worsliipped  his  image. 
These  both  were  cast  alive  into  a  lake  of  fire  burnins:  with 


I  1  Thess.  iv.  13-17.  ^  Rev.  xix.  14, 16.  3  2  Thess.  ii.  8. 

♦  Rev.  xvii.ll.  «  lb.  xix.  15.  «  lb.  xix.  17. 

10* 


226  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

brimstone,"  Thus,  they  together  "^o  into  perdition.'^'* 
And  the  remnant  loere  slain  with  the  sword  of  Him  that 
sat  upon  the  horse,  which  sword  proceeded  out  of  his 
mouth  :  and  tha  fowls  were  filled  with  their  flesh."  ' 

It  will  doubtless  be  interesting,  in  drawing  these  re- 
marks to  a  close,  to  advert  to  Ezekiel's  description  of  the 
magyiitude  of  this  Magogean  army,  and  of  the  number  of 
weapons  used  by  them  in  this  "  battle  of  the  great  da-y 
of  God  Almighty." 

First :  Of  the  army.  "  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in 
that  day,  saith  the  Lord,  that  I  will  give  unto  Gog  a 
place  there  of  graves  in  Israel,  the  valley  of  the  passengers 
on  the  east  of  the  sea ;  " — i.  e.,  between  the  Dead  Sea 
and  the  Mediterranean, — "and  it  shall  stop  the  noses 
(marg.,  mouths)  of  the  passengers :  and  there  shall  they 
bury  Gog  and  all  his  multitude :  and  they  shall  call  it 
'  the  valley  of  Hamon-gog,'  or  the  multitude  of  Gog.  And 
SEVEN"  MONTHS  shall  the  house  of  Israel  be  in  burying  of 
them,  that  they  may  cleanse  the  land."  ..."  And  it 
shall  be  to  them  a  renown,  the  day  that  I  shall  be  glori- 
fied, saith  the  Lord." ' 

Second.  Of  their  loeapons.  "  Behold,  it  is  come, 
and  it  is  done,  saith  the  Lord  God :  This  is  the  day 
whereof  I  have  spoken.  And  they  that  dwell  in  the 
cities  of  Israel  shall  go  forth,  and  shall  set  on  fire  and 
burn  the  weapons.^  both  the  shields,  and  bucklers,  and  the 
bows  and  arrows,  and  the  handstaves,  and  the  spears, 
and  they  shall  burn  them  with  fire  seven  yeaks  :  so  that 
they  shall  take  no  wood  out  of  the  field,  neither  cut  down 
any  out  of  the  forests ;  for  they  shall  burn  the  weapons 
with  fire  ;  and  they  shall  spoil  those  that  spoiled  them^ 
and  rob  those  that  robbed  them.,  saith  the  Lord."  ^ 

»  Rev.  six.  20,  21.  2  Ezek.  xsxix.  11-13. 

s  Ezek.  x:ssix.  9, 10. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  227 

It  is  in  place  here  to  remark,  by  way  of  explanatioD, 
that  the  difference  between  the  "  seven  months  "  in  bury- 
ing the  slain  carcasses  of  the  Magogean  anny,  and  the 
"  seven  years  "  devoted  to  the  burning  of  their  weapons, 
is  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  "  weapons  "  will 
be  substituted  in  the  place  of  "  wood,"  for  pm-poses  of  o/*- 
dinary  fuel^  which  will  supply  the  want  of  that  commodity 
among  the  Jews  for  "  seven  years."  Whereas,  if  con- 
siuned  by  the  process  of  a  general  bonfire,  it  would  re- 
quire a  comparatively  short  period  to  reduce  them  to  ashes. 

And  now,  we  bring  to  a  close  these  somewhat  ex- 
tended prophetico-historic  expositions  of  Rev.  chap.  xvii. 
9-17,  together  with  those  prophecies  which  form  integral 
parts  of  it.  We  deem  a  general  recapitulation  of  the 
subjects  treated  of  unnecessary,  the  table  of  contents 
furnishing  a  complete  synopsis  of  them.  But  in  drop- 
ping the  curtain  at  the  conclusion  of  the  tragical  scenes 
that  have  been  introduced  upon  the  prophetical  platform, 
whether  as  relating  to  the^^^s^',  ih^  ]yresent^  or  \}i\Q  future^ 
it  is  due  to  ourself  to  say,  that  we  have  been  actuated  by 
one  single  'iuotive — that  of  leading  the  reader's  mind  to 
imbibe  correct  views  of  that  system  op  political  econ- 
omy which  Almighty  God,  as  the  "  Governor  among  the 
nations  "  and  "  the  head  of  the  church,"  has  revealed  in 
Holy  Scripture  for  our  "  instruction  in  righteousness," 
and  to  prepare  him  for  *'  all  those  things  which  are 
coming  upon  the  earth,"  as  foreshadowed  in  the  2>^'ese?it 
portentous  "  signs  op  the  times."  What  we  have  said 
is  open  to  criticism.  If  wrong,  let  it  be  exposed  and 
corrected.  If  right,  all  we  ask  is,  that  you  admit  it.  A 
word  more,  and  I  have  done. 

The  prophecy  before  us,  as  we  have  seen,  closes  this 
sublimely  terrific  scene  with  the  total  overthroio  of  Dan- 
iel's "  vile  person "   or  "  v.-ilfui  king  "   with  whom  the 


228  rOLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

Jews  entered  into  an  unholy  "  league^''  and  whom  they 
"  received  "  as  their  Messiah,  and  who  is  the  same  with 
St.  John's  eighth  head  and  St.  Paul's  *'  Man  of  sin  and 
Son  of  perdition  " — the  last  Antichrist — Louis  !N"apoleon 
III.  And  also,  with  the  total  extermination  of  his  Ma- 
gogean  confederacy,  on  the  battle-field  of  "Armaged- 
don," in  Palestine. 

With  this  "  battle,"  therefore,  terminates  for  ever  the 
season  of  that  "  great  tribulation  "  to  the  Jews,  called 
by  Jeremiah  and  Daniel  "  the  time  of  JacoVs  trouhleP 

And  now,  this  event  consummated,  the  "  more  sure 
word  of  prophecy  "  opens  to  the  enraptured  eye  of  faith 
"  the  GLORY  that  shall  follow  the  sufferings  of  Christ " 
and  of  the  Abrahamic  covenant  seed  of  Israel,  who  St. 
Paul  declares  are  "  still  beloved  for  their  father's  sake  ; "  ^ 
together  with  the  Lord's  redeemed  "  bride,"  the  Gentile 
church,  "  ti?.ken  out  of  (or  from  among)  the  Gentiles,  to 
the  praise  of  his  name.'"^  The  former,  together  with 
the  converted  of  the  Gentile  nationalities,  to  constitute 
the  SAVED  NATIONS  IN  THE  FLESH  ON  EARTH ;  ^  the  latter 
to  REIGN  CONJOINTLY  WITH  CHRIST*  OVER  them,*  Seated 
on  their  thrones  ^  "  in  the  alr^'' ''  during  the  millennial 

ERA  OF  "  A  THOUSAND  YEARS."  ^ 

"  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice  in  heaven,  saying,  Now 

IS    CO:aiE   SALVATION,   AND     STRENGTH,    AND    THE    KINGDOM 

OF  OUR  God,  and  the  Power  of  His  Christ;  for  the 
accuser  of  the  brethren  is  cast  down,  which  accused  them 
before  our  God  day  and  night."  ^ 


1  Rom.  xi.  2  Acts  xv.  14.  ^  Isa.  Ix.  1-7 

4  Rev.  iii.  21.  »  Rev.  v.  10.  «  Rev.  xx.  4 

7  1  Thess.  iv.  13-17.         ^  Rev.  xx.  4.  »  Rev.  xii.  10. 


APPENDIX 


PROPHECIES  RELATING  TO 


POPE  PIUS  IX.  AND  THE  SULTAN  OF  TURKEY, 


ON  THE  SPEEDY  OVERTHROW 


PAPAOT  AND  MOHAMEDISM 


VIEWED   IN   CONNECTION  WITH 


THE  TWO  FAMOUS  MANIFESTOES, 


THE  ENCYCLICAL  LETTER  OF  POPE  PIUS  IX., 


THE  FIRMAN  OF  THE  SULTAN  OF  TURKEY. 


The  following  article  was  originally  written  at  the  special 
request  of  the  Kev.  A.  E.  Campbell,  D.  D.,  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary of  "  The  American  and  Foreign  Christian  Union,"  and  was 
first  inserted  in  the  April  number  of  "  The  Christian  "World," 
published  by  that  society.  It  is  now  added  as  a  suitable  ap- 
pendix to  the  preceding  exposition  of  the  prophecy  founded  on 
Rev.  chap,  xvii.,  and  others  connected  with  it. 

R.  C.  S. 


POPE  PIUS  IX.,  AND  THE  SULTAN  OF  TURKEY. 


In  harraony  with  the  preceding  prophetical  exposi- 
tions, and  particularly  those  connected  with  the  Papacy 
and  MoHAMiiEDAXiSM,  we  observe,  that  it  is  conceded  by 
every  reflecting  mind,  that  the  times  we  live  in  are  preg- 
nant with  events  of  unparalleled  interest  and  significance. 
Among  all  classes  there  is  a  general  though  undefined 
presentiment^  that  they  forebode  great  changes  in  the 
national,  political,  and  ecclesiastical  or  religious  order  of 
things  as  at  present  constituted.  Diplomatists,  legisla- 
tors, warriors,  naval  and  military,  and  the  leanied  of  all 
departments  and  grades  in  the  church  and  in  the  state, 
are  on  the  tip-toe  of  expectation  of  a  halcyon  era,  as 
speedily  to  take  the  place  of  the  existing  revolutionary 
tendencies  of  the  times,  as  seen  in  the  disorganizing  and 
ruinous  results  thence  arising. 

It  is  proper  here  to  observe,  that  this  expectation, 
which  shares  largely  in  the  sympathies  of  the  learned  in 
the  nominal  Christian  church,  both  clerical  and  lay,  is 
founded  upon  what  may  be  termed  the  levelling-up  pro- 
cess of  human  progress  as  following  in  the  track  of  civil- 
ization, and  the  evangelizing  of  all  nations  by  ordinary 


232  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

instrumentalities — the  march  of  mind  as  developed  in  the 
progress  of  the  sciences,  philosophy,  and  the  various  re- 
ligious and  benevolent  agencies  of  the  day. 

There  is,  however,  a  large  and  increasing  class  of 
thinking  men  in  the  church  of  Christ,  who,  while  they 
concede  our  near  proximity  to  the  fulfilment  of  the 
prophecies — when  "  the  Lord  shall  come  out  of  his  place 
to  punish  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  for  their  iniquity  ; 
when  the  earth  also  shall  disclose  her  blood,  and  shall  no 
more  cover  her  slain  ;  "  ^  and  when  shall  be  verified  the 
promise — "  then  the  moon  shall  be  confounded,  and  the 
sun  ashamed,  when  the  Lord  shall  reign  in  Mount  Zion, 
and  in  Jerusalem,  and  before  his  ancients  gloriously  ;  "^ 
yet  have  no  sympathy  with  the  prevailing  view  regard- 
ing those  agencies  by  which  this  great  moral  revolution 
is  to  be  effected.  A  realization  of  their  hope  of  this  event 
as  imminent^  is  founded  upon  those  prophetic  "  signs  of 
THE  TIMES,"  which  are  to  immediately  precede  and  inau- 
gurate it.  They  maintain  that  both  the  ecclesiastical  and 
political  heavens  and  earth  are  now  being  thronged  with 
these  very  "  signs,"  numerous  as  the  stars  in  the  firma- 
ment. The  prophecy  of  St.  Paul,  Heb.  xii.  26,  27,— 
"  Yet  once  more  I  shake  not  only  the  earth,  but  heaven  ; 
which  word,  yet  once  more,  signifieth  the  removal  of 
those  things  that  are  shaken,  as  of  things  that  are  made, 
that  those  things  which  cannot  be  shaken  may  remain  " 
— they  claim  now  is  in  course  of  fulfilment  before  the  eyes 
of  men.  Hence  their  amazement  at  the  "  slowness  of 
heart "  of  those  who,  with  the  plea,  "  shoAV  us  a  sign  from 
heaven,  that    we  may   believe,"   do  not   discern  these 

"  SIGNS." 

We,  on  this  point,  however,  would  submit,  whether, 

1  Isa.  xxvi.  21.  "^  lb.  xxiv.  23. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY.  233 

in  this  plea,  we  have  not  the  evidence-  demonstrative  of 
the  fallacy  of  the  pretence,  "that  when  a  "  sign  "  appears, 
we  cannot  but  recognize  and  understand  its  import.  Such 
a  recognition  of  "  the  signs  of  the  times  "  as  the  divinely 
appointed  forerunners  of  the  events  to  which  they  point, 
depends  solely  upon  om-  having  "  inquired  and  searched 
diligently  as  to  lohat^  or  what  manner  of  time^  the  spirit 
of  Christ  which  was  in  the  old  prophets  did  signify,  when 
they  testified "  of  them.  Neglecting  to  do  this,  the 
Jewish  nation,  notwithstanding  the  numerous  "  signs  " 
which  immediately  preceded,  accompanied,  and  followed 
the  FIRST  coiiixG  of  our  Lord,  involved  them  in  the  sin 
and  guilt  of  "  not  Jcnoicing  the  time  of  their  visitation," 
and  so  resulted  in  their  crucifixion  of  Jesus,  and  the  con- 
sequent judgments  of  God  that  have  since  rested  upon 
them.  And,  for  the  same  reason,  even  after  the  resicrrec- 
tlon^  our  Lord  pronounced  against  his  own  disciples  the 
scathing  reproof — "  O  fools  !  and  slow  of  heart  to  believe 
all  that  the  prophets  have  spoken  "  concerning  me.^  And 
does  not  the  same  hold  true  of  all  those  who,  in  these 
"  last  days  "  or  "  perilous  times  "  predicted  by  St.  Peter 
and  St.  Paul,^  neglect  to  "  take  heed  to  that  more  sure 
word  of  prophecy  which  shineth  in  a  dark  place,"  ^  in  re- 
gard to  those  "  signs  "  which  are  to  immediately  precede, 
accompany,  and  follow  the  secoxd  comi:ng  of  Christ,  and 
the  "  setting  up  of  that  kingdom  of  the  God  of  heaven 
which  is  to  break  down  and  consume  all  others  ?  "  * 

Now,  of  this  class  of  "  signs,"  we  afiirm,  and  shall 
proceed  to  prove  from  the  prophetic  Scriptures,  that  the 
Encyclical  Letter  of  Pope  Pius  IX.,  issued  from  the 
Vatican  of  Rome,  December  8th,  1864,  to  all  the  patri- 


1  Luke  xxiv.  25,  and  verse  44.         '2  Tim.  iii.  1 ;  iv.  4  ;  2  Pet.  iii. 
3  2  Pet.  i.  19.  ♦  Dan.  ii.  43,  44. 


234  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

archs,  primates,  archbishops,  bishops,  and  faithful  of  the 
so-called  Holy  Catholic  Church  throughout  the  world,  on 
the  one  hand  ;  and  the  contemporaneous  Firmaist  of  the 
Sultan  of  Turkey  in  reference  to  the  improvements  to 
be  made  in  the  Holy  City,  Jerusalem,  on  the  other ;  are 
the  two  77iost  significant  and  portentous  "  signs  of  the 
times  "  that  have  transpired  during  the  present  century. 
Pass  we,  then. 


I.  TO  THE  Encyclical  Letter  of  Pope  Pius  IX. 

In  order  to  understand  the  bearing  of  this  notable 
manifesto  on  the  subject  in  hand,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
furnish  a  brief  outline  of  the  prophetico-historic  I'ise, 
career,  and  final  destiny  of  the  "  little  horn,"  which 
was  to  "come  up  among  the  ten  horns"  of  Daniel's 
fourth  or  Roman  beast,  chap.  viii.  8,  and  which  all  Prot- 
estant expositors  admit  to  symbolize  the  Papal  power. 
Now  of  this  "Httle  horn,"  the  prophet  says: — "I  beheld, 
and  the  same  horn  made  war  with  the  saints,  and  pre- 
vailed against  them  until  the  ancient  of  days  canie^''  etc., 
verses  21,  22.  He  also  "beheld,  because  of  the  voice  of 
the  great  words  which  he  spake  against  the  Most  High  ; 
even  until  the  beast  was  slain,  and  his  body  destroyed, 
and  given  to  the  burning  flame,"  verse  11.  And  he  then 
adds : — "  as  concerning  the  rest  of  the  beasts,  they  had 
their  dominion  taken  away,  yet  their  ^^^;es  were  prolonged 
for  a  season  and  a  time,"  etc.,  verse  12. 

It  is  here  to  be  specially  noted,  by  the  way,  that  the 
"little  horn"  in  the  above  prophecy  is  the  eleventh^  2.^ 
coming  up  "  among,"  and  is  consequently  distinct  from, 
the  '-^ten  horns''^  of  the  fourth  or  Roman  nondescript 
beast. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  235 

To  proceed :  History  attests  that  the  Roman  empire, 
in  its  civil  or  political  aspect,  as  denoted  by  the  "  fourth 
beast "  of  Daniel,  chap.  vii.  7,  was  divided  into  ttco  parts^ 
the  West  and  the  East,  as  symbolized  by  the  two  legs  of 
iron  of  the  metallic  colossal  image,  Dan.  ii.  33,  between 
A.  D.  337  and  395.  Its  subdivision  into  ten  principalities^ 
as  denoted  by  the  "  ten  toes  "  of  the  image  and  the  "  ten 
horns"  of  the  beast,  did  not  transpire  till  a.  d.  532.  The 
next  year,  a. d.  533,  the  "little  horn"  made  his  appear- 
ance "  among  the  ten  horns,"  by  the  edict  of  Justinian, 
which  constituted  John  IL,  the  then  Patriarch  of  Rome, 
the  universal  bishop  of  all  the  churches  throughout  Christ- 
endom, as  the  so-called  vicegerent  of  Christ  on  earth."  ' 

But,  superadded  to  the  spiritual  prerogatives  of  this 
"  little  horn  "  power,  was  that  of  a  temporal  sovereignty 
as  well.  This  is  symbolically  indicated  by  the  words  of 
the  prophet,  that  "  before  him  there  were  three  of  the 
first  horns  p>lucked  up  hy  the  roots,^^  chap.  vii.  8,  which 
was  verified,  as  all  prophetical  expositors  agree,  when  the 
exarchate  of  Ravenna  in  a.  d,  730,  Lombardy  in  a.  d.  755, 
and  the  state  of  Rome  in  a.  d.  774,  fell  into  the  hands  of 
the  Papal  see,  the  emperor  Pepin,  meanwhile,  having 
constituted  the  Pope  in  a  manner  king  of  Rome,  by 
which  the  above  three,  not  only,  but  the  remai?ii?ig 
seven  horns  of  the  ten  were  subjugated  to,  and  ulti- 
mately terminated  in,  him.  And  so,  as  depicted  in  the 
synchronic  imagery  of  the  apocalypse,  the  croicns  which 
were  at  first  placed  upon  the  seveii  heads  of  the  beast, — 
denotive  of  the  seven  forms  of  government  through  which 
the  empire  was  to  pass  ^ — were  transferred  to  the  "  te^i 
horns,^^  as  symbolic  of  the  ecclesiastico-political  sove- 

»  See  pages  124-129  of  this  work. 
'  See  pages  51-53  of  this  work. 


236  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

reignty  of  the  "  little  horn  "  over  the  entire  Roman  earthy 
in  token  of  which,  after  the  example  of  his  predecessors 
from  A.  D.  774,  Pope  Pius  IX.  still  claims  to  wear  the 

TRIPLE  CROWN. 

Nor  is  the  inspired  prophet  less  explicit  in  marking  out 
the  period  assigned  to  the  career  of  this  "  little  horn  " 
power.  The  saints  were  to  be  "  given  into  his  hand  for  a 
time^  times,  and  the  dividing/  of  time,''^  Dan.  vii.  25,  at  the 
expiration  of  which,  the  judgment  should  sit,  "  to  take 
away  his  do7ni7iion,  and  to  consume  and  destroy  it  unto 
the  end,''"'  verse  26.  This  prophetical  number,  which,  in 
accordance  with  the  year-day  theory  of  interpretation, 
is  to  be  reckoned  as  1,260  prophetical  years,  as  nearly 
all  expositors  admit,  is  to  be  dated  from  the  edict  of 
Justinian  in  a.  d.  533,  as  stated  above,  and  which,  when 
added  thereto,  brings  us  down  toA.  d.  1793.  Accord- 
ingly, it  was  during  the  revolutionary  reign  of  terror  in 
France,  which  resulted  in  the  decapitation  of  Louis  XYI. 
in  A.  D.  1793,  that  the  ^^  dominion  ^^  which  more  imme- 
diately belonged  to  and  depended  upon  the  Roman  see, 
at  the  "  pouring  out  of  the  Vth  apocalyptic  vial  on  the 
seat  of  the  beast,"  (Rev.  xvi.  10,  11),  "was  taken  av^ay'''* 
from  the  "ten  horns"  or  "  the  rest  of  the  beasts." 

Still,  the  power  of  the  Papacy,  though  then  exceed- 
ingly weakened,  was  not  totally  destroyed.  "  The  lives 
of  the  kings  were  prolonged  for  a  season  and  a  time.^^ 
Hence  Daniel's  addition  to  the  1,260  years  of  two  other 
numbers — the  1,290  and  the  1,335  days  (or  years)  of 
chap.  xii.  11,  12 — which,  all  having  a  common  commence- 
ment from  A.  D.  533,  gives  to  the  j)rolonged  ^^  season,^^ 
the  period  of  30  years,  and  to  the  "  time,^^  of  45  years, 
or  a  total  of  75  years  heyond  a.  d.  1793. 

This  introduces  us  to  that  notice  of  the  encyclical  let- 
ter of  Pope  Pius  IX.,  which,  as  occurring  at  this  particu- 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECT.  237 

lar  juncture  of  aiFairs,  forms,  as  we  have  said,  one  of  the 
two  most  significant  and  portentous  "  signs  of  the  times  '' 
that  have  marked  the  history  of  this  century.  It  is  quite 
superfluous  to  say,  that  it  furnishes  the  evidence  of  the 
continued  lives  of  the  "  ten  horns."     Yes,  the  Papacy 


STILL  LIVES 


Nor  can  the  history  of  that  stupendous  antichristian 
power  since  a.  d.  533  furnish  evidence  of  the  putting 
forth  of  more  arrogant  and  blasphemous  claims  to  suj)reme 
and  unlimited  sway,  spiritual  and  temporal^  as  alleged  to 
to  have  been  "  entrusted  to  Pius  IX.  and  his  successors 
by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  himself,  in  the  person  of  the 
blessed  St.  Peter,  chief  of  the  apostles,"  "not  only  in  re- 
gard to  each  individual  man,  but  with  regard  to  nations, 
peoples,  and  their  rulers,"  against  those  who  affirm  what 
his  holiness  calls,  "  the  impious  and  absurd  principle  of 
naturalism,''''  to  wit — that  ''  liberty  of  conscience  and  of 
worship  is  the  right  of  every  man — a  right  which  ought 
to  be  proclaimed  and  established  by  law  in  every  well- 
constituted  state,"  etc.  These  extracts,  as  indicating  the 
general  character  and  purport  of  the  Pope's  manifesto, 
must  suffice.  We  would  only  add,  that  it  is  followed  by 
an  "  Appendix,"  setting  forth  ten  classes  of  errors,  com- 
mencing with  "  Pantheism,  naturalism,  and  absolute  ra- 
tionalism," and  ending  with  those  of  "  modern  liberal- 
ism," in  which  is  included  "  Protestantism."  Against  one 
and  all  of  the  authors  and  promoters  of  these  "  errors," 
the  Pontiff  thunders  out  his  anathemas,  in  every  form 
which  an  exasperated  mind  and  hot  words  can  command, 
on  account  of  "the  very  great  grief"  which  their  com- 
bined assaults  upon  the  holy  Catholic  church  have  occa- 
sioned his  pious  soul ! 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  show,  in  the  light  of  the 
GREAT  CALENDAR  OF  PROPHECY,  that  this  cncyclical  letter 


238  POLITICAIi   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT. 

of  Pope  Pius  IX.,  as  the  representative  head  of  the  great 
western  Antichrist,  analogous  to  the  application  of  a  gal- 
vanic battery  to  a  diseased  and  decayed  body,  is  indica- 
tive of  its  speedy  dissolution.  In  other  words,  we  mean 
to  say,  that  the  very  force  by  which  this  antichristian  sys- 
tem is  attempted  to  be  galvanized  into  renewed  vitality, 
being  counteracted  by  an  inherent  process  of  dissolution, 
will  soon  expend  itself,  when  death  will  ensue.  It  will  be 
well  here  briefly  to  recapitulate  i\\e  chronological  stand- 
points connected  with  the  rise,  career,  etc.,  of  this  stu- 
pendous power. 

We  have  already  shown  that  the  whole  period  as- 
signed to  the  career  of  the  "  little  horn  "  of  Papacy  and 
his  "ten"  vassal  "  kings,"  was  1,335  years  ;  which  period, 
commencing  with  the  rise  of  the  Popedom  in  a.  d.  533,  ends 
in  A. D.  1868.^  We  have  also  shown  that  "the  dominion 
of  the  ten  kings"  was  taken  away  in  a.  d.  1793,  at  the 
end  of  the  1,260  years  during  which  he  was  to  "make 
war  with  the  saints  and  prevail  against  them."  The  "  sea- 
son" and  "time,"  or  the  75  years  beyond  the  1,260, 
therefore,  during  which  their  "  lives  were  to  be  prolong- 
ed," reckoning  from  a.  d.  1793,  also  runs  out  in  a.  d.  1868. 
Hence,  from  the  present  year,  a.  d.  1866,  only  two  years 
remain  for  their  survival,  down  to  a.  d.  1868. 

A  short  timCy  this,  the  reader  will  say,  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  what  remains,  in  effecting  the  overthrow  of 
this  stupendous  power.  Bat,  let  us  see.  A  due  consider- 
ation of  what  is  indicated  in  the  prophetic  pages  as  to 
the  process  of  this  consummation,  will,  we  opine,  settle 
this  point.  In  the  first  place,  Daniel  says,  chap.  vii.  26, 
that  "  the  judgment  that  should  sit,"  to  "  take  away  the 
dominion  of  the  little  horn,"  was  "  to  consume  and  to 

>  See  pages  124-132  of  this  work. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  239 

destroy  it  unto  the  end.,  i.  e.,  of  the  1,335  days  or  years 
of  chap.  xii.  12.  Ilistory  abundantly  shows  that,  despite 
the  extraordinary  efforts  -put  forth  by  the  Papacy  to  re- 
cover from  the  blow  which  the  "  ten  horns  "  as  "  the  seat 
of  the  beast  "  received  during  the  French  Revolution  in 
A.  D.  1793,  the  temporal  power  of  the  Popedom  has  been 
on  the  wane.  And  Louis  Napoleon  III.,  since  his  acces- 
sion to  power  as  the  revived  Yllth  Head  of  the  Franco- 
Roman  empire,  has  nearly  swept  away  the  last  remaining 
vestiges  of  that  power.  Hence  the  moanings  over,  and 
the  j)rotestations  and  anathemas  against,  the  interference 
of  the  civil  powers  of  the  state  with  the  arrogant  ecclesi- 
astico-j)olit  iced  clsiims  of  the  "little  horn,"  as  fulminated 
from  the  chair  of  the  Vatican,  in  his  recently  pubHshed 
*'  encyclical." 

Let  us  now  pass  to  a  notice  of  the  effects  of  this  nota- 
ble manifesto  of  Pope  Pius  IX.  True,  his  holiness  "  has 
received  the  members  of  the  sacred  college,  and  ad- 
dressed to  them  an  cdlociition^  in  which  he  said  that  in 
the  present  day  robbery  was  committed  under  the  pre- 
text of  nationality,  but  that  the  triumph  of  the  church 
was  certain,  the  day  only  of  that  triumph  being  uncer- 
tain. His  holiness  added,  that  after  witnessing  the  de- 
struction of  the  enemies  of  the  Holy  See,  and  the  triumph 
of  truth  and  virtue,  he  would  exclaim  with  Simeon — 
"  Lord,  now  lettest  thou  thy  servant  depart  in  peace." 

But  we  may  say  to  him,  as  Ahab,  king  of  Israel,  said 
to  the  messenger  of  Benhadad,  the  boastful  king  of  Syr- 
ia : — "  Tell  him,  let  not  him  that  girdeth  on  his  harness, 
boast  himself  as  he  that  putteth  it  off"  (1  Kings  xx.  11). 
It  is  here  to  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  originators^  abet- 
tors, and  promoters  of  the  ten  classes  of  "  errors,^''  from 
the  atheistic  "  pantheism  of  absolute  rationalism,"  down 
to  the  most  diluted  form  of  "  modern  liberalism,"  consti- 


240  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

tute  the  iDE]^rriCAL  "  ten  horns  "  of  the  Roman  princi- 
palities or  kingdoms,  over  which  this  "  little  horn  "  of  the 
Papacy  has  for  so  many  centuries  swayed  his  gigantic  ec- 
clesiastico-political  sceptre.  Who,  therefore,  can  be  sur- 
prised, that  the  journals  of  the  day  already  announce,  that 
"  the  Pope's  encyclical  letter  had  produced  an  extraordi- 
nary sensation  in  Europe.  It  is  regarded  as  a  formal  re- 
pudiation of  the  convention  between  France  and  Italy  for 
the  settlement  of  the  Roman  question,  and  a  refusal  to 
compromise  existing  differences.  The  English,  French, 
and  Italian  newspapers  discuss  it  at  great  length,  and 
generally  condemn  it.  The  French  Government  is  said 
to  be  greatly  annoyed  by  it,  and  it  was  expected  that  it 
would  lead  to  a  complete  revision  of  the  relations  be- 
tween the  Pope  and  the  Catholic  hierarchy  and  clergy  in 
France." 

Furthermore.  "  A  circular  of  the  French  minister 
of  Justice,  dated  the  1st  instant,  addressed  to  the  bishops, 
announces  that  the  council  of  state  is  occupied  in  exam- 
ining the  project  of  a  decree  for  authorizing  the  publica- 
tion of  that  part  of  the  Pope's  encyclical  letter,  which 
grants  a  jubilee?''  The  minister  says  : — "  As  regards  the 
first  part  of  the  letter  and  the  appendix,  your  eminence 
will  understand  that  the  reception  and  publication  of 
these  documents,  which  contain  propositions  contrary  to 
the  principles  on  which  is  based  the  constitution  of  the 
empire,  could  not  he  authorized.''^  The  French  clergy 
had  also  held  a  meeting,  to  arrange  preliminary  measures 
for  a  gathering  of  aU  the  prelates,  chief  priests,  and  dea- 
cons of  the  church  in  France,  to  concert  measures  for  in- 
forming the  Pope  of  the  unpleasant  effect  produced  by 
the  letter  throughout  France."  And,  besides,  "  A  French 
imperial  decree  appoints  Prince  Napoleon  Yice-Presi- 
dent  of  the  Privv  Council." 


rOLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY,  24:1 

Again.  In  speaking  of  the  recent  action  of  Maximil- 
ian, in  regard  to  the  comiscation  of  the  estates  of  the 
Church  in  Mexico,  and  the  restoration  of  the  property  of 
the  church  as  an  impossibility,  etc.,  the  writer  says : — 
."  The  assumption  of  the  Emperor  to  invest  prelates,  pay 
the  clergy,  and  regulate  their  property,  is  of  special  im- 
portance, in  view  of  the  recent  hull  issued  by  the  Pope 
against  any  interference  of  the  state  in  ecclesiastical 
affairs.  This  action  of  the  emperor  of  Mexico,  was  no 
doubt  instigated  by  the  astute  emperor  of  France,  vv'ho 
is  supposed  to  meditate  a  still  larger  assumption  of 
authority,  to  the  extent  of  declaring  the  French  Catholic 
church  absolutely  independent.  The  result  of  tliis  Mexi- 
can movement  will  therefore  be  regarded  with  great  in- 
terest, as  involving  the  religious^  as  well  as  the  political,, 
destinies  of  the  people." 

Aye.  And  not  only  of  the  Mexican  empire,  as  a  limb 
of  the  French,  as  one  of  the  "  ten  horns  "  of  the  Roman 
earth.  Louis  Napoleon  HI.,  as  the  eldest  son  of  the 
chm'ch,  has  only  commenced  the  work  of  despoiling  the 
"  little  horn "  of  his  arrogant  ecclesiastico-political  as- 
sumptions in  these  "last  times."  In  the  Apocalypse, 
chap.  xvii.  1-5  and  verse  15,  the  Holy  Spirit,  under  the 
revived  Vllth  head  of  the  beast — which  is  that  of  the 
reigning  emperor  of  the  Franco-Roman  empire — the 
symbol  denoting  the  Papacy  is  changed  to  that  of  a 
"  woman "  called  "  the  great  whore,  upon  whose  fore- 
head is  written.  Mystery,  Babylon  the  Great,  the 
Mother  op  Harlots  and  Abominations  of  the  Earth," 
who  "  sitteth  upon  many  waters,"  symbolic  of  the  "^eo- 
ples,,  and  midtiiudes^  and  nations^  and  tongues^''  over 
whom  she  has  so  long  reigned,  and  still  continues  to  reign, 
as  also  "  over  the  kings  of  the  earth,"  verse  1 8. 

Now,  this  is  revealed  in  immediate  connection  with 
11 


242  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

the  '•'■  judgment "  which  is  to  overtake  her ;  while  the 
agents  who  are  to  inflict  this  "judgment "  are  those  very 
vassal  "  kings  "  or  "  ten  horns  "  of  the  "  peoples,"  etc. 
(verse  16),  who  are  now  being  so  incensed  at  the  audacity 
of  the  Pope's  encyclical  letter.  We  have  only  to  turn  to 
verses  15-17,  as  already  stated,  in  evidence  of  this,  and 
of  the  mode  or  manner  in  which  this  "judgment  "  is  to 
be  inflicted.  "  And  the  ten  horns  which  thou  sawest 
npon  the  beast,  these  shall  hate  the  whore,  and  shall 
make  her  desolate  and  naJced^  and  shall  eat  her  fleshy  and 
hiir7i  her  with  fire.     Foe  God  hath  put  it  into  theiPv 

HEARTS    TO    EULFIL    HiS   WILL,  AND    TO    AGREE,    and    givC 

their  power  unto  the  'beast " — i.  e.,  "  the  beast  from  the 
earthy  having  two  horns  like  a  lamb,  but  who  speaks  as  a 
dragon"  (Rev.  xiii.  11) — '■^  until  the  loords  of  God  shall 
be  fulfilled." 

The  inevitable  conclusion,  therefore,  is  this  :  that  un- 
less our  interpretations  of  the  prophecies  in  reference  to 
the  rise,  career,  and  final  doom  which  awaits ^Ae  '^wom- 
an "  whom  St.  John  saw  "  drunken  with  the  blood  of 
the  saints,  and  with  the  blood  of  the  martyrs  of  Jesus  " 
(Rev.  xvii.  6),  can  be  shoAvn  to  be  fallacious,  the  above 
act  of  the  ten  horns  or  kings  in  destroying  her,  "  root  and 
branch,"  cannot  be  postponed  beyond  the  close  of  the 
1,335  years  allotted  to  her,  which  period  ends  in  a.  d. 
1868. 

But,  let  us  now  pass, 

II.    To   THE    CONTEMPORANEOUS  FiRMAN   OF  THE   SuL- 

TAN  OF  Turkey,  on  the  subject  of  the  improvements 

ORDERED  TO  BE  MADE  IN  THE  HoLY  CiTY",  JERUSALEM. 

Here,  again,  we  must  turn  back  to  the  prophet  Daniel, 
for  information  regarding  the  prophetico-historic  rise,  ca- 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  243 

reer,  and  final  destiny  of  the  Tueco-Mohammedan  power. 
It  must  sufiice  here  to  state,  that  though  there  are  several 
strikmo-  marks  of  resemblance  between  the  characteristics 
of  this  power  and  that  of  the  Papacy,  yet  that  they  are 
not  identical.,  as  some  writers  contend,  is  evident  from 
the  facts  following :  Unlike  the  Papal  "  little  horn," 
which  appears  among  the  "ten  horns"  of  the  Roman 
beast,  the  Turkish  "  little  horn  "  springs  out  of  one  of 
the  "  four  notable  horns  "  of  the  Grecian  he-goat  (chap, 
viii.  8,  9,  and  verse  21).  This  was  the  Arabian  horn, 
which,  with  other  provinces,  fell  to  Ptolemy,  one  of  the 
four  generals  among  whom  Alexander's  empire  w^as  di- 
vided after  his  death.^  The  prophet  tells  us  that  this 
"  little  horn  "  was  to  "  wax  exceeding  great  toward  the 
south.,  and  tov/ard  the  east^  and  toward  the  pleasant 
land^^  i,  e.  Palestine  (verse  9). 

Again.  The  period  assigned  to  the  empire,  the  Medo- 
Persian,  out  of  the  conquest  of  which  by  the  Grecian, 
when  divided  into  four  kingdoms,  this  "  little  horn  "  was 
to  arise,  instead  of  1,260  years,  was  2,300  days.,  or  years 
(Dan.  viii.  14).  We  submit  the  following,  as  the  historic 
verification  of  the  commencement  and  close  of  this  re- 
markable and  much-controverted  period,  only  remarking 
by  the  way,  that  in  the  interpretation  of  the  above  proph- 
ecy, the  records  of  ancient  history  must  answer  to  the 
prophetic  description  of  the  coramencement  of  the  vision  ; 
and  the  records  of  modern  history,  after  2,300  years  in- 
tervening, that  of  the  termination  of  the  vision.  Also 
that  these  periods,  if  rightly  fixed,  will  prove  strongly- 
marked  and  well-defined  epochs,  thus  furnishing  us  with 
a  double  argument  and  a  double  test  to  the  determina- 
tion of  the  exact  epoch  required. 

»  See  pages  122-124  of  this  work. 


24A  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

This  period,  then,  it  is  to  be  remembered,  compre- 
hends the  duration  of  the  lohole  loeriod  of  events  predict- 
ed in  the  vision ;  of  them,  and  of  no  more.  For,  the 
question  of  the  one  angel  to  the  other  angel  is  not,  How 
long  shall  be  a  part  of  the  vision  ?  But,  "  How  long 
shall  be  the  vision  f  " — called  a  vision,  to  distinguish  it 
from  that  which  is  its  principal  subject, — "  the  vision 
concerning  the  daily  sacrifice."  Nor,  again,  is  it  said, 
How  long  shall  be  the  vision  from  some  era  (as  of  Dan- 
iel's seeing  it,'  for  example)  antecedent  to  the  commence- 
ment of  the  vision ;  or,  from  some  era  (as  of  Alexander's 
victories  ^)  subsequent  to  its  commencement :  but  simply, 
"  How  long  shall  be  the  vision  ?  "  ^  i.  e.,  of  what  dura- 
tion^ from  its  commencement  to  its  close. 

What,  then,  marks  the  date  of  its  commencement  f 
"  I  saw  in  a  vision,"  says  the  prophet,  "  and  behold,  there 
stood  before  the  river  a  ram  which  had  two  horns  " — 
"  the  kings  of  Media  and  Persia  " — (verse  20) :  "  and  the 
two  horns  were  high  ;  but  one  was  higher  than  the  other, 
and  the  higher  came  [or  had  come]  up  last.  I  saw  the 
ram  pushing  westward,  and  northward,  and  southward, 
so  that  no  beast  might  stand  before  him ;  neither  was 
there  any  that  could  deliver  out  of  his  hand,"  *  etc. 

Let  it  here  be  observed,  that  as  with  the  taking  of 
Babylon  by  Cyrus  began  the  renown  of  the  Medo-Persian 
empire,  and  that  its  supremacy  continued  to  tlie  time  of 
Xerxes,  and  no  longer;  so  the  commencement  of  the 
vision  must  be  dated  either  from  Cyrus'  taking  Babylon, 
B.  c.  536  or  538  ;  or  Xerxes'  defeat  in  Greece,  b.  c.  480. 
The  interval,  as  history  attests  (if  we  except  a  few  isolat- 
ed defeats,  as  in  Scythia  and  Marathon),  was  marked  by 


1  Dan.  viii.  1-4.  *  lb.  verse  4. 

8  lb.  verse  13.  '  *  lb.  verses  3, 4. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECY.  245 

the  unchecked  victorious  pushing  of  the  tico-horned  rarn^ 
"  so  that  no  beast  could  stand  before  it ;  "  and  so  contin- 
ued down  to  tlie  time  of  Xerxes'  expedition  against  the 
Greeks,  when,  at  the  battles  of  Salamis,  Phitoea,  and  My- 
cale,  Persian  preeminence  received  a  mortal  hlow^  from 
which  it  never  recovered.  Henceforward,  the  two-horned 
ram  was  no  longer  enabled  to  "  do  according  to  his  will." 
It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  the  "  vision  "  cannot  be  dated 
ecdrlier  than  b.  c.  536  or  538,  nor  later  than  b.  c.  480. 
This,  it  will  be  perceived,  leaves  a  space  of  only  56  years, 
within  which  to  fix  the  exact  epoch.  In  either  case,  the 
2,300  years,  if  reckoned  from  the  former  dates,  must  have 
ended  in  a.  d.  1762  or  1764  ;  and  if  from  the  latter,  in 
A.  D.  1820. 

It  requires,  however,  but  an  impartial  glance  at  the 
history  of  the  Persian  empire  during  the  above  interval 
of  56  years,  to  determine  the  point  in  question.  For, 
first,  though  the  successes  of  the  two-horned  ram  (Cyrus), 
would  seem  to  verify  the  commencement  of  the  2,300 
years  with  b.  c.  536  or  538,  so  far  as  ancient  history  is 
concerned ;  yet  the  modern  era  at  which  this  number 
would  have  expired,  furnishes  7io  corresponding  event  to 
that  indicated  by  the  prophecy,  viz.,  the  overthrow  of  the 
Turkish  power,  or  the  cleansing  of  the  Christian  coim- 
tries  or  the  Jewish  sanctuary  from  the  Mohammedan 
YOKE.  The  same  remarks  will  apply,  second,  to  the 
first  Persian  expedition  into  Greece,  that  ended  with  the 
battle  of  Marathon,  b.  c.  490,  there  being  no  correspond- 
ing event  in  modern  history,  to  the  close  of  the  2,300 
years,  if  reckoned  from  that  date,  to  indicate  the  over- 
throw^ etc.,  of  the  Turkish  powek.  There  remains, 
therefore,  third,  the  era  of  Xerxes'  expedition,  of  which 
the  setting  out  from  Susa  is  determined  by  a  famous 
eclipse  of  the  sun  to  the  year  b.  c.  481,  and  which  arrived 


246  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

at  Thermopyla3  soon  after  the  summer  solstice,  in  the 
year  following.  That  this  event  fully  meets  the  terms  of 
the  prophecy  in  every  essential  particular,  will,  we  opine, 
apjjear  fi-om  what  follows. 

The  epoch  in  question  is  expressly  set  forth  by  Daniel 
himself,  chap.  xi.  2,  as  one  prominent,  and  to  be  noted  in 
the  history  of  Persian  greatness.  "  Behold,  there  shall 
stand  U2>  three  kings  in  Persia  (Cambyses,  Smerdis,  and 
Darius) ;  and  the  fourth  (Xerxes)  shall  be  far  richer  than 
they  alt:  and  by  his  strength,  through  his  riches,  he  shall 
stir  up  all  against  the  realm  of  Grecia^''  etc.  Now, 
mark:  It  was  at  the  above-named  date,  b.  c.  481,  that  the 
two-horned  ram,  eager  for  conquest,  collected  his  ichole 
strength  in  preparation  for  a  conflict  with  the  united 
forces  of  the  Grecian  he-goat :  and,  so  general  was  the 
impression  "  that  none  could  deliver  out  of  the  rani's 
hand,"  that,  as  a  matter  of  self-preservation,  many  of  the 
smaller  republics  of  Greece  itself  succumbed  to  the  de- 
manded acknowledgment  of  subjection  to  the  Persian 
monarch,  by  the  delivery  of  earth  and  water.  And  yet, 
Xerxes,  with  his  waving  banners  of  twenty-nine  tributary 
nations  accompanying  (as  Herodotus  describes  it),  col- 
lected from  Scythia  north  to  Ethiopia  south,  and  from 
India  east  to  Thrace  and  Libya  west^  having  advanced 
"  westward  "  across  Asia  Minor  to  Sardis,  "  northward  " 
across  the  Hellespont  into  Thrace  and  Macedon,  and 
"southward"  from  Macedon  to  his  conflict  with  the 
Greeks  in  the  passes  of  Thessaly,  was  there  humbled  by 
the  much  smaller  force,  yet  superior  valor  of  the  latter, 
and  Persian  supremacy  ended,  by  the  emancipation  of  the 
Asiatic  Greeks  from  a  foreign  yoke.  Thus,  we  have  the 
testimony  of  ancient  history  to  verify  the  commencement 
of  the  2,300  years  with  480  b.  c.       Then,  next, 

Counting  from  this  era,  the  2,300  years  ended  in  a.  d. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  247 

1820.  Accordingly,  iti  this  yeca%  as  modern  history  at- 
tests, the  Greek  insurrection  broke  out,  from  which  began 
that  dismemberment  of  the  provinces  of  the  Turkish  em- 
pire, which  has  ever  since  been  going  on  ;  and  by  which, 
from  Greece,  from  Moldavia  and  Wallachia,  from  Algiers, 
Egyj^t,  and  the  Holy  Land,  taken  in  connection  with  the 
events  of  recent  date,  is  clearly  indicated  a  recession,  to 
an  immense  extent,  of  the  overflowing  waters  of  tliis 
mystical  Euphratean  power.'  But  more  on  this  subject 
anon. 

■  In  this  connection,  there  is  a  need-be  to  enter  a  little 
more  into  detail  in  regard  to  the  Turco-Mohammedan 
POWER.  The  "little  horn"  which  denotes  it,  you  will 
observe,  was  not  to  api^ear  upon  the  prophetical  stage  un- 
til "the  last  end  of  the  indignation,"  ^.  e.,  in  "  the  latter 
time  "  of  the  Arabian  kingdom  out  of  which  it  was  to 
arise.  (Dan.  viii.  19,  23.)  To  determine  this  point,  we 
must  repair  to  the  Apocalypse,  where,  in  chap.  ix.  1-11, 
we  have  depicted  the  symbohc  rise  of  the  Saracenic 
POWER,  denoted  by  the  symbolic  "  locusts^''''  the  followers 
of  the  great  Arabian  imj^ostor,  Mohammed,  whose  name  in 
the  Hebrew  tongue  is  Abaddon^  but  in  the  Greek  tongue 
hath  his  name  Apollyon^  i.  e.,  the  destroyer ;  and  whose 
hegira  or  era  is  dated  from  his  flight  from  Mecca  in  a.  d. 
622. 

^N'ow,  these  Saracens  were  introduced  upon  the  pro- 
phetic platform  as  a  scourge  to  the  apostate  devotees  of 
the  Roman  beast  in  the  eastern  or  Greek  branch  of  the 
united  empire,  whom  they  were  empowered  to  "  torment 
for  the  space  oi  five  months  "  (verse  5),  or  150  years  of 
prophetical  time,  i.  €.,  "  each  day  for  a  year."  This  pe- 
riod, it  is  to  be  observed,  is  to  be  dated,  not  from  the 

»  See  Rev.  ix.  14,  and  xvi.  12. 


248  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

hegira  in  a.  d.  622,  but  from  the  Arabian  impostor's^rs^ 
proclamation  of  his  sanguinary  mission  in  a.  d.  612,  when 
Mohammed  demanded, — "  Who  will  be  my  vizier  ?  "  To 
which  Ali  replied,  "  O  prophet,  I  am  the  man.  Whoever 
rises  up  against  thee,  I  will  dash  out  his  teeth,  tear  out  his 
eyes,  break  his  legs,  and  rip  him  up !  "  Accordingly,/Vom 
this  year,  the  Saracenic  hordes  issued  forth  in  propagandist 
swarms  like  "  locusts,"  swift  as  horses,  firm  as  lions,  and 
cruel  as  the  sting  of  scorpions,  to  vad^Q  proselytes  to  their 
faith,  and  to  punish  the  eastern  provinces  of  Christen- 
dom. Hence,  after  having  desolated  Damascus  and  Jeru- 
salem,  in    A.    D.    630,   THEY   ERECTED    THE    MoHAMMEDAlST 

MOSQUE  OF  Omar  on  Mount  Moriah, — the  very  spot  on 
which  once  stood  the  glorious  temple  of  Solomon, — and 
proclaimed  to  the  helpless  subjects  of  their  wrath :  "  Ye 
Christian  dogs,  ye  know  your  option — the  Koran^  the 
tribute^  or  the  swordP  Thus  this  "  little  horn  waxed  ex- 
ceeding great  toward  the  pleasant  land,"  Palestine. 
(See  Dan.  viii.  9-12.)  Suffice  it  to  say,  that  the  Saracenic 
empire  continued  to  extend  itself  almost  unchecked  from 
A.  D.  612,  till  at  length  it  began  to  decay,  and  so  con- 
tinued down  to  A.  D.  762, — a  period  of  exactly  150  years, 
according  to  the  above  j)rophecy — ^when  its  once  united 
power  was  rent  in  twain,  and  the  eastern  dynasty  of  the 
Abyssides  became  the  antagonist  of  the  west.  Its  last  re- 
maining vestiges,  however,  disappeared  in  a.  d.  1057, 
when  Tangrolipix,  the  Turk,  put  an  end  to  it  by  the  con- 
quest of  the  caliph  of  Persia. 

Hence  the  rise  of  the  Turco-Mohaisimedan  or  Islamic 
POWER,  which  was  another  scourge  in  God's  hand,  for  the 
punishment  of  the  unfaithful  of  his  professed  followers, 
both  Christian  and  Jewish.  These  Turks,  as  warriors, 
differed  from  the  Saracens  as  infantry  differs  from 
cavalry.     The   Saracenic   locust  army  were  "  like    unto 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  249 

horses  prepared  for  battle  "  (verse  7)  ;  whereas  the  Turks 
mow/z^ec?  "  horses  "  (verse  17).  In  Rev.  ix.  13-15,  they 
are  introduced  upon  the  stage  of  the  Roman  earth  under 
the  symbol  of  "  four  angels,"  or  messengers  of  judgment, 
which,  for  a  time,  are  represented  as  being  "5ormc?"  on 
the  otlier  side  of  "  the  great  river  Euphrates,"  but  are 
now  "  let  loose  "  to  pass  that  river,  to  make  inroads  into 
the  eastern  or  Grecian  branch  of  the  Roman  empire,  and 
to  erect  themselves  into  a  monarchy  upon  the  ruins  there- 
of They  are  called  "  four  angels,"  for  the  reason  that,  at 
the  time  of  their  remarkable  passage  over  the  river  Eu- 
phrates, they  were  under  the  command  of  Solymun  Sha- 
hum^  and  his  three  S07is ;  and,  upon  the  father  being 
drowned  in  crossing,  they  brought  themselves  under 
"four  other  captains,"  viz.,  Otrogulus,  and  hm three  so7is,^ 
of  vrhom  one  was  the  famous  Othmun,  who,  a  little  after, 
established  on  a  firm  basis  that  great  empire,  the  Otto- 
man, over  which  his  family  sways  the  sceptre  to  this 
day. 

Again  :  That  the  phrase,  "  the  great  river  Euphrates  " 
(Rev.  ix.  14),  symbohzes  the  Tueco-Ottoman  empire, 
will  appear  from  the  fact  that,  as  the  term  Euphrates  in 
Isa.  viii.  7,  was  symbolically  employed  to  denote  the  ter- 
ritory of  the  Assyrian  army  which  bordered  upon  that 
river,  so,  by  analogy,  the  twice-repeated  phrase  as  a  sym- 
bol in  Rev.  ix.  14  and  xvi.  12  under  this  YIth  trumpet 
and  the  Vlth  vial,  as  all  the  best  expositors  admit,  cannot 
represent  any  other  than  the  Turkish  poioer^  they  being 
no  less  borderers  upon  the  Euphratean  territory,  or  the 

1  As  early  as  a.  d.  507,  a  deputation  of  ambassadors  from  Turkey  told 
the  emperor  Justinian,  that  their  empire  was  divided  into  four  sultaxies» 
viz.,  Bagdad^  Aleppo,  Antioch,  and  Iconiuvi,  as  is  related  by  one  of  the 
Byzantine  historians,  and  noticed  by  all  their  writers.  (See  Pocock's  Re- 
searches, ad  Abul-phar,  pp.  106,  108,  and  Launday,  Hist.  p.  86.) 
11* 


250  rOLlTICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

inhabitants  of  the  same  tract,  than  were  the  Assyi'ians. 
Their  being  *'  hoimd  on  the  great  river  Euphrates,"  indi- 
cates a  pause,  or  season  of  repose^  during  which  those 
judgments  which  had  been  inflicted  upon  the  eastern  or 
Greek  church  by  tlie  Saracens  under  the  Ylth  apocalyp- 
tic trumpet  were  suspended.  Not  that  there  was  a  total 
cessation  of  the  Saracenic  power  as  a  scourge  to  the 
apostate  Christians  of  the  east ;  for,  although  their  empire 
was  ruptured  in  a.  d.  762,  yet  their  sceptre  was  not  com- 
pletely broken,  until,  as  already  stated,  Tangrolipix  snap- 
ped it  asunder  by  the  overthrow  of  the  caliph  of  Persia 
in  A.  D.  1057. 

We  now  observe,  that  the  period  assigned  to  the  mis- 
sion of  this  Turco-Ottoman  or  Mohammedan  power,  was 
for  '*  an  hour^  and  a  day^  and  a  months  and  a  year,  for  to 
slay  the  third  part  of  men,"  ^  etc.  As  the  phrase  "  a7i 
hour  "  is  uniformly  used  in  the  Apocalypse  to  signify  an 
indefinite  period  of  time,  it  will  be  so  applied  in  this 
place.  The  sense  then  is,  that  the  Turks  were  loosed 
from  their  confinement  on  the  borders  of  the  Euphrates 
as  the  predestined  instruments  of  God,  to  inflict  ruin  upon 
the  eastern  or  Grecian  empire,  even  "  for  a  day,  a  month, 
a  year,"  etc.,  which,  as  a  definite  prophetical  period,  com- 
puting "each  day  for  a  year,"  stands  thus: — a  day^  1 
year ;  a  months  30  years ;  a  year,  360  years,  of  sacred 
lunar  time.  This  period,  therefore, — (1  +  30  +  360  = 
391  years) — reckoning  from  a.  d.  1057,  when  Tangrolipix 
erected  the  Turkish  empire  upon  the  ruins  of  the  Sara- 
cenic, brings  us  down  to  a.  d.  1453.  Accordingly,  on  this 
very  year  (the  interval  from  a.  d.  1057  having  been  filled 
up  by  a  series  of  the  sorest  judgments  ever  inflicted  upon 
Christendom,  first,  by  the  hand  of  Togrel-Beg,  and  sub- 

»  Rev.  xix.  15. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECi'.  261 

sequently  by  that  of  Alp  Arslaii,)  the  Turks,  with  the 
sultau  Hincmar  as  then*  leader,  besieged  the  capital  of 
Constantinople^  that  city  which  for  centuries  had  held 
before  the  world  the  position  of  "  the  queen  and  mistress 
of  the  east,"  and  which,  by  conquest,  has  been  retained 
by  them  down  to  this  day. 

Aye.  This  Turco-Mohammedan  "  little  horn,"  like  that 
of  the  Papal,  still  lives.  The  Turkish  crescent  still  sur- 
mounts the  dome  of  the  Mosque  of  Omar  on  the  Mount 
Moriah  in  the  Holy  City,  Jeeusalem,  and  the  Sultan  of 
Turkey,  like  the  Pope  of  Pome,  Pius  IX.,  has  just  issued 
the  following  firman, , which  appears  in  "The  Christian 
Advocate  and  Journal,"  published  by  "  the  Methodist 
Book  Concern"  in  this  city,  bearing  date  Jan.  12,  1865, 
under  the  head  of — 

"SIGNS   OF  THE  TIMES." 

"  The  '  Jewish  Intislligencer '  (published  in  Constantinople),  gives 
the  following  passage  of  a  recent  letter  from  Jerusalem,  by  the  Rev.  W. 
Bailey : 

••  Jerusalem,  which  is  generally  so  quiet  at  this  season,  has  been  all 
astir  this  week  in  consequence  of  an  order  from  the  Forte^  that  all  the 
streets  should  be  levelled  and  paved,  and  that  all  obstructions  should  be 
removed.  This  order  has  been  executed  in  true  Turkish  style,  and 
many  a  tale  of  loss  and  Oppression  can  probably  be  told  by  the  poor 
store-keepers  and  some  houseowmers  ;  but  the  improvement  to  the  city 
and  the  public  benefit  will  be  gi-eat.  We  shall  now  have  broad  and  airy 
streets,  where  before  we  could  scarcely  move.  When  the  work  is  com- 
pleted, it  will,  indeed,  be  an  advance  in  civilized  effort,  and  quite  an 
achievement  for  Turkey.  The  Jews  are  very  much  concerned  about  this 
gathering  vp  of  the  stones,  and  making  broad  the  ways  of  Jeiiisalem : 
they  say,  'Now  we  are  certain  Messiah's  coming  is  very  near.'  " 

We  must  here  observe,  by  the  way— ««c?  well  they 
may  say  so.     For,  reference  is  here  made  by  them  to  the 


252  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECT. 

foUowing  prophecy  of  Isaiah,  chap.  Ixii.  10-12  :  "  Oo 
through^  go  through  the  gates;  prepare  ye  the  imy  of 
the  people  ;  cast  up^  cast  itp  the  highway  ;  gather  out 
the  stoics  ;  lift  fp  a  standard  for  the  people. 
Behold,  the  Lord  hath  proclaimed  unto  the  end  of 
THE  WORLD," — that  IS,  by  this  very  Firman  of  the  Sultan 
of  Turkey,  though  undesigned  on  his  part — "  Say  ye  to 
the  daughter  of  Zion,  Behold,  thy  salvation  cometh  ;  be- 
hold, his  reward  is  with  him,  and  his  work  before  him. 
And  they "  (^.  e.,  "  the  world,"  all  nations)  "  shall  call 
them,  the  holy  people^  the  redeemed  of  the  Lord:  and 
thou  "  {L  e.,  Jerusalem)  "  shalt  be  called,  Sought  out,  a 
city  not  forsake^i.^''  With  the  eyes  of  the  Jews,  therefore, 
fixed  upon  this  prophecy  of  Isaiah,  it  is  no  marvel  that 
they  recognize  in  the  above  Firman  of  the  Sublime  Porte 
in  reference  to  the  Holy  City,  «  clear  and  explicit  "  sign  " 
that  their  "  Messiah's  coming  is  very  near."  It  is  nothing 
less  than  the  "  lifting  up  of  that  standard "  before  all 
the  nations  of  "  the  world,"  which  betokens  one  of  the 
principal  steps  in  preparing  the  way  for  the  national 
RESTORATION  of  the  Jcws  to  their  own  land,  Palestine, 
and  the  bringing  to  them  of  that  "  salvation  "  which  is 
to  immediately  follow,  by  the  personal  appearance  to 
them  of  their  Messiah.'  But,  to  return  to  the  letter.  It 
continues  thus  : 

"  You  have,  perhaps,  heard  that  there  is  a  telegraph  at  Joffa^  which 
connects  Egypt  with  Beyrout.  It  is  now  decided,  I  believe,  that  a 
branch  line  is  to  be  made  to  tkis  city.  I  also  find  it  is  very  probable  we 
shall  ere  long  have  a  carriage-road  to  Jaffa,  as  two  engineers,  one  Eng- 
lish, the  other  Turkish,  report  says,  are  to  arrive  here  in  a  few  days  to 
make  preparations  for  it.  A  survey  for  a  railway  has  already  been 
completed,  and  a  plan,  sixty-five  feet  long,  to  lay  before  the  Sultan,  left 
here  about  a  month  ago."    The  writer  adds — "  I  do  not  think,  however, 

1  See  Zech.  xii.  S,  10  ;  compared  with  chap.  xiv.  1-6. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF    PROPHECY.  253 

that  the  time  for  a  railroad  in  these  parts  has  yet  arrived."  But  ?ce 
must  deferentially  differ  with  him  on  that  point.  He  then  goes  on  to 
say — "  Jaffa  is  now  undergoing  a  similar  change  to  Jerusalem.  A  num- 
ber of  coffee  and  other  unsightly  shops,  outside  the  gate  on  the  Jerusa- 
lem road,  are  to  be  removed,  and  the  land  sold,  with  the  condition  that 
it  shall  be  built  upon ;  another  pate  is  also  to  be  made.  Our  Pasha 
went  three  days  ago  to  see  that  these  important  changes  and  improve- 
ments are  properly  done.  A  better  landing  place  from  the  sea  was 
nearly  completed  last  week,  and  it  is  just  possible  that  ere  long  a  liffht- 
house  may  be  built  near  it.  Soon  there  is  to  be  a  lighthouse  on  Mount 
Caruiel^  and  two  or  three  others,  it  is  said,  will  soon  be  placed  on  the 
Syrian  coast.  "We  have  now  two  lines  of  English  steamers  touching 
monthly  at  Jaffa,  in  addition  to  the  usual  foreign  ones,  and  the  French 
will  henceforth  come  oftener  than  formerly.  Thus  Jerusalem  and  the 
Holy  Land  will  necessarily  be  brought  more  than  ever  into  no- 
tice. Surely  these,  and  many  like  changes  which  are  taking  place 
around  us,  have  much  meaning  in  them.     I  must  believe  they  have." 


With  this  evidence,  then,  before  us,  that  the  "  sick 
old  man,"  as  the  Czar  of  Russia  styled  the  Turco-Mo- 
hammedan  power,  like  that  of  the  Papacy,  still  Iwes^  it 
now  only  remains  that  we  furnish  the  evidence  that  the 
above  manifesto  of  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  in  regard  to  Je- 
rusalem, as  the  representative  head  of  the  eastern  Anti- 
CHEisT,  is  the  sure  precursor  of  its  final  and  speedy  ex- 
tinction from  the  list  of  nations. 

The  prophet  Daniel,  when  speaking  of  the  "  king  of 
fierce  countenance,  and  understanding  dark  sentences," 
who  was  to  "  stand  up  "  or  appear  "  in  the  latter  time  of 
the  kingdom," — i.  6.,  the  Arabian  branch  of  "  one  of  the 
four  notable  horns  "  of  Alexander's  divided  empire  which 
fell  to  Ptolemy — he  says  :  "  But  he  shall  he  broken  with- 
out handP 

We  have  now  only  to  turn  back  to  our  historic  verifi- 
cation of  the  commencement  of  the  prophetic  period  of 
the  2,300  days  or  years  of  Dan.  viii.  14,  in  the  year  b.  c. 


254  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

480,  and  of  its  close  in  a.  d.  1820,  and  at  the  breaking 
out  of  the  Greek  insurrection  against  the  Sublime  Porte  ; 
and  to  mark  the  historic  waning  of  the  Tarco-Mohammed- 
an  power  from  the  latter  date^  for  an  illustration  of  its 
predicted  doom  in  accordance  with  the  above  prophecy. 

It  has  been  God's  plan  all  along,  to  punish  those  very 
powers,  the  Babylonian,  Medo-Persian,  Grecian,  and 
Roman,  and  especially  the  last,  that  have  been  engaged 
in  persecuting  his  saints,  both  Jewish  and  Christian  ;  and 
also  those  powers — the  Saracenic  and  the  Ottoman — that 
have  been  used  as  "  rods  "  in  His  hand  to  scourge  the 
apostate  nations  of  Christendom.  Hence,  as  the  Siara- 
cenic  empire  was  subjugated  by  the  Turks  ;  so  now  this 
latter  power  is  destined  to  be  blotted  out  from  the 
LIST  OP  NATIONS.  On  tliis  subject,  I  submit  what  fol- 
lows : — 

Of  the  Jews  Vfho  escaped  the  edge  of  the  sword  at 
the  destruction  of  their  national  polity  and  temple  by 
Titus  in  a.  d.  VO,  our  Lord  predicted,  that  they  "  should 
he  led  captive  into  all  nations^  and  that  Jerusalem  should 
he  trodden  down  of  the  Gentiles^  until  the  times  of  the 
Gentiles  be  fulfilled,"  (Luke  xxi.  24.)  Kow,  that  this 
period,  for  the  wisest  of  purposes  left  indefinite  in  the 
above  prophecy,  was  nevertheless  to  embrace  a  long  pe- 
riod^ is  evident  from  the  fact,  that  the  Jews  still  remain 
captives  among  all  the  Gentile  nations  of  Christendom, 
while  "  Jerusalem  "  continues  to  this  day  to  be  "  trodden 
down'''*  by  the  proud  foot  of  the  Ottoman  power.  Indeed, 
that  power  constitutes  the  only  remaining  impediment 
to  the  national  restoration  of  the  Jews  to  their  own  long 
alienated  "  land."  But,  the  Holy  Spirit  has  revealed  the 
retnoval  of  that  impediment,  in  exact  harmony  with  the 
prophecy  of  Daniel,  that  "  it  shall  be  hrolcen  without 
hand.''''     It  is  to  transpire  under  and  during  the  "  pouring 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PEOPHECY.  255 

out  of  the  YItli  apocalyptic  vial  upon  the  great  river 
Euphrates,"  which,  as  has  been  shown,  symbolizes  the 
Turco-Mohammedan  power;  the  effect  of  which  is  to  "  dry 
up  the  waters  thereof;  "  while  the  final  result  is,  "that 

the  way  of  the  kings  OF  THE  EAST  MAY  BE  PREPARED," 

etc.  (Rev.  xvi.  12),  i.  e.,  the  ^^  kings  of  peoples ^^  or  the 
multitudinous  seed  of  Abraham,  that  was  to  come  forth 
of  "Sarah"  as  "the  mother  of  nations,"  (Gen.  xviii. 
15-19). 

Well.  And  what  is  the  record  of  history  on  this  sub- 
ject ?  The  answer  is,  that  during  the  w^ars  that  grew 
out  of  the  French  Revolution  in  a.  d.  1793,  while  the 
armies  of  France  desolated  Spain,  Portugal,  Germany, 
Holland,  Russia,  Prussia,  Italy,  and  Austria,  dow^n  to  a.  d. 
1820,  the  Ottoman  empire^  ^^2,(t^i.\)X  within  and  without, 
appeared  to  the  world,  and  was  respected,  as  a  powerful 
and  mighty  nation.  But  it  was  that  calm  ysMxoh presaged 
a  terrific  storm.  For,  commencing  with  this  very  year 
a.  d.  1820,  was  the  effusion  of  the  Vlth  vial  upon  this 
"  great  river  Euphrates,"  by  the  act  of  Ali  Pasha  of  Al- 
bania, in  declaring  his  independence  of  the  Sublime  Porte. 
And,  from  that  period  down  to  the  present  time,  Jz^c?'^- 
7nent  has  been  wonderfully  poured  out  upon  him  from 
this  "  vial "  of  the  Almighty's  wrath,  whether  it  has  been 
effected  by  the  hand  of  man^  or  more  directly  by  the 
hand  of  God.  Yes,  we  repeat ;  she  has  been  made  to 
suffer  alike  from  internal  commotions  and  foreign  inva- 
sions; from  plague  and  pestilence;  from  conflagrations 
and  inundations ;  from  storms  and  earthquakes ;  and 
though  last,  not  least,  from  the  ruinous  effects  of  exorbi- 
tant taxations,  exactions,  and  despotic  robberies  to  such 
an  extent,  as  to  draw  from  the  lips  of  that  renowned  his- 
torian, orator,  and  poet,  M.  de  Lamarline,  when  speaking 
of  the  "  drying  up"  or  2^^ogrcssive  wasting  aioay  of  the 


256  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

Ottoman  empire,  in  the  Chamber  of  Deputies  in  Paris, 
the  following : 

"  The  Ottoman  empire,"  says  he,  "  is  no  empire  at  all;  , 
it  is  a  misshapen  conglomeration  of  different  races  without 
cohesion  between  them,  w^ith  mingled  interests,  without  a 
language,  without  laws,  without  religion,  without  unity 
or  stability  of  power.  You  see  that  the  breath  of  life 
which  animated  it,  namely,  religious  fanaticism,  is  extinct. 
You  see  that  its  fatal  and  blinded  administration  has  de- 
voured the  race  of  conquerors,  and  that  Tuekey  is  per- 
ishing FOR  WANT  OF  TuRKS." 

With  this  statement  accords  the  fact,  that  at  this  pre- 
seJit  hour,  the  last  streamlet  is  scarcely  discoverable  in  the 
once  full  and  overflowing  channel  of  the  great  mystical 
Euphrates ;  and  though,  at  this  moment,  the  Anglo- 
French  ALLIANCE,  by  a  strange  combination  of  the  JPa- 
pacy  with  Frotestantism^  is  still  spreading  over  it  the 
shadow  of  its  protecting  wings,  in  the  hope  to  prevent  its 
entire  evaporation,  they  will  not  succeed.  God  has  pro- 
nounced the  doom  of  that  temporarily  galvanized  body  ; 
and  no  poioer  on  earth  can  prevent  its  speedy  accomplish- 
ment. It  will  be  found  that,  while  man  proposes,  God 
disposes.  And  now  mark:  the  very  j^rm«?i  just  promul- 
gated by  the  Sultan  of  Turkey  in  regard  to  the  improve- 
ments now  going  on  in  the  Holy  City,  Jerusalem,  by 
stirring  up  the  jealousies  of  the  crowned  heads  of  Europe, 
Roman,  Greek,  and  Protestant,  will  only  tend  to  precijji- 
tate  that  consummation.  The  time  has  now  fully  come 
"for  Russia  to  commence  a  movement  so  long  thirsted 
for — so  long  imposed  upon  her  rulers  by  their  j)redecessors 
— the  conquest  of  Turkey  and  the  possession  of  Constanti- 
nople. Peter  the  Great  first  declared  that  "  Nature  had 
but  one  Mussia  and  she  should  have  no  rival.''''  The 
efforts  of  every  successive  sovereign,  from  Catherine  down, 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECT.  257 

were  directed  to  extend  the  empire  to  the  Mediterranean, 
to  drive  the  Turks  out  of  Europe,  construct  a  new  Byzan- 
tine empire,  and  make  Constantinople  the  southern  capi- 
tal of  the  Russian  empire,  and  the  centre  of  the  Greek 
church."  .  .  Accordingly,  "  true  to  the  traditionary 
policy  of  his  family,"  Nicholas  I.  did  not  abandon  his  de- 
signs on  Constantinople,  although  he  was  unwise  in  the 
selection  of  the  time  for  the  attempt  in  a.  d.  1 854.  He 
did  not  foresee  that  France  and  England  were  then  free 
to  form  an  alliance^  in  conjunction  with  Sardinia,  and 
force  him  into  the  Crimean. war,  which  lost  him  a  large 
portion  of  his  army,  and  a  good  deal  of  his  military  pres- 
tige. But  the  times  are  different  now.  The  opportunity 
which  had  not  arrived  then,  is  at  hand.  Hence,  Alexan- 
der n.,  having  been  "  convinced  of  his  father's  error,"  ter- 
minated the  Crimean  war  immediately  upon  his  acces- 
sion to  the  throne.  But,  urged  on  by  "  the  hereditary 
policy  of  his  race,"  he  is  reported  to  have  recently  sent  a 
large  invading  army  into  the  frontiers  of  the  Turkish 
empire,  with  a  resolve  to  j^ush  on  to  its  very  centre,  and 
that  with  a  view  to  the  accomplishment  of  the  grand 
project  which  originated  with  Peter  the  Great ;  and  that, 
too,  with  the  assurance  of  no  further  interference  on  the 
part  of  any  of  the  allied  powers  of  Europe. 

We  repeat,  therefore,  that  the  total  evaporation  of 
this  symbolic  Euphratean  power,  as  the  only  obstacle  in 
the  "  preparation  of  the  way  of  the  kings  of  the  east,"  or 
the  national  return  of  the  Jews  to  Palestine,  cannot  be 
extended  beyond  a.  d.  1868,  that  being  the  utmost  limit 
of  the  period  called  "  the  times  of  the  Gextiles."  ^ 

On  the  other  hand,  as  we  have  seen,  the  fall  of  the 


1  See  pages    89-41    of  this  work.     Also  "  Onr  Bible  Chronology," 
chap.  ix.  sec.  iii.  pp.  145-147. 


258  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECY. 

Papacy  takes  place  coetaneously  with  it ;  and  that,  imme- 
diately thei-eupon,  the  agents  of  its  destruction — the 
"  ten  horns,"  or  "  kings  "   of  the  Roman  earth—"  give 

THEIR  POWER  UNTO  THE  BEAST  HAVING  TWO  HORNS  LIKE  A 
LAMB,  BUT  WHO  SPEAKS  AS  A  DRAGON." 

On  this  momentous  subject,  beyond  what  has  been 
affirmed  in  the  preceding  pages,  we  cannot  now  enlarge. 
Suffice  it,  therefore,  to  say,  that  the  simultaneous  destruc- 
tion of  these  two  long-lived  scourges  of  mankind,  opens 
the  way  for  the  introduction  upon  the  prophetical  plat- 
form of  other  scenes,  national,  political,  and  moral,  of  a 
nature,  character,  and  extent,  such  as  the  world  has  never 
known — scenes  of  grace  and  of  mercy,  on  the  one  hand  ; 
scenes  of  justice  and  of  judgment,  on  the  other.  Let  us, 
in  few  words,  present  a  summary  view  of 


We  once  more  reiterate,  what  we  have  so  often 
affirmed  as  a  Millenarian,  namely,  that  there  is  no  Mil- 
LEEISM  in  our  expositions  of  God's  prophetic  Avord.  By 
this  we  mean  to  say,  that  there  is  no  connection  between 
the  second  personal  coming  of  the  Lord  as  jore-millennial, 
and  the  subjection  of  the  globe  we  inhabit  to  the  fire  of 
the  universal  conflagration,  as  alleged  by  that  theory.^ 
So  far  from  it,  time  will  run  on,  and  nations  will 
CONTINUE  TO  EXIST,  though  uudcT  a  total  change  in  the 
physical,  political,  moral,  and  social  constitution  of  things 
as  they  now  are,  and  so  will  continue  onward  to  the  close 
of  the  seventh  millenary  of  the  world  from  the  creation 
and  fall  of  man.    The  opening  of  that  new  dispensation. 


1  See  our  work—"  The  Second  Coming  of  Christ,"  etc.,  chap.  ir.  pp. 
201-216,  on  this  subject. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  259 

which  is  to  immediately  follow  the  termination  of  the 
Papal  and  Mohammedan  powers  in  a.  d.  1868,  will  be 
signalized, 

I.  By  the  first  resurrection  and  rapture  of  the  living 
saints.  That  momentous  event  is  indicated  by  the  words 
of  the  angelic  visitant  to  the  prophet  Daniel,  "  But  go  thy 
way  till  the  end  be  :  for  thou  shalt  rest,  and  stand  in  thy 
lot  at  the  end  of  the  (1,335)  days.^''  (Dan.  xii.  12, 13).  The 
words,  "  Blessed  is  he  that  loaiteth^'' — that  is,  in  the  exer- 
cise of  patient  faith  and  hope,  like  the  martyr-"  souls  " 
whom  St.  John  saw  in  his  vision  "  under  the  altar  "  at 
the  opening  of  the  fifth  seal  (Rev.  vi.  9-11) — "  and  cometh 
to  the  thousand  three  hundred  and  five  and  thirty  days," 
— "  each  day  for  a  year,"  ^ — undeniably  refers  to  Daniel's 
standing  in  his  lot  in  eesueeection  "  praise,  and  honor, 
and  glory,  at  the  appearing  of  Jesus  Christ."  ^  In- 
deed, this  Danielle  prophecy  is  the  key  to  the  import  of 
the  scriptural  doctrine  of  the  First  Resurrection,  as  de- 
scribed by  St.  Paul  in  1  Thess.  iv.  13-18,  and  by  St. 
John,  Rev.  xx.  4,  and  verse  5,  last  clause ;  and  is  the 
same  "  in  "  which  the  former  apostle  so  ardently  desired 
to  have  "  a  part,"  as  expressed  in  those  notable  words, 
Philipp.  iii.  10,  11  :*"That  I  may  know  Him,  and  the 
power  of  His  resurrection,  and  the  felloAvship  of  His 
sufferings,  being  made  conformable  unto  His  death ;  if  by 
any  means  I  might  attain  unto  the  resurrectioii  of  (Gr. 
eiavda-raaiv,  or  from  among)  the  dead."  These  are  the 
"  so?ne  "  among  the  "  many  sleepers  in  the  dust  of  the 
earth  "  spoken  of,  Dan.  xii.  2,  who  "  shall  awake  to  e-oer- 
lastlng  life^^  in  contrast  with  those  who  shall  awake  "  to 
shame  and  everlasting  contempt^''  these  latter  being  "  the 
rest  of  the  dead  "  {i,  e.,  the  wicked  dead)  whom  St.  John 

1  Ezek.  iv.  4-6.  2  1  Pet.  i.  3-9. 


260  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   TEOPHECY. 

declares,  Rev.  xx.  5,  "  lived  not  again  until  the  tlioit- 
sa7id  years  loere  finished^  But,  as  we  have  already 
demonstrated,  this  prophetical  period  of  1,335  years, 
coetaneously  with  all  the  other  longer  dates — the  shorter 
forming  integral  parts  of  them — rmi  out  in  a.  d.  1868/ 
It  follows,  therefore,  that  the  resurrection  of  both  is  not, 
and  cannot  be,  simidtaneous.  Instead,  as  the  prophet 
David  declares,  that  ^^ precious  in  the  sight  of  the  Lord 
is  the  death  of  his  saints," "  so  he  also  says  that  "  the  %ip' 
right  shall  have  dominion  over  them  " — i.  e.,  Ihe  wicked 
— "  in  the  morning''''  ^  of  the  great  millennial  day.  Fur- 
ther. ^\m  first  great  event  attendant  upon  the  second  ^:>7'e- 
millennial  coming  of  the  Lord  to  "  make  up  His  jewels,"  * 
(or,  which  is  the  same  thing,  to  raise  the  dead  who  "  sleep 
in  Him  "  and  change  and  translate  "  the  living  who  re- 
main unto  His  coming,")  will  not  be  openly  and  vis- 
ibly recognized  by  the  ungodly  world  in  or  out  of  the 
nominal  church.  No.  He  now  comes  as  "  a  thief  in  the 
night^''  to  gather  together  His  elect  Gentile  bride  from 
among  both  the  living  and  the  dead,  when,  "  m  that 
nighty  there  shall  be  two  in  one  bed ;  the  one  shall  be 
taken,  and  the  other  left.  Two  women  shall  be  grinding 
together ;  the  one  shall  be  taken,  and  the  other  left. 
Two  men  shall  be  in  the  field ;  the  one  shall  be  taken, 
and  the  other  left." "  St.  Paul,  having  spoken  of  "  the 
whole  creation  "  as  "  groaning  and  travailing  in  pain  to- 
gether until  now  ;  "  and  also  of  "  the  earnest  expectation 
of  the  creature  as  waiting  for  the  manifestation  of  the 
Son  of  God^^  adds :  "  And  not  only  they,  but  we  our- 
selves also,  which  have  the  first-fruits  of  the  Spirit,  even 

1  See  pages  39-41  of  this  work.    Also  more  fully,  "  Our  Bible  Chron- 
ology," etc.,  chap.  ix.  pp.  129-183. 

2  Ps.  cxvi.  15.  3  lb.  xlix.  14,  "  Mai.  iii.  17. 
5  Luke  xvii.  34-3(5. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  261 

we  ourselves  groan  within  ourselves,  loaiting  for  the 
adoption^  to  wit,  the  kedemption  of  our  body."  '  Thus 
gloriously,  in  a  way  of  grace  and  of  mercy^  will  be 
ushered  in  the  new  millennial  era  of  the  world.  It  will 
constitute  the  commencement  of  that  "  restitution  of 
ALL  THINGS  which  God  hath  spoken  by  the  mouth  of  all 
His  holy  prophets  since  the  world  began,"  ^  to  be  fol- 
lowed, 

II.  By  the  political  reconstruction  of  ^^resenf  earthly 
governments  under  otie  human  head.  The  world  has  now 
tried  every  form  of  government  but  one.  It  has  failed 
under  all,  from  Adam  to  the  last  anointed  king.  It  has 
failed,  like  Israel,  even  under  a  Theocracy.  There  is, 
therefore,  but  one  form  of  government  of  human  device 
to  be  tried — the.  government  of  a  ma7i  exalted  to  the 
rank  of  a  god,  worshipped  by  all  the  Avorld  except  those 
"  who  are  written  in  the  book  of  life  "  as  "  the  Bride,  the 
Lamb's  wife."  Such  a  government  wiU  be  the  climax  of 
blasphemy,  and  it  will,  deservedly,  sink  the  world  into 
the  depths  of  misery.  It  will  inaugurate  that  unparal- 
leled TRIBULATION  predicted  by  our  Lord,  Matt.  xxiv. 
21,  Mark  xiii.  19,  "  Such  as  was  not  from  the  beginning 
of  the  creation  which  God  created  unto  this  time,  neither 
shall  be,"  "  which  shall  come  on  all  the  world  "  of  nomi- 
nal Christendom. 

Let  us  then  suppose,  for  the  sake  of  illustration,  that 
the  ingathering  of  the  redeemed  Gentile  Bride  of  ihe 
Lamb  had  already  transpired.  This  would  indicate  that 
t\ie  first  step  had  been  taken  toward  the  restoration  of  the 
ORIGINAL  THEOCRACY  to  Isracl.  All  hcavcn  is  in  commo- 
tion. The  parabolic  "  nobleman  "  has  been  invested  by 
the    Father  with  His  kingly  prerogatives,   and  He 

I  Rom.  viii.  19-23.  2  Actsiii.  21. 


262  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

comes  forth  to  "  set  up,"  upon  the  overthrow  of  all  rival 
dynasties^  that  "  kingdom  which  shall  never  be  destroyed." 
Then,  too,  of  those  who  have  overcome  by  the  blood  of 
the  Lamb,  and  to  whom  He  has  given  the  promise — "  Ye 
shall  sit  with  Me  in  My  throne  " — "  I  will  give  you  power 
over  the  nations  " — "  Ye  shall  bruise  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron,  and  dash  them  to  pieces  as  a  potter's  vessel " — also, 
that  "  the  saints  of  the  Most  High  shall  take  the  king- 
dom, and  possess  the  kingdom  for  ever  and  ever  " — yea, 
that  "  the  kingdom  and  dominion  and  greatness  of  the 
kingdom  under  the  whole  heaven,  shall  be  given  to  the- 
people  of  the  saints  of  the  Most  High  " — yea  more,  who 
has  said  of  them,  "  All  things  are  yours,  and  ye  are 
Christ's,  and  Christ  is  God's : "  we  repeat,  having  lav- 
ished upon  them  all  these  "  exceeding  great  and  precious 
promises,"  now  that  they  are  gathered  to  Him  "  in  the 
AiE,"  He  admits  them  to  be  copartners  with  Himself  in 
the  exercise  of  that  restored  theocracy  of  which  He, 
as  the  divinely  constituted  "  heir  of  all  things,"  is  "  the 

HEAD." 

But,  "  everything  in  its  order."  Not  yet  has  Christ 
and  His  "  co-heir  "  reigning  saints  commenced  the  exter- 
mination of  His  and  of  their  enemies.  That  work,  for  a 
short  space,  is  held  in  abeyance.  "  The  mystery  of  ini- 
quity "  under  its  eighth  head,  must  ha^e  its  full  scope 
of  development.  Immediately^  therefore,  upon  the  as- 
cent of  Christ  and  his  saints  "  in  the  air,"  "  the  wicked- 
ness of  man,"  like  its  antediluvian  type  "  in  the  days  of 
Noah,"  having  "  become  great  in  the  earth,  and  every 
imagination  and  thought  of  his  heart  only  evil  contin- 
ually," as  an  act  of  just  retribution,  "  He  whose  name  is 
Holy "  having  declared,  "  My  spirit  shall  not  always 
strive  with  man,  for  that  he  also  is  flesh,"  now  leaves  the 
guilty  nations  of  earth  aud  an  apostate  church  to  their 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECT.  263 

own  devices.  And  now,  behold  :  goaded  on  by  the  same 
godless  princii^le  which  actuated  the  Israelites,  in  the 
time  of  Samuel,  to  abjure  the  theocratic  government  of 
God  as  their  king  ;  and  which  led  the  same  nation  to  de- 
clare of  their  Messiah  at  His  first  comes^g — "  Not  this 
man,  but  Caesar  " — "  We  will  not  have  this  man  to  reign 
over  us  " — so  now,  when  the  "  midnight  cry  "  is  being 
heard  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  Christen- 
dom, "  Behold  the  Bridegeoom  cometh,  go  ye  out  to 
MEET  Him  !  "  in  view  of  the  signal  failures  of  all  the  ex- 
periments of  the  nations  of  earth,  Jewish  and  Gentile,  for 
6,000  years,  to  provide  a  system  of  government  adapted 
to  the  necessities  of  mankind ;  instead  of  learning  a  les- 
son from  the  fate  of  the  antediluvian  world  which  per- 
ished by  water — of  the  builders  of  Babel — of  the  Jewish 
nation  in  their  rejection  of  the  original  theocracy,  and  in 
their  final  crucifixion  of  their  Messiah — we  repeat :  in- 
stead of  this,  like  the  first  great  progenitors  of  the  race, 
who  yielded  to  "  the  desire  to  be  as  gods^  to  know  good 
and  evil,"  human  madness  to  this  day  continues  the  same ; 
and  all  the  policy  and  genius  of  man  are  set  to  work  to 
make  himself  indepetident  of  all  Diyixe  rule,  and  to  rest 
the  sovereignty  of  imiversal  empire  in  himself. 

And,  strange  to  say,  just  at  this  juncture  in  the  politi- 
cal affairs  of  the  world,  their  eyes  are  directed  toward  a 
guiding  genius  in  every  way  adapted  to  the  age.  In 
illustration  of  this,  we  ask  the  reader  to  look  at  the  fol- 
lowhig  facts  :  The  age  of  frantic  revolution  fomid  its 
master-spirit  in  one  exactly  like  itsell^ — in  the  first  Napo- 
leon— fiery,  vehement,  and  headlong.  The  age  was  fran- 
tic, and  so  its  master-spirit.  The  neio  age,  half  warlike, 
half  mechanical,  has  found  a  third  Napoleon  exactly  like 
itself;  fond  of  military  splendor,  thirsting  for  conquest, 
yet  as  firm,  as  exact,  as  impassive,  as  one  of  the  machines 


264  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

of  his  own  age.  The  headlong  fury  of  the  first  Napoleon 
has  been  worked  ofi",  and  cold,  impassive  calcidation  has 
filled  its  place,  yet  resting  on  the  very  same  substratum 
of  iron  will  and  stony  determination.  The  age  of  frenzy 
had  its  Napoleon  of  fire — the  present  warlike  and  me- 
chanical age  has  its  Napoleon  of  iron.  Great  minds  indi- 
cate the  advent  of  great  deeds ;  and  the  rise  of  the  third 
Napoleon,  with  all  the  fitness  for  his  age,  forbodes  some 
vast  revolution.  The  history  of  England,  and  other 
Protestant  nations,  is  a  history  of  peinciples — the  history 
of  France  is  a  history  of  passions.  But  we  have  now 
arrived  at  a  period  in  which  principles  and  passions  are 
united  in  one  impetuous  torrent,  ready  to  sweep  away  all 
eifete  preexisting  systems ;  yet,  for  the  time,  being  re- 
strained, shut  in,  and  directed  in  its  course,  by  the  iron 
will  and  the  indomitable  thirst  for  the  glory  of  universal 
empire  of  Napoleon  the  Third.  Nor  is  this  all.  This 
"  man  of  destiny,"  as  a  sovereign,  a  statesman,  a  diplo- 
matist, and  a  soldier,  it  is  now  conceded  on  all  hands,  is 
without  an  equal.  And,  measuring  his  past  with  his 
present  position,  the  conviction  is  more  and  more  every 
hour  fastening  itself  upon  the  minds  of  men,  that,  con- 
vinced by  experience  that  the  world  has  never  had  a  king 
worthy  of  the  name  ;  nor  any  form  of  government  that  was 
not  in  their  view  a  misgovernment ;  and  that  there  never 
can  be  a  permanent  form  of  government  except  as  it  i^^ 
vested  in  a  one  man  powee  ;  and  finally,  as  the  true  po- 
sition of  the  world  now  is  that  they  are  waiting  for  the 
appearance  of  just  such  a  king;  the  time  having  at 
length  arrived  for  his  dehut  upon  the  stage  of  action,  he 
will  be  hailed  as  such !  Aye,  reader.  Let  me  entreat 
you — don't  argue,  don't  quibble,  or  prevaricate.  All  will 
be  vain.  Mankind,  even  from  the  very  beginning,  hav- 
ing preferred  any  form  of  government  except  the  divine. 


rOLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF    PROPHECY.  265 

win  now  be  left  to  their  own  choice,  not  only,  but  "  God 
will  put  it  into  the  hearts  oi:'  tlie  ten  Latin  horns  or  kings  " 
of  western  Euro^^e  "  to  fulfil  Ids  will  and  to  agree  and 
give  their  power  and  strength  and  kingdom  "  to  this  one 
.MAN,  who  will  be  exalted  to  the  rank  of  a  god;  while  all 
other  i3owers,  as  his  allies^  will  recognize  his  universal 
SUPREMACY  over  the  Latin  earth. 

And  now,  having  said  that  the  establishment  of  this 
stupendous  governmental  power  under  one  head — the 
eighth  Apocalyptic  Beast — will  inaugurate  that  unpar- 
alleled TRIBULATION  predicted  by  our  Lord,  Matt.  xxiv. 
21,  "which  shall  come  upon  all  the  world"  of  nominal 
Christendom,  let  us  turn  our  thoughts  the  while, 

III.  To  its  characteristics  ojid  its  results.  The  design 
of  this  one  man  power  being  to  subject  all  to  his  despotic 
sway,  first,  having  set  up  "  an  image  to  the  Beast  which 
had' the  wound  by  a  sword,  a7id  did  live^^ — i.  e.,  Louis 
Napoleon  IIL — ^he  now  issues  his  mandate  to  the  subjects 
of  the  Latin  race,  "  causing  that  as  many  as  icoidd  not 
worship  the  image  of  the  beast  should  be  hilled.^'*  Nor 
this  only.  For  "  he  causes  all,  both  small  and  great,  rich 
and  poor,  bond  and  free,  to  receive  a  mark  in  their  right 
hands  and  in  their  foreheads :  a7id  that  no  man  might 
buy  or  selly  save  he  that  had  the  mark,  or  the  name  of 
the  Beast,  or  the  number  of  his  name."  ^ 

Now  this  last,  we  observe,  will  be  the  test  Oi  fidelity 
or  of  a2)0stasy  to  the  subjects  of  nominal  Protestant 
Christendom.  Hence,  to  this  tribulation  will  those  be 
especially  exposed,  who  have  said  in  their  hearts,  *'  my 
Lord  delayeth  His  coming,"  or  who  have  joined  with  the 
scoffers  of  these  last  days  and  exclaimed,  "  Where  is  the 
promise  of  His  coming  ?  "     Aye.    This  will  be  that  "  day 

»  Rev.  xiii.  15-17, 

12 


266  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

wbicli  Avill  try  every  man's  work,  of  what  sort  it  is.  If 
any  man's  work  ahide^  he  shall  receive  a  reward.  If  any 
man's  work  shall  be  burned^  he  shall  sitffer  loss  :  but  he 
himself  shall  be  saved,  yet  so  as  hy  fire.''''  ^  Thus.  "  of 
these  inhabitants  of  the  earth,"  when  made  to  feel  the 
eflects  of  the  wide-spread  "judgments  of  God"  which 
will  constitute  this  season  of  unparalleled  tribulation,  and 
"  shall  learn  righteousness^^''  ^  and  shall  refuse  that  act  of 
self-dedication  to  the  last  Antichrist  which  will  consist  of 
a  submission  by  others  to  receive  "  his  mark,  name,  and 
number  of  his  name,"  shall  Unally  "  come  up  out  of  the 
great  tribulation^  having  washed  their  robes,  and  made 
them  white  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb."  ^ 

We  w^ould  only  add  on  this  subject,  by  the  way,  that 
the  condition  and  destiny  of  the  above  class  of  Christ's 
professed  followers  of  these  last  times,  will  differ  from 
those  who  believe  in  and  watch  and  pray  for  the  Lord's 
speedy  coming,  by  these  latter  being  preserved  from  this 
"great  tribulation."  "Only with  thine  eyes  shalt  thou 
behold  and  see  the  reward  of  the  wicked ;  "  "*  for,  as  al- 
ready explained,  such  shall  \\2MQ\iQQ\i previously  "  caught 
up  to  meet  the  Lord  in  the  air,  and  so  shall  ever  be  with 
the  Lord."  ^\\q\y  future  destiny^  therefore,  as  being,  nu- 
merically, the  King-father's  "  daughter^  who  is  called 
upon  to  "  forget  her  own  people,  and  her  father's  house," 
is  at  last  presented  to  the  "'King's  "  Son,  "  who  greatly 
desires  her  beauty — for  He  is  her  Lord  " — as  His  affi- 
anced Bride,  "  all  glorious  within,  her  clothing  being  of 
wrought  gold."  And,  when  the  time  shall  have  come  for 
the  celebration  of  the  marriage  nuptials,  and  she  is 
"  brought  unto  the  King  in  raiment  of  needle-work ; " 


i  Cor.  ill.  10-15.  2  Isa.  xxvi.  9.  .=•  Rev.  vii.  14. 

4  See  Ps.  xci.  8. 


rOLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECY.  267 

those  saved  out  of  the  great  tribulation,  may,  perhaps, 
though  less  distinguished  than  she,  be  admitted  to  the 
high  honor  of  filling  the  place  "in  the  King's  palace,"  of 
"  the  virgiiis  her  companions  that  follow  her."  ^  Re- 
fraining, however,  from  trenching  upon  the  but  partially 
revealed  structure  oiXhahe^xexilY  hierarchy  in  this  connec- 
tion ;  with  the  remark,  that  in  view  of  the  exposure  of  the 
great  mass  of  those  in  these  times  "  who  profess  and  call 
themselves  Christians"  to  that  unparalleled  tribulation 
of  which  we  have  spoken,  we  can  discern  a  motive  why 
their  hearts  should  be  stirred  up  within  them  like  "the 
Beareaus "  of  New  Testament  times,  to  "  search  the 
Scriptures  daily  whether  these  things  be  so,"  ^  compared 
with  which  every  other  sinks  into  absolute  insignificance. 
And  while  we  say,  in  the  language  of  St.  Paul,  "  Let 
every  man  be  fully  persuaded  in  his  own  mind,"  ^  yet  we 
would  most  afifectionately,  but  earnestly  entreat  one  and 
all  that,  at  any  cost,  they  "buy  the  truth  and  sell  it 
not ;  "  *  and,  having  attained  it, "  hold  it  fast  till  He 
(Christ)  come,  that  no  man  take  their  crown." '''  And  we 
would  the  more  vehemently  urge  upon  them  this  reason- 
able duty,  from  the  consideration  of  our  near  proximate 
position  to  the  great  crisis  before  us. 

And,  what  a  crisis,  this  !  It  will  consist  of  a  heading 
UP  "  of  all  those  things  which  God  hath  spoken  by  the 
mouth  of  all  His  holy  prophets  since  the  world  began," 
as  connected  with  that  vast  system  of  "  the  political 
ECONOMY  OF  PROPHECY  "  of  whicli  His  inspired  word  is 
the  text-book.  During  the  interval  between  the  rapture 
of  the  resurrected  and  living  saints,  and  the  open  and 
visible   manifestation   of  Christ   to   the   nations,   when 


1  See  Ps.  xliv.  10-15.  ^  Acts  xvi.  11.  s  Rom.  xiv.  5. 

<  Prov.  xxiii.  23.  s  Rev.  iii.  11. 


268  POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY. 

"  every  eye  shall  see  Him,  and  they  also  which  pierced 
Him,"  and  when  "  all  the  kindreds  of  the  earth  shall  wail 
because  of  Him ; "  ^  the  last  Antichrist  will  have  run 
his  despotic  career,  down  to  the  invasion  of  the  Holy 
City,  Jerusalem,  as  described,  Zech.  xiv.  1,  2. 

We  here  express  it  as  our  settled  conviction,  that, 
meanwhile,  those  of  the  Lord's  chosen  people  who,  though 
left  to  be  exposed  to  the  terrible  sufferings  of  the  nn- 
paralleled  tribulation  inaugurated  by  the  reign  of  the  one 
MAN  power  ;  yet,  refusing  to  receive  the  impress  of"  the 
mark,  or  name,  or  number  of  the  Beast  in  their  right 
hand  or  in  their  foreheads,"  though  prolnbited  by  that 
power  to  "  buy  or  sell,"  they  will  not  suffer  death.  But, 
having  "  learned  righteousness  "  through  the  judgments 
of  God  inflicted  upon  them,  in  their  last  extremity,  they 
will  be  ^^  saved ^  yet  so  as  hy  fire?^  That  is,  like  nnto  the 
living  saints  previously  "  caught  up  to  meet  the  Lord  in 
the  air,"  as  the  "  virgin  companions'*''  of  the  Bride,  "  with 
gladness  and  rejoicing  shall  they  be  brought :  they  shall 
enter  into  the  Idng'^s  ptolace^''  ^  by  being  translated  to  the 
heavenly  domains,  as  were  those  who  preceded  them. 
And  so,  we  submit,  while  "  the  Bride,  the  Lamb's-  wife," 
will  be  constituted  of  "  the  general  assembly  and  church 
of  the  first-born  which  are  w^ritten  in  heaven,"  v\'ho  were 
saved  from  the  great  tribulation  ;  these  latter  v>  ill  fill  the 
place  of  "  the  just  men  made  perfecf"*  ^  by  their  subjec- 
tion to  the  fiery  ordeal  of  that  "  hour  of  temptation  which 
is  to  come  on  all  the  w^orld,  to  try  them  which  dwell  upon 
the  earth;  "*.  and  who,  having  "  endured  unto  the  end," 
shall  at  the  last  be  delivered  out  of  it,  as  above.  In  other 
words,   they  will  form  that  "  great  multitude  which  no 


»  Rev.  i.  7.  2  Ps.  xlv.  14, 15. 

3  Heb.  xii.  23.  •»  Rev.  iii.  10. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF    PROPHECY.  269 

man  could  number,  of  all  nations,  and  kindreds,  and  peo- 
ple, and  tongues,"  concerning  whom  "  one  of  the  elders" 
in  the  vision  of  St.  John  asked  him,  "  W/iai  are  these 
which  are  arrayed  in  white  robes  ?  a7icl  whence  came 
they?  And  John  said  mito  him,  Sir,  thou  knowest." 
Then  the  elder  replied:  "These  are  they  which  came 
out  of  THE  great  tribulation,"  ^  etc.  Accordingly,  these 
two  classes  of  occupants  of  the  "  King's  Palace  "  "  in  the 
air  "  are  thus  distinguished,  the  one  from  the  other.  "  The 
Bride,  the  Lamb's  wife,"  is  admitted  to  a  "  seat  with  Him 
IN  His  throne :  "  ^  whereas  St.  John  saw  the  other  "  stand 
before  the  throne,  and  before  the  Lamb."  ^  Of  the  King 
himself  it  is  said  :  "  And  on  his  head  were  m^any  croions^  * 
And  so,  "  the  Bride,  the  Lamb's  wife  " — taken  in  the 
sense  of  a  noun  of  multitude, — having  "  looked  for  Him  " 
and  "loved  His  appearing,"^  as  co-reigning  "  Kings "  ^ 
with  Him  "  in  His  throne,"  shall  wear  "  croivns  of  gold 
upon  their  heads."  '  But  of  the  other  class,  not  having 
striven  lawfully  "  for  the  crown,"  ^  it  is  said  that  they  "  had 
palms  in  their  hands."  The  collective  "Bride  of  the 
Lamb "  "  shall  reign  with  Christ,"  "  ruling  the  nations 
with  a  rod  of  iron,"  ^  etc.  Of  the  other  class  it  is  said, 
that  "  they  are  before  the  throne  of  God,  and  serve  Him 
day  and  night  in  His  temple," '°  etc. 


I  Rev.  vii.  9,  13,  14.  2  Rev.  iii.  21.  s  Jb.  vii.  9, 15. 

4  Rev.  xix.  12.  s  2  Heb.  ix.  29 ;  2  Tim.  iv.  8. 

8  3  Rev.  i.  6 ;  v.  10. 

7  2  Tim.  iv.  8  ;  Rev.  iv.  4.  The  "  elder  "  who  spake  to  John,  Rev.  vii. 
13, 14,  was  one  of  the  "  four  and  twenty  elders"  occupying  "  seats  round 
about  the  throne  "  of  the  King,  all  of  whom  "  had  upon  their  heads  C7-ow/j5 
of  gold,''  and  who,  as  representatives  of"  the  general  assembly  and  church 
of  the  first-born"  already  gathered  into  "  the  King's  palace,"  are  by  him 
distinguished,  as  above,  from  those  who  cvLxnQ  after. 

«  2  Tim.  ii.  5.  »  Rev.  v.  10;  xx.  4  ;  ii.  27  ;  xix.  15. 

10  lb.  vii.  15. 


270  POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

Return  we  now  to  that  point  in  the  impending  crisis 
before  us — the  invasion  of  Jerusalem  by  the  last  Anti- 
christ. This  is  his  last  act  in  that  tragical  scene  which 
has  already  passed  under  review.  It  will  form  the  culmi- 
nating jDoint  of  man's  lust  for  kingly  power  and  dominion 
in  the  earth.  It  commenced,  as  we  have  said,  with  the 
first  created  man,  whom  God  "  made  to  have  dominion 
over  the  works  of  his  hands,  and  put  all  things  under  his 
feet,"  with  one  exception,  and  that  was,  man.  The  earth- 
ly "  dominion  "  of  Adam  was  limited  to  "  all  sheep  and 
oxen^  yea,  and  the  beasts  of  the  field ;  the  foids  of  the 
air,  and  the  fish  of  the  sea,  and  lohatsoever  passeth 
through  the  depths  of  the  sea."  ^  That  was  the  utmost 
Ihnit  of  his  power.  But,  not  content  to  hold  this  domin- 
ion under  another,  he  aspired  to  be  "  as  gods,"  and  so, 
to  extend  that  "  dominion"  over  his  own  species.  Thus 
he  rejected  the  Creator  God  as  his  King.  Hence,  from 
that  time  to  the  present,  the  fiery  passion  for  human 
kingly  power,  has  rendered  nothing  more  hateful  in  the 
eyes  of  worldly  men  than  the  promise  and  prospect  of  a 
Divine  King.  But,  after  their  governmental  experiments 
of  6,000  years,  and  their  development  as  matured  under 
the  reign  of  the  last  Antichrist,  it  will  be  found  that, 
one  and  all,  having  proved  not  only  inefficient,  but  dis- 
astrous to  the  best  interests  of  man ;  He  who  has  said : 
"  I  will  overturn,  overturn,  overturn  it,  and  it  shall  be  no 
more,  until  He  come  whose  right  it  is,  and  I  will  give 
IT  Him;  "  *  just  at  the  extremity  of  "the  time  of  Jacob's 
trouble  "  by  the  Antichrist's  invasion  of  Jerusalem,  he  is 
"saved  out  of  it,"  by  the  coming  forth  of  "the  lion  of  the 
tribe  of  Judah" — the  true  Messiah— as  "the  minister 
of  the  circumcision  from  the  truth  of  God,  to  confirm\\^Q 

1  Ps,  viii.  6-8.    Gen.  i.  27,  28.  2  Ezek.  xsi.  27. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  271 

promises  made  unto  the  fathers."  Yea,  now  comes  he 
forth  "  out  of  His  place,"  the  "  highest  heavens,"  into 
which  He  passed  at  His  ascension  as  an  exiled  king  driven 
from  His  throne,  to  fulfil  that  prophecy, — "  He  that  lead- 
eth  into  captivity  shall  go  info  captivity ;  and  he  that 
killeth  with  the  sword  shall  be  killed  hy  the  sword."  *  In 
a  word.  He  comes  forth  to  assert  His  exclusive  right  to 
reign  as  "  the  Petnce  of  the  kings  of  the  earth,"  by 
the  total  overthrow  of  the  last  Antichrist  and  his  con- 
federated hosts,  and  by  the  restoration  over  the  nations, 
Jewish  and  Gentile,  of  that  original  theocracy  abjured 
by  Israel  in  the  time  of  Samuel. 

And  finally.  This  act  of  retributive  justice  in  sweeping 
away  all  earthly  dynasties  as  now  constituted,  will  be  the 
finisTiing  hloio  inflicted  upon  them  by  the  Messianic 
"  stone  cut  out  of  the  mountain  without  hands,"  as  the 
legitimate  offspring  of  the  four  Gentile  monarchies  de- 
noted by  the  symbolic  colossal  image  of  Nebuchadnezzar. 
And  so  clear  and  convincing  w^ill  be  the  evidence  that  the 
AGENCY  by  whom  their  destruction  is  effected  is  divine, 
and  not  human  merely,  that  all  "the  escaped  of  the  na- 
tions which  came  against  Jerusalem,"  both  Jewish  and 
Gentile,  will  confess,  "  Verily  there  is  a  God  that  judgeth 
in  the  earth."  In  the  retrospect  of  the  misrule  and  cruel 
tyranny  of  those  Gentile  powers  which  have  so  long  de- 
stroyed the  earth,  and  now  concentrated  into  this  last,  it 
will  then  be  said  by  all  the  world — "  You  led  the  ten 
tribes  of  Israel  as  captives  into  Assyria,  and,  after  destroy- 
ing the  first  temple,  held  Judah  captive  in  Babylon  for 
VO  years.  But  '  the  deliverer  '  has  at  last  '  come  to 
Zion,'  to  redress  them  of  their  wrongs.  Yielding  to  the 
demand  of  the  envious  but  erring  Jewish  nation  to  crucify 

»  Rev.  xiii.  10. 


272  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF  PEOPHECT. 

their  Messiah,  you  first  put  the  Sou  of  God  to  death,  and 
then  burnt  the  third  temple,  destroyed  the  Holy  City, 
Jerusalem,  and  broke  up  the  commonwealth  of  Israel ; 
and  now  Israel,  as  God's  '  battle-axe,'  breaks  you  up. 
And,  as  though  this  were  not  enough,  you  '  fill  up  the 
cup  of  your  iniquity '  by  now  again  invading  Jerusalem, 
and  subjecting  the  Jewish  nation  to  a  series  of  unprece- 
dented calamities  ;  but  now,  He  over  whose  head  at  His 
crucifixion  you  wrote  the  mock  inscri]3tion,  '  The  King 
of  the  Jews,'  is  '  alive  for  evermore,'  and  by  His  per- 
sonal presence  2indi  those  of  His  co-regal  saints,  the  Pauline 
prophecy,  2  Thess.  i.  7-9,  is  verified :  '  for,  the  Lord 
Jesus  is  now  revealed  from  heaven  with  His  mighty  an- 
gels in  flaming  fire' — not  to  raise  and  judge  the  wicked 
dead — ^but,  to  'take  vengeance  on  you  that  know  not 
God,  and  that  obey  not  the  gospel  of  the  Lord  Jesus 
Christ ; '  and  now  you,  together  with  your  head,  '  shall  go 
into  perdition,'  for  you  *  shall  be  punished  with  everlast- 
ing destruction  from  the  presence  of  the  Lord,  and  from 
the  glory  of  His  power.'  " 

From  this  moment  commences  the  world's  moral,  po- 
litical,  and  physical  renovation.  Immediately  following 
the  Lord's  fighting  against  and  destroying  these  anti- 
christian  nations,  the  design  of  "  the  Deliverer  in  coming 
to  Zion,"  is,  to  "  turn  away  imgodlitiess  from  Jacoh^'^ 
that  "  so  all  Israel  may  be  saved."  ^  To  this  end,  "  stand- 
ing with  His  feet  upon  the  Mount  of  Olives  which  is  be- 
fore Jerusalem  on  the  east,"  "  He  will  pour  upon  the 
house  of  David,  and  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem, 
the  spirit  of  grace  and  of  supplication ;  and  they  shall 
look  upon  Him  whom  they  pierced,  and  mourn^''  ^  etc. 
Thus  "  a  nation,"  (the  Jewish)  "  shall  be  born  at  once  ;  "  ^ 

'  Rom.  xi.  26.  3  Zech.xii.  0,  10.  ^  jga.  Ixvi.  8-10. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF    PEOPHECY.  273 

and  tins,  after  the  manner  of  St.  Paul's  conversion,  who, 
as  a  Jew  of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin,  was  as  one  *'  horn  out 
of  due  time^''  was  effected  only  by  the  ^erso/za^  manifesta- 
tion of  Christ  to  him/  And  now,  the  work  of  the  world's 
moral  regeneration  having  been  thus  hegun^  hke  the  course 
of  a  resistless  torrent,  it  shall  spread  far  and  wide,  until 
the  Gentile  nations  of  Christendom  and  of  Heathendom, 
taking  within  its  circuitous  course  the  restoration  to 
Canaan  of  the  lost  ten  tribes  of  Israel,  v\nll  speedily  sub- 
due ALL  NATIONS  to  the  obcdicnce  of  Christ.  It  must 
suffice  on  the  subject,  that  we  request  the  reader  to  turn 
to  and  carefully  read  Isaiah,  chapters  Ix.,  Ixi.,  Ixii.,  and 
chap.  Ixvi.  7-21. 

Then',  as  to  the  Political  renovation  of  the  world. 
As  we  have  seen,  all  human  governments,  even  the  best, 
have  been  the  sources  of  tyrannical  misrule,  of  bloody 
revolutions,  and  of  moral  degradation.  The  elevation  of 
the  rich  and  powerful,  and  oppression  of  the  poor  and 
helpless,  have  been  the  ruling  characteristics  of  them  all. 
But,  under  the  government  of  the  King  of  Kings  and 
His  co-reigning  Saints,  the  laws  and  constitution  of  His 
Empire  will  7'everse  this  order  of  things.  "  To  help  the 
fatherless  and  the  poor  to  their  right,  that  the  men  of  the 
earth  be  no  more  exalted  against  them."  "  He  shall 
keep  the  simple  folk  by  their  right ;  defend  the  children 
of  the  poor,  and  punish  the  wrong-doer."  "  He  shall 
deliver  the  poor  when  he  crieth  ;  the  needy  also,  and  him 
that  hath  no  helper."  "  He  shall  be  favorable  to  the 
simple  and  needy ;  and  shall  i)reserve  the  souls  of  the 
poor."  "With  righteousness  shall  he  judge  the  poor, 
and  reprove  with  equity  for  the  meek  of  the  earth.  .  .  And 
righteousness  shall  be  the  girdle  of  His  loins,  and  faithful- 

1 1  Cor.  XV,  o-o ;  Acts  ix.  5-6. 
12* 


274  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PKOPHECY. 

ness  the  girdle  of  his  reins."  Such  shall  be  the  principles 
which  shall  pervade  the  newly  inaugurated  political 
ECONOMY  of  the  Millennial  earth,  under  and  during  the 
reign  of  the  only  pee-oedained  "Monarch  of  the 
World."  Then,  "The  Lord  shall  be  King  over  all  the 
earth  :  in  that  day  shall  there  be  one  Lord,  and  his  name 
ONE."  Then,  "He  shall  judge  among  the  nations,  and 
shall  rebuke  many  people ;  and  they  shall  beat  their 
swords  into  ploughshares,  and  their  spears  into  pruning 
hooks  :  nation  shall  not  lift  up  sword  against  nation, 
neither  shall  they  learn  war  any  more."  And  then,  too, 
"  Many  people  shall  go  and  say,  come  ye,  and  let  us  go  up 
to  the  mountain  of  the  Lord  ;  to  the  house  of  the  God  of 
Jacob  :  for  He  will  teach  us  of  His  icays,  and  ice  shall 
vmlk  in  His  paths:  for  out  of  Zion  shall  go  forth  the 

LAW,  AND  the  WORD  OF  THE  LORD  FROM  JERUSALEM." 

And  finally.  "  It  shall  come  to  pass  that  ever]/  one  that 
is  left  of  the  nations  which  came  against  Jerusalem,  shall 
go  up  from  year  to  year  to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord 
of  hosts,  and  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles?''  Not  that 
all  shall  go  up  together,  but  at  different  times,  so  that 
within  each  year  all  shall  go  up.  And  those  nations 
which  will  not  go  up,  the  terrible  judgments  of  "  no 
rain,"  and  the  infliction  of  "  plagues  "  shall  be  visited  upon 
them.^ 

Our  space  will  only  allow  of  reference  to  one  addi- 
tional point  in  this  connection.  The  question  is.  Will  the 
SEAT  or  throne  of  Christ'' s  Universal  Empire  he  located  on 
earth  during  the  Millennial  Era  ?  We  unhesitatingly  an- 
swer, that  it  will  not.  However  Judah  and  Israel  might 
otherwise  have  constituted  "the  Bride  of  the  Lamb," 
yet,  by  long  continued  rebellion  against  their   covenant 

I  Zecli.  xiv.  16-19. 


POIJTICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY.  275 

God,  and  which  was  finally  headed  up  by  their  rejection 
and  crucifixion  of  "  the  Lord  of  fife  and  glory,"  as  the 
King-father's  Son,  they  forfeited  that  right,  and  was  con- 
sequently divorced  from  their  position  as  such.  Hence, 
"  the  Kingdom  of  God  was  taken  from  them,  and  given  to 
a  nation  bringing  forth  the  fruits  thereof"  *  Hence, 
the  *'  taking  out  of  (or  from  among)  the  GeniileSj 
a  people  for  his  name,"  ^  who  were  to  constitute  that 
"  Bkide."  With  the  above  facts  kept  in  view,  therefore, 
let  us  remember  that  the  promises  of  "  the  kingdom  "  be- 
long neither  to  the  restored  Jews,  nor  to  the  Millennial 
Saints ;  for  they  will  be  the  Subjects  of  that  kingdom. 
What  the  world  has  always  wanted  has  been  a  perfect 
government — ^perfect  in  wisdom  and  perfect  in  strength. 
And,  inasmuch  as,  since  the  abjuration  of  the  Theoc- 
racy of  Israel, — which  was  founded  upon  the  basis  of  an 
ABSOLUTE  MONARCHY, — no  sucli  a  government  has  obtained 
among  the  nations,  that  theocracy  must  be  restored. 
And  wheti  restored,  its  seat  or  throne  of  Empire  will  be 
located,  not  on  earth,  but  in  heaven.  True,  the  Great 
King,  as  formerly  under  the  Theocracy  of  Israel,  will 
doubtless  appoint  such  officials  as  the  exigencies  of  the 
restored  Jewish  commonwealth  shall  require.  And  others 
of  the  Millennial  Gentile  nations  gathered  in  with  the  Jews, 
may  have  tlieir  parliaments,  etc.  But,  one  and  all,  will 
be  subordinate  to  the  government  of  heaven.  The 
sources,  both  of  law  and  of  power,  will  be  no  longer  on 
earth,  but  altogether  in  the  heavenly  "Palace  of  the 
King."  To  this  end,  all  the  "  joint-heirs  with  Christ,"  who 
have  no  promises  of  mere  earthly  inheritance,  will  have 
been  raised  and  translated  at  t\\Q  first  manifestation  of  the 
Lord's  second  coming,  to  meet  Him,  not  on  the  earth, 

»  Matt.  xxi.  43.  2  Acts  xv.  14. 


276  POLITICAL   ECONOMY   OF   PKOPHECT. 

but  "  IN  THE  AIR,"  and  there  "  ever  to  be  with  HimP  Nor 
as  co-partners  mith  the  Lord,  will  they  be  shut  in  within 
a  single  planet ;  but,  being  endowed  with  the  faculties  of 
locomotion.,  like  unto  the  resurrected  and  glorified  body  of 
their  King, — for  their  vile  "  bodies  shall  be  changed  and 
fashioned  like  imto  His  own  glorious  body"^ — they  will 
traverse  the  universe  of  "  principalities  and  powers  in  the 
heavenly  places."  Nor  will  they  pass  by  our  own  planet, 
between  the  inhabitants  of  whom  and  themselves,  with 
their  King,  an  intercourse  will  be  kept  up,  of  which,  the 
ladder  of  Jacob's  vision,  reaching  from  earth  to  heaven, 
with  the  angels  of  God  descending  and  ascending  upon 
it,  while  the  Lord  stood  at  the  top  of  it,^  was  a  significant 
type.  And,  being  aided  by  the  indwelling  of  the  Divini- 
ty, all  their  thoughts,  all  their  achievments,  and  the  dura- 
tion and  splendor  of  their  reign,  will  move  on  co-ordinate 
with  that  of  their  Lord,  throughout  eternal  ages. 

Say,  then,  reader,  is  there  anything  in  this  prophetico- 
Scriptural  view  of  the  near  future  reign  of  Christ  and  His 
redeemed  Saints  over  the  saved  nations  in  the  flesh,  on 
earth,  during  the  Millennium,  to  indicate  that  it  is  carnal, 
gross,  and  sensual?  Ah!  those  who  now  affirm  that  we 
thus  teach,  will  think  difierently,  when  the  "  great  voices 
in  HEAVEN,"  which  shall  accompany  the  loud  blast  of 
"the  seventh  angelic  trumpet"  shall  proclaim  to  the 
nations, 

"The  Kingdoms  of  this  world  are  become  the 
Kingdoms  of  our  Lord,  and  of  His  Christ,  and  He 

SHALL  reign  FOREVER  AND  EVER."  ^ 

We  repeat,  therefore,  once  more.  The  throne  of 
Christ's  emiDire  will  be  in  heaven.  The  "  kings  "  who 
"  possess  the  kingdom,  and  dominion,  and  greatness  of  the 

1  Philip,  iii,  21,  '  Gen.  xxviii,  12-17.  ^  Rev.  si.  15. 


POLITICAL   ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY.  277 

kingdom  under  the  whole  heaven,"  are  in  heaven  ;  but 
the  SUBJECTS  of  that  kingdom,  Jewish  and  Gentile,  are 
upon  EARTH.  ISTor  can  it  be  a  spiritual  reign  of  Christ  on 
earth.  The  idea^  that  the  state  of  the  redeemed  in  heaven 
will  consist  of  their  being  seated  on  clouds,  in  some  re- 
mote corner  of  infinite  space,  singing  psalms  and  hymns, 
throughout  eternal  ages,  can,  to  say  the  least,  find  no 
support  in  the  Word  of  God.  The  same  holds  true  of 
Christ's  reign  over  the  earth.  The  reign  of  grace  hy  the 
Spirit  in  the  hearts  of  men,  while  Christ  is  personally 
ahsent  from  the  Church,  during  this  dispensation,  w^ill 
continue  to  hold  its  seat  in  the  hearts  of  men  during  the 
MiUennial  era.  But,  to  this  latter  state,  w411  be  super- 
added the  personal  return  of  Christ  to  his  long  bereaved 
Church,  according  to  His  promise :  "  I  will  come 
AGAIN,"  ^  when  hotli  will  be  conjoined,  as  explained  above, 
never  again  to  be  separated.  Then  will  the  united  voice 
of  the  Church  on  earth  exclaim :  "  Lo !  this  is  our 
God;  y^^  haye  waited  for  Him,  and  He  will  save 
us :  This  is  the  Lord  ;  we  have  waited  foe  Him  : 
"We  will  be  glad  and  rejoice  ln  His  salvation."^ 
Yes,  then  will  be  verified  the  prophetic  announcement, 
that  "the  moon  shall  be  confounded,  and  the  sun 
ashamed,    when    the   Lord    shall   eeign    in    Mount 

ZiON,    AND     IN    JeEUSALEM,    AND    BEFOEE     HiS    AnCIENTS 

gloriously."  ^ 

And  now,  to  close.  A  few  words  on  the  subject  of  the 
physical  renovation  of  the  Millennial  Earth  must  suffice. 
Wo  need  not  doubt,  that  the  benefits  conferred  by  the 
newly  inaugurated  government  of  heaven,  w^ill  soon  recon- 
cile the  world  at  large  to  the  once  unwelcome  change. 
High    above    Jerusalem   will    be   seen    the  Heavenly 

» John  xiv.  1-5.  '  Isa.  xxv.  9.  »  Isa*  xxiv.  23. 


278    '  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PROPHECY. 

"Palace  of  the  King,"  glowing  with  celestial  light, 
and  immortalizing  heat.  The  light  will  be  uncreated 
light,  by  means  of  which,  in  connection  with  such  other 
physical  agencies  as  God  may  please  to  employ,  the 
climates  of  the  earth  will  be  gradually  changed,  rendering 
the  atmosphere  salubrious,  and  the  earth  fruitful,  and  in- 
vesting both  with  all  the  healthful  and  delightful  char- 
acteristics of  the  pristine  Eden.  Then,  too,  the  human 
body  will  feel  the  change,  cheering  the  heart,  as  well  as 
gratifying  the  eyes  and  all  the  other  senses,  thus  impart- 
ing new  life  and  vigor  to  man's  physical  powers,  and  re- 
storing to  him  that  longevity  peculiar  to  the  patriarchal 
age.  "  There  shall  be  no  more  thence  an  infant  of  days, 
nor  an  old  man  that  hath  not  filled  his  days.  ^'  *  * 
For  as  the  days  of  a  tree  are  the  days  of  my  people  :  and 
mine  elect  shall  lojig  enjoy  the  work  of  their  hands."  ^ 
Along  with  these  blessings,  will  be  an  augmentation  of 
man's  intellectual  powers,  qualifying  him  for  mental  im- 
jorovement,  the  acquisition  of  knowledge,  and  the  exten- 
sion of  his  resources  for  usefulness,  before  unknown.  Yea, 
"  he  shall  walk  in  the  light  of  God's  countenance ;  in  His 
name  shall  he  rejoice  all  the  day,  and  in  His  righteous- 
ness shall  he  be  exalted."  And  the  earth,  and  man,  and 
even  the  animal  creation,  being  recovered  from  the  curse 
of  the  fall,  "  In  that  day,  shall  there  be  upon  the  bells  of 
the  horses,  holiness  unto  the  Loed."  ■ 

For  a  more  enlarged  view  of  the  physical  state  of  the 
Millennial  "  New  Earth  and  Heavens,"  as  contrasted  with 
the  /)c>5^Millennial  "New  Earth  and  heavens,"  as  pre- 
dicted by  St.  Peter  and  in  the  Apocalypse,  together  with 
the  other  characteristics  of  that  state  under  the  benign 
rule  of  "the.  peaceable  Kingdom  of  the  Branch" — 

I  Isa.  Ixv.  20,  22.  a  Isa.  Ixvl  20. 


POLITICAL    ECONOMY   OF   PROPHECY.  279 

tlie  Lord  Jesus  Christ — we  must  refer  the  reader  to  our 
recently  published  work  on  "  the  Second  Coming  of 
Christ." 

And,  may  every  professing  disciple  of  the  Saviour,  in 
these  last  days,  find  it  in  his  heart  to  exclaim :   "  Come, 

LOED    J.ESUS,  COME  QUICKLY  !  " 

With  the  present  and  impending  events  of  these  last 
times  in  view,  we  close,  with  the  following  words  of  Jesus, 
to  every  true  believer  :  "  When  these  things  begin  to 

COME  to  pass,  then  LOOK  UP,  AND  LIFT  UP  YOUR  HEADS, 
FOE    YOUR    REDEMPTION  DRAWETH    NIGH."    (Lukc  Xxi.  28.) 

Yea,  verily — 

^  "  The  world  appears 

To  toll  the  death-bell  of  its  owti  decease— 
*  *         *  *        The  old 

And  crazy  earth  has  had  her  shaking  fits 
More  frequent,  and  forgone  her  usual  rest ; 
And  nature  seems  with  dim  and  sickly  eye 
To  wait  the  close  of  all. 


Six  thousand  years  of  sorrow  have  well  nigh 
Fulfilled  their  tardy  and  disastrous  course 
Over  a  sinful  world  ;  and  what  remains 
Of  this  tempestuous  state  of  human  things, 
Is  merely  as  the  rocking  of  a  sea 
Before  a  calm  that  rocks  itself  to  rest. 
****** 
Behold  the  measure  of  the  promise  filled  ; 
See  Salem  built,  the  labor  of  a  God  ! 
Bright  as  a  suu  the  Sacred  City  shines : 
All  kingdoms  and  all  princes  of  the  earth 
Flock  to  that  light :  the  glory  of  all  lands 
Flows  mto  her ;  unbounded  is  her  joy, 
And  endless  her  increase. 


280  POLITICAL    ECONOMY    OF   PEOPHECY. 

Come,  then,  and  added  to  Thy  many  crowns, 
Receive  yet  one,  the  crown  of  all  the  earth. 
For  Thou  alone  art  worthy. 


Thy  saints  proclaim  Thee  King ;  and  Thy  delay 
Gives  courage  to  their  foes,  who,  could  they  see 
The  dawn  of  Thy  last  advent,  long  desired, 
Would  flee  for  safety  to  the  falling  rocks." 

COWPER. 


IfTOTES 


N.  B. — The  reader  will  please  turn  to  the  pages  in  the  bodj 
of  the  work  for  the  subjects  to  which  these  Notes  refer. 

Note  I,  page  26.  (Introduction).  Of  our  Lord's  prophecy 
respecting  the  time  of  His  second  coming,  etc. : — "  Of  that  day 
and  that  hour  no  man  maketh  known,  no,  not  the  angels  in 
heaven^  neither  the  Son,  Int  the  Father  onlijP  (Matt.  xxiv.  36  ; 
Mark  xiii.  32.) 

This  passage,  in  the  popular  theological  nomenclature  of  the 
day,  is  triumphantly  quoted  as  decisive  against  any  attempt  to 
determine  whether  the  second  peesonal  coming  of  Christ  is 
pre  or  loost-millQumsX.  Quoting  the  passage  as  it  reads  in  our 
English  version  :  "  Of  that  day  and  hour  Icnoweth  no  man^''  etc., 
all  attempts  to  settle  the  question  as  to  the  time  of  that  event, 
as  near  or  remote,  is  denounced  as  fanatical.  Hence  the  prev- 
alent indifference  to,  and  prejudice  against,  all  clironologico- 
projyhetical  expositions  of  the  subject.  But  we  deferentially 
submit, — 

First.  Even  admitting  that  neither  man,  nor  angels,  nor 
Christ  Himself  knoweth  anything  of  this  matter,  it  is  undeniable 
that  there  is  one  who  knoweth — even  "  the  Eathee,"  "  who  hath 
put  the  times  and  seasons  in  His  own  poicery  (Acts  1.  7).  Ac- 
cordingly, if  He  please,  and  ichen  and  as  He  pleases.  He  can 
make  them  known.  That  He  has  done  so,  we  maintain  is  fully 
and  clearly  revealed  in  His  word.  But  what  now  concerns 
us  is,     . 

Second.  The  correctness  of  the  rendering  of  the  above  pas- 
sage in  our  English  version  of  the  phrase,  '•'•hioweth  no  man,"' 
etc.     And  here  we  must  premise,  by  the  way,  that  while  in  the 


282  NOTES. 

corresponding  prophecy  of  our  Lord,  as  given  by  Luke,  chap, 
xxi.,  that  Evangelist  omits  this  passage  altogether,  Mark  only 
uses  the  phrase,  "  neither  the  Son,^''  etc.  (chap.  xiii.  32).  That 
the  above  passage  in  Mark,  however,  is  not  an  interpolation  in- 
troduced into  the  text  after  the  Apostolic  age,  as  some  allege, 
is  evident  from  the  fact,  that  Matthew  uses  the  expression, 
"  but  my  Father  ojily,^^  which  is  equivalent  to  the  expression, 
"  neither  the  Son,"  for  the  word  "  only,"  by  implication,  includes 
the  Son.  "We  now  pass  to  the  phrase,  "  hnoiceth  no  man^  no,  not 
the  angels  in  heaven,  neither  the  Son^''"'  etc. 

We  shall  here  adopt  in  place  of  this  rendering,  the  transla- 
tion of  Macknight :  "  But  of  that  day  and  that  hour  no  man 
maketh  Tcnown ;  not  even  the  angels  who  are  in  heaven,  neither 
the  Son,  but  the  Father."  ISTow,  this  rendering  has  at  least  the 
merit  of  consistency,  when  compared  with  King  James's  transla- 
tion, as  it  regards  the  possession,  by  Christ,  of  the  attribute  of 
omniscience ;  for  while  this  latter  rendering  contradicts  the  ex- 
press declaration  of  St,  Peter  concerning  Christ:  "Lokd,  Thou 
Tcnowest  all  things  "  (John  xxi.  17),  the  former  fully  recognizes 
it  as  He  in  whom  "  dwelleth  all  the  fulness  of  the  Godhead 
bodily  "  (Col.  ii.  9).  It  is  not,  it  cannot^  therefore,  be  true,  that 
Christ  does  not  Icnow  the  day  or  hour  of  His  second  coming.  In 
proof  of  the  correctness  of  Macknight' s  translation  as  above,  all 
expositors  unite  in  rendering  the  corresponding  word  in  Num. 
xvi.  5,  not  "  To-morrow  the  Lord  wiU  Icnow  who  are  His,"  etc., 
but,  "  The  Lord  will  show^  or  the  Lord  will  mahe  known,''^  etc. 
And  so,  where  the  Apostle  Paul  uses  the  same  word  (2  Cor.  ii. 
2),  Macknight  renders  the  passage,  "  I  determined  to  make  Mown 
nothing  among  you,  save  Jesus  Christ,  and  Him  crucified."  The 
above,  therefore,  we  must  insist  is  more  than  sufficient  to  justify 
the  rendering  of  the  phrase  in  Mark — "  7io  man  maketh  Tcnowny 
Nor  this  only.  For  it  follows,  that  although  Christ  does  not  re- 
veal "  the  day  or  the  hour  "  of  His  second  coming,  the  "  Fathee  " 
does  make  it  known.  Hence,  though  our  Lord  said  to  His  dis- 
ciples, "It  is  not  for  you  {i.  e.^  then,  or  at  that  particular  time) 
to  know  the  times  or  the  seasons  which  the  Father  hath  put  in 
His  own  power,"  yet  He  predicted  of  them,  "  ye  shall  receive 
power,"  i.  (S.,  to  understand  these  things,  "  after  that  the  Holy 


N0TE3.  283 

Ghost  is  come  upon  you,"  etc.  (Acts  i.  8).  Accordingly,  St.  Paul, 
in  his  Epistle  to  the  Thessalonians,  says,  1  Thess.  v.  4:  "Ye, 
brethren,  are  not  in  darliicss,  that  that  day  should  overtake  yoit 
as  a  thief;"  while  of  the  ungodly  "men  who  shall  say,  peace 
and  safety ;  then  sudden  destruction  shall  come  upon  them,  as 
travail  upon  a  woman  with  child,  and  they  shall  not  escape  " 
(v.  5).  This  corresponds  exactly  with  Daniel's  prophecy,  chap, 
xii.  9  :  "  But  the  wicked  shall  do  wickedly  ;  and  tJie  wiclced  shall 
not  understand  ;  but  the  wise  shall  understand."  St.  Peter  also, 
when  speaking  of  that  salvation  which  is  come  unto  us,  says  of 
the  Old  Testament  prophets,  that  they  "inquired  and  searched 
diligently  as  to  what  ii.  <?.,  of  the  events  predicted),  and  what 
manner  of  time  the  Spirit  of  Christ  which  was  in  them  did  sig- 
nify, when  it  testified  beforehand  the  sufferings  of  Christ,  and 
the  glory  that  should  follow  "  (1  Pet.  i.  9-11).  And  the  same 
Apostle  assures  us,  that  "we  have  a  more  sure  word  of  pro- 
phecy,"— which  prophecy  relates,  according  to  the  preceding 
passage,  not  only  to  events^  but  to  "  times  and  seasons,^' — "  to 
Avhich  ice  all  do  well  that  we  take  Jieed^  as  unto  a  light  which 
shineth  in  a  dark  place,  until  the  day  dawn,  and  the  day-stae 
arise  in  our  hearts."  May  God  of  His  infinite  mercy  incline  all 
our  hearts  so  to  do  for  Christ's  sake. 

Note  II,  page  166.  "  That  no  man  may  huy  or  sell,  save  he 
that  hath  the  marh,  or  name  of  the  Beast,  or  number  of  his  name^ 
(Pvev.  xiii.  17). 

This  passage  refers  to  the  last  great  Antichristian  Confed- 
eracy, or  Uxiveesal  Latin  Empiee,  which,  after  A.  D.  1868, 
will  embrace  "  all,  both  small  and  great,  rich  and  poor,  free  and 
bond,"  who  swear  allegiance  to  the  last  Antichrist,  hj  receiving 
his  "mark,"  etc.  "in  their  right  hands,  or  in  their  foreheads." 
Those,  therefore,  throughout  Christendom  who  refuse  to  dedi- 
cate themselves  to  him  by  receiving  said  "mark,"  etc.,  shall  bo 
permitted  neither  to  '"'•iuy  or  seliy 

Xow  this  prophecy  has  a  most  fearfully  portentous  import,  in 
regard  to  all  those  nationalities  throughout  nominal  Christen- 
dom, who  shall  be  exposed  to  the  fiery  ordeal  of  that  "  hour  of 
temjjtation.  which  shall  come  upon  all  the  world,  to  tey  those 


284  NOTES. 

that  dwell  upon  the.  earth  "  (Rev.  iii.  10).  It  will  be  on  this 
wise.  Of  the  last  Antichrist,  or  that  "  «^/e^Jers<?7^,"  spoken  of 
by  Daniel,  chap.  xi.  21,  it  is  predicted  that  "  he  shall  have  potoer 
over  the  treasures  of  gold  and  silver,  and  over  all  the  precious 
things  of  Egypt^^''  etc.  (ver.  43).  That  is,  he  shall  have  unlimited 
control  over  all  the  monetary  interests  and  operations  of  the 
nations  throughout  the  world.  And,  clothed  with  this  "  power," 
he  will  use  it  as  a  test  of  obedience  to  his  mandate  to  receive 
"  his  mark,  or  name,  or  number  of  his  name  in  their  right  hands, 
or  in  their  foreheads ;  "  in  other  words,  to  swear  allegiance  to 
him.  "  Those  who  refuse  shall  be  permitted  neither  to  l)uy  or 
sell:' 

It  hence  results,  that  the  turning-point  of  this  "  hour  of 
temptation  that  is  to  come  upon  all  the  world,  to  try  them  that 
dwell  upon  the  earth,"  will  involve  either  a  final  and  total  apos- 
tasy from  THE  true  Christ,  or  an  adherence  to  Him,  in  the  midst 
of  this  fiery  ordeal.  In  the  case  of  the  former,  they  "  shall  be 
punished  with  everlasting  destruction  from  the  presence  of  the 
Lord  and  the  glory  of  His  power  "  (2  Thess.  ii.  8,  9),  In  that 
of  the  latter,  "they  shall  be  saved,  yet  so  as  ly  fire.''''  (1  Cor. 
iii.  14,  15). 

And  mark,  reader.  The  nature  of  the  test  of  apostasy  from, 
or  of  fidelity  to,  the  true  Christ,  will  be  that  of  "  gold  and  silver^ 
Job  says,  chap.  xxxi.  24,  28:  "  If  I  rejoice  because  my  v.^ealth 
was  great,  and  mine  hand  hath  gotten  me  much ;  .  .  .  this 
were  an  iniquity  to  be  punished  by  the  Judge :  for  I  should 
have  denied  the  God  that  is  above."  To  do  so,  involves  that  sin 
of  ^'' covetousness,  which  is  idolatry''''  in  the  sight  of  God.  All 
those,  therefore,  "  who  profess  and  call  themselves  Christians," 
who  have  "  7Jiade  haste  to  be  rich  "  (Prov.  xxviii.  20),  and  who, 
having  obtained  them,  "  trust  in  the  uncertain  riches  "  instead 
of  "the  living  God  "  (1  Tim.  vi.  17)  ;  when  this  "  hour  of  temp- 
tation "  shall  have  come  upon  them,  will  find  that  their  salvation 
or  perdition  will  hang  "trembling  in  the  scale."  To  cling 
to  them  then,  will  involve  their  perdition.  To  relinquish 
them  then,  .  .  .  alas,  who  among  such  will  do  it  ?  '■''The 
love  of  money,''''  having  in  life  entwined  its  insidious  grasp  upon 
their  hearts,  can  then  be  sundered  only  by  that  "  fire  which  is 


NOTES.  285 

to  try  every  man's  worlc^  of  what  sort  it  is."  And  who  will 
affirm  that  the  sin  of  avarice^  or  "  covetousness,''''  is  not  predomi- 
nant in  most  of  those  who  are  icithiii,  as  well  as  those  who  are 
outside  of^  the  pale  of  the  visible  Church  of  this  day  ?  And  ob- 
serve. This  ^'judgmenV^  of  the  Most  High  at  the  hand  of  him 
who  will  THEN  "  have  power  over  the  treasures  of  silver  and 
gold,"  ^'-must  hegin  at  the  house  of  Godf^  Alas,  ^^  wJio  shall 
live,  when  God  doth  this?  "  Only  those,  we  reply,  who  ^^ shall 
le  saved  as  by  fire."  Better,  O,  infinitely  better  for  all  such, 
that  they  now  "  kiss  the  Son,  lest  He  be  angry,  and  they  perish  in 
the  way,  when  His  wrath  is  kindled  but  a  little.''''  Let  them  now 
"  come  out  from  the  world,  and  touch  not,  taste  not,  nor  handle 
the  unclean  thing,"  by  a  sincere  and  hearty  dedication  of 
themselves  and  their  worldly  substance  to  Him  "  whose  is  the 
silver  and  the  gold,"  that  they  may  "lay  hold  on  eternal  life," 
and  be  prepared  to  "  meet,"  "  stand  before,"  and  "  not  be  ashamed 
of  Christ  AT  His  coming." 

Note  HI,  page  206.  "  The  Jews,  when  restored  in  their  uncon- 
verted state,  icill  hail  the  Eighth  Head  (Louis  IsTapoleon  HI.),  as 
theie  Messiah,"  etc. 

To  this  it  is  objected  that  it  cannot  be,  for  the  reason  that 
this  false  Messiah  must  be  of  Jewish  descent,  which  is  affirmed 
not  to  be  true  of  the  present  Emperor  of  the  French.  To  this 
we  reply,  first,  that  even  admitting  this  to  be  so,  yet,  keeping  in 
view  tbe  singular  characteristics  of  this  wonderful  man,  it  is  not 
impossible  but  that  he  may  ^^re^encZ  to  be  of  Jewish  genealogy, 
and  as  the  prophecies  concerning  the  last  Antichrist  do  not  men- 
tion the  j^recise  trihe  out  of  which  he,  as  tlie  false  Messiah,  is  to 
arise,  the  Jews  may  not  be  able  to  confute  the  imposture;  and 
thus,  by  tampering  with  that  genealogy,  he  may  succeed  in  that 
way  to  palm  himself  upon  them  as  their  Messiah.  A  very 
little  evidence  will  turn  the  scale  with  the  then  infatuated /^zzjM 
nation,  provided  the  claimant  has  power  enotigh  to  advance  their 
worldly  interests.  But  we  observe,  in  the  second  place,  that  as 
"  the  great  Antichristian  Monarch  who  is  to  bring  back  the  Jews, 
is,  evidently,  the  person  who  will  be  set  up  as  the  Jewish  Mes- 
siah, in  opposition  to  the  Son  of  David,  we  have  only  to  bear 


286  NOTES. 

in  mind  the  fact,  that,  as  we  have  seen,  the  name  of  the  present 
Emperor  of  the  French  contains  the  numerals  which,  when 
counted  as  figures,  gives  the  mystical  number  of  666  (Rev.  xiii. 
18),  not  only  in  Latin  and  Greek^  but  in  Hebrew  also.  Hence, 
v/e  submit,  that  this  circumstance  will  go  far  to  confirm  any  claim 
on  his  part  to  be  of  JeicisTi  origin.  Besides,  he  has  this  additional 
resemblance  to  the  character  of  the  last  Antichrist^his  features 
are  JeicisJi,  exactly  those  of  a  Jew  ;  and,  as  so  many  distinguished 
public  men  who  have  professed  to  be  Gentiles,  while  they  have 
turned  out  to  be  of  Israelitish  origin, — such  as  Massena,  Su- 
chet,  and  otliers — so  it  may  be  with  Napoleon  III.  His  family 
jnaij  be  traced  up  to  a  Jewish  ancestor,  which  his  features 
render  more  than  probable.  It  is  only,  however,  "  a  little 
wMW''  that  we  are  to  await  the  solution  of  this  interesting 
problem. 

JSToTE  IV,  page  218.  "  And  he  (i.  e.,  the  last  Antichrist)  shall 
plant  the  tahernacU  of  his  palaces  between  the  seas,  in  the  glorious 
holy  mountain,''^  etc.  (Dan.  xi.  45). 

That  Louis  Kapoleon  HI.  has  already  virtually  accomplished 
this  part  of  his  destined  mission,  will  appear  from  the  following : 
"In  the  English  Morning  Chronicle  of  Nov.  2d,  1855,  wa  scon- 
tained  the  first  or  only  announcement  of  what  may  be  the  most 
momentous  occurence  of  the  age,  namely: 

"  On  Sunday,  Sep.  30,  1855,  the  French  flag  was  hoisted  at 
Jerusalem.  The  French  Emperor  was  made  the  Patron  of  the 
Holy  Places — and  ^:>r(2?/ers  were  ofiFered  up  for  him  by  all  the 
clergy — as  if  Jerusalem  was  a  part  of  his  own  Empire.  This 
seizure  of  the  Holy  Places,  which,  in  fact,  is  a  seizure  of 
Jerusalem  itself,  is  among  the  greatest  of  the  great  events 
which  have  occurred  within  the  nineteenth  century.  The 
rest  of  his  acts  are  great  only  politically.  This  event  is 
great  Scripturally .  It  points  to  the  *  beginning  of  the  end.'  " 
We  repeat  that  it  is  a  mrtual  occupation  of  the  Holy  City, 
and  an  actual  assertion  of  French  supremacy  over  the  Holy 
Land.  Let  it  also  be  remembered,  that  wherever  Napoleon 
HI.  has  planted  his  foot,  it  has  never  yet  in  any  instance  been  dis- 
lodged.    And  the  seizure  of  the  Holy  City,  Jerusalem,  as  above, 


N0TE8.  287 

he  will  hold  as  the  gate,  for  the  advancement  of  his  ambitious 
projects  in  the  East. 

Inote  V,  page  213.  This  mighty  confederacy  of  the  anti- 
christian  nations  .  .  .  will  also  embrace  as  its  allies,  those 
nations  enumerated  in  Ezek.  xxxviii.  1-7;  "  Gog,  of  the  land  of 
Magog,  the  Prince  of  Bosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal;  and  Persia, 
Ethiopia  or  Gush,  Libya  or  Phut,  Gomer,  and  Togarmah,''''  etc. 

The  word  "  chief''  in  the  English  version  of  the  2d  verso 
of  the  above  passage,  in  the  Hebrew  is  "  Eosh,"  and  is  the  name 
of  a  'place;  so  that  the  passage  should  read — "The  Prince  of 
Rosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal."  Now,  Eosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal, 
very  much  resemble  in  sound  Eussia,  Moscow,  and  Tobolsk :  the 
last-named  place  being  the  capital  of  Asiatic  Eussia.  .  .  . 
We  find  similar  changes  in  many  other  names  transferred  from 
the  Hebrew  language  :  as  Tarshish  for  Tartassus,  or  Tarsus ;  and 
again,  the  original  Hebrew  word,  "Javan,"  is  in  the  Greek 
"Ionia."  And  so,  Magog,  from  whose  country  "Gog"  is  to 
spring,  is  also  the  ancestor  of  the  Northern  or  Scythian  nations, 
now  subject  to  the  crown  of  Eussia.  Gog  is  used  in  Ezekiel  as 
the  name  of  an  individual;  and  Eosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal,  as 
names  of  nations.  Eosh  indicates  a  nation  descended  from  one 
of  the  principal  great-grandchildren  of  Noah  (not  mentioned  in 
Gen.  X.)  ;  but  Magog,  Meshech,  and  Tubal,  are  the  grandchil- 
dren of  Noah,  being  all  of  them  the  sons  of  Japheth.  (See  Gen. 
X.)  In  the  Ethnographic  map  of  the  world,  Meshech  and  Tubal 
are  placed /rtr  u^y  north  of  the  present  Empire  of  Eussia — Tubal 
on  the  shores  of  the  Baltic  Sea,  and  Meshech  farther  east,  on  the 
confines  of  Europe  and  Asia.  Magog,  at  the  same  time,  is  placed 
in  a  more  southern  and  central  position,  and  occupies  the  dis- 
trict anciently  called  Scythia,  and  now  Tartary  ;  and  embraces 
that  portion  of  it  now  subject  to  Eussia,  and  from  whence  are 
drawn  so  many  of  those  stubborn  troops  which  the  English  for- 
merly said  that  they  could  mow  down  at  a  shilling  an  acre ! 
The  race  of  Gomer  inhabited  the  Northwest,  from  Muscovy  to 
Britain  ;  while  the  races  of  Magog,  Meshech,  and  Tubal  occupied 
the  N'ortheast,  from  Germany  to  the  Yellow  Sea.  Gomer,  there- 
fore, must  contribute   very   largely  to  swell  the   antichristiun 


288  NOTES. 

forces  of  the  last  Antichrist,  the  nations  of  Europe  being  many 
of  them  Gomeric.  And,  as  this  antichristian  confederacy  are  to 
be  destroyed  at  the  time  of  the  invasion  of  Jerusalem,  described 
in  Zech.  xiv.  1-5  ;  and  those  of  them  who  "  escajje  of  the  nations 
who  went  up  against  Jerusalem,  are  to  go  up  from  year  to  year 
to  worship  the  King,  the  Lord  of  Hosts,  and  to  keep  the  Feast  of 
Tabernacles  "  (ver.  13),  we  see  not  how  there  can  be,  as  some 
pretend,  a  second  invasion,  etc.,  of  the  Holy  City  by  the  Gomer- 


ISToTE  YI,  page  274.  The  question  is.  Will  the  Seat  or 
TnEOiSTE  of  Christ^s  universal  Empire  l)e  located  on  earthy  dur- 
ing the  Millennium  ? 

The  answer  is,  Ko.  "We  are  not  to  imagine  that  the  Lord  will 
act  as  an  ordinary  commander,  placing  Himself  personally  at 
the  head  of  His  armies.  This  idea  seems  to  be  purposely  pro- 
vided against  in  the  10th  chap,  of  Zechariah,  where  it  is  said: 
"  and  the  Lord  shall  be  seen  over  them,"  etc.  (ver.  14),  but  it  is 
not  said  that  He  shall  be  among  them.  The  Messiah,  as  Head 
of  the  redeemed  Churches  in  heaven^  as  well  as  of  Israel  upion 
earth,  certainly  will  not  degrade  Himself  or  His  co-reigning 
Saints  by  dwelling  upon  earth,  or  even  by  mixing  Himself  up 
with  earthly  affairs,  except  in  the  high  character  of  a  Sovereign 
and  Supreme  Director,  or  Lawgiver,  issuing  His  mandates  from 
the  Capital  of  the  Universe  enthroned  "  in  the  air^  This,  how- 
ever, will  not  interfere  to  prevent  an  occasional  personal  inter- 
course between  the  celestial  Rulers  and  terrestrial  ruled,  or  be- 
tween the  heavenly  capital  and  the  earthly  metropolis,  in 
analogy  to  the  things  denoted  by  the  typical  ladder  in  the  vision 
of  Jacob,  and  as  is  indicated  by  the  Prophet  Ezekiel,  chap,  xliii. 
1-9,  and  xliv.  1-3,  which  see. 


FEOII  THE 

RELIGIOUS  AND  SECULAR  PRESS, 

OF  TUB 

REV.  R.  C.  SHIMEALL'S  TWO  WORKS, 

ON 

CHBIST'S  SECOND  OOMING : 

THE  OEEAT  QUESTION  OF  TEE  DAY. 

Is  it  l^rC'  or  Post'tJflilletinuil  f 

SCRIPTURALLY,  HISTORICALLY,  &  PHILOSOPHICALLY  CONSIDERED. 


OUR  BIBLE  CHRONOLOGY, 

HISTORIC  AND  PROPHETIC, 

Harmonized  loitli  the  Chronology  ofProfane  Writers^  etc, 
DEMONSTRATED. 


NEW  YOUK: 

PUBLISHED  BY  JOHN-  F.  TROW  &  CO, 

PHILADELPHIA  :     POST     OFFICE     BOX     1199. 


THE    POLITICAL   ECONOMY    I 

OP 

PROPHECT, 

WITH 

SPECIAL  EEFEREKCE  TO  THE  CIYIL,  MILITAEY,  AND  ECCLESIASTICAL 
KISE   AND   CAREER 

03? 

THE  EO]^i:A_isr  em:i-^ire, 

AND  OF  ITS  LAST  EMPERORS, 

THE    THREE    MAPOLEONS. 

WITH   AN   APPENDIX   ON 

THE  POPE'S  LATE  ENCYCLICAL, 

AND 

THE  FIRMAN  OF  THE  SULTAN  OF  TURKEY. 

PROPHETICALLY  AND  HISTORICALLY  DEMONSTRATED. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  PORTRAITS  OF  THE  NAPOLEONIC  FAMILY  ;   A  CHART  OF  THE 
COURSE  OF  EMPIRE  :    MAPS  OF  THE  HOLY  LAND,  ETC. 


ONE    VOLUME    DUOBSOIMO.     PRICE    $1  75. 


JOHN    F.    rHOW    &   CO.,   50   Greene    Street, 


PHILADELPHIA:     POST   OFFICE  BOX   1199. 


[PUBLISHEKS'  CIRCULAR.] 

JOHN   F.   TROW   &   CO.,   50   GBEENE   ST, 


ON 

CHEIST'S  SEOOJ^TD   OOMIIs^G; 

THE  (IRlgAT  QitSTIlSNl  ©P  THl  DAY. 
IS  IT  PEE-  OB  POST-MILLENNIAL? 

WITH  A  REPLY  TO  PEOF.  SHEDD  ON 

''ESCHATOL.OGV," 

ETC.,  ETC. 


TESTIMONIALS  TROM  THE  RELIGIOUS  AND  SECULAR  PRESS. 

In  presenting  this  work  before  the  public,  the  author 
does  so  on  the  simple  ground  that,  despite  the  indifier- 
ence,  prejudice,  or  hostility  arrayed  against  the  subject 
of  which  it  treats  from  its  past  perversion  and  abuse,  it  is 
nevertheless,  from  its  intrinsic  importance  as  a  matter  of 
Divine  Revelation,/«zVZy  entitled  to  inquiry  and  discussion 
as  "  the  Great  Question  of  the  day."  All  that  he  asks  of  any 
person  into  whose  hands  this  volume  may  fall,  is  a  careful 
perusal  of  it,  and  a  candid  decision  as  to  the  merits  of 
the  two  main  points  involved  :  "  Is  the  second  coiri:jfa 
OF  ChPwIST  pre-  or  POST-iIILLE^'NIAL  ?  "  It  is  a  subject  that 
has  employed  the  devout  thoughts  and  earnest  pens  of 
the  most  profoundly  learned  and  eminently  ^lows,  and 
distinguished  in  the  Christian  Church  of  every  age, — 
ancient,  mediaeval,  and  modern.  But  still  the  Church 
continues  to  be  divided  on  the  great  question  involved, 
both  as  to  the  7nanner  and  time  of  that  stupendous  event. 
This  volume  presents  a  view  of  both  sides  of  the  question 


at  issue,  on  the  grounds  both  of  the  scriptural  arguments 
and  the  historical  developments  of  the  doctrine  ;  and 
hence  will  be  found  to  furnish  a  complete  exhibit  of  all 
that  is  essential  to  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  subject. 

The  publishers  can  also  supply  those  who  desire  it 
with  the  author's  other  elaborate  work,  "  Our  JBible 
Chronology^  Sacred  and  Profane^  Jlistoric  and  Pro- 
phetic^ Critically  Examined  and  Demonstrated^  and 
Harmonized  with  the  Chronology  of  Profane  Writers^"* 
etc.  This  work  has  been  critically  examined  by  a  num. 
ber  of  our  ripest  scholars  at  home  and  abroad,  and  has 
been  decided  as  entitled  to  the  rank  of  a  standard  work 
on  the  subject. 

JOHN   F.  TROW   &  CO. 


TESTIMONIALS, 


"From  tlie  Nev7  "Zork  Observer." 

"This  is  a  laborious  treatise  upon  a  subject  that  lias  occu- 
pied much  of  the  time  and  attention  of  the  Church.  Tt  professes 
to  be  free  from  all  extraneous  matter,  and  to  exhibit  all  tlie 
theories  that  have  obtained  in  the  Christian  Cliurch,  from  the 
early  post-apostolic  age  to  the  present  times.  The  abstract 
testimony  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  respecting  the  second  coming 
of  Christ  is  first  presented.  This  is  followed  by  an  examination 
of  the  question  whether  this  coming  is  past,  2^resent.  ov  future. 
Under  this  head  the  various  theories  of  Millee,  Grotius,  Busn, 
and  others,  are  discussed  v/itli  much  patience  and  learning.  The 
fifth  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  consideration  of  sacred  'pliiloso'plvy ^ 
to  the  Scriptural  doctrine  of  the  resueeeotion  of  Christ,  of  the 
righteous,  and  of  the  wicked,  as  these  depend  vpon.,  and  are  con- 
nected with,  His  second  coming.  A  complete  sj/nojjsis  of  the 
lilillennariau  Scheme  is  given  hi  the  closing  chapter.  The  whole 
ioorh  evinces  great  sincerity  and  devotion,  and  is  an  interesting 
and  important  presentation  of  millennarian  views." 

*'  Tlie  Christian  Times  and  Episcopal  Eeg-ister." 

"  This  work  is  based  upon  the  author's  '  Bible  Cheonology,' 
a  work  that  has  gained  high  commendation  both  in  this  country 
and  in  England,  and  which  stands  among  the  most  valuable 
works  relating  to  the  subject.  The  preface  contnins  a  concise 
account  of  the  different  theories  tliat  have  been  entertained  on 


3 

this  subject  at  different  times,  and  is  followed  by  an  appeal^ 
addressed  to  Bishop  Potter  and  the  other  prominent  clergymen 
of  this  city,  who  entertain  what  is  called  the  post-millennial 
view.  He  invites  them  in  the  most  pointed  manner  to  give  a 
reason  for  the  hope  that  is  in  them,  and  challenges  them  to  re- 
fute his  own  view,  which  is  the  pre-millennial.  .  .  .  This 
uorh  is  the  result  of  a  lifetime  of  thought  and  study.  It  is  very 
full  in  all  its  details ;  it  is  written  in  an  impartial  Christian 
spirit,  and  is  distinguished  by  much  ability;  and,  when  taken  in 
connection  with  the  previous  volume,  furnishes  what  will  gene- 
rally be  desired  for  the  study  of  this  great  question." 

"  The  Christian  Advocate  and  Joxirnal."     (ifeth.  Episc.) 

"  The  writer  of  this  volume  is  a  venerable  minister  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church,  and  a  writer  of  good  reputation  for  candor 
and  research.  In  composing  this  volume,  he  has  evidently 
written  from  the  Impulses  of  his  heart,  no  less  than  at  the  dic- 
tates of  his  judgment,  maintaining  his  own  theory  with  an  affec- 
tionate earnestness.  He  holds  that  Christ'^  second  coming  will  be 
PEE-MILLENNIAL,  or  that  the  great  period  in  the  progress  of  the  ages 
of  Christ's  kingdom  designated  by  that  term — which  he  does  not 
slavishly  limit  to  a  thousand  of  our  solar  years — vf'iW  follow  the  re- 
surrection and  the  general  judgment.  Of  the  conclusiveness  of  Ms 
arguments  ice  confess  our  inability  to  decide  confidently^  though 
WE  iNCLixE  to  coincide  WITH  HIS  VIEWS  OX  THAT  poixT.  "We  are 
also  quite  willing  to  concede  that  the  subject  is  one  of  deep  inte- 
rest to  the  believer  in  Christ ;  and  we  can,  in  all  sincerity,  re- 
commend this  volume  to  any  who  may  desire  to  examine  the 
subject,  which  is  here  discussed  exhaustively^  though  not  tediously. 
Though  necessarily  somewhat  controversial,  it  is  written  in  a 
kindly  tone,  and  carries  with  it  a  devout  and  reverential  faith." 

'*  The  Christian^  Intelligencer."     (Hef.  Dutch  Clmrcli.) 

"  The  author  of  this  elaborate  treatise  is  a  sincere  and  devout 
■  believer  in  the  pre-millennial  advent  of  our  Lord.  Our  personal 
respect  for  Mr.  ShimeaU,  and  interest  in  the  question  he  has 
discussed,  have  led  us  to  examine  this  work  with  care.  .  .  . 
Having  read  many  books  written  in  favor  of  this  theory,  we  are 
fiee  to  say  that  we  consider  this  by  far  the  ablest  icork  in  sup- 
port of  the  pre-millennial  scheme  of  interpretation  we  have  yet 
setn.  It  is  unusually  free  from  dogmatism,  and  is  unencumbered 
with  fanciful  applications  of  events  to  suit  the  requirements  of  a 
thci  ry.  The  ap])eal  is  made  to  Scripture  as  the  final  authority^ 
and  that,  the  author  thinks,  is  plainly  in  favor  of  the  system  lie 
advocates.  .  .  .  And  as  he  has  selected  certain  eminent 
divines  to  sit  in  judgment  upon  his  performance,  and  decide 
whether  he  is  orthodox  or  heretical,  wo  await  with  patience 
their  verdict.^'' 


"The  PresTbyterian."    (PMladelpMa.) 

"  The  author  maintains  the  pre-millennial  views  of  Christ'a 
Doming,  and  reviews  the  lohole  question  with  a  clear  nnderstnnd- 
ing  of  all  that  can  he  alleged  for  its  correctness.  He  has  given 
to  the  study  of  this  question  much  time  and  attention,  and  is  well 
famished  Jar  its  defence  against  those  of  opjyosite  vietos.  His  book, 
therefore,  will  be  found  to  contain  all  that  is  material  for  the 
full  exposition  of  the  subject,  and  with  little  of  the  asperity  of 
controversy." 

♦'The  EvangeUst." 

"  This  volume  is  an  elaborate  discussion  of  what  the  author 
deems  '  the  great  question  of  the  day — Is  Christ's  second  coming 
pre-millennial  or  post-millennial  ? '  After  a  quite  extended  dis- 
cussion, preparing  the  way  for  his  conclusions,  he  sets  forth  his 
position,  '  that  there  is  to  be  no  intervening  millennium  betw^een 
the  second  coming  of  Christ  and  the  day  of  judgment:  in  other 
words,  that  that  event,  when  it  does  take  place,  will  be  pre-  and 
not  post-millennial.  The  second  portion  of  the  work  is  devoted 
to  a  reply  to  Professor  Shedd's  Eschatology  in  his  '  History  of 
Christian  Doctrine.'  Dr.  Hatfield's  views  in  his  recent  articles 
(published  in  the  American  Presbyterian  and  Theological  Review) 
are  also  noticed.  The  author's  views  "  are  presented  with  care 
and  candor,  and  evince  much  careful  examination  and  an  ex- 
tended acquaintance  with  the  subject." 

"The  Prophetic  Times:   A  New  Serial."     (PMladelpMa.) 

"  We  hail  this  book  by  Mr.  Shimeall  with  great  satisfaction, 
as  an  able  and  seasonable  contribution  to  the  literature  of  this 
great  theme.  .  .  .  It  is  the  product  of  a  learned  and  faithful 
explorer,  and  treats  the  various  theories  and  aspects  of  the 
subject  with  comprehensiveness,  judiciousness,  and  power. 
Taking  the  Bible  as  an  intelligible  book,  which  we  are  to  inter- 
pret as  we  do  any  other  serious  writings  meant  for  the  enlight- 
enment of  mankind,  he  has  reached  the  same  conclusions  to 
which  every  intelligent  and  honest  investigator  has  come,  or 
must  come,  who  accepts  the  Scriptures  in  their  plain  literal  im- 
port, which  we  claim  to  be  the  only  true  way  of  receiving  them. 
In  other  words,  he  is  a  thorough  millenarian. 

"  His  method  of  treating  the  subject  mcludes.  First,  an  ap- 
peal, respectfully  addressed  to  leading  anti-millenarians,  in  which 
certain  important  points  touching  the  merits  of  the  subject,  and 
the  objectionableness  of  tlieir  manner  of  meeting  them  are  well 
put ;  second,  An  abstract  of  the  testimony  of  the  Scriptures  re- 
specting the  second  coming,  both  as  to  the  substance  of  the  doc- 
trine an;l  its  practical  uses;  tJiird,  An  examination  of  the  seve- 
ral false  tlioories  that  have  been  put  forth  on  the  subject,  iihow 


iDg  their  unscviptural  and  unsatisfactory  character,  and  utterly 
refilling  them.  This  constitutes  the  largest  part  of  the  book,  and 
what  the  author  considers  the  jjrmcijjal  want  of  a  numerous  class 
of  clergy  and  laity,  which  he  has  mainly  labored  to  supply.  Yarioua 
leading  questions  involved  are  then  discussed  separately,  as  also 
the  nature  of  the  eesueeectiox  and  the  putuee  atteibutes  and 
OFFICIAL  DIGXITIE3  OF  THE  SAixTS  ;  concludiug  with  "  A  Complete 
Synopsis  of  the  Millenarian  Scheme  of  the  Second  Coming."  All 
this  comprises  320  large  octavo  pages.  Then  follows  a  reply  to  Prof. 
Shedd's  'Eschatology,'  embracing  117  pages,  and  setting  forth 
the  millenarianism  of  the  ancient,  mediaeval,  and  modern  Church. 
This  is  a  valuable  part  of  the  book,  in  which  Prof.  Shedd's 
'  History '  is  completely  put  to  shame,  as  it  deserves  to  be  as 
respects  this  subject.  To  all  this  is  added  some  20  pages  of  valu- 
able notes,  with  au  index  to  the  whole. 

"  We  thank  Mr.  Shimeallfor  this  timely  and  able  production, 
and  heartily  recommend  it  for  its  fairness,  its  comprehensiveness, 
its  general  soundness  of  exegesis,  and  its  manly  honesty,  respect- 
fulness, and  just  conclusions.  He  who  values  the  truth  on  this 
great  theme  cannot  fail  to  value  this  book.  "We  shall  rejoice  in 
linding  it  extensively  circulated  and  attentively  studied.  The 
means  of  a  large  acqitaintance  willi  the  whole  siibjectmay  he  found 
in  it:' 

'*Tiie  Evening:  Post." 

"  We  have  already  noticed  one  or  two  works  of  this  nature, 
and  that  before  us  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  for  its  research 
and  the  care  with  which  it  is  written.  Mr.  Shimeall  has  given 
to  the  subject  of  his  work  the  study  of  many  years.  His  treatise 
bears  evidence,  not  only  of  the  zeal  with  which  he  maintains  his 
ovv'u  view  of  the  subject,  but  of  the  diligence  with  which  he  has 
explored  the  writings  of  others.  In  regard  to  the  Second  Advent 
of  the  Messiah,  he  has  collected  all  the  different  theories  which 
have  been  proposed,  stated  the  arguments  in  their  favor  and  re- 
plied to  them  in  all  instances  in  which  he  does  not  accept  them. 
.  .  .  This  second  coming  of  Christ,  according  to  Mr.  Shime- 
alTs  view,  is  to  precede  and  usher  in  the  Millennium.  It  will 
prepare  the  way  for  that  age  of  innocence,  peace,  and  love  which 
is  to  succeed  the  present  age  of  dissension,  bloodshed,  and  crime, 
and  to  which  millenarians  look  with  earnest  longings  for  its 
immediate  arrival.  Although  Mr.  Shimeall  acknowledges  him- 
self in  the  minority^  he  gives  the  names  of  various  eminent  per- 
sons, both  of  ancient  and  modern  times,  who  have  adopted  views 
similar  to  those  set  forth  in  his  book. 

"A  part  of  the  volume  is  taken  up  with  a  Reply  to  Peof. 
SnEDD,  of  the  Union  Theological  Seminary  in  this'^ity,  who,  in 
his  "  History  of  Christian  Doctrine,"  affirms  that  Millenarianism, 
by  which  ho  means  similar  vieAvs  to  those  held  by  Mr.  Shimeall, 


has  never  been  the  recognized  doctrine  of  the  Christian  Churcli, 
Mr.  Shimeall  takes  issue  with  hira  on  this  point,  and  brings  for- 
ward many  examples  of  persons  in  the  emdy  ages  of  the  Churcli, 
and  the  middle  ages^  and  in  modern  times,  who  were  Millexa- 
EiANS.  Lest  the  view  taken  by  Mr.  Shimeall  shonld  be  con- 
fonnded  with  what  is  called  Millcrism,  he  takes  care  to  show 
wherein  he  differs  from  the  Millerites.  In  tlie  first  place,  lie  de- 
nies the  possibility  of  Jixing  the  day  and  liour  of  ChrisVs  Second 
Coming,  though  he  holds  that  there  are  certain  symptoms  from 
which  its  near  approach  is  to  be  inferred.  In  the  second  place 
he  maintains  that  the  conflagration  of  the  world  is  not,  as  the 
Millerites  hold,  contemporaneously  with  this  second  [pre-millen- 
nial]  advent  of  the  Messiali,  since  the  promised  reign  of  Christ 
on  earth  could  not  in  that  event  take  place. 

"  The  reader  may  not  accept  Mr.  Shimeall's  conclusions,  but 
he  cannot  look  over  the  book  without  being  interested  in  the 
discussion  of  a  question  which  has  engaged  the  thoughts  of  many 
eminent  men  in  every  age  of  the  Christian  Era,  and  which 
could  occupy  such  a  mind  as  that  of  (Sir  Isaac)  Newton." 

'•The  Journal  of  Commerce." 

"  Christ's  Second  Coming,"  is  the  title  of  an  octavo  volume 
by  Eev.  E.  C.  Shimeall,  a  member  of  the  Presbytery  of  New 
York,  who  has  devoted  his  energies  and  studies  to  the  subject, 
and  produced  various  works  heretofore  more  or  less  related  to 
it.  In  the  present  volume  he  has  gathered  a  large  amount  of 
controversial  matter  on  the  Millenarian  question,  and  presents 
with  great  energy  his  peculiar  views.  The  author  endeavors 
to  give  the  reader  a  view  of  all  the  tlieories  which  have  prevailed 
in  various  ages  and  countries  on  the  Second  Coming,  and  to  fur- 
nish in  a  clear  and  condensed  form  a  great  mass  of  information 
suited  to  answer  inquiries  often  made.  He  states  that  the  reader 
will  find  the  subject  discussed  '  free  from  all  intricacy,  even  to 
the  plainest  mind.'  " 

"  Tlie  New  Tork  Times." 
The  writer  of  this  volume  is  well  known  for  the  extent  and 
wide  range  of  his  studies,  connected  with  the  interpretation  of 
the  Prophetical  Scriptures.  All  he  asks  for  it  is  a  fair  and  can- 
did examination  of  his  theory,  in  the  interests,  not  of  victory, 
but  of  truth,  and  he  brings  forward  the  names  of  some  of  the 
most  venerated  teachers  and  theologians  of  the  day — under 
whose  auspices  the  work  appears — to  show  that  he  is  at  least 
entitled  to  this  consideration.  It  will  at  once  be  seen  that  the 
subject  of  the  book  places  it  beyond  the  pale  of  ordinary  news- 
paper discussion.  .  .  .  Still  it  is  undeniable  that  many  devout 
minds  have  found  support  and  nourishment  in  the  investigation 
of  the  prophetical  records,  and  to  all  who  indulge  in  this  study, 
Mr.  Shimeall's  book  will  be  welcome." 


•'  The  World," 

"  It  is  impossible  to  over-estimate  the  importance  of  the  subject 
which  Mr.  iShimeall  discusses  and  exhausts  in  this  vohime  of 
Bome  five  hundred  pages.  Tlie  tirst  part  of  the  work  is  devoted 
to  the  somewhat  unreasonably  vexed  question  of  the  Second 
Coming  of  Oheist.  The  author  addresses  an  argumentative 
appeal  to  ien  clergymen  of  eminence^  including  Bishop  Potter  and 
Mr.  Henry  Ward  Beecher, — who  will  not  probably  answer  him, — 
to  reconsider  their  habitual  '' post-millenarianism^  and  ascertain, 
while  there  is  yet  time,  whether  he  may  not  be  wholly  in  the 
Tvrong;  and  it  is  very  certain  that  if  these  clergymen,  failing 
to  respond  to  his  appeal,  should  eventually  prove  to  have  been 
in  the  wrong,  the  consequences  both  to  themselves  and  to  their 
congregations  must  bo  such  as  it  is  by  no  means  agreeable  to 
contemplate. 

'•  We  are  standing  now,  according  to  Mr.  Shimeall,  within 
some  three  years  of  the  most  eventful  period  of  human  history. 
Historical  chronology  will  close,  as  this  devoted  student  of  the 
'  Second  Coming '  assures  us,  with  the  year  1868.  ...  It 
should  be  said  that  Mr.  Shimeall,  however,  while  he  asserts  the 
'pre-raillennial  coming  of  Christ,  argues  earnestly  against  the 
pre-millennial  conflagration  of  all  things.  .  .  .  Perhaps  the  most 
interesting  part  of  Mr.  Shimeall's  work,  and  that  with  which 
post-millenarian  divines  will  find  it  hardest  to  deal,  is  the  fourth 
section  of  the  third  chapter  on  '  Eschatology,'  in  which  he 
recites  the  ''authentic  historij  of  Ghilkmn''  since  the  Eeform-a- 
tion.  In  this  section  he  confronts  Professor  Shedd  with  the  il- 
lustrious and  almost  inspired  Joseph  Mede,  and  with  Millenarian 
authorities  of  no  less  weight  than  John  and  Charles  Wesley,  Au- 
gustus Toplady,  and  Bishop  Heber. 

"  Such  men  as  these  may  have  been  utterly  in  the  dark,  mad, 
crude,  and  incompetent ;  but  if  this  was  the  case,  why  does  their 
spirit  rule  in  the  churches^  and  ichy  are  their  psalms^  and  hymns^ 
and  spiritual  songs,  in  all  lands  where  the  English  tongue  is 
known,  the  delight  and  consolation  of  believers  f  " 

"The  Commercial  Advertiser." 
"Rev.  Eiohaed  C.  Shimeall  has  published  a  work  entitled 
'  Christ's  Second  Coming, — Is  it  Pr^j-Millennial  or  Pos^Millen- 
nial  ? '  To  the  Scriptural,  historical,  and  philosophical  exami- 
nation of  this  subject,  Mr.  Shimeall  has  devoted  himself  for 
many  years.  The  subject  of  the  Millennium,  or  the  Second 
Coming  of  Christ,  has  been  for  ages  held  and  exhibited  in  va- 
rious and  conflicting  forms  by  numerous  writers.  We  have,  in 
the  first  place,  the  Anti-Millenarians,  who  allege  that  the  Millen- 
nium is  j9a5^.  Then  we  have  Post-Millenarians,  who  hold  that 
die  Second  Coming  of  Christ  will  not  occur  till  its  conclusion. 


8 

A  third  School  holds  to  a  future  Millennium  preceded  and  in- 
troduced bj,  the  Second  Comin£^  of  the  Saviour,  etc.  To  this 
School  tlie  author  of  the  present  volume  belongs. 

"  Mr.  Shimeall  enters  into  a  very  elaborate  and  extended  re- 
view of  the  various  theories  heretofore  held  in  regard  to  the  Mil- 
lennium, and  with  much  force  of  reasoning  endeavors  to  show 
how  all  systems  except  the  last-named,  fail  to  meet  the  claims 
of  prophecy  and  Scripture." 

"Zion's  Herald."    (Boston.) 

"The  author  of  the  above-named  v/ork  is  a  Presbyteriaa 
minister,  who  has  evidently  studied  and  thought  upon  his  themo 
with  a  great  deal  of  care,  as  '  the  great  question  of  the  day.'  lie 
writes  with  candor^  fairly  presenting  'both  sides  of  the  question. 
His  plan  is,  first,  to  present  a  view  of  all  the  principal  '  theories ' 
that  have  obtained  in  the  Christian  Church  from  the  close  of  the 
Apostolic  age  to  the  present  time;  secondly,  to  show  the  scrip- 
tural and  historical  ground  on  which  the  different  parties  claim 
to  rest  their  views  ;  and,  thirdly,  to  examine  carefully  each 
theory  on  its  respective  merits  so  as  to  enable  the  reader  to  de- 
cide for  himself  on  which  side  the  truth  lies.  He  gives  a  com- 
plete view  of  the  scriptural  argument  and  of  the  history  of  the 
doctrine  of  Christ's  Second  Coming  as  found  among  the  Ancients, 
Medi83vals,  and  Moderns. 

"  The  three  principal  theories  discussed  are,  1,  That  the  Millen- 
nium is  already  past;  those  who  embrace  it  are  called  Anti-Mil- 
lenarians  ;  2.  That  it  is  still  future,  and  that  the  second  coming 
of  Christ  will  not  take  place  until  after  the  Millennium  ;  its  ad- 
vocates are  called  Post-Millenarians  ;  3.  That  the  Millennium  is 
still  future,  but  that  the  second  coming  of  Christ  will  take  place 
before  the  Millennium — its  adherents  are  called  Pre-Millennialists. 
The  author  takes  sides  with  the  last.  The  book  may  be  read  with 
profit  by  all  parties,  as  it  contains  much  reliable  information 
on  the  subject." 

"The  Israelite  Indeed." 

"  This  is  a  work  which  should  be  read  by  all  who  love  our 
Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ.  It  enters  into  all  the  views  which 
have  been  held  in  any  portion  of  the  Church  concerning  our 
Lord's  coming  again.  It  is  one  of  the  ablest  worl's  ice  have 
met  with  on  this  important  and  interesting  subject,  and  will  well 
repay  for  the  reading.  Let  all  who  love  the  Lord's  appearing 
read  this  work  and  get  their  souls  warmed  up  on  this  delightful 
theme." 


This  work  has  been  published  by  the  patronage  of  a  largo 
number  both  of  the  Clergy  and  the  Laity,  of  different  denomi- 
nations, among  whom  are  the  following : 

Rev.  Thomas  Dewitt,  D.  D.    Rev.  R.  U.  Howland,  D.  D. 


J.  T.  DURYEA. 

E.  P.  Rogers,  D.  D. 
W.  R.  GoiJDox,  D.  D. 
A.  R.  Thompson,  D.  D. 
J.  T.  Demaeest,  D.  D. 
S.  R.  Johnson,  D.  D. 
J.  H.  Weston,  D.  D. 
J.  Cotton  Smith.  D.  D. 
A.  H.  Vixton,  D'.  D. 
W.  R.  Williams,  D.  D. 


J.  H.  Houghton,  D.  D. 
W.  A.  Scott,  D.  D. 
J.  AT.  Stephenson,  D.  D. 
A.  E.  Campbell,  D.  D. 
Joseph  Scuddee. 
John  M.  Keebs,  D.  D. 
Thomas  Hastings,  D.  D. 
S.  D.  Alexandee,  D.  D. 
John  Manning,  D.  D. 
John  Qfinoy  Adams. 


BrooUyn,   Rev.  James  Eells,  D.  D.,  Rev.-  J.  H.  Van  Dyke, 

Rev.  J.  E.  Rockwell,  D.  D. 
Jersey    City,    Rev.    C.  K.   Imbrie,  D.  D.,    Rev.   P.    D.   Vau 

Cleef,  D.  D. 
Williamsburg,  Rev.  J.  D.  "Wells,  D.  D. 


Petee  Loeillaed,  Esq. 
S.  W.  Benedict,  Esq. 
S.  A.  Schieffelin,  Esq. 

E.  S,  Jaffeey,  Esq. 
A.  W.  Beadfoed,  Esq. 
Petee  Nayloe,  Esq. 
David  Oliphant,  Esq. 
Wm.  Yeenon,  Esq. 
Chaeles  Sceibnee,  Esq. 

F.  T.  Betts,  Esq. 
S.  A.  Chuech,  Esq. 
Theodoee  Bouene,  Esq. 


Chaeles  G.  Haemer,  Esq. 
J.  W.  P.  MoEEisoN,  Esq. 
A.  B.  Congee,  Esq. 
Wm.  B.  Ceosby,  Esq. 

HOMEE  MOEGAN,  EsQ. 

Jon.  Thompson,  Esq. 
John  T.  Ceane,  Esq. 
W.  H.  H.  MooEE,  Esq. 
Benj.  R.  AVintheop,  Esq. 
Benj.  Douglass,  Esq. 
James  Suydam,  Esq. 
0.  F.  HuNTEE,  Esq. 


10 


IJdu  ^tinikr^  M^xh 


OUR    BIBLE    CHRONOLOGY, 

HISTOEIC  AND   PEOPHETIO, 

CRITICALLY  EXAMINED  AND  DEMONSTRATED, 

AND 

Harmonized  TvitU  the  Clironology  of  Profane  Writers,  &€. 

WITH  A  MAP   OF   THE  ANCIENT  WORLD,  A   CHART   OF   THE 

COURSE    OF    EMPIRES,    AND    OTHER   ILLUSTRATIONS. 

FIFTY-FOUR    PAGES     OF    TABULAR    MA.TTER, 

CHRONOLOGIC A.L  AND  GENEALOGICAL, 

SACRED  AND  PROFANE, 

BY    EEY.    E.    O.    SHIMEALL. 


"We  call  your  special  attention  to  the  work  referred  to  above, 
whicL,  from  the  importance  of  the  subjects  of  which  it  treats, 
and  the  interest  which  is  being  daily  awakened  in  its  behalf, 
both  in  England  and  in  this  country,  shows  its  peculiar  adaptation 
to  the  present  times.  Several  editions  of  the  work  have  been 
disposed  of,  including  among  its  patrons  the  clergy  of  all  the 
different  denominations — Presbyterian,  Episcopalian,  Dutch  Ee- 
formed,  Methodist,  Baptist,  etc.  It  is  also  peculiarly  adapted  to 
the  use  of  Bible  Classes,  Sabbath  Schools,  and  other  institutions 
of  learning,  and  forms  a  much-needed  appendage  to  the  Family 
Bible.  It  forms  a  handsome  royal  octavo  volume  of  about  250 
pages,  bound  in  substantial  cloth,  and  contains  all  the  matter 
embraced  in  the  author's  Biblical  and  Ecclesiastical  Charts, 
(originally  published  at  $10  each  per  copy,)  and  in  a  much  more 
convenient  form  for  ordinary  use. 


11 

The  author's  aim  in  this  volume  has  been  to  reach  a  reliable 
result  in  regard  to  the  exact  chronology  of  the  world  from  the 
commencement  of  human  history.  The  work  was  commenced 
at  the  request  and  by  the  encouragement  of  several  of  the  most 
distinguished  clergy  of  l^ew  York  city,  who  were  cognizant  of 
the  fact  that  Mr.  S.  had  devoted  many  years  of  indefatigable 
research  and  labor  in  this  department  of  Biblical  literature. 
Els  mode  of  treating  the  subject  will  be  found  entirely  original. 
It  embraces  a  thorough  examination  of  every  system  and  theory, 
historic  and  prophetic,  sacred  and  profane,  ancient  and  rhodern, 
of  those  who  have  heretofore  occupied  this  field.  It  takes  into 
account  aU  the  objections,  difficulties,  and  discrepancies  that  are 
alleged  as  insuperable  to  a  satisfactory  adjustment  of  the  world's 
chronology,  and  claims  to  have  produced  what  amounts  to 
"  A  SELF-DETEKMiNixG-  TEST  "  of  tliis  long  litigated  and  intricate 
subject. 

The  plan  of  the  author — taking  as  his  stand-point  the  present 
state  of  the  question  oi  sacred  chronology  as  involved  in  that  of 
the  profane — is,  first,  to  vindicate  the  authenticity  and  inspiration 
of  the  Mosaic  Records,  against  the  alleged  vastly  greater  antiquity 
of  ancient  nations,  particularly  that  of  Egypt,  as  advocated  by 
the  school  of  modern  Egyptologists;  second,  to  settle  the 
question  as  to  which  of  the  two  versions  of  Scripture,  the  Hebrew 
or  the  Septuagint,  (between  which  there  is  a  chronological 
difference  of  about  2,000  years,)  is  authoritative  in  determining 
the  chronology  of  human  history;  and  third,  to  produce  an 
exact  harmony  of  the  profane  with  the  sacred  records,  from  the 
Creation  and  fall  of  man  to  the  Nativity.  And  while  the 
author  places  his  w^ork  in  the  hands  of  all  upon  its  merits, 
the  Press,  both  Religious  and  Secular,  has  reviewed  it  with 
favor.  It  has  also  been  critically  examined  and  pronounced  a 
Standard  Worlu^  by  many  eminent  Scholars  and  Divines,  among 
whom  are 

Rev.  Thomas  Dewitt,  D.  D.,  Collegiate  Ref.  Dutch  Church. 

Rev.  Samuel  R.  Johnson,  D.  D.,  Dean  of  the  Gen.   Theol, 
Seminary  of  the  P.  E.  C. 

Rev.  Erancis  L.  Hawks,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  Late  Rector  of  Cahary 
Church, 


12 

Rev.  John  M.  Keebs,  D.  D.,  Presb.  Churchy  Madison  Av, 
Eev.  Chaeles  K.  Imbeie,  D.  D.,  Fresh.  Church,  Jersey  City. 

Eev.  John  Cummie-g,  D.  D.,  F.  R.  S.  E.  Scotch  National  Church, 
London. 
Price  of  Single  Copy -      $3  50 

N.  B. — The  work  will  be  forwarded  to  any  part  of  the  United 
States  (postage  free)  on  the  receipt  of  the  price  ($2  50)  on 
application  to  John  F.  Teow,  50  Greene  St.,  or  to  the  author, 
No.  371  West  35th  Street. 


i 


